Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2018

File Nos. 811-07763

333-10015

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.  
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 79  

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

 
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
Amendment No. 80  

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500, Walnut Creek, California 94596

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(925) 254-8999

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

 

Copies of Communications to:

 

Jeremy L. DeGroot

1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500

Walnut Creek, California 94596

 

David A. Hearth, Esq.

Paul Hastings LLP

101 California Street, 48th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)  

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable following effectiveness.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
on April 30, 2018 pursuant to paragraph (b)
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

 

LOGO

 

Prospectus

(Share Class – Ticker Symbol)

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund - Institutional Class - MSEFX

Investor Class - MSENX

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund - Institutional Class - MSILX

Investor Class - MNILX

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund - Institutional Class - MSSFX

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund - Institutional Class - MASFX

Investor Class - MASNX

April 30, 2018

 

LOGO

 

As with all mutual funds, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities, nor has the SEC judged whether the information in this Prospectus is accurate or adequate. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Summary Section

   2

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund

   2

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund

   6

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund

   10

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

   13

Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds

   19

Transaction Policies – All Funds

   19

Tax Information – All Funds

   19

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries – All Funds

   19

Description of Principal Investment Risks

   20

Fund Management and Investment Styles

   27

The Advisor

   27

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors

   30

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors

   36

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Sub-Advisors

   43

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors

   46

Shareholder Services

   53

Index Descriptions

   60

Financial Highlights

   61

Privacy Notice

  Inside Back Cover

For More Information

  Back Cover

 


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund

 

Summary Section

Investment Objective

 

The Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund (the “Equity Fund”) seeks long-term growth of capital; that is, the increase in the value of your investment over the long term.

Fees and Expenses of the Equity Fund

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Equity Fund.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
    Investor
Class
 
    None       None  

Annual Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
    Investor
Class
 

Management Fees

    1.10%       1.10%  

Distribution (12b-1) Fees

    None       0.25%  

Other Expenses

    0.17%       0.17%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.27%       1.52%  

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement ( 1 )

    -0.12%       -0.12%  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1)

    1.15%       1.40%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), the advisor to the Equity Fund, has contractually agreed, through April 30, 2019, to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Equity Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.40%. This agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory, and Litman Gregory may decline to renew this agreement by written notice to the Trust at least thirty (30) days before the agreement’s annual expiration date. Litman Gregory has waived its right to receive reimbursement of the portion of its advisory fees waived pursuant to this agreement.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Equity Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Equity Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Equity Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Ten Years  

Institutional Class

  $ 129     $ 403     $ 697     $ 1,534  

Investor Class

  $ 155     $ 480     $ 829     $ 1,813  

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Equity Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A

higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Equity Fund are held in a taxable account as compared to shares of investment companies that hold investments for a longer period. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Equity Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Equity Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 33.49% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategies

 

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, the advisor to the Equity Fund, believes that it is possible to identify investment managers who, over a market cycle, will deliver superior returns relative to their peers. Litman Gregory also believes it can identify skilled stock pickers who, within their more diversified portfolios, have higher confidence in the return potential of some stocks than others. Litman Gregory believes a portfolio comprised only of these managers’ “higher confidence” stocks should outperform their more diversified portfolios over a market cycle.

Based on these beliefs, the Equity Fund’s strategy is to engage a number of proven managers as sub-advisors (each, a “manager” or “sub-advisor”), with each manager investing in the securities of companies that it believes have strong appreciation potential. Under normal conditions, each sub-advisor manages a portion of the Equity Fund’s assets by independently managing a portfolio typically composed of at least 5, but not more than 15, stocks. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each sub-advisor. Under normal market conditions, the Equity Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. Equity securities in which the Equity Fund may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible debt securities, which may be converted on specified terms into stock of the issuer. The Fund invests primarily in the securities of large-, mid- and small-sized U.S. companies, although the managers also have flexibility to invest in the securities of foreign companies (up to 50% of the Equity Fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign equity securities, which may include emerging markets). Each sub-advisor uses its own discretion to invest in any sized company it deems appropriate. By executing this strategy, the Equity Fund seeks to:

 

  combine the efforts of several experienced, high quality managers;

 

  access the favorite stock-picking ideas of each manager at any point in time;

 

  deliver a portfolio that is prudently diversified in terms of stocks (typically 60 to 100) and industries while allowing each manager to run a portion of the portfolio focused on only its favorite stocks; and

 

  further diversify across different-sized companies and stock-picking styles by incorporating managers with a variety of stock-picking disciplines.
 

 

 
2       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Generally, a security may be sold: (1) if the manager believes the security’s market price exceeds the manager’s estimate of intrinsic value; (2) if the manager’s view of the business fundamentals or management of the underlying company changes; (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found; (4) if general market conditions trigger a change in the manager’s assessment criteria; or (5) for other portfolio management reasons.

Principal Risks

 

Investment in stocks exposes shareholders of the Equity Fund to the risk of losing money if the value of the stocks held by the Equity Fund declines during the period an investor owns shares in the Equity Fund. The following risks could affect the value of your investment:

 

  Market Risk. As with all mutual funds that invest in common stocks, the value of an individual’s investment will fluctuate daily in response to the performance of the individual stocks held in the Equity Fund. The stock market has been subject to significant volatility recently, which has increased the risks associated with an investment in the Equity Fund.

 

  Convertible Securities Risk. This is the risk that the market value of convertible securities may fluctuate due to changes in, among other things, interest rates; other general economic conditions; industry fundamentals; market sentiment; the issuer’s operating results, financial statements, and credit ratings; and the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock.

 

  Smaller Companies Risk. The Equity Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the securities of small- and mid-sized companies. Securities of small and mid-cap companies are generally more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies. This is because smaller companies may be more reliant on a few products, services or key personnel, which can make it riskier than investing in larger companies with more diverse product lines and structured management.

 

  Foreign Company and Emerging Markets Risk. The Equity Fund may invest a portion of its assets in stocks of companies based outside of the United States. Foreign securities involve additional risks, including those related to currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities markets. These risks are greater in emerging markets.

 

  Portfolio Turnover Risk. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Equity Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities, which may result in adverse tax consequences to the Equity Fund’s shareholders as compared to shareholders of investment companies that hold investments for a longer period.

 

  Multi-Style Management Risk. Because portions of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by different portfolio
   

managers using different styles, the Equity Fund could experience overlapping security transactions. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a Fund using a single investment management style.

 

  Technology Investment Risk. The Equity Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the technology sector, which is a very volatile segment of the market. The nature of technology is that it is rapidly changing. Therefore, products or services that may initially look promising may subsequently fail or become obsolete. In addition, many technology companies are younger, smaller and unseasoned companies which may not have established products, an experienced management team, or earnings history.

Performance

 

The following performance information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Equity Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the performance of the Equity Fund’s Institutional Class shares from year to year. The table below shows how the Equity Fund’s average annual total returns of the Institutional Class and Investor Class for the 1-, 5- and 10-year periods compare to those of a broad-based market index and an index of peer group mutual funds. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not necessarily indicate how the Equity Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available on the Equity Fund’s website at www.mastersfunds.com.

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund - Institutional Class Calendar Year Total Returns as of December 31

 

LOGO

 

 

 
Fund Summary         3


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund — (Continued)

 

 

During the period shown above, the highest and lowest quarterly returns earned by the Equity Fund were:

 

Highest:

    21.39%      Quarter ended June 30, 2009

Lowest:

    -29.78%      Quarter ended December 31, 2008

 

Average Annual Total Returns

(for the periods ended December 31, 2017)

 

 

     One Year     Five Years     Ten Years  

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund

 

Institutional Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    21.15%       14.85%       7.15%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions

    19.03%       12.74%       6.03%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

    13.71%       11.50%       5.54%  

Investor Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    20.87%       14.64%       14.92%

Russell 3000 ® Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    21.13%       15.58%       8.60%  

Morningstar Large Blend Category

 

(reflects net performance of funds in this group)

    20.47%       13.69%       6.93%  

 

* The Return Before Taxes shown above for the Investor Class shares of the Equity Fund is from April 30, 2009 (the inception date for the class) through December 31, 2017.

The Equity Fund’s after-tax returns as shown in the above table are calculated using the historical highest applicable individual federal marginal income tax rates for the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. If you own shares of the Equity Fund in a tax-deferred account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, after-tax returns shown are not relevant to your investment. After-tax returns are shown for only the Equity Fund’s Institutional Class, and after-tax returns for the Equity Fund’s Investor Class will vary. The after-tax returns on distributions and sale of Fund shares may be higher than returns before taxes due to the effect of a tax benefit an investor may receive from the realization of capital losses that would have been incurred on the sale of Fund shares.

 

 

 
4       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER   

MANAGED THE

EQUITY FUND SINCE:

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC   Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, President of the Trust, Principal,
Chief Investment Officer and Co-Portfolio Manager
       2005  
  Jack Chee, Principal, Senior Research Analyst and
Co-Portfolio Manager
       2014  
    Rajat Jain, CFA, Principal, Senior Research Analyst and Co-Portfolio Manager        2014  
SUB-ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER   

MANAGED THE

EQUITY FUND SINCE:

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.   Christopher C. Davis, Chairman        1999  
    Danton Goei, Portfolio Manager        2016  
Fiduciary Management, Inc.   Patrick J. English, CFA, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Investment Officer
       2013  
    Jonathan T. Bloom, CFA, Director of Research        2017  
Harris Associates L.P.   Clyde S. McGregor, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager        2008  
    William C. Nygren, CFA, Vice President, Chief Investment Officer – U.S. Equity, Portfolio Manager and Investment Analyst        2013  
Nuance Investments, LLC   Scott Moore, CFA, President, Chief Investment Officer and
Portfolio Manager
       2014  
Sands Capital Management, LLC   Frank M. Sands, CFA, Chief Investment Officer and
Chief Executive Officer
       2008  
    A. Michael Sramek, CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst, Managing Director        2008  
Wells Capital Management, Inc.   Richard T. Weiss, CFA, Managing Director,
Senior Portfolio Manager
       1996  

For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds” section on page 19 of this Prospectus.

 

 
Fund Summary         5


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund

 

Summary Section

Investment Objective

 

The Litman Gregory Masters International Fund (the “International Fund”) seeks long-term growth of capital; that is, the increase in the value of your investment over the long term.

Fees and Expenses of the International Fund

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the International Fund.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
    Investor
Class
 
    None       None  

Annual Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
    Investor
Class
 

Management Fees

    1.10%       1.10%  

Distribution (12b-1) Fees

    None       0.25%  

Other Expenses

    0.16%       0.20%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.26%       1.55%  

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement ( 1 )

    -0.23%       -0.23%  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1),(2)

    1.03%       1.32%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), the advisor to the International Fund, has contractually agreed, through April 30, 2019, to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the International Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.40% on the first $1 billion of the International Fund’s assets and 0.30% on assets over $1 billion. This agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory, and Litman Gregory may decline to renew this agreement by written notice to the Trust at least thirty (30) days before the agreement’s annual expiration date. Litman Gregory has waived its right to receive reimbursement of the portion of its advisory fees waived pursuant to this agreement.

 

(2) The “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses” and “Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement” will not correlate to the corresponding ratios included in the International Fund’s Financial Highlights for that class of shares because the contractual operating expense limitation expired on April 30, 2017.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the International Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the International Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the International Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Ten Years  

Institutional Class

  $ 128     $ 400     $ 692     $ 1,523  

Investor Class

  $ 158     $ 490     $ 845     $ 1,845  

Portfolio Turnover

 

The International Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the International Fund are held in a taxable account as compared to shares in investment companies that hold investments for a longer period. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the International Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the International Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 41.90% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategies

 

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, the advisor to the International Fund, believes that it is possible to identify international investment managers who, over a market cycle, will deliver superior returns relative to their peers. Litman Gregory also believes it can identify skilled stock pickers who, within their more diversified portfolios, have higher confidence in the return potential of some stocks than others. Litman Gregory believes a portfolio comprised only of these managers’ “higher confidence” stocks should outperform their more diversified portfolios over a market cycle.

Based on these beliefs, the International Fund’s strategy is to engage a number of proven managers as sub-advisors (each a “manager” or “sub-advisor”), with each manager investing in the securities of companies that it believes have strong appreciation potential. Under normal conditions, each sub-advisor manages a portion of the International Fund’s assets by independently managing a portfolio typically composed of between 8 and 15 stocks. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each sub-advisor. Under normal market conditions, the International Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the securities of companies organized or located outside of the United States, including large-, mid-, and small-cap companies and companies located in emerging markets. The International Fund ordinarily invests in the securities markets of at least five countries outside of the United States. Each sub-advisor uses its own discretion to invest in any sized company it deems appropriate. The managers have limited flexibility to invest in the securities of U.S. companies. By executing this strategy, the International Fund seeks to:

 

  combine the efforts of several experienced, high quality international managers;

 

  access the favorite stock-picking ideas of each manager at any point in time;

 

  deliver a portfolio that is prudently diversified in terms of stocks (typically 48 to 90) and industries while still allowing each manager to run portfolio segments focused on only his favorite stocks; and
 

 

 
6       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents
  further diversify across different sized companies, countries, and stock-picking styles by including managers with a variety of stock-picking disciplines.

Generally, a security may be sold: (1) if the manager believes the security’s market price exceeds the manager’s estimate of intrinsic value; (2) if the manager’s view of the business fundamentals or management of the underlying company changes; (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found; (4) if general market conditions trigger a change in the manager’s assessment criteria; or (5) for other portfolio management reasons. The International Fund’s managers may trade its portfolio frequently.

Principal Risks

 

Investment in stocks exposes shareholders of the International Fund to the risk of losing money if the value of the stocks held by the International Fund declines during the period an investor owns shares in the International Fund. The following risks could affect the value of your investment:

 

  Market Risk. As with all mutual funds that invest in common stocks, the value of an individual’s investment will fluctuate daily in response to the performance of the individual stocks held in the International Fund. The stock market has been subject to significant volatility recently, which has increased the risks associated with an investment in the International Fund.

 

  Foreign Company and Emerging Markets Risk. The International Fund will normally be invested in securities of companies based outside of the United States. Foreign securities involve additional risks, including those related to currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards, and less-strict regulation of securities markets. These risks are greater in emerging markets.

 

  Emerging Markets Risk.  The International Fund may invest a portion of its assets in emerging market countries. Emerging market countries are those with immature economic and political structures, and investing in emerging markets entails greater risk than in developed markets. Such risks could include those related to government dependence on a few industries or resources, government-imposed taxes on foreign investment or limits on the removal of capital from a country, unstable government, and volatile markets.

 

  Smaller Companies Risk. The International Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the securities of small- and mid-sized companies. Securities of small- and mid-cap companies are generally more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies. This is because smaller companies may be more reliant on a few products, services or key personnel, which can make it riskier than investing in larger companies with more diverse product lines and structured management.

 

  Portfolio Turnover Risk. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses to the International Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and
   

other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities, which may result in adverse tax consequences to the International Fund’s shareholders as compared to shareholders of investment companies that hold investments for a longer period.

 

  Multi-Style Management Risk.  Because portions of the International Fund’s assets are managed by different portfolio managers using different styles, the International Fund could experience overlapping security transactions. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a Fund using a single investment management style.

Performance

 

The following performance information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the International Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the performance of the International Fund’s Institutional Class shares from year to year. The table below shows how the International Fund’s average annual total returns of the Institutional Class and Investor Class for the 1-, 5- and 10-year periods compare to those of a broad-based market index, a secondary market index, as well as an index of peer group mutual funds. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not necessarily indicate how the International Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available on the International Fund’s website at www.mastersfunds.com.

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund - Institutional Class

Calendar Year Total Returns as of December 31

 

LOGO

 

 

 
Fund Summary         7


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund — (Continued)

 

 

During the period shown above, the highest and lowest quarterly returns earned by the International Fund were:

 

Highest:

    26.71%      Quarter ended June 30, 2009

Lowest:

    -24.94%      Quarter ended December 31, 2008

 

Average Annual Total Returns

(for the periods ended December 31, 2017)

 

 

     One Year     Five Years     Ten Years  

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund

 

   

Institutional Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    23.61%       5.65%       1.47%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions

    22.88%       5.14%       1.06%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

    14.17%       4.39%       1.10%  

Investor Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    23.36%       5.38%       8.30%

MSCI ACWI ex-U.S. Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    27.19%       6.80%       1.84%  

MSCI EAFE Index

     

(reflects no deduction of fees, expenses or taxes)

    25.03%       7.90%       1.94%  

Morningstar Foreign Large Blend Category

     

(reflects net performance of funds in this group)

    25.42%       7.05%       1.46%  

 

* The Return Before Taxes shown above for the Investor Class shares of the International Fund is from April 30, 2009 (the inception date for the class) through December 31, 2017.

The International Fund’s after-tax returns as shown in the above table are calculated using the historical highest applicable individual federal marginal income tax rates for the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. If you own shares of the International Fund in a tax-deferred account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, after-tax returns shown are not relevant to your investment. After-tax returns are shown for only the International Fund’s Institutional Class, and after-tax returns for the International Fund’s Investor Class will vary. The after-tax returns on distributions and sale of Fund shares may be higher than returns before taxes due to the effect of a tax benefit an investor may receive from the realization of capital losses that would have been incurred on the sale of Fund shares.

 

 

 
8       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER   

MANAGED THE

INTERNATIONAL
FUND SINCE:

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC   Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, President of the Trust, Principal,
Chief Investment Officer and Co-Portfolio Manager
       2005  
    Rajat Jain, Principal, CFA, Senior Research Analyst and
Co-Portfolio Manager
       2014  
SUB-ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER   

MANAGED THE

INTERNATIONAL
FUND SINCE:

Evermore Global Advisors, LLC   David E. Marcus, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager        2017  
Harris Associates L.P.   David G. Herro, CFA, Deputy Chairman, Portfolio Manager and
Chief Investment Officer, International Equity
       1997  
Lazard Asset Management LLC   Mark Little, Portfolio Manager/Analyst        2013  
Northern Cross, LLC   Howard Appleby, CFA, Portfolio Manager        2007  
  Jean-Francois Ducrest, Portfolio Manager        2007  
    James LaTorre, CFA, Portfolio Manager        2007  
Pictet Asset Management, Ltd.   Fabio Paolini, CFA, Portfolio Manager, Head of EAFE Equities        2016  
    Benjamin (Ben) Beneche, CFA, Portfolio Manager,
Senior Investment Manager
       2016  

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

  W. Vinson Walden, CFA, Portfolio Manager        2008  

For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds” section on page 19 of this Prospectus.

 

 
Fund Summary         9


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund

 

Summary Section

Investment Objective

 

The Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund (the “Smaller Companies Fund”) seeks long-term growth of capital; that is, the increase in the value of your investment over the long term.

Fees and Expenses of the Smaller Companies Fund

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Smaller Companies Fund.

Shareholder Fees (paid directly from your investment)

 

     Institutional Class  
    None  

Annual Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Institutional Class  

Management Fees

    1.14%  

Other Expenses

    0.60%  
 

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.74%  

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement ( 1 )

    -0.42%  

 

 

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1)

    1.32%  
 

 

 

 

 

(1) Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), the advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund, has contractually agreed, through April 30, 2019, to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Smaller Companies Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.26%. This agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory, and Litman Gregory may decline to renew this agreement by written notice to the Trust at least thirty (30) days before the agreement’s annual expiration date. Litman Gregory has waived its right to receive reimbursement of the portion of its advisory fees waived pursuant to this agreement.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Smaller Companies Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Smaller Companies Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Smaller Companies Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Ten Years  

Institutional Class

  $ 177     $ 548     $ 944     $ 2,052  

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Smaller Companies Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher

transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Smaller Companies Fund are held in a taxable account as compared to shares in investment companies that hold investments for a longer period. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Smaller Companies Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Smaller Companies Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 107.51% of the average value of its portfolio. This portfolio turnover rate increased compared to 2016 due to a change in portfolio management and portfolio repositioning.

Principal Strategies

 

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, the advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund, believes that it is possible to identify investment managers who, over a market cycle, will deliver superior returns relative to their peer groups. Litman Gregory also believes it can identify skilled stock pickers who, within their more diversified portfolios, have higher confidence in the return potential of some stocks than others. Litman Gregory believes a portfolio comprised only of these managers’ “higher confidence” stocks should outperform their more diversified portfolios over a market cycle.

Based on these beliefs, the Smaller Companies Fund’s strategy is to engage a number of proven managers as sub-advisors (each a “manager” or “sub-advisor’), with each manager investing in the securities of smaller companies that it believes have strong appreciation potential. Under normal conditions, each sub-advisor manages a portion of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets by independently managing a portfolio typically composed of between 8 and 15 stocks. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each sub-advisor. Under normal market conditions, the Smaller Companies Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities of small- and mid-sized U.S. companies. The managers have limited flexibility to invest in the securities of foreign companies, including emerging markets (up to 15% of the Smaller Companies Fund’s net assets may be invested in foreign securities). By executing this strategy, the Smaller Companies Fund seeks to:

 

  combine the efforts of several experienced, high quality managers;

 

  access the favorite stock-picking ideas of each manager at any point in time;

 

  deliver a portfolio that is prudently diversified in terms of stocks (typically 24 to 45) and industries while still allowing each manager to run portfolio segments focused on only his favorite stocks; and

 

  further diversify across stock-picking styles by including managers with a variety of stock-picking disciplines.

Litman Gregory defines a “smaller company” as one whose market capitalization falls below the market capitalization of the largest company in the Russell 2500 ® Index, which, as of March 31, 2018, was $20.3 billion. The Russell 2500 ® Index

 

 

 
10       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

measures the performance of 2,500 small- and mid-sized companies with market capitalizations averaging $5.4 billion as of March 31, 2018. Generally, Litman Gregory believes the majority of the Smaller Companies Fund’s holdings will typically fall within the range of the Russell 2000 ® Index, but the Smaller Companies Fund has the flexibility to hold mid-sized companies if the managers believe that holding these companies will lead to higher overall returns. As of March 31, 2018, the largest company in the Russell 2000 ® Index had a market capitalization of $16.7 billion.

Generally, a security may be sold: (1) if the manager believes the security’s market price exceeds the manager’s estimate of intrinsic value; (2) if the manager’s view of the business fundamentals or management of the underlying company changes; (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found; (4) if general market conditions trigger a change in the manager’s assessment criteria; or (5) for other portfolio management reasons. The Smaller Companies Fund’s investment managers may trade its portfolio frequently.

Principal Risks

 

Investment in stocks exposes shareholders of the Smaller Companies Fund to the risk of losing money if the value of the stocks held by the Smaller Companies Fund declines during the period an investor owns shares in the Smaller Companies Fund. The following risks could affect the value of your investment:

 

  Market Risk. As with all mutual funds that invest in common stocks, the value of an individual’s investment will fluctuate daily in response to the performance of the individual stocks held in the Smaller Companies Fund. The stock market has been subject to significant volatility recently, which has increased the risks associated with an investment in the Smaller Companies Fund.

 

  Smaller Companies Risk. The Smaller Companies Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the securities of small- and, at times, mid-sized companies. Securities of small-cap companies are generally more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies. This is because small companies may be more reliant on a few products, services or key personnel, which can make it riskier than investing in larger companies with more diverse product lines and structured management.

 

  Portfolio Turnover Risk. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Smaller Companies Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities, which may result in adverse tax consequences to the Smaller Companies Fund’s shareholders as compared to shareholders in investment companies that hold investments for a longer period.

 

  Multi-Style Management Risk.  Because portions of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets are managed by different portfolio managers using different styles, the Smaller Companies Fund could experience overlapping security
   

transactions. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a fund using a single investment management style.

Performance

 

The following performance information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Smaller Companies Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the performance of the Smaller Companies Fund’s Institutional Class shares from year to year. The table below shows how the Smaller Companies Fund’s average annual total returns of the Institutional Class for the 1-, 5- and 10-year periods compare to those of a broad-based market index and an index of peer group mutual funds. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not necessarily indicate how the Smaller Companies Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available on the Smaller Companies Fund’s website at www.mastersfunds.com.

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund - Institutional Class

Calendar Year Total Returns as of December 31

 

LOGO

During the period shown above, the highest and lowest quarterly returns earned by the Smaller Companies Fund were:

 

Highest:

    31.77%      Quarter ended June 30, 2009

Lowest:

    -28.14%      Quarter ended December 31, 2008
 

 

 
Fund Summary         11


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund — (Continued)

 

Average Annual Total Returns

(for the periods ended December 31, 2017)

 

 

     One Year     Five Years     Ten Years  

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund

 

Institutional Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    14.44%       9.15%       6.48%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions

    14.44%       9.15%       6.39%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

    8.17%       7.24%       5.19%  

Russell 2000 ® Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    14.65%       14.12%       8.71%  

Morningstar Small Blend Category

     

(reflects net performance of funds in this group)

    12.39%       12.88%       7.80%  

 

The Smaller Companies Fund’s after-tax returns as shown in the above table are calculated using the historical highest applicable individual federal marginal income tax rates for the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. If you own shares of the Smaller Companies Fund in a tax-deferred account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, after-tax returns shown are not relevant to your investment. The after-tax returns on distributions and sale of Fund shares may be higher than returns before taxes due to the effect of a tax benefit an investor may receive from the realization of capital losses that would have been incurred on the sale of Fund shares.

 

 

Management

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER    MANAGED THE SMALLER
COMPANIES FUND SINCE:
Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC   Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, President of the Trust, Principal,
Chief Investment Officer and Co-Portfolio Manager
       2005  
    Jack Chee, Principal, Senior Research Analyst and
Co-Portfolio Manager
       2014  
SUB-ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER    MANAGED THE SMALLER
COMPANIES FUND SINCE:
Cove Street Capital, LLC   Jeffrey Bronchick, CFA, Managing Member, Portfolio Manager        2011  
Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC   Mark T. Dickherber, CFA, CPA, Principal and
Senior Portfolio Manager
      
2017
 
    Shaun P. Nicholson, Senior Portfolio Manager        2017  
Wells Capital Management, Inc.   Richard T. Weiss, CFA, Managing Director and
Senior Portfolio Manager
       2003  

For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds” section on page 19 of this Prospectus.

 

 
12       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

 

Summary Section

Investment Objective

 

The Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Alternative Strategies Fund”) seeks to achieve long-term returns with lower risk and lower volatility than the stock market, and with relatively low correlation to stock and bond market indexes.

Fees and Expenses of the Alternative Strategies Fund

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
   

Investor

Class

 
    None       None  

Annual Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

     Institutional
Class
   

Investor

Class

 

Management Fees

    1.40%       1.40%  

Distribution and or Service (12b-1) Fees

    None       0.25%  

Other Expenses Not Including Dividend or Interest Expense

    0.15%       0.15%  

Dividend and Interest Expense

    0.20%       0.20%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expenses

    0.35%       0.35%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

    1.75%       2.00%  

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1 )

    -0.09%       -0.10%  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1 )

    1.66%       1.90%  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), the advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund, has contractually agreed, through April 30, 2019, to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.50% on the first $2 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets, 0.40% of the next $1 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets, 0.35% of the next $1 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets and 0.30% on assets over $4 billion. This agreement may be terminated at any time by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Litman Gregory, and Litman Gregory may decline to renew this agreement by written notice to the Trust at least thirty (30) days before the agreement’s annual expiration date. Litman Gregory has waived its right to receive reimbursement of the portion of its advisory fees waived pursuant to this agreement.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Alternative Strategies Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Alternative Strategies Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Ten Years  

Institutional Class

  $ 178     $ 551     $ 949     $ 2,062  

Investor Class

  $ 203     $ 627     $ 1,078     $ 2,327  

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Alternative Strategies Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund are held in a taxable account as compared to shares in investment companies that hold investments for a longer period. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, will affect the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal period, the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 169.34% of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal Strategies

 

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, the advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund, believes that it is possible to identify highly skilled and experienced investment managers who can successfully execute various investment approaches that target materially lower volatility than the stock market or that have a low correlation or low sensitivity to traditional investment strategies, or both, so that the overall performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund is not heavily dependent on steadily rising stock or bond market to earn its return over a market cycle. Furthermore, Litman Gregory believes that by allocating assets among multiple investment managers with different but complementary strategies it can further enhance the risk-adjusted return potential of an overall fund portfolio over a full market cycle. Over the long term, Litman Gregory’s goal is to achieve an annualized return of LIBOR plus a range of 4% to 8%. (LIBOR is short for the London Interbank Offered Rate, an interest rate used by banks for short-term loans to each other.) Litman Gregory has established this goal to emphasize the importance of preserving and increasing shareholders’ capital investment rather than simply beating an index, and we use it to select managers and allocate assets among them. Of course there are no guarantees that we will achieve this goal, and investors may experience losses, especially over shorter time periods.

Based on these beliefs, the Alternative Strategies Fund’s strategy is to engage a number of established investment managers as sub-advisors (each a “sub-advisor” or “manager”) to offer investors a mix of strategies that Litman Gregory believes offer risk-return characteristics that are attractive individually and even more compelling collectively. The Alternative Strategies Fund is intended to be used by investors as a source of diversification for traditional stock and bond portfolios to reduce volatility and potentially enhance returns relative to various measures of risk.

 

 

 
Fund Summary         13


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund — (Continued)

 

Allocations among sub-advisors are based on a number of factors, including Litman Gregory’s expectation for the risk-adjusted return potential of each sub-advisor’s strategy and the impact on overall portfolio risk, with the objective of maximizing return subject to the goals of low volatility and relatively low correlation with broad financial markets, especially the stock market. Litman Gregory may at times adjust the allocations of capital to sub-advisors if it believes there is a highly compelling tactical opportunity in a particular sub-advisor’s strategy. A tactical opportunity could represent the potential for an exceptional risk-adjusted return opportunity relative to the other strategies, or it may represent a superior risk reduction opportunity that could benefit the Alternative Strategies Fund’s overall portfolio. Portfolio assets will be tactically allocated to the sub-advisors in accordance with the target allocation range for each sub-advisor as measured at the time of allocation. It is possible that additional managers and strategies will be added to the Alternative Strategies Fund in the future.

Sub-advisor strategies may seek to benefit from: opportunities to combine securities with differing risk characteristics; market inefficiencies; arbitrage opportunities; opportunities to provide liquidity; tactical opportunities in asset classes or securities; special situations such as spin offs; as well as other opportunities in areas such as real estate or managed futures. In the aggregate, the managers can invest globally in stocks of companies of any size, domicile or market capitalization, government and corporate bonds and other fixed income securities and currencies, including short positions of any of the foregoing, within their respective segments of the Alternative Strategies Fund. They may also invest in derivatives, including, without limitation, options, futures contracts, participatory notes (“P-Notes”) and swaps, to manage risk or enhance return and can also borrow amounts up to one third of the value of the Fund’s total assets (except that the Fund may exceed this limit to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary purposes). Each of the managers may invest in illiquid securities; however, the Alternative Strategies Fund as a whole may not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. In some cases, the sub-advisors may seek to replicate strategies they employ in their private (hedge) funds. In other cases, the sub-advisors may seek to enhance strategies they run in other public funds by focusing on their highest conviction ideas to a greater extent or by pursuing certain aspects of their strategies with greater flexibility. However, the Alternative Strategies Fund will only invest directly in portfolio securities selected by the sub-advisors and will not invest in any pooled investment vehicles or accounts managed by the sub-advisors.

Each sub-advisor will have an investment approach that generally focuses on a particular asset class or specific strategies. Currently, the strategies the sub-advisors focus on are as follows: (1) an arbitrage oriented strategy, (2) an opportunistic income strategy which will often focus on mortgage related securities, (3) a contrarian opportunity strategy that allows tactical investments throughout the capital structure (stocks and bonds), asset classes, market capitalization, industries and geographies, and (4) a strategic

alpha strategy that focuses on the tactical allocation of long and short global fixed income opportunities and currencies. Litman Gregory may hire sub-advisors that focus on other strategies in the future, and not all strategies that may be appropriate will be represented in the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio at all times.

The sub-advisor that manages the arbitrage strategy seeks to generate long-term returns of at least mid-single-digits with low correlation to the equity and bond markets and may follow merger arbitrage, convertible arbitrage and capital structure arbitrage strategies. This objective is pursued by investing in equity and debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. companies that are impacted by corporate events such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other special situations.

The sub-advisor that manages the opportunistic income strategy allocates investments to fixed income instruments and other investments with no limit on the duration of the portfolio. The sub-advisor may invest in, without limitation, asset-backed securities; domestic and foreign corporate bonds, including high-yield bonds; municipal bonds; bonds or other obligations issued by domestic or foreign governments, including emerging markets countries; real estate investment trust (“REIT”) debt securities; and mortgage related securities. When investing in mortgage-related securities, the sub-advisor may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued by domestic or foreign private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage related securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”); obligations issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage related securities without a government guarantee but typically with some form of private credit enhancement; “interest only” and “principal only” stripped mortgage securities; inverse floating rate securities; and debt or equity tranches of collateralized debt obligations collateralized by mortgage related securities.

The sub-advisor that manages the contrarian opportunity strategy focuses on investments that offer absolute rather than relative value. The goal is to provide equity-like returns over longer periods ( i.e. , five to seven years) while protecting against the permanent loss of capital. Attention is directed toward those companies offering the best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share, good management, and high normalized return on capital.

The sub-advisor that manages the strategic alpha strategy seeks to achieve positive total returns over a full market cycle with relatively low volatility. The sub-advisor intends to pursue its objective by utilizing a flexible investment approach that allocates investments across a global range of investment opportunities related to credit, currencies and interest rates, while employing risk management strategies designed to mitigate downside risk. Under normal market conditions, the sub-advisor may invest (1) up to 75% of the total assets

 

 

 
14       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

allocated to it in below investment-grade fixed income securities and related derivatives; (2) up to 75% of the total assets allocated to it in investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies and related derivatives, including up to 50% in investments denominated in emerging market currencies and related derivatives; and (3) up to 20% of the total assets allocated to it in equity related securities and derivatives as measured at time of allocation. A “related derivative” of a financial instrument means any derivative whose value is based upon or derived from that financial instrument or a related derivative of that financial instrument.

Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, it is possible to lose money on an investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund. An investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund is not a deposit of any bank and is not guaranteed, endorsed or insured by any financial institution, government authority or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The principal risks of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund are:

 

  Equity Securities Risk. This is the risk that the value of equity securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, due to factors affecting the general market, an entire industry or sector, or particular companies. These factors include, without limitation, adverse changes in economic conditions, the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor sentiment; increases in production costs; and significant management decisions. This risk is greater for small- and medium-sized companies, which tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments than larger companies.

 

  Debt Securities Risk. This is the risk that the value and liquidity of debt securities may be reduced under certain circumstances. The value of debt securities can fluctuate in response to issuer activity and changes in general economic and credit market conditions, including changes in interest rates. It is likely there will be less governmental action in the near future to maintain low interest rates. The negative impact on debt securities from the resulting rate increases for that and other reasons could be swift and significant. In recent years, dealer capacity in the debt and fixed income markets appears to have undergone fundamental changes, including a reduction in dealer market-making capacity. These changes have the potential to decrease substantially liquidity and increase volatility in the debt and fixed income markets.

 

  Below Investment-Grade Fixed Income Securities Risk. This is the risk of investing in below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”), which may be greater than that of higher rated fixed income securities. These securities are rated Ba1 through C by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or BB+ through D by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) (or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), or, if not rated by Moody’s or S&P, are considered by the sub-advisors to be of similar quality. These securities have greater risk of default than higher rated securities. The market
   

value of these securities is more sensitive to corporate developments and economic conditions and can be volatile. Market conditions can diminish liquidity and make accurate valuations difficult to obtain. There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in below investment-grade fixed income securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in below investment-grade fixed income securities.

 

  Interest Rate Risk.  This is the risk that debt securities will decline in value because of changes in interest rates. A fund with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a fund with a shorter average portfolio duration.

 

  Credit Risk. This is the risk that the Alternative Strategies Fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty of a derivatives contract or other transaction, is unable or unwilling (or is perceived to be unable or unwilling) to make timely payment of principal and/or interest, or to otherwise honor its obligations.

 

  Convertible Securities Risk.  This is the risk that the market value of convertible securities may fluctuate due to changes in, among other things, interest rates; other general economic conditions; industry fundamentals; market sentiment; the issuer’s operating results, financial statements, and credit ratings; and the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock.

 

  Capital Structure Arbitrage Risk.  The perceived mispricing identified by the sub-advisor may not disappear or may even increase, in which case losses may be realized.

 

  Convertible Arbitrage Risk.  Arbitrage strategies involve engaging in transactions that attempt to exploit price differences of identical, related or similar securities on different markets or in different forms. A Fund may realize losses or reduced rate of return if underlying relationships among securities in which investment positions are taken change in an adverse manner or a transaction is unexpectedly terminated or delayed. Trading to seek short-term capital appreciation can be expected to cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate to be substantially higher than that of the average equity-oriented investment company, resulting in higher transaction costs and additional capital gains tax liabilities.

 

  Event-Driven Risk.  Event-driven investments involve the risk that certain of the events driving the investment may not happen or the market may react differently than expected to the anticipated transaction. In addition, although an event may occur or is announced, it may be renegotiated, terminated or involve a longer time frame than originally contemplated. Event-driven investment transactions are also subject to the risk of overall market movements. Any one of these risks could cause the Fund to experience investment losses, impacting its shares negatively.

 

  Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk.  This is the risk of investing in mortgaged-backed securities, which includes interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk of defaults on the mortgage loans underlying these securities.
 

 

 
Fund Summary         15


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund — (Continued)

 

 

  Foreign Investment and Emerging Markets Risk. This is the risk that an investment in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies, due to factors such as currency conversion rate fluctuations, currency blockages, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting, accounting and auditing standards, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, and smaller and less-strict regulation of securities markets. These risks are greater in emerging markets. There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in emerging market securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in emerging market securities.

 

  Currency Risk.  This is the risk that investing in foreign currencies may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and that such fluctuations in the exchange rates may negatively affect an investment related to a currency or denominated in a foreign currency. The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in foreign currencies for investment and hedging purposes.

 

  Leverage Risk.  This is the risk that leverage may cause the effect of an increase or decrease in the value of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio securities to be magnified and the Alternative Strategies Fund to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. Leverage may result from certain transactions, including the use of derivatives and borrowing.

 

  Derivatives Risk.  This is the risk that an investment in derivatives may not correlate completely to the performance of the underlying securities and may be volatile and that the insolvency of the counterparty to a derivative instrument could cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to lose all or substantially all of its investment in the derivative instrument, as well as the benefits derived therefrom.

 

  ¡     Options Risk.  This is the risk that an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves and may be subject to a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to purchase the options.

 

  ¡     Futures Contracts Risk.  This is the risk that an investment in futures contracts may be subject to losses that exceed the amount of the premiums paid and may subject the Alternative Strategies Fund’s net asset value to greater volatility.

 

  ¡     P-Notes Risk. This is the risk that the performance results of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the P-Notes seek to replicate. Investments in P-Notes involve risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities as well as additional risks, such as counterparty risk.

 

  ¡     Swaps Risk.  Risks inherent in the use of swaps include: (1) swap contracts may not be assigned without the consent of the counterparty; (2) potential default of the counterparty to the swap; (3) absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular swap at any time; and (4) possible
   

inability of the Alternative Strategies Fund to close out the swap transaction at a time that otherwise would be favorable for it to do so.

 

  Short Sale Risk.  This is the risk that the value of a security the Alternative Strategies Fund sells short does not go down as expected. The risk of loss is theoretically unlimited if the value of the security sold short continues to increase. In addition, short sales may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to be compelled, at a time disadvantageous to it, to buy the security previously sold short, thus resulting in a loss. To meet current margin requirements, the Alternative Strategies Fund is required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short.

 

  Merger Arbitrage Risk.  This is the risk that a proposed reorganization in which the Alternative Strategies Fund invests may be renegotiated or terminated.

 

  Multi-Style Management Risk.  This is the risk that the Alternative Strategies Fund could experience overlapping security transactions as a result of having different portfolio managers using different strategies to manage the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a fund using a single investment strategy.

 

  Portfolio Turnover Risk.  This is the risk that the Alternative Strategies Fund may experience high portfolio turnover rates as a result of its investment strategies. High portfolio turnover rates may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund are held in a taxable account as compared to shares in investment companies that hold investments for a longer period.

 

  Unfavorable Tax Treatment Risk. This is the risk that a material portion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s return could be in the form of net investment income or short-term capital gains, some of which may be distributed to shareholders and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Therefore, shareholders may have a greater need to pay regular taxes than compared to other investment strategies that hold investments longer. Due to this investment strategy, it may be preferable for certain shareholders to invest in the Fund through pre-tax or tax-deferred accounts as compared to investment through currently taxable accounts. Potential shareholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors in this regard.

Performance

 

The following performance information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Alternative Strategies Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s Institutional Class shares from year to year. The table below shows how the Alternative Strategies Fund’s

 

 

 
16       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

average annual total returns of the Institutional Class and Investor Class for the 1-, 5-year and since inception periods compare to those of a broad-based market index, two secondary market indexes, the 3-month LIBOR as well as an index of peer group mutual funds. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not necessarily indicate how the Alternative Strategies Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available on the Alternative Strategies Fund’s website at www.mastersfunds.com.

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund - Institutional Class

Calendar Year Total Returns as of December 31

 

LOGO

During the period shown above, the highest and lowest quarterly returns earned by the Alternative Strategies Fund were:

 

Highest:

    4.07%      Quarter ended March 31, 2012

Lowest:

    -2.74%      Quarter ended September 30, 2015

 

Average Annual Total Returns

(for the periods ended December 31, 2017)

 

 

     One Year     Five Years     Since Fund
Inception
(9/30/2011)
 

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

 

Institutional Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    4.51%       4.07%       5.29%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions

    3.52%       2.93%       4.25%  

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

    2.61%       2.65%       3.71%  

Investor Class

     

Return Before Taxes

    4.14%       3.82%       5.05%  

 

     One Year     Five Years     Since Fund
Inception
(9/30/2011)
 

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    3.54%       2.10%       2.53%  

3-Month LIBOR

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    1.21%       0.54%       0.52%  

Morningstar Multialternative Category

     

(reflects net performance of funds in this group)

    5.58%       1.69%       2.13%  

Russell 1000 ® Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    21.69%       15.71%       17.23%  

HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index

     

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

    5.98%       2.13%       2.18%  

The Alternative Strategies Fund’s after-tax returns as shown in the above table are calculated using the historical highest applicable individual federal marginal income tax rates for the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. If you own shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund in a tax-deferred account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account after-tax returns shown are not relevant to your investment. After-tax returns are shown for only the Alternative Strategies Fund’s Institutional Class, and after-tax returns for the Alternative Strategies Fund’s Investor Class will vary. The after-tax returns on distributions and sale of Fund shares may be higher than returns before taxes due to the effect of a tax benefit an investor may receive from the realization of capital losses that would have been incurred on the sale of Fund shares.

 

 

 
Fund Summary         17


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund — (Continued)

 

Management

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER   

MANAGED THE

ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES

FUND SINCE:

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC   Jeremy DeGroot, CFA, President of the Trust, Principal,
Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager
       2011  
SUB-ADVISOR   PORTFOLIO MANAGER      
DCI, LLC   Stephen Kealhofer, Head of Research and Portfolio Manager        2017  
  Paul Harrison, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager        2017  
  Bin Zeng, Head of Credit Research and Portfolio Manager        2017  
    Adam Dwinells, Head of Portfolio Management and
Portfolio Manager
       2017  
DoubleLine Capital LP   Jeffrey Gundlach, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager        2011  
    Jeffrey Sherman, CFA, Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager        2017  
First Pacific Advisors, LLC   Steven Romick, CFA, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager        2011  
  Brian Selmo, CFA, Partner and Portfolio Manager        2011  
    Mark Landecker, CFA, Partner and Portfolio Manager        2011  
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.   Matthew Eagan, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager        2011  
  Kevin Kearns, Vice President and Portfolio Manager        2011  
    Todd Vandam, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager        2011  
Water Island Capital, LLC   John Orrico, CFA, President, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager        2011  
  Todd Munn, Portfolio Manager        2011  
  Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA, Portfolio Manager        2011  
    Gregg Loprete, Portfolio Manager        2011  

For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds” section on page 19 of this Prospectus.

 

 
18       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds

 

Transaction Policies – All Funds

 

You may purchase, redeem or exchange Fund shares on any business day by written request via mail (Litman Gregory Funds Trust, c/o DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219922, Kansas City, MO 64121-9922), by wire transfer, by telephone at 1-800-960-0188, or through a financial intermediary. The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts for each Fund are shown below.

 

Fund/Type of Account  

Minimum
Initial

Investment

   

Minimum
Additional

Investment

   

Minimum

Account
Balance

 

Smaller Companies Fund

 

Regular

     

- Institutional Class

    $10,000       $250       $2,500  

Retirement Account

     

- Institutional Class

    $1,000       $100       $250  

Automatic Investment Account

     

- Institutional Class

    $2,500       $250       $2,500  
     

Equity Fund, International Fund, and Alternative Strategies Fund (1)

 

               

Regular

     

- Institutional Class

  $ 100,000       $250       $2,500  

- Investor Class

    $1,000       $100       $250  

Retirement Account

     

- Institutional Class

    $5,000       $100       $250  

- Investor Class

    $500       $100       $250  

Automatic Investment Account

     

- Institutional Class

    $2,500       $250       $2,500  

- Investor Class

    $2,500       $250       $2,500  

 

(1) The minimum investment amounts may be waived or lowered for investments effected through banks and other institutions that have entered into arrangements with the Equity, International and Alternative Strategies Funds or the distributor of these Funds and for investments effected on a group basis by certain other entities and their employees, such as investments pursuant to a payroll deduction plan and asset-based or wrap programs. Please consult your financial intermediary for information about minimum investment requirements. The Equity, International and Alternative Strategies Funds reserve the right to change or waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements at any time.

Tax Information – All Funds

 

Depending on the character of income distributed, the Funds’ distributions will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal from those accounts.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries – All Funds

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and/or Litman Gregory may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

 

 
Summary of Other Important Information Regarding the Funds         19


Table of Contents

Description of Principal Investment Risks

 

All mutual funds carry a certain amount of risk. The Funds’ returns will vary, and you could lose money on your investment in the Funds. An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured, endorsed or guaranteed by any financial institution, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency. The principal risks for each Fund are identified in the Funds’ Summary Sections and are described in further detail below. Additional information about the principal risks is included in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

 

Below Investment-Grade Fixed Income Securities Risk   Below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative. These securities are rated Ba1 through C by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or BB+ through D by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) (or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization), or, if not rated by Moody’s or S&P, are considered by the sub-advisors to be of similar quality. These securities may be subject to greater risks than those of higher rated fixed income securities, including greater risk of default. The market value of below investment-grade fixed income securities is more sensitive to individual corporate developments and economic changes than higher rated securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not accurate, regarding below investment-grade fixed income securities may depress prices and diminish liquidity for such securities. The market for below investment-grade fixed income securities may be less active than the market for higher rated securities, which can adversely affect the price at which these securities may be sold. Less active markets may diminish the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to obtain accurate market quotations when valuing the portfolio securities and thereby giving rise to valuation risk. In addition, the Alternative Strategies Fund may incur additional expenses if a holding defaults and the Alternative Strategies Fund has to seek recovery of its principal investment. Below investment-grade fixed income securities may also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, these securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Alternative Strategies Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security resulting in a decreased return for investors. There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in below investment-grade fixed income securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in below investment-grade fixed income securities as measured at time of purchase.
Capital Structure Arbitrage Risk   The perceived mispricing identified by the sub-adviser may not disappear or may even increase, in which case losses may be realized.
Convertible Arbitrage Risk   Arbitrage strategies involve engaging in transactions that attempt to exploit price differences of identical, related or similar securities on different markets or in different forms. A Fund may realize losses or reduced rate of return if underlying relationships among securities in which investment positions are taken change in an adverse manner or a transaction is unexpectedly terminated or delayed. Trading to seek short-term capital appreciation can be expected to cause the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate to be substantially higher than that of the average equity-oriented investment company, resulting in higher transaction costs and additional capital gains tax liabilities.
Convertible Securities Risk   Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. Because convertible securities are higher in an issuer’s capital structure than equity securities, convertible securities are generally not as risky as the equity securities of the same issuer. However, convertible securities may gain or lose value due to changes in, among other things, interest rates; other general economic conditions; industry fundamentals; market sentiment; and the issuer’s operating results, financial statements and credit ratings. The value of convertible securities also tends to change whenever the market value of the underlying common or preferred stock fluctuates.

 

 
20       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents
Credit Risk   Credit risk is the risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a fixed income security, or the counterparty to a derivatives contract or other transaction, is unable or unwilling (or is perceived to be unable or unwilling) to make timely payments of principal and/or interest, or to otherwise honor its obligations. The Alternative Strategies Fund will be subject to credit risks with respect to the counterparties of its derivative transactions. Many of the protections afforded to participants on organized exchanges, such as the performance guarantee of an exchange clearing house, are not available in connection with over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative transactions, such as foreign currency transactions. As a result, in instances where the Alternative Strategies Fund enters into OTC derivative transactions, the Alternative Strategies Fund will be subject to the risk that its direct counterparties will not perform their obligations under the transactions and that the Alternative Strategies Fund will sustain losses or be unable to realize gains.
Currency Risk   The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in foreign currencies for investment and hedging purposes. All of the Funds may invest in foreign currencies for hedging purposes. Investing in foreign currencies exposes the fund to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between different currencies may negatively affect an investment. The Alternative Strategies Fund may be subject to currency risk because it may invest a significant portion of its assets in currency-related instruments, such as forward currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures, cross-currency instruments (such as swaps) and direct investments in foreign currencies. The Alternative Strategies Fund also is subject to currency risk because it may invest in securities or other instruments denominated in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies. The sub-advisors may elect not to hedge currency risk, which may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to incur losses that would not have been incurred had the risk been hedged.
Cybersecurity Risk   Information and technology systems relied upon by the Funds, Litman Gregory, the sub-advisors, the Funds’ service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, transfer agents, administrators, distributors and other financial intermediaries) and/or the issuers of securities in which a Fund invests may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons, security breaches, usage errors, power outages and catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes. Although Litman Gregory has implemented measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, if these systems are compromised, become inoperable for extended periods of time or cease to function properly, significant investment may be required to fix or replace them. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans could cause significant interruptions in the operations of the Funds, Litman Gregory, the sub-advisors, the Funds’ service providers and/or issuers of securities in which a Fund invests and may result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to investors (and the beneficial owners of investors). Such a failure could also harm the reputation of the Funds, Litman Gregory, the sub-advisors, the Funds’ service providers and/or issuers of securities in which a Fund invests, subject such entities and their respective affiliates to legal claims or otherwise affect their business and financial performance.
Debt Securities Risk   The value and liquidity of debt securities may be reduced under certain circumstances. The value of debt securities can fluctuate, sometimes rapidly, in response to issuer activity and changes in general economic and credit market conditions, including changes in interest rates. The prices of debt securities can be volatile, and there can be severe limitations in the ability to value or sell certain debt securities, including those that are of higher credit quality, during periods of reduced credit market liquidity such as the one that the market experienced in 2008 and 2009.

 

 
Description of Principal Investment Risks         21


Table of Contents

Description of Principal Investment Risks — (Continued)

 

Derivatives Risk  

Some of the instruments in which the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest may be referred to as “derivatives,” because their value “derives” from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These instruments include, without limitation, options, futures contracts, credit default swaps, P-Notes and total return swaps. The market value of derivative instruments and securities sometimes is more volatile than that of other instruments, and each type of derivative instrument may have its own special risks. Some OTC derivative instruments may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to the credit risk of its counterparty. In the event the counterparty to such a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Alternative Strategies Fund may lose all or substantially all of its investment in the derivative instrument, as well as the benefits derived therefrom. Investing for hedging purposes or to increase the Alternative Strategies Fund’s return may result in certain additional transaction costs that may reduce the Alternative Strategies Fund’s performance. In addition, when used for hedging purposes, no assurance can be given that each derivative position will achieve a close correlation with the security or currency against which it is being hedged, or that a particular derivative position will be available when sought by the sub-advisors. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other investments of the Alternative Strategies Fund. Derivatives may create a risk of loss greater than the amount invested.

 

Derivatives are subject to regulation under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and other laws or regulations in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain derivatives have become subject to new and increased margin requirements, which in some cases has increased the costs to the Alternative Strategies Fund of trading derivatives.

 

Options Risk. The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in options. Options trading entails risks in addition to those resulting from trading in traditional securities. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. An investment in options is subject to the risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to purchase the options.

 

Futures Contracts Risk. The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in futures contracts. The loss that may be incurred by entering into futures contracts could exceed the amount of the premiums paid and may be potentially unlimited. Futures markets are highly volatile, and the use of futures may increase the volatility of the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”). Additionally, as a result of the low collateral deposits normally involved in futures trading, a relatively small movement in the price or value of a futures contract increases the risk of losing more than the amount initially invested by the Fund. Furthermore, exchanges may limit fluctuations in futures contract prices during a trading session by imposing a maximum permissible price movement on each futures contract. The Fund may be disadvantaged if it is prohibited from executing a trade outside the daily permissible price movement. Futures contracts executed on foreign exchanges may not be provided the same protections as provided by U.S. exchanges.

 

P-Notes Risk. The International Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in P-Notes. P-Notes are a type of equity-linked derivative generally issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to replicate the performance of the underlying equity securities. P-Notes are typically utilized to obtain exposure in certain non-U.S. markets where direct investment in a company’s equity is not permitted or otherwise feasible. Even though a P-Note is intended to reflect the performance of the underlying equity securities on a one-to-one basis so that investors will not normally gain or lose more in absolute terms than they would have made or lost had they invested in the underlying securities directly, the performance results of P-Notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the P-Notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. P-Notes represent unsecured, unsubordinated contractual rights of the issuer and do not confer any right, title or interest in respect to the underlying equity securities or provide rights against the issuer of the underlying securities. For this reason, in addition to the risks normally associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities, P-Notes are subject to counterparty risk if the issuer of the P-Note is unable or refuses to perform under the terms of the P-Note and must rely on the creditworthiness of the counterparty for its investment returns on the P-Notes. While the holder

 

 
22       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents
   

of a P-Note is entitled to receive from the bank or broker-dealer any dividends or other distributions paid on the underlying securities, the holder is not entitled to the same rights as an owner of the underlying securities, such as voting rights. P-Notes are also not traded on exchanges, are privately issued, and may be illiquid. There can be no assurance that the trading price or value of P-Notes will equal the value of the underlying value of the equity securities they seek to replicate.

 

Credit Default Swaps Risk. The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided no event of default has occurred. In the event of default, the seller must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund loses its investment and recovers nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the buyer receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, provided there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller is normally obligated to pay the notional value of the reference obligation. The value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. If the Fund writes a credit default swap, it would normally be required to segregate liquid assets equal in value to the notional value of the reference obligation.

 

Total Return Swaps Risk. The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into total return swap agreements. Total return swap is the generic name for any non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset, usually in return for receiving a stream of London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) based cash flows. A total return swap may be applied to any underlying asset but is most commonly used with equity indices, single stocks, bonds and defined portfolios of loans and mortgages. Total return swap is a mechanism for the user to accept the economic benefits of asset ownership without utilizing the balance sheet. The other leg of the swap, usually LIBOR, is spread to reflect the non-balance sheet nature of the product. No notional amounts are exchanged with total return swaps. The total return receiver assumes the entire economic exposure – that is, both market and credit exposure – to the reference asset. The total return payer – often the owner of the reference obligation – gives up economic exposure to the performance of the reference asset and in return takes on counterparty credit exposure to the total return receiver in the event of a default or fall in value of the reference asset.

Distressed Companies Risk  

Investments in distressed companies typically involve the purchase of high-yield bonds, or comparable unrated debt securities, or the purchase of direct indebtedness (or participations in the indebtedness) of such companies. Indebtedness generally represents a specific commercial loan or portion of a loan made to a company by a financial institution such as a bank or insurance company. Loan participations represent fractional interests in a company’s indebtedness and are generally made available by banks or insurance companies. By purchasing all or a part of a company’s direct indebtedness, a Fund, in effect, steps into the shoes of the lender. If the loan is secured, the Fund will have a priority claim to the assets of the company ahead of unsecured creditors and stockholders. A Fund also may purchase trade claims and other similar direct obligations or claims against companies in bankruptcy. Trade claims are generally purchased from creditors of the bankrupt company and typically represent money due to a supplier of goods or services to the company.

 

The purchase of indebtedness or loan participations of a troubled company always involves the risk as to the creditworthiness of the issuer and the possibility that principal invested may be lost. Purchasers of participations, such as a Fund, must rely on the financial institution issuing the participation to assert any rights against the borrower with respect to the underlying indebtedness. In addition, a Fund takes on the risk as to the creditworthiness of the bank or other financial intermediary issuing the participation, as well as that of the company issuing the underlying indebtedness. When a Fund purchases a trade claim, there is no guarantee that the debtor will ever be able to satisfy the obligation on the trade claim.

 

 
Description of Principal Investment Risks         23


Table of Contents

Description of Principal Investment Risks — (Continued)

 

Emerging Markets Risk   Emerging market countries are those with immature economic and political structures, and investing in emerging markets entails greater risk than in developed markets. Emerging markets may be under-capitalized, have less developed legal and financial systems or have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world. Emerging market securities are securities that are issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; or securities issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to the risks described under “Foreign Investment and Emerging Markets Risk” and may be particularly sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are more often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Emerging markets may have obsolete financial systems and volatile currencies, and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities also may be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.
Equity Securities Risk   The value of equity securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unexpectedly, due to various factors, including factors affecting the general market, such as adverse changes in economic conditions, the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor sentiment. Equity securities may also lose value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as increases in production costs, and factors directly related to a specific company, such as significant decisions made by its management. Certain equity securities may decline in value even during periods when the prices of equity securities in general are rising, or may not perform as well as the market in general. The prices of equity securities may also experience greater volatility during periods of challenging market conditions such as the one that the market experienced in 2008 and 2009. This risk is greater for small- and medium-sized companies, which tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments than larger companies.
Event-Driven Risk   Event-driven strategies seek to profit from the market inefficiencies surrounding market events, such as mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other special situations. Event-driven investing involves attempting to predict the outcome of a particular transaction as well as the optimal time at which to commit capital to it. Event-driven opportunities involve difficult legal as well as financial analysis, as some of the principal impediments to the consummation of major corporate events are often legal or regulatory rather than economic. In addition, certain of the securities issued in the context of major corporate events include complex call, put and other features, and it is difficult to precisely evaluate the terms and embedded option characteristics of these securities. A Fund may take both long and short positions in a wide range of securities, derivatives and other instruments in implementing its event-driven strategies.
Foreign Investment and Emerging Markets Risk   Investing in foreign (non-U.S) securities may expose the Funds to risks not typically associated with U.S. investments. These risks include, among others, adverse fluctuations in currency conversion rate, currency blockages, and adverse political, social and economic developments affecting a foreign country. In addition, foreign securities may have less publicly available information and may be more volatile and/or less liquid. Investments in foreign securities could also be affected by factors such as differences in financial reporting, accounting and auditing standards, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, smaller and less-strict regulation of securities markets, restrictions on receiving investment proceeds from a foreign country, and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations. These risks are greater in the emerging markets. There is no limit to the Alternative Strategies Fund’s ability to invest in emerging market securities; however, under normal market conditions, it does not expect to invest more than 50% of its total assets in emerging market securities. Additional information about the risks of emerging markets is described under “Emerging Markets Risk.”
Interest Rate Risk   Changes in interest rates may cause the value of debt securities to decline. Generally, the value of debt securities rise when prevailing interest rates fall, and fall when prevailing interest rates rise. A fund with a longer average portfolio duration will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a fund with a shorter average portfolio duration.

 

 
24       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents
Leverage Risk   Leverage may result from certain transactions, including the use of derivatives and borrowing. Although leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and gain, it also creates certain risks. For example, the use of leverage may cause the effect of an increase or decrease in the value of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s portfolio securities to be magnified and the Alternative Strategies Fund to be more volatile than if leverage was not used. Under normal circumstances, the Alternative Strategies Fund may borrow amounts up to one third of the value of its total assets except that it may exceed this limit to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary purposes.
Market Risk   The market prices of securities owned by a Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value or become illiquid due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value or liquidity of a security may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. Securities may also decline or become illiquid due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline or become illiquid in value simultaneously.
Merger Arbitrage Risk   Merger arbitrage seeks to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations (each, a “deal”). The success of merger arbitrage depends on the discount between the deal price and the price of the target company’s stock after the deal is announced but before it is closed. If a proposed reorganization in which the Alternative Strategies Fund invests is renegotiated or terminated, the Alternative Strategies Fund may suffer a loss.
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk   Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders. The values of some mortgage-backed securities may expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. When interest rates rise, the value of mortgage-related securities generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage related-securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities. The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may shorten or extend the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of purchase. If unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective maturity of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of the security can be expected to increase. The value of these securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations. Mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities depend on the payments of principal and interest made by or through the underlying assets, which may not be sufficient to meet the payment obligations of the mortgage-backed securities.
Multi-Style Management Risk   Because portions of a Fund’s assets are managed by different portfolio managers using different styles/strategies, a Fund could experience overlapping security transactions. Certain portfolio managers may be purchasing securities at the same time that other portfolio managers may be selling those same securities, which may lead to higher transaction expenses compared to a Fund using a single investment management style. Litman Gregory’s and the sub-advisors’ judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which a Fund invests may prove to be incorrect, and there is no guarantee that Litman Gregory’s judgment will produce the desired results. In addition, a Fund may allocate its assets so as to under- or over-emphasize certain strategies or investments under market conditions that are not optimal, in which case the Fund’s value may be adversely affected.

 

 
Description of Principal Investment Risks         25


Table of Contents

Description of Principal Investment Risks — (Continued)

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk   High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities, which may result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders. Certain of a Fund’s investment strategies may result in it having higher portfolio turnover rates. Higher portfolio turnover may cause a Fund to experience increased transaction costs, dealer markups, brokerage expenses and other acquisition costs, and may cause shareholders to incur increased taxes on their investment in a Fund as compared to shareholders in investment companies that hold investments for longer periods. The portfolio managers do not consider portfolio turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions on behalf of a Fund consistent with its investment objective and policies. Variations in portfolio turnover rates may be due to fluctuations in shareholder purchase, exchange and redemption transactions, market conditions or changes in the portfolio manager’s outlook.
Short Sale Risk   The Alternative Strategies Fund may suffer a loss if it sells a security short and the value of the security does not go down as expected. The risk of loss is theoretically unlimited if the value of the security sold short continues to increase. Short sales expose the Alternative Strategies Fund to the risk that it may be compelled to buy the security sold short (also known as “covering” the short position) at a time when the security has appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Alternative Strategies Fund. The Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment performance may also suffer if it is required to close out a short position earlier than it had intended. In addition, the Alternative Strategies Fund may be subject to expenses related to short sales that are not typically associated with investing in securities directly, such as costs of borrowing. These expenses may negatively impact the performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund. To meet current margin requirements, the Alternative Strategies Fund is required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short.
Smaller Companies Risk   Securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations are generally more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-capitalization companies. Small- and mid-sized companies may be more reliant on a few products, services or key personnel, which can make it riskier than investing in larger companies with more diverse product lines and structured management. Smaller companies may have no or relatively short operating histories or may be newer public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies, which pose additional risks.
Technology Investment Risk   The technology sector is a very volatile segment of the market. The nature of technology is that it is rapidly changing. Therefore, products or services that may initially look promising may subsequently fail or become obsolete. In addition, many technology companies are younger, smaller and unseasoned companies which may not have established products, an experienced management team, or earnings history.
Unfavorable Tax Treatment Risk   Various types of investments in which the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest, including derivatives, mortgage related securities, and REITs, may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund’s returns to be in the form of net investment income or short-term capital gains, some of which may be distributed to shareholders and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Therefore, shareholders may have a greater need to pay regular taxes than compared to other investment strategies that hold investments longer. Due to this investment strategy, it may be preferable for certain shareholders to invest in the Fund through pre-tax or tax-deferred accounts as compared to investment through currently taxable accounts. Potential shareholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors in this regard.

 

 
26       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Fund Management and Investment Styles

 

The Advisor

 

The Funds are managed by Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“Litman Gregory”), 1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500, Walnut Creek, California 94596. Litman Gregory has overall responsibility for assets under management, recommends the selection of managers as sub-advisors of the Funds (each, a “manager” or “sub-advisor”) to the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), evaluates the performance of the managers, monitors changes at the managers’ organizations that may impact their abilities to deliver superior future performance, determines when to rebalance the managers’ assets and the amount of cash equivalents (if any) that may be held in addition to cash in each of the managers’ sub-portfolios, coordinates with the managers with respect to diversification and tax issues and oversees the operational aspects of the Funds.

Jeremy DeGroot is Chairman of the Board of Trustees and President of the Trust, the Portfolio Manager of the Alternative Strategies Fund, and a Co-Portfolio Manager of the Equity Fund, International Fund, and Smaller Companies Fund. He is also a Principal and Member of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC (“LGAM”), a research-oriented money management firm that wholly owns and provides research to Litman Gregory, and serves as its Chief Investment Officer. Prior to joining LGAM in 1999, DeGroot was a Manager in KPMG Peat Marwick’s Economic Consulting Services practice in 1998. From 1989 to 1997, he was a Senior Economist with the Law & Economics Consulting Group, Inc., providing economics and financial analysis to Fortune 500 clients. He has a Master’s degree in Economics from the University of California Berkeley.

Jack Chee is an Assistant Secretary of the Trust and the Co-Portfolio Manager of the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund. He is also a Principal and Member of LGAM and serves as a Senior Research Analyst at the Advisor. Prior to joining LGAM in 2000, Chee was a Mutual Fund Analyst with Value Line Mutual Fund Survey. He has a BS degree in Mechanical Engineering from Drexel University.

Rajat Jain is an Assistant Secretary of the Trust and the Co-Portfolio Manager of the Equity Fund and the International Fund. He is also a Principal and Member of LGAM and serves as a Senior Research Analyst at the Advisor. Prior to joining LGAM in 2003, Jain was a Vice President with Montgomery Asset Management and was an Associate Director with BARRA Rogers Casey. He has a BS degree in Physics from St. Stephens College and an MBA degree from University of South Carolina.

DeGroot, Chee and Jain are the individuals at Litman Gregory primarily responsible for monitoring the day-to-day activities of the portfolio managers at the sub-advisors and for overseeing all aspects of Litman Gregory’s responsibilities with respect to the Funds.

Asset Level Limitations

 

Litman Gregory believes that high levels of assets under management can be detrimental to certain investment strategies. Litman Gregory also believes that relatively low levels of assets under management can provide flexibility to skilled stock pickers that under certain circumstances may contribute positively to returns. It is Litman Gregory’s belief that asset levels are particularly relevant to the Funds given their concentrated investment strategy. Because of this belief, each of the Funds may be closed to new shareholders, with certain exceptions approved by the Board, at asset levels that Litman Gregory and the sub-advisors believe to be optimal in allowing for a high degree of flexibility on a per-sub-advisor basis. Alternatively, additional sub-advisors may be added to the Funds to expand capacity in order to avoid closing to new shareholders or to avoid “hard closing” to existing shareholders. Litman Gregory will add a new sub-advisor only if, in its opinion, the sub-advisor has the exceptional stock-picking skill and other traits Litman Gregory requires of the existing managers.

Sub-Advisor Evaluation and Selection

 

Litman Gregory is responsible for hiring and replacing sub-advisors. Before hiring a sub-advisor, Litman Gregory performs extensive due diligence. This includes quantitative and qualitative analysis, including (but not limited to) an evaluation of: the investment process, the consistency of its execution and discipline; individual holdings; strategies employed, past mistakes, risk controls, team depth and quality; operations and compliance; and business focus and vision. Litman Gregory’s evaluation process includes review of literature and documents, quantitative historical performance evaluation, extensive discussions with members of the investment team and firm management and background checks through industry contacts. Each of the sub-advisor’s management fee is also an important consideration. It is Litman Gregory’s objective to hire sub-advisors who it believes are skilled and can deliver strong market cycle returns when taking risk into account. Litman Gregory defines a “market cycle” as the movement from a period of increasing prices and strong performance, or bull market, through a period of weak performance and falling prices, or bear market, and back again to new strength. A full market cycle is usually three to five years, but can vary considerably. The top of a cycle is called a peak and the bottom a trough. Litman Gregory generally assesses the long-term growth of an investment by considering the increase in the value of the investment over a period greater than five years. For the Alternative Strategies Fund, Litman Gregory will favor managers who it believes focus on markets or investment strategies that are inherently low risk on an absolute basis or relative to their return potential; and managers who have a clearly risk-sensitive mindset in executing their portfolio strategy. Generally, Litman Gregory prefers managers who it believes will be able to add value through security selection and from tactical allocations to securities, markets or strategies at times when it believes such allocations are compelling from a risk/return perspective. Litman Gregory is responsible for the general overall supervision of the

 

 

 
Fund Management and Investment Styles         27


Table of Contents

Fund Management and Investment Styles — (Continued)

 

sub-advisors along with allocating the portfolio’s assets for their investment decisions as well as rebalancing the portfolio as necessary from time to time.

Multi-Manager Issues

 

More on Multi-Style Management: The investment methods used by the managers in selecting securities for the Funds vary. The segment of each Fund’s portfolio managed by a manager will, under normal circumstances, differ from the segments managed by the other managers with respect to portfolio composition, turnover, issuer capitalization and issuer financial condition. Because selections are made independently by each manager, it is possible that a security held by one portfolio segment may also be held by other portfolio segments of the Funds or that several managers may simultaneously favor the same industry segment. Litman Gregory monitors the overall portfolio on an ongoing basis to ensure that such overlaps do not create an unintended industry concentration or result in lack of diversification.

Litman Gregory is responsible for establishing the target allocation of Fund assets to each manager and may adjust the target allocations at its discretion. Market performance may result in allocation drift among the managers of a Fund. Litman Gregory is responsible for periodically rebalancing the portfolios, the timing and degree of which will be determined by Litman Gregory. Each manager independently selects the brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the segment of a Fund being managed by that manager. Litman Gregory may at its discretion allow a manager to hold fewer or more than the specified number of holdings in its portfolio. The number of holdings may be the result of a manager’s investment decision, an involuntary spin-off by one of the companies held in the portfolio, the payment of a stock dividend or split in a separate class of stock, or a timing mismatch when buying or selling a portfolio security while selling or establishing a position in an existing security.

At times, allocation adjustments in the Alternative Strategies Fund may be considered tactical with over- or under-allocations to certain managers based on Litman Gregory’s assessment of the risk and return potential of each manager’s strategy at that point in time. Manager allocations are also influenced by each manager’s historical returns and volatility, which are assessed by examining the performance of strategies run by the managers in their private (hedge) funds or other accounts that Litman Gregory believes to be similar to those that will be used for the Alternative Strategies Fund. Litman Gregory has analyzed the individual and combined performance of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s managers in a variety of investment environments, including the 2008 financial crisis as well as other types of positive and negative market environments.

In the event a manager ceases to manage a segment of a Fund’s portfolio, Litman Gregory will select a replacement manager or allocate the assets among the remaining managers. The securities that were held in the departing manager’s segment of the Fund’s portfolio may be allocated to and retained by another manager of the Fund or will be liquidated in an orderly manner, taking into account various factors, which may include but are not limited to the market for the security and the potential tax consequences. Litman Gregory may also add additional managers in order to increase Fund diversification or capacity.

The SAI provides additional information about the compensation of each portfolio manager at each sub-advisor, other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, and each such portfolio manager’s ownership of securities of the Funds.

Temporary Defensive Positions: Under unusual market conditions or for temporary defensive purposes, a substantial part of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in cash or short-term, high-quality debt securities. To the extent that a Fund assumes a temporary defensive position, it may not achieve its investment objective during that time. Defensive positions may be initiated by the individual portfolio managers or by Litman Gregory.

Multi-Manager Exemptive Order: The Trust and Litman Gregory have obtained an exemptive order from the SEC that permits Litman Gregory, subject to certain conditions, to hire, terminate and replace managers with the approval of the Board only and without shareholder approval. Within 60 days of the hiring of any new manager or the implementation of any proposed material change in a sub-advisory agreement with an existing manager, shareholders will be furnished information about the new manager or sub-advisory agreement that would be included in a proxy statement. The order also permits a Fund to disclose sub-advisory fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement. Pursuant to the order, shareholder approval is required before Litman Gregory enters into any sub-advisory agreement with a manager that is affiliated with the Funds or Litman Gregory.

Portfolio Holdings Information

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures regarding disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings can be found in the SAI, which can be obtained free of charge by contacting the Funds’ transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) at 1-800-960-0188.

 

 

 
28       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees

 

Each Fund pays a monthly investment advisory fee to Litman Gregory based on that Fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the base fee rates payable to Litman Gregory and the reduced fee rates payable on assets in excess of certain levels (breakpoints).

 

Fund  

Advisory Fee

(as a percentage of net assets)

Equity Fund

  First $750 million        1.10%
    Over $750 million        1.00%

International Fund

  First $1 billion        1.10%
    Over $1 billion        1.00%

Smaller Companies Fund

  First $450 million        1.14%
    Over $450 million        1.04%

Alternative Strategies Fund

  Up to $2 billion        1.40%
  Between $2 and $3 billion        1.30%
  Between $3 and $4 billion        1.25%
    Over $4 billion        1.20%

Litman Gregory, not the Funds, is responsible for payment of the sub-advisory fees to the managers, each of whom is compensated monthly on the basis of the assets committed to its individual discretion. As of March 31, 2018, based on the assets of each Fund and the asset allocation targets, Litman Gregory pays fees to the sub-advisors as follows, which may change in the future because assets and allocations will fluctuate:

 

Fund    Aggregate Annual Fee Rates
Litman Gregory Pays to  Sub-Advisors
 

Equity Fund

     0.587%  

International Fund

     0.469%  

Smaller Companies Fund

     0.464%  

Alternative Strategies Fund

     0.799%  

Through April 30, 2019, pursuant to a Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement, most recently amended effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), Litman Gregory has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees for each Fund as follows: for the Equity Fund, Litman Gregory has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Equity Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.40%; for the International Fund, Litman Gregory has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net

advisory fee as a percentage of the International Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.40% on the first $1 billion of the International Fund’s assets and 0.30% for assets over $1 billion; for the Smaller Companies Fund, Litman Gregory has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Smaller Companies Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.26%; and for the Alternative Strategies Fund, Litman Gregory has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees so that after paying all of the sub-advisory fees, the net advisory fee as a percentage of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s daily net assets retained by Litman Gregory is 0.50% on the first $2 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets, 0.40% of the next $1 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets, 0.35% of the next $1 billion of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets and 0.30% on assets over $4 billion. Litman Gregory has agreed not to seek recoupment of any advisory fee waived with respect to prior periods pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement.

In 2017, the advisory fees paid and net fees retained by Litman Gregory with respect to the Funds, after fee waivers, expense reimbursements and breakpoint adjustments (collectively, “Fee Adjustments”), were as follows:

 

Fund  

2017 Advisory

Fees Paid by the

Fund after Fee

Adjustments

   

2017 Aggregate
Sub-Advisory
Fees Paid by

Litman Gregory
to Sub-
Advisors

    2017 Net Advisory Fees
Retained by
Litman Gregory
after Fee Adjustments
and  Payments to
Sub-Advisors
 

Equity Fund

    0.982%       0.585%       0.397%  

International Fund

    0.825%       0.466%       0.359%  

Smaller Companies Fund

    0.718%       0.461%       0.256%  

Alternative Strategies Fund

    1.310%       0.811%       0.499%  

A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the Funds’ investment advisory agreements with Litman Gregory and each sub-advisor (except the investment sub-advisory agreements with Evermore Global Advisors, LLC, Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC and DCI, LLC) is included in the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Discussions regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment sub-advisory agreements with Evermore Global Advisors, LLC, Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC and DCI, LLC are included in the Funds’ Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2017.

 

 

 
Fund Management and Investment Styles         29


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors

 

The Equity Fund’s six sub-advisors (seven portfolio segments) emphasize different stock-picking styles and invest in stocks spanning a range of market capitalizations. Litman Gregory believes that during any given year certain stock-picking styles will generate higher returns than comparable market indexes, while others will lag. By including a variety of stock-picking styles in this single mutual fund, Litman Gregory believes that the variability and volatility of returns can be lessened.

Litman Gregory’s strategy is to allocate the portfolio’s assets among the managers who, based on Litman Gregory’s research, are judged to be among the best in their respective style groups. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each portfolio segment. The portfolio managers manage their individual portfolio segments by building a focused portfolio representing their highest-confidence stocks. Under normal market conditions, the Equity Fund invests at least 80% of the Equity Fund’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities. This investment policy may be changed by the Board

without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice if any change occurs. Under normal conditions, each portfolio segment typically includes a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 15 securities. A portfolio segment may occasionally hold more than 15 securities. Though the total number of securities the Equity Fund may hold at any point in time will vary, it is generally expected that the Equity Fund will hold between 60 and 100 securities. The target allocation of assets to the portfolio segments was designed with the specific objective of maintaining significant exposure to stocks of large- and mid-sized companies with a greater emphasis on U.S. domiciled companies.

The following table provides a description of the Equity Fund’s six sub-advisors (seven portfolio segments) and their target levels of assets. Asset levels will fluctuate and it is at the discretion of Litman Gregory to re-balance the asset allocations. A detailed discussion of the management structure of the Equity Fund follows the table.

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)/SUB-ADVISOR  

TARGET
ASSET

ALLOCATION

   MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF
COMPANIES IN PORTFOLIO
   STOCK-PICKING
STYLE

Christopher C. Davis

Danton Goei

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.

  15%    Mostly large companies    Blend

Patrick J. English, CFA

Jonathan T. Bloom, CFA

Fiduciary Management, Inc.

  15%    All sizes    Blend

Clyde S. McGregor, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

  15%    All sizes, but mostly large- and mid-sized companies    Value

William C. Nygren, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

  15%    Mostly large and mid-sized companies    Value

Scott Moore, CFA

Nuance Investments, LLC

  10%    All sizes    Value

Frank M. Sands, CFA

A. Michael Sramek, CFA

Sands Capital Management, LLC

  17%    All sizes, but mostly large- and mid-size companies    Growth

Richard T. Weiss, CFA

Wells Capital Management, Inc.

  13%    All sizes, but mostly small- and mid-sized companies    Blend

 

 
30       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund Portfolio Managers

 

Christopher C. Davis

Danton Goei

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.

2949 East Elvira Road, Suite 101

Tucson, AZ 85756

Christopher C. Davis and Danton Goei are the portfolio managers for the segment of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. (“Davis Advisors”). Davis has served as a Portfolio Manager of Davis New York Venture Fund since October 1995, and also manages other equity funds advised by Davis Advisors. Davis served as Assistant Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst working with Shelby M.C. Davis from September 1989 through September 1995 . Goei has served as a Portfolio Manager of Davis New York Venture Fund since January 2014 and also manages other equity funds advised by Davis Advisors. Goei started with Davis Advisors as a Research Analyst in 1998.  Davis Advisors has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since 1996.

Approximately 15% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Davis Advisors. Davis Advisors manages equity funds using the “Davis Investment Discipline.” Davis Advisors conducts extensive research to try to identify businesses that possess characteristics that Davis Advisors believes foster the creation of long-term value, such as proven management, a durable franchise and business model, and sustainable competitive advantages. Davis Advisors aims to invest in such businesses when they are trading at discounts to their intrinsic worth. Davis Advisors emphasizes individual stock selection and believes that the ability to evaluate management is critical. Davis Advisors routinely visits managers at their places of business in order to gain insight into the relative value of different businesses. Such research, however rigorous, involves predictions and forecasts that are inherently uncertain.

Over the years, Davis Advisors has developed a list of characteristics that it believes help companies to create shareholder value over the long term and manage risk. While few companies possess all of these characteristics at any given time, Davis Advisors searches for companies that demonstrate a majority or an appropriate mix of these characteristics:

Competitive Advantages

 

  Non-obsolescent products

 

  Dominant or growing market share

 

  Global presence and powerful brands

First-Class Management

 

  Proven track record

 

  Significant alignment of interests in business

 

  Intelligent allocation of capital

Financial Strength

 

  Strong balance sheet

 

  Low cost structure

 

  High returns on invested capital

After determining which companies Davis Advisors believes an account should own, it then turns its analysis to determining the intrinsic value of those companies’ equity securities. Davis Advisors seeks equity securities that can be purchased at attractive valuations relative to their intrinsic value. Davis Advisors’ goal is to invest in companies for the long term. Davis Advisors considers selling a company’s equity securities if the securities’ market price exceeds Davis Advisors’ estimates of intrinsic value, or if the ratio of the risks and rewards of continuing to own the company’s equity securities is no longer attractive.

 

 

Patrick J. English, CFA

Jonathan T. Bloom, CFA

Fiduciary Management, Inc.

100 E. Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Patrick J. English and Jonathan Bloom are co-portfolio managers for the segment of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Fiduciary Management, Inc. (“Fiduciary” or “FMI”). English joined Fiduciary in 1986. He is the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and a partner of Fiduciary and is a member of the Portfolio Management Committee. English and Bloom serve as the co-heads of equity research, and they work with Fiduciary’s analysts in vetting new research ideas. Prior to joining Fiduciary, English was a research analyst with Dodge & Cox from 1985 to 1986. Bloom joined Fiduciary in 2010. He is the Director of Research and a partner of Fiduciary and is a member of Fiduciary’s Portfolio Management Committee. Prior to joining Fiduciary, Bloom was in the Applied Value Investing Program at Columbia Business School from 2008 to 2009. Fiduciary has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since 2013.

Approximately 15% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Fiduciary. Fiduciary seeks to buy companies that have durable franchises ( i.e. , franchises that can survive difficult times) and whose common stock is trading below FMI’s estimated intrinsic value of the company. FMI’s investment process has always focused on evaluating three attributes of a company: the quality of the business model, the valuation, and the quality of management.

Assessing the quality of a business is a primary research focus. Fiduciary defines a good business model as one that has a defensible niche and that can survive the ups and downs of a business cycle. In a defensible niche, FMI looks for companies with a high degree of recurring revenue, a well-established customer base, and/or sustainable competitive advantage. Typically, businesses that meet these characteristics are well-established with modest growth profiles. The FMI investment team will review historical SEC filings and shareholder reports to understand a company’s business model, and, where necessary, adjust a company’s investment capital base for illegitimate write-offs (due to bad acquisitions, for example) to get a reliable picture of a company’s historical return on invested capital (“ROIC”). Then the team will conduct a deeper analysis of the drivers of a company’s ROIC such as revenue

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors         31


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

growth, margins, capital expenditure etc., going back at least 20 quarters. In addition, they will meet with and/or have conference calls with management of the company, as well as its suppliers, competitors, and customers.

FMI’s work on a company’s business model and quality helps identify which valuation metrics (such as Price/Earnings (“P/E”), Enterprise Value (EV) to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA), Price/Sales (P/S), etc.) should be utilized for estimating a company’s intrinsic value. This work is also valuable in assessing whether or not the business model has changed significantly over time, making historical comparisons irrelevant. If that is the case, FMI will analyze the trading of a stock based on various valuation metrics over a 10- to 20-year time period, relative to the broad market and its peers, across different economic cycles, and with different underlying company fundamentals such as margins, top-line growth, competitive positioning, capital intensity of the business, etc.

This historical valuation analysis may be supplemented by other valuation techniques, such as sum-of-the-parts analysis ( i.e. , valuing different pieces of a business separately) and valuation based on private- and public-market transaction data (for example, valuation multiples used in an acquisition), which may assume greater importance when historical comparisons are less relevant, such as where business models have changed or management strategy has shifted. FMI is not looking for a specific discount to its estimate of intrinsic value, but if its valuation analysis suggests that a stock is undervalued, in absolute terms and/or in relation to its future profitability (ROIC in this case), and downside risks are limited, then the stock is a strong candidate for purchase. In general, FMI does not aim to be precise (just approximately correct) with its valuation analysis and will come up with price-target ranges over three to five years. These price targets are generally within a narrow range, and they guide FMI on when to trim or sell a stock.

FMI also focuses on areas that company management can control. Therefore, FMI will look at the backgrounds of management teams. This may involve: assessing their experience and track record; reviewing proxy statements to assess whether management compensation and incentives are in line with shareholder interests; evaluating past management decisions to assess whether or not those decisions enhanced shareholder value; and discussing with management their strategy and execution plan to assess the likelihood of meeting their stated goals and objectives.

 

 

Clyde S. McGregor, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

111 S. Wacker Drive

Suite 4600

Chicago, IL 60606

Clyde S. McGregor is the portfolio manager for one of the segments of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Harris Associates L.P. (“Harris”). McGregor is a Vice President and portfolio manager at Harris and currently manages the Oakmark

Equity and Income Fund and the Oakmark Global Fund. He earned a B.A. degree from Oberlin College and an M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin-Madison. McGregor joined Harris in 1981 as an analyst with broad industry coverage across the market capitalization spectrum. He has been in the investment business since 1983. McGregor became a portfolio manager at Harris in 1986. Harris has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since 2008.

Approximately 15% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by McGregor. McGregor and Harris’ portfolio management team employ Harris’ value investment philosophy and process. This value investment philosophy is based upon the belief that, over time, a company’s stock price converges with Harris’ estimate of its intrinsic or true business value. By “true business value,” Harris means an estimate of the price a knowledgeable buyer would pay to acquire the entire business. In making its investment decisions, Harris uses a “bottom-up” approach focused on individual companies, rather than focusing on specific economic factors or specific industries.

The chief consideration in the selection of stocks is the size of the discount of a company’s stock price compared to the company’s perceived true business value. In addition, Harris looks for companies with the following characteristics, although not all companies will have all of these attributes: free cash flows and intelligent investment of excess cash, earnings that are growing and are reasonably predictable, and a high level of management ownership in the company. Once Harris determines that a stock is selling at a significant discount and that the company has some of the aforementioned attributes, Harris generally will consider buying that stock for a strategy. Harris usually sells a stock when the price approaches its estimated value. This means Harris has “buy” and “sell” targets for each stock held in its clients’ discretionary accounts. Harris also monitors each holding and adjusts those price targets as warranted to reflect changes in a company’s fundamentals. Harris attempts to manage some of the risks of investing in stocks of companies by purchasing stocks whose prices it considers low relative to Harris’ estimate of the companies’ intrinsic value. In addition, Harris seeks companies with solid finances and proven records and continuously monitors each portfolio holding.

 

 

William C. Nygren, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

111 S. Wacker Drive

Suite 4600

Chicago, IL 60606

William C. Nygren is the portfolio manager for one of the segments of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Harris. Nygren is a Vice President, Chief Investment Officer, U.S. Equity, portfolio manager and analyst at Harris and has managed the Oakmark Select Fund since its inception in 1996, the Oakmark Fund since April 2000 and the Oakmark Global Select Fund since its inception in 2006. He earned a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Minnesota and an M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He has

 

 

 
32       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

been in the investment business since 1981. Nygren joined Harris in 1983 as an Investment Analyst and later served as Harris’ Director of Research from 1990 through 1998. Harris has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since 2008.

Approximately 15% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Nygren. Nygren and Harris’ portfolio management team employ Harris’ value investment philosophy and process. This value investment philosophy is based upon the belief that, over time, a company’s stock price converges with Harris’ estimate of its intrinsic or true business value. By “true business value,” Harris means an estimate of the price a knowledgeable buyer would pay to acquire the entire business. In making its investment decisions, Harris uses a “bottom-up” approach focused on individual companies, rather than focusing on specific economic factors or specific industries.

The chief consideration in the selection of stocks is the size of the discount of a company’s stock price compared to the company’s perceived true business value. In addition, Harris looks for companies with the following characteristics, although not all companies will have all of these attributes: free cash flows and intelligent investment of excess cash, earnings that are growing and are reasonably predictable, and a high level of management ownership in the company. Once Harris determines that a stock is selling at a significant discount and that the company has some of the aforementioned attributes, Harris generally will consider buying that stock for a strategy. Harris usually sells a stock when the price approaches its estimated value. This means Harris has “buy” and “sell” targets for each stock held in its clients’ discretionary accounts. Harris also monitors each holding and adjusts those price targets as warranted to reflect changes in a company’s fundamentals. Harris attempts to manage some of the risks of investing in stocks of companies by purchasing stocks whose prices it considers low relative to Harris’ estimate of the companies’ intrinsic values. In addition, Harris seeks companies with solid finances and proven records and continuously monitors each portfolio holding.

 

 

Scott Moore, CFA

Nuance Investments, LLC

4900 Main Street, Suite 220

Kansas City, MO 64112

Scott Moore is the lead portfolio manager for the segment of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Nuance Investments, LLC (“Nuance”). Moore is the President and Chief Investment officer of Nuance. He is also the Lead Portfolio Manager for the Nuance Concentrated Value and Mid Cap Value products within Nuance, and co-manager of the Nuance Concentrated Value Long-Short Fund. Moore has more than 26 years of value investment experience.

For the decade before co-founding Nuance, Moore managed more than $10 billion in institutional, intermediary and mutual fund assets for American Century Investments (“ACI”). Prior to becoming a Portfolio Manager at ACI, he spent three years as

an Investment Analyst at ACI, specializing in the telecommunications, utility and industrial sectors. He also worked as a Fixed Income Investment Analyst at ACI and as an Investment Analyst at Boatmen’s Trust Company in St. Louis, Missouri.

Moore holds a BS degree in finance from Southern Illinois University, and an MBA with an emphasis in finance from the University of Missouri.

Approximately 10% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Nuance. Nuance’s investment philosophy was formed on the belief that the ability to outperform the broad stock market is predicated on a consistent and disciplined value investing approach. The Nuance investment team’s sole focus is generating investment returns for clients by diligently reviewing one company at a time on its own investment merits. Through long-term study of each company and thorough analysis of financial statements, management strategy and competitive position, the Nuance investment team becomes familiar with each company bought and sold in the portfolios over time. This familiarity allows for consistent and prompt execution with the sole focus being the generation of excess returns over the long-term. Further, Nuance is intensely focused on ensuring that it manages the appropriate amount of assets to allow future performance the opportunity to mirror that of the historical performance.

The Nuance investment team employs a consistent investment process when narrowing its selections for investment. The team initially goes through a quantitative screening process designed to identify potential leading business franchises by grouping all domestic and developed country companies into 68 sub-industries and reviewing returns on capital, balance sheet strength and capital spending habits. Leading business franchises with distinct traits are identified through this process, which allows the Nuance investment team to narrow the universe to those companies that statistically appear to fit Nuance’s criteria. Nuance is ultimately looking for best-in-class businesses with high and sustainable returns on capital, above-average financial strength and reasonable capital spending habits.

A major focus of Nuance’s fundamental analysis is on identifying competitive shifts, or transitions, within an industry that create significant threats to leading businesses. Nuance accepts subtle, transitory market-share shifts that occur between the number one and number two industry players, but Nuance does not invest in companies or industries that are undergoing secular competitive transitions, because Nuance is unwilling to accept the level of uncertainty that results from such transitions. The Nuance investment team is intentional about keeping an eye out for threats to its universe of leading businesses, including technology advancements that can lead to product obsolescence or to secular shifts in how business is conducted. Threats can also include secular shifts in the consumer mindset. Nuance’s focus on competitive position typically leads to minimal, if any, exposure to industries if Nuance does not believe companies in such industries can achieve long-term competitive advantages.

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors         33


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

With respect to valuation, Nuance believes good companies are periodically undervalued in the marketplace for transitory reasons. These opportunities are created by investors’ short-term focus on a period of under-earning that is not unusual in the context of the industry’s typical cycles or the specific company’s approach to the competitive landscape. Because these companies are out of favor, the periods of meaningful undervaluation often do not last much longer than a few years, providing Nuance with the opportunity to capitalize on the discount relatively quickly. The goal of this valuation work is to establish estimates of a company’s fair value and trough value, resulting in fair value and downside price targets used for portfolio construction. At the heart of Nuance’s valuation work is a focus on the normalized earnings power of a business based on the company’s current level of tangible assets.

Nuance believes it is important to know who is running the business. The focus is on whether management is going to stick with the core business and how it plans to execute over the long-term. These broader strategy-type discussions with management teams include capital-allocation plans, research and development budgets, thoughts on normal earnings and peaks and troughs (usually discussed in the context of margins) to help evaluate the sustainability of leading businesses. Nuance believes that management going outside of its core business speaks volumes about its sustainability and triggers a review of the business and an evaluation of whether the company continues to qualify as an investment candidate. The focus is on the dynamics of the business/industry, and the certainty around the competitive position of that business.

Nuance sells investments when the stock has surpassed the team’s estimate of intrinsic value, when a more attractive investment opportunity becomes available, when the team identifies a legitimate threat to the sustainability of a leading business, or when the team believes they made a misjudgment in their original analysis.

 

 

Frank M. Sands, CFA

A. Michael Sramek, CFA

Sands Capital Management, LLC

1000 Wilson Boulevard

Suite 3000

Arlington, VA 22209

Frank M. Sands is the lead portfolio manager, and A. Michael Sramek is the portfolio manager, for the segment of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”). Sands is the Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer at Sands Capital. Prior to joining Sands Capital, he was a portfolio manager and research analyst for Fayez, Sarofim and Company. Sramek is a Senior Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst and Managing Director at Sands Capital. He began his investment career as a research analyst at Mastrapasqua & Associates in 2000 prior to joining Sands Capital in 2001. Sands and Sramek are supported by a larger team of research analysts and associates. Sands Capital is independent and 100% staff owned. Sands Capital has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since 2008.

Approximately 17% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Sands Capital. The Sands Capital team believes that over time stock price appreciation follows earnings growth. The investment objective is to identify companies that can sustain above-average earnings growth relative to the broader market, typically over the next three to five years. The team believes great investment ideas are rare and runs a concentrated portfolio of high-quality, seasoned, growing businesses across an array of attractive and growing business spaces. Independent research – bottom-up and company focused – is the cornerstone of the team’s investment process. All research analyses and conclusions are internally generated using a variety of fundamental techniques and external data sources.

The team seeks to identify leading growth businesses that can withstand the continual scrutiny of following six investment criteria:

 

  (1) Sustainable above-average earnings growth.

 

  (2) Leadership position in a promising business space.

 

  (3) Significant competitive advantage/unique business franchise.

 

  (4) Clear mission and value-added focus.

 

  (5) Financial strength.

 

  (6) Rational valuation relative to market and business prospects.

In collaboration with the whole Sands Capital investment team, Sands and Sramek seek to identify and own the companies that appear to be the strongest fits with the above criteria by doing the following: monitoring status/activity in other portfolios ( e.g. , absolute weights and weight trends); meeting regularly with the various Sands Capital portfolio manager teams, sector teams, and individual analysts/ associates; reading internal and external research and participating in research activities (management meetings, field trips, etc.); holding regular team meetings and soliciting/encouraging recommendations from all Sands Capital team members.

The strongest fits are determined by de-composing each of the six criteria into its sub-components and then evaluating the universe of Sands Capital holdings versus those characteristics. For instance, “leadership in an attractive business space” can be broken into characteristics such as: large/growing market share; innovation; pricing power; strategic position in value chain; and attractive business model (high margins, high/rising ROIC, etc.). Companies are evaluated against these characteristics in a consensus-building process between the portfolio manager team and the rest of the investment team. The companies whose investment cases exhibit in great depth the qualities that Sands Capital values are regarded as the strongest fits and thus included in the Equity Fund.

 

 

 
34       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

 

Richard T. Weiss, CFA

Wells Capital Management, Inc.

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

Richard T. Weiss is the portfolio manager for the segment of the Equity Fund’s assets managed by Wells Capital Management, Inc. (“WellsCap”). Weiss has been in the investment business for over 30 years and is currently Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Select Equity portfolio for WellsCap. Previously, he had been the manager or co-manager of the Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund and the Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund (previously known as the Strong Common Stock Fund and Strong Opportunity Fund) from March 1991 until March 2008. Prior to this, Weiss was a partner/portfolio manager at Stein Roe & Farnham in Chicago where he began his career, starting as a research analyst, in 1975. Weiss continues an informal relationship with the Wells Capital Management Core Equity team, which manages the Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund. WellsCap has been a sub-advisor to the Equity Fund since the Equity Fund’s inception in 1996.

Approximately 13% of the Equity Fund’s assets are managed by Weiss. He invests in stocks of small- and mid-sized companies that are undervalued either because they are not broadly recognized, are in transition, or are out of favor based on short-term factors. Weiss also has the flexibility to invest in the stocks

of larger companies if in his opinion they offer the potential for better returns. In seeking attractively valued companies, Weiss focuses on companies with above-average growth potential that also exhibit some or all of the following:

 

  Low institutional investor ownership and low analyst coverage

 

  High-quality management

 

  Sustainable competitive advantage

Weiss evaluates the degree of under-valuation relative to his estimate of each company’s private market value. This private market value approach is based on an assessment of what a private buyer would be willing to pay for the future cash flow stream of the target company. Based on his experience, Weiss believes that, except for technology and other high-growth stocks, most stocks trade at between 50% and 80% of the private market value. When trading at the low end of this range, companies take steps to prevent takeover, or they are taken over. The private market value estimate is applied flexibly, based on the outlook for the industry and the company’s fundamentals.

The SAI provides additional information about each sub-advisor’s method of compensation for its portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Sub-Advisors         35


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors

 

The International Fund’s six sub-advisors pursue the International Fund’s objective primarily through investments in common stocks of issuers located outside of the United States. Under normal market conditions, the International Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the securities of companies organized or located outside of the United States, including large-, mid-, and small-cap companies and companies located in emerging markets. This investment policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice if any change occurs. Each manager may invest in securities traded in both developed and emerging markets. Though there is no limit on emerging market exposure, it is not expected to be a primary focus, and the majority of the International Fund’s assets is expected to be invested in stocks of companies listed and domiciled in foreign developed countries. There are no limits on the International Fund’s geographic asset distribution but, to provide adequate diversification, the International Fund ordinarily invests in the securities markets of at least five countries outside of the United States. In most periods it is expected that the International Fund will hold securities in more than five countries. Although the International Fund intends to invest substantially all of its assets in issuers located outside of the United States, it may invest in U.S. issues on a limited basis, and at times of abnormal market conditions it may invest all of its assets in fewer than five countries.

The International Fund’s managers emphasize different stock-picking styles and invest in stocks spanning a range of market capitalization. Litman Gregory believes that during any given year certain stock-picking styles will generate higher returns than comparable market indexes, while others will lag. By including a variety of stock-picking styles in this single mutual fund, Litman Gregory believes that the variability and volatility of returns can be lessened. Although each manager has the flexibility to invest on a worldwide basis in non-U.S. companies with market capitalization of any size, it is expected that the International Fund will have significant exposure to large- and mid-sized foreign companies under normal market conditions.

Litman Gregory’s strategy is to allocate the portfolio’s assets among the managers who, based on Litman Gregory’s research, are judged to be among the best relative to their respective peer groups. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each sub-advisor. With respect to managers for the International Fund, Litman Gregory has focused exclusively on stock pickers who emphasize bottom-up stock-picking rather than macro-driven, top-down country picking.

Litman Gregory believes that bottom-up stock pickers have an advantage in foreign markets because:

 

  It is Litman Gregory’s opinion that the dynamics that influence individual countries’ markets, including currencies, inflation, economic growth, political factors, regulation and the like, are much more difficult to assess than the prospects and valuation characteristics of individual companies.

 

  Litman Gregory believes that some individual stocks in foreign markets are less closely analyzed (the markets are less “efficient”) than those in the United States. Litman Gregory believes that this will result in greater opportunities for skilled stock pickers to add value through pure stock selection.

 

  Based on Litman Gregory’s observations, bottom-up stock pickers in foreign markets, on average, seem to perform better than top-down-oriented managers.

Though bottom-up stock picking is emphasized, each manager also monitors specific macro-factors that it believes are relevant in specific countries.

The sub-advisors manage their individual portfolio segments by building a focused portfolio representing their highest-confidence stocks. Under normal conditions, each manager’s portfolio segment typically includes a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 15 securities. A manager may occasionally hold more than 15 securities. Though the total number of securities the International Fund may hold at any point in time will vary, it is generally expected that the International Fund will hold between 48 and 90 securities.

 

 

 

 
36       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

The following table provides a description of the International Fund’s six sub-advisors and their target levels of assets. Asset levels will fluctuate and it is at the discretion of Litman Gregory to re-balance the asset allocations. A detailed discussion of the management structure of the International Fund follows the table.

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)/SUB- ADVISOR  

TARGET
ASSET

ALLOCATION

   MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF
COMPANIES IN PORTFOLIO
   STOCK-PICKING STYLE

David E. Marcus

Evermore Global Advisors, LLC

  16.67%    All sizes    Value

David G. Herro, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

  16.67%    All sizes, but mostly large- and mid-sized companies    Value

Mark Little

Lazard Asset Management LLC

  16.67%    All sizes    Blend

Howard Appleby, CFA

Jean-Francois Ducrest

James LaTorre, CFA

Northern Cross, LLC

  16.67%   

Mostly large- and

mid-sized companies

   Blend

Fabio Paolini, CFA

Benjamin (Ben) Beneche, CFA

Pictet Asset Management, LTD

  16.67%    All sizes    Blend

W. Vinson Walden, CFA

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

  16.67%    All sizes    Eclectic, may invest in traditional value stocks or growth stocks

 

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund Portfolio Managers

 

David E. Marcus

Evermore Global Advisors, LLC

89 Summit Avenue

Summit, NJ 07901

David E. Marcus is the lead portfolio manager for the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Evermore Global Advisors, LLC (“Evermore”). Marcus is Co-Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and a portfolio manager at Evermore. He has managed the Evermore Global Value Fund since its inception in 2010. Marcus has over 25 years of experience in investment management, including management of registered investment companies. For a majority of this time, Marcus has focused on investing in European and other foreign companies. Marcus graduated from Northeastern University in 1988. From 1988 to 2000, Marcus held a series of positions at Mutual Series Fund, including junior research analyst, research analyst, co-portfolio manager and portfolio manager. From November 1998 to January 2000, Marcus was portfolio manager of the Mutual European Fund and co-portfolio manager of the Mutual Shares Fund and Mutual Discovery Fund. During this time, Marcus also served as Senior Vice President and Director of European Investments for Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC. After leaving Franklin Mutual in early 2000, Marcus founded Marcstone Capital Management, L.P., a long/short European-focused equity manager, largely

funded by Jan Stenbeck, the Swedish financier. After Mr. Stenbeck’s sudden death in late 2002, Marcus closed Marcstone and returned capital to its investors. In early 2003, Marcus co-founded Stonebrook Partners, LLC, the Stenbeck family office, and became an adviser to the Stenbeck family, in which capacity he helped restructure a number of the public and private companies that the family controlled. In June 2004, Marcus founded and served as managing partner of MarCap Investors, L.P., the investment manager of a European small-cap special situations fund, which he actively managed through the end of 2008 and wound down in 2009. Over the past thirteen years, Marcus has served on the board of directors of numerous companies, including: Novestra AB, a Swedish publicly-traded private equity firm with holdings in the U.S. and Europe; Pergo AB, a Swedish publicly-traded flooring company for which Marcus was instrumental in helping negotiate the sale of the company to the German company Pfleiderer AG; Scribona AB, a Swedish publicly-traded distributor of office products with sales in excess of $1 billion, for which Marcus, as Chairman of the Board, led the complete restructuring of the company and the negotiation to sell its operating assets; Miltope, Inc., a U.S. publicly-traded and subsequently acquired maker of ruggedized electronics for the U.S. military; and Modern Times Group AB, a Swedish publicly-traded pan-European media conglomerate. Marcus has gained significant operating experience through his active involvement on the above mentioned boards, as well as his involvement with

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors         37


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors  — (Continued)

 

the restructuring of a number of companies controlled by the Stenbeck family. Evermore has been a sub-advisor to the International Fund since 2017.

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Marcus. Evermore employs a research and catalyst driven, fundamental value investment strategy. With an emphasis on undervalued companies undergoing change (“special situations”), Evermore focuses on investments in areas where the most compelling opportunities exist and on situations that, in Evermore’s opinion, have the potential for growth of capital. In selecting equity investments, Evermore focuses on the market price of a company’s securities relative to Evermore’s own evaluation of the company’s asset value, including an analysis of book value, cash flow potential, long-term earnings, and multiples of earnings. Evermore also focuses on the strength of the management teams of the companies for which Evermore is evaluating an investment. Similarly, debt securities and other indebtedness, including loan participations, are generally selected based on Evermore’s own analysis of the security’s intrinsic value rather than the coupon rate or rating of the security. Evermore examines each investment separately and there are no set criteria as to specific value parameters, asset size, earnings or industry type.

A special situation arises when the securities of a company are expected to appreciate due to company-specific developments (“catalysts”) rather than general business conditions or movements of the market as a whole. Catalysts may include management changes, shareholder activism, and operational and financial restructurings ( e.g., cost-cutting, asset sales, breakups, spinoffs, mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, share buybacks, recapitalizations, etc.). Investments in special situations may include equity securities or fixed-income securities, such as corporate debt, which may be in a stressed or distressed position. Special situation investments may include high yield fixed-income securities or “junk bonds” (i.e., securities that are rated below investment grade by S&P or by another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization or similar unrated securities).

 

 

David G. Herro, CFA

Harris Associates L.P.

111 S. Wacker Drive

Suite 4600

Chicago, IL 60606

David G. Herro is the portfolio manager for the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Harris Associates L.P. (“Harris”). Herro is Deputy Chairman, Chief Investment Officer International Equity and a portfolio manager at Harris. He has managed the Oakmark International Fund, the Oakmark International Small Cap Fund and the Oakmark Global Select Fund since their inception in 1992, 1995 and 2006, respectively. Herro earned a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Platteville and an M.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He has been in the investment business since 1986. Harris has been a sub-advisor to the International Fund since the International Fund’s inception in 1997.

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Herro. Herro and Harris’ portfolio management team employ Harris’ value investment philosophy and process to manage his portion of the International Fund’s assets. This value investment philosophy is based upon the belief that, over time, a company’s stock price converges with Harris’ estimate of its intrinsic or true business value. By “true business value,” Harris means an estimate of the price a knowledgeable buyer would pay to acquire the entire business. In making its investment decisions, Harris uses a “bottom-up” approach focused on individual companies, rather than focusing on specific economic factors or specific industries.

The chief consideration in the selection of stocks is the size of the discount of a company’s stock price compared to the company’s perceived true business value. In addition, Harris looks for companies with the following characteristics, although not all companies will have all of these attributes: free cash flows and intelligent investment of excess cash, earnings that are growing and are reasonably predictable, and a high level of management ownership in the company. Once Harris determines that a stock is selling at a significant discount and that the company has some of the aforementioned attributes, Harris generally will consider buying that stock for a strategy. Harris usually sells a stock when the price approaches its estimated value. This means Harris has “buy” and “sell” targets for each stock held in its clients’ discretionary accounts. Harris also monitors each holding and adjusts those price targets as warranted to reflect changes in a company’s fundamentals. Harris attempts to manage some of the risks of investing in stocks of companies by purchasing stocks whose prices it considers low relative to Harris’ estimate of the companies’ intrinsic values. In addition, Harris seeks companies with solid finances and proven records and continuously monitors each portfolio holding. Harris attempts to manage some of the risks of investing in foreign securities by considering the relative political and economic stability of a company’s home country, the company’s ownership structure, and the company’s accounting practices.

 

 

Mark Little

Lazard Asset Management LLC

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10112

Mark Little is the lead portfolio manager for the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”). Little is a managing director, portfolio manager/analyst on the International Strategic Equity portfolio-management team at Lazard. He has been a portfolio manager of the Lazard International Strategic Equity Portfolio since that fund’s inception in October 2005. He began working in the investment field in 1992. Prior to joining Lazard in 1997, he was a manager in the corporate finance practice of Coopers & Lybrand and earned his Associated Chartered Accountant (ACA) qualification with Rees Pollock Chartered Accountants. Little has an MA in Economics from Clare College, Cambridge University. Lazard has been a sub-advisor to the International Fund since 2013.

 

 

 
38       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Little. Little and the portfolio management team at Lazard believe that a company with the ability to improve and/or sustain its profitability at a relatively high level can compound returns at an attractive rate. At the same time, they believe in buying such companies that are trading at discounts relative to their profitability prospects.

Generally, Lazard categorizes any purchased stock into one or more of the following three categories:

 

  Compounders: These are companies that Little and the team think can sustain relatively high levels of profitability and companies whose management may enhance shareholder returns through share buybacks and dividend payments. Lazard will purchase these companies if Little and the team believe they can compound total return ( i.e. , earnings growth, dividends, and share buybacks) at a relatively high rate over the long term and are reasonably priced in relation to their profitability prospects.

 

  Mispriced Situations: These are companies that are trading inexpensively relative to what Little and the team think their assets and cash flows should be worth longer term. They may or may not be compounders.

 

  Restructuring: These are companies whose profitability is depressed relative to their history and companies who are taking steps – such as cutting costs, investing in an underinvested area, selling non-core businesses, etc. – to return to higher profitability. They may or may not become compounders.

Lazard’s analysts are largely responsible for generating ideas. They do so by running valuation screens in their sectors and monitoring developments at companies that fall under their coverage. They do most of the fundamental analysis, though Little and the other portfolio managers at Lazard are also involved. Little and the portfolio management team review and debate the assumptions analysts use in their financial modeling, meet with company management, and lead analysis on some small-cap companies. The goal of the team’s fundamental company analysis is to identify Lazard’s research edge and estimate how much return can be generated from this edge. Lazard’s research edge is generally a function of its analysts having a differentiated view than the market on the profitability a company can generate, the duration of its profitability, and/or what the company should be worth.

Little and the team use several valuation metrics to gauge a company’s worth and set price targets. A company has to be priced in a way that Lazard believes is reasonably valued for the profitability it can generate. This assessment is based upon free-cash-flow yield, valuation relative to peers or relative to businesses with similar profitability and growth characteristics, discounted-cash-flow modeling, and sum of the parts (valuing different segments of a company separately). There is a fair amount of judgment involved in balancing these different approaches to assess a company’s worth and set price targets.

 

Howard Appleby, CFA

Jean-Francois Ducrest

James LaTorre, CFA

Northern Cross, LLC

125 Summer Street, Suite 1410

Boston, MA 02110

Howard Appleby, Jean-Francois Ducrest and James LaTorre are the co-portfolio managers for the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Northern Cross, LLC (“Northern Cross”). Appleby, Ducrest and LaTorre are the co-founders and principal owners of Northern Cross. Appleby, a British citizen, has been in the investment business since 1982, when he began his career as an equity analyst specializing in basic materials and energy for W. Greenwell & Co. In 1985, he moved to the U.S. and started a 16-year sell-side career, advising U.S. portfolio managers on non-U.S. equities in various research, sales, and management roles. In 2002, Appleby became part of the Northern Cross group as an analyst. In 2003, he became a founding partner and portfolio manager for Northern Cross. He is a graduate of the University of Exeter, Exeter, England and is a CFA charterholder. He is also a board member of the University of Exeter U.S. Foundation and the Celebrity Series of Boston. Mr. Ducrest, a French citizen, has been engaged in the business of international equities since 1988. He started his career on the sell side as an equity analyst at Paris-based European broker Cheuvreux, covering multiple sectors during his tenure there, including industrials, consumer goods, and utilities. From 1995 to 2001, he was a Senior Vice President and Principal of Cheuvreux’ U.S. operations, serving institutions investing in European equities. In 2002, Ducrest became part of the Northern Cross group as an analyst. In 2003, he became a founding partner and portfolio manager for Northern Cross. He is a graduate of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris, France and a Trustee of the French Cultural Center of Boston and the U.S. based Sciences-Po Foundation. LaTorre began his career with Merrill Lynch in New York. He moved to Boston in 1989 to become VP of Investments and Portfolio Manager at the Ivy Funds. LaTorre joined the Northern Cross team in 1992, initially as Director of Research. He later became a Portfolio Manager in 1996. In 2003, he became a founding partner and portfolio manager for Northern Cross, LLC. LaTorre has a BA in Economics from Fairfield University and an MS in Finance from Boston College. At Boston College, LaTorre was the recipient of the Dean and Faculty Award given to the highest ranking student at graduation. He is also a recipient of the Distinguished Alumni Achievement Award from the Carroll School of Management at Boston College. LaTorre is a Trustee of the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and a member of the Presidential Advisory Council of Berklee College of Music.

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Northern Cross. The Northern Cross team’s investment philosophy and process are characterized by:

 

  An in-depth understanding of a company and its industry, which leads to a long investment time horizon (3-5+ years) and results in low portfolio turnover
 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors         39


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors  — (Continued)

 

 

  Analysis of the attractiveness of countries and industries from a top-down perspective, though stocks are selected on a bottom-up basis

 

  Stock selection, not top-down views, which determines industry and country weightings

 

  Low portfolio turnover, which minimizes transaction and market-impact costs

 

  An emphasis on quality “blue chip” companies with long-term catalysts that will lead to expanding profit margins

 

  A willingness to think independently and deviate significantly from benchmark industry and country weightings

 

  Concentration in its best ideas with the most attractive risk/reward potential

The investment process encompasses an intensive, fundamental, bottom-up industry and company analysis coupled with a top-down, thematic approach. It is not uncommon for an idea to be monitored for years before a position is taken. Research is focused on identifying secular trends (rather than shorter-term cycles) that will drive margin expansion. Patient due diligence of companies, countries and regions are critical to the investment process. Northern Cross believes this due diligence, in combination with a top-down investment theme, provides the best opportunity to invest in truly undervalued companies. Before qualifying a country for investment, Northern Cross analyzes the stability of its currency, political, social, and economic environment and its legal infrastructure. Consequently, the team focuses on companies located in Europe, the Pacific Basin and emerging industrialized countries whose economic and political regimes appear stable and are believed to provide adequate protection to foreign shareholders.

Among the long-term drivers of stock price appreciation the team looks for are the following:

 

  Margin expansion

 

  Pricing power driven by industry consolidation

 

  Franchise value

 

  Restructuring

 

  Asset plays

On-site company meetings play an important role in the portfolio construction process, with each company held in the portfolio typically visited at least twice per year. Contact with company management and other key people serve to help the team gain insight and understanding of the business’s operations and judge the strength of company management. The team utilizes a worldwide network of brokers/traders and local contacts for additional insight and trade execution.

Rigid buy/sell price targets are avoided, and the relative attractiveness of a stock or group of similar stocks is continuously evaluated. No single set of metrics is used to value all companies. Typically, the team looks for companies with strong and sustainable market positions that are selling at low P/E multiples relative to other stocks in the same country and industry. In addition to assessing a company’s relative P/E ratio,

other valuation metrics considered include the potential for long-term margin expansion compared to the enterprise value/sales multiple, the long-term sustainable free cash flow yield, and the absolute P/E ratio looking many years out.

Positions are commonly sold when:

 

  A new idea presents better risk/reward characteristics

 

  The stock’s price reaches the underlying business value

 

  There is an adverse change in the economic, political or regulatory environment

 

  Management fails to execute their business plan

 

  There is an overwhelming change in the company’s policy of shareholder rights

The team does not plan to hedge currencies. However, in a market where the local currency is expected to be weak, investments are often made in companies with assets or earning streams denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

 

Fabio Paolini, CFA

Benjamin (Ben) Beneche, CFA

Pictet Asset Management, LTD

120 London Wall

Moor House – Level 11

London, United Kingdom

EC2Y 5ET

Fabio Paolini and Benjamin (Ben) Beneche are the co-portfolio managers to the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Pictet Asset Management, LTD (“Pictet”). Pictet has been a sub-advisor to the International Fund since 2016.

Paolini joined Pictet in 1997 and is Co-Head of European Equities and Head of EAFE Equities within the Developed Equities team. Paolini began his career in Pictet & Cie’s Financial Research Department in 1994, initially in the Economics team and then in the European equities research team. Paolini graduated with a degree in Economics from the University of Siena in Italy. He obtained a CFPI/AZEK in 1996 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) charterholder.

Beneche joined Pictet in 2008 and is a Senior Investment Manager in the EAFE Equities team with a specific focus on Japanese Equities. Beneche began his career as a graduate within PAM Equities then as a Junior Investment Manager on the Global Equities fund with an emphasis on the energy sector. Beneche graduated with a first class honors degree in Economics and Economic History from the University of York. He is also Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) charterholder.

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Pictet.

Paolini wants companies to be able to generate free cash flow in the future. (Free cash is cash a business has at hand and broadly speaking is calculated by adding depreciation and amortization to net income and subtracting capital expenditures.) In addition, Paolini wants a company to have good opportunities to reinvest this free cash and do so in a

 

 

 
40       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

profitable manner, i.e., generate high returns on capital, in order to compound investment returns for shareholders. When looking at free cash flow (FCF), Paolini and team focus on what free cash a company can generate on a normalized basis. The period over which the team may expect normalization to happen varies by business model and is also dependent on the stage of the business and economic cycle a company may be operating in at any point in time. For example, in the event the team expects a business model to attain normal sales growth, margin, and capital expenditures over the next three years, the team’s task would be to estimate those free cash flows three years from now and discount them back to the present to assess what “normalized” FCF yield (FCF/stock price) the company’s stock is offering (we will discuss the relevance of FCF yield in buy and sell decisions further below). The discount rate used is the company’s cost of equity.

Assessing whether a company has good reinvestment opportunities in front of it is typically a function of what sales growth it can achieve and its pricing power. So the team assesses what organic and inorganic growth opportunities are available to the company and whether the company has a competitive advantage versus its peers. The combination of higher sales growth and superior pricing power helps generate higher profitability and, therefore, high returns on capital. How company management will allocate capital is also important in understanding whether a company can generate high returns on capital.

The consistency of generating high returns on capital is also important. Typically, a company that is relatively less cyclical ( i.e., less impacted by economic cycles), has good reinvestment opportunities, and is run by capable management has a higher likelihood of consistently generating high returns. These companies Paolini calls compounders and they are most attractive to him in terms of their business-model attributes because these companies compound shareholder value at a faster rate than cyclical companies. To assess valuation for compounders, in addition to normalized FCF yield assessment, Paolini and team will also look at discounted cash flow modeling as that incorporates the cash flows a company is likely to generate beyond what the team considers to be a normalized or forecastable time frame. Paolini says for compounders it’s essential to look at DCF-type metrics to capture the long-term compounding effects of their superior growth and return-on-capital profile relative to more cyclical business models.

In the case of more cyclical business models, there is greater variability in free-cash generation, so balance-sheet quality assumes greater importance in the team’s overall analysis. In addition, for cyclical business models the valuation hurdle prior to purchase is typically higher than in the case of compounders. For example, the target normalized FCF yield ( i.e., the sell target yield) for a relatively high-growth and high return-on-capital compounding business could be as low as around 5%, while for a riskier, cyclical business model with lower growth and return on capital this target yield could be 10%, or higher in some cases (such as in the case of oil- or commodity-related business models). Ultimately, the target yield at which a

company’s stock would be sold is a function of Paolini’s and Beneche’s assessment of its business model. The difference between this target yield and the current yield (based on current price) indicates the potential upside there might be in a stock.

When constructing portfolios, their stock weightings are a function of the amount of upside in a stock, conviction in the business model and in the investment case, the downside risk in the business model, and liquidity. In addition, Paolini and Beneche aim to diversify “investment drivers” or common risk factors. For example, they do not want the portfolio to be overly exposed to external factors, such as oil, economic growth in a country or region, or rising or falling interest rates. Stocks are sold when they reach their price targets or target yield, or when there are better opportunities, or when the investment pillars on which the initial purchase was based are no longer valid. In the case of the International Fund, all of these portfolio-management considerations will apply.

 

 

W. Vinson Walden, CFA

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

2300 North Ridgetop Road

Santa Fe, NM 87506

W. Vinson Walden is the portfolio manager for the segment of the International Fund’s assets managed by Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (“Thornburg”). Walden joined Thornburg in 2002 and is portfolio manager and a managing director at Thornburg. He is portfolio manager of Thornburg’s Global Opportunities and Global Equity Income Strategies. Prior to joining Thornburg, Walden served as an associate for Lehman Brothers in New York City. Thornburg has been a sub-advisor to the International Fund since 2003.

Approximately 16.67% of the International Fund’s assets are managed by Thornburg. Walden and his team believe that a bottom-up approach to investing in undervalued securities will generate above-average returns with below market risk. Walden’s idea of value centers on his assessment of the intrinsic worth of an investment. The goal is to uncover promising companies with sound business fundamentals at a time when their intrinsic value is not fully recognized by the marketplace.

Walden and his team’s initial search for investment ideas involves the use of quantitative screens as well as other sources. Starting with the international equity universe, he screens Thornburg’s databases for companies that appear attractive across a number of value parameters. He looks for securities that have low price-to earnings, low price-to-cash flow and low price-to-book ratios. Companies ranging from small-cap to large-cap are considered. Additionally, screens are employed in order to identify stocks where business prospects may be improving. The typical screen generates a list exceeding 50 stocks from which only a few may be selected for further research.

Walden will not purchase a security simply because it is priced cheaply relative to the market. He spends the majority of its time on bottom-up research in its efforts to understand the

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors         41


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Sub-Advisors  — (Continued)

 

fundamental merit of each stock that has been identified as promising. These efforts include financial statement analysis, discussions with senior management of the companies, as well as consideration of the company’s competitors, suppliers and clientele. Walden seeks to uncover companies with promising prospects that are not yet reflected in the price of the stock. Many of the investments made may be contrary to the popular consensus at the time of purchase. Ultimately, Walden attempts to estimate the business value of each company. In addition to estimating the business value for each stock, the analysis also seeks to identify where potential weaknesses may lie in an attempt to minimize downside risk. Each of the researched stocks is classified into a category of value:

 

  Basic Value – Stocks of financially sound companies with established businesses that are selling at low valuations relative to the company’s net assets or potential earning power

 

  Consistent Earners – Companies with steady earnings and dividend growth that are selling at attractive values and are priced below historical norms

 

  Emerging Franchises – Companies in the process of establishing a leading position in a product, service or market that is expected to grow at an above-average rate

The dynamics of the companies in those categories differ and, therefore, merit specific consideration within the context of that category. For example, Basic Value companies are generally more cyclically oriented than Emerging Franchises and require analysis of the companies’ product cycles and the historical and prospective impact of the economy on their business. Within the context of each value category, Walden evaluates the most attractive prospects. Generally, the segment of the International Fund’s portfolio allocated to Walden is expected to include stocks from each category. Because of the diversification across these categories, the segment of the International Fund’s portfolio managed by Walden will typically be eclectic and cannot be easily labeled as “growth” or “value.”

The SAI provides additional information about each sub-advisor’s method of compensation for its portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

 

 
42       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Sub-Advisors

 

Litman Gregory’s strategy is to allocate the portfolio’s assets among the Smaller Companies Fund’s three sub-advisors who, based on Litman Gregory’s research, are judged to be among the best in their respective style groups. There is no minimum or maximum allocation of the Fund’s portfolio assets to each sub-advisor. The sub-advisors manage their individual portfolio segments by building a focused portfolio representing their highest-confidence stocks. Under normal market conditions, the Smaller Companies Fund invests at least 80% of the Smaller Companies Fund’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities of small- and mid-sized U.S. companies. This investment policy may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice if any change occurs. Under normal conditions, each manager’s portfolio segment typically includes a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 15 securities. A manager may occasionally hold more than 15 securities. Though the total number of securities the Smaller Companies Fund may hold at any point in time will vary, it is generally expected that the Smaller Companies Fund will hold between 24 and 45 securities.

As used in this Prospectus, Litman Gregory defines a “Smaller Company” as one whose market capitalization falls within the range of market capitalizations of any company in the Russell 2500 ® Index, as of the most recent reconstitution. Though the primary capitalization focus of the Smaller Companies Fund is in

the small-cap sector, Litman Gregory does not believe that small-cap investors should be forced to sell a stock that appreciates beyond the upper thresholds of the small-cap range if the stock picker continues to maintain a high level of conviction with respect to the holding. This has been a problem with many small-cap funds, as they have, at times, been forced to sell some of their most compelling holdings. Moreover, occasionally companies in the mid-cap range will be extraordinarily attractive to the Smaller Companies Fund’s portfolio managers. Overall, Litman Gregory expects the majority of the Smaller Companies Fund’s holdings at any point in time to meet the definition of a Smaller Company, but the Smaller Companies Fund has the flexibility to hold mid-sized companies if the managers believe that holding these companies will lead to higher overall returns. The managers have the flexibility to invest up to 50% (measured at the time of original investment) of their respective portfolios in mid-cap companies if these stocks qualify as their “highest conviction” holdings.

The following table provides a description of the Smaller Companies Fund’s three sub-advisors and their target levels of assets. Asset levels will fluctuate and it is at the discretion of Litman Gregory to re-balance the asset allocations. A detailed discussion of the management structure of the Smaller Companies Fund follows the table.

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)/SUB-ADVISOR  

TARGET
ASSET

ALLOCATION

   MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF
COMPANIES IN PORTFOLIO
   STOCK-PICKING STYLE

Jeffrey Bronchick, CFA

Cove Street Capital, LLC

  33-1/3%    Small- and mid-sized companies    Value

Mark T. Dickherber, CFA, CPA

Shaun P. Nicholson

Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

  33-1/3%    Small- and mid-sized companies    Value

Richard T. Weiss, CFA

Wells Capital

Management, Inc.

  33-1/3%    Small- and mid-sized companies    Blend

 

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund Portfolio Managers

 

Jeffrey Bronchick, CFA

Cove Street Capital, LLC

2101 East El Segundo Boulevard, Suite 302

El Segundo, CA 90245

Jeffrey Bronchick is the portfolio manager for the segment of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets managed by Cove Street Capital, LLC (“Cove Street”). Bronchick is the principal owner of Cove Street, which he founded in 2011, and the portfolio manager for the Cove Street Capital Small Cap Value Fund. Prior to founding Cove Street, Bronchick was a partner at Reed Conner and Birdwell (“RCB”), which he joined in 1989 as a research analyst. He was later promoted to Chief Investment Officer, portfolio manager and equity analyst, and co-portfolio

manager for the CNI Charter RCB Small Cap Value Fund and managed RCB’s small-cap value investment strategy. Prior to joining RCB, Bronchick did equity research and trading at Neuberger Berman, Bankers Trust and First Boston. RCB was a sub-advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund from June 2007 through June 2011, and Bronchick was the co-manager of that segment of the Smaller Companies Fund during RCB’s tenure. Cove Street has been a sub-advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund since 2011.

Approximately 33-1/3% of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets are managed by Bronchick. The objective of Bronchick’s fundamental research is to identify the best combination of attractive businesses, valuation, and shareholder-oriented management. His small-cap universe consists of companies between $100 million and $3 billion.

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Sub-Advisors         43


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

Idea generation is driven by both quantitative and qualitative processes. As a value-based, bottom-up manager, Cove Street consistently screens markets for securities that appear statistically inexpensive and allows that pool of ideas to drive its efforts and work rather than begin the day with a preconceived notion of securities it would like to buy. Cove Street also screens for “good businesses” as defined by classic characteristics like consistency of growth and profitability, high returns on invested capital and sustainable competitive advantages and makes the determination whether the valuation is cheap enough to provide a proper margin of safety. Lastly, Cove Street screens on corporate and executive behavior such as share repurchase and insider buying and selling. On a qualitative basis, ideas are produced from the team’s collective experience, Cove Street’s deep contact network, out of office experiences and obvious headline issues.

Once the team has determined that an idea has promise, they begin stage II, which consists of the data download of all relevant company financial information into the Cove Street analytical spreadsheet and the digestion of all public company information. They then ask the question: whether a company appears to be a great business at a reasonable price or an exceedingly cheap security that provides a deeper margin of safety to compensate for potential business issues.

Stage III is the team tackle and deep dive. The research team performs intensive analysis on valuation and business characteristics, with a couple of analysts focused on the stock as a “purchase” and one analyst focused on the stock as a “short-sale,” a version of the so-called Socratic method of reasoning. Key pivot points include:

 

  What is a reasonable estimate of intrinsic value? We incorporate a multivariate approach that utilizes a discounted cashflow analysis, private market values, and a historical calculation of enterprise value to normalized earnings, cashflow and revenue.

 

  Classic Porter value chain analysis of competitors, suppliers, potential entrants, customers and substitutes.

 

  Is there a competitive advantage that can generate sustainably strong returns on invested capital?

 

  Management: friend, neutral or foe?

 

  PEST Control: political, economic, social, technological issues.

 

  What is the team thinking that others are not?

 

  What will it cost Cove Street if things go very wrong?

Stage IV is portfolio consideration. Key considerations include whether there is sufficient risk adjusted upside – on an absolute basis and as compared to other stocks that Cove Street owns and how it fits with the portfolio’s industry concentration.

The final decision is made by Bronchick.

Less is more in regard to portfolio turnover, as experience has proven that the quality of decision-making decreases with frequency. That said, mistakes are inevitable and Cove Street’s concentrated research assists in identifying errors relatively early.

Cove Street’s sell discipline is also based upon a blend of qualitative and quantitative measures:

Business:

 

  Cove Street is incorrect in its expectations about long-term economic margins and earnings power

 

  Actual or likely prospects of balance sheet deterioration

 

  Perceived cyclical industry problems reveal themselves as secular

Value:

 

  A good business is excessively valued or a reasonable business is fairly valued

 

  A better idea is found that materially improves risk/reward

People:

 

  Unexpected/poor decisions are made allocating shareholder capital

 

  Lose confidence that management and the board are best representing shareholders and the cost and effort to influence this process are deemed prohibitive

 

 

Mark T. Dickherber, CFA, CPA

Shaun P. Nicholson

Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

540 West Madison Street, Suite 1900

Chicago, IL 60661

Mark T. Dickherber and Shaun P. Nicholson are the portfolio managers for the segment of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets managed by Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC (“SBH”). Dickherber joined SBH in 2007 and is a principal, senior portfolio manager and head of SBH’s Small Cap strategies. He is the lead portfolio manager for SBH’s Small Cap Core and Small Cap Value strategies and the co-portfolio manager of SBH’s Small Cap Value Concentrated strategy. Dickherber is also responsible for equity research in the Small Cap and Small/Mid Core equity portfolios and is a specialist in the healthcare sector. Prior to joining SBH, Dickherber served as director of research for Kennedy Capital Management, where he had worked since 1996. Nicholson joined SBH in 2011 and is a senior portfolio manager for SBH’s Small Cap strategies. He is the lead portfolio manager for SBH’s Small Cap Value Concentrated strategy and the co-portfolio manager for SBH’s Small Cap Value strategy. He is responsible for research related to materials, autos/transports, industrials, regional banks and energy within the respective portfolios. Prior to joining SBH, Nicholson spent six years at Kennedy Capital Management. SBH has been a sub-advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund since 2017.

Approximately 33-1/3% of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets are managed by Dickherber and Nicholson. Dickherber and Nicholson are small-cap value-oriented investors who seek to identify companies that have the potential for significant improvement in return on invested capital (“ROIC”), with the idea being that, as ROIC improves, each dollar invested in the business earns an incrementally higher return. Importantly,

 

 

 
44       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Dickherber and Nicholson disaggregate a company’s ROIC down to the business segment level to understand the drivers (and detractors) of a company’s profitability. Armed with segment-level return data, the team seeks to identify companies with low embedded expectations that have company-specific, returns-improving catalysts. The team does not buy stocks simply because they are “cheap.” Dickherber and Nicholson require that management is ROIC-focused, financially incentivized to improve returns through appropriate capital allocation, and able to articulate an appropriate returns-based strategy to improve profitability. The team tracks management’s progress via quarterly financials and quarterly management contact. The team believes that management’s commitment and ability to appropriately improve returns results in the largest portfolio weightings.

Dickherber and Nicholson seek to identify the building blocks of improved (and diminishing) profitability before it is recognized by the market. The team is willing to be early in a particular stock, and will stay invested provided the investment team sees continuing evidence that management is taking the appropriate steps to improve returns. Dickherber and Nicholson will sell stocks for a number of reasons. Examples include management making a capital-allocation decision that will likely diminish returns, such as an acquisition of a lower-returning business; management failing to demonstrate a strategy that improves returns; a change in management that negatively impacts a returns-based culture; the diminishing effectiveness of certain company-specific catalysts for improved returns; or an estimation by the co-portfolio managers that the risk-reward ratio has become unattractive.

 

 

Richard T. Weiss, CFA

Wells Capital Management, Inc.

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

Richard T. Weiss is the portfolio manager for the segment of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets managed by WellsCap. Weiss has been in the investment business for over 30 years and is currently Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Select Equity portfolio for WellsCap. Previously, he had been the manager or co-manager of the Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund and the Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund (previously known as the Strong Common Stock Fund and Strong Opportunity Fund) from March 1991 until March 2008. Prior to this, Weiss was a partner/portfolio manager at Stein Roe & Farnham in Chicago where he began his career, starting as a research analyst, in 1975. Weiss continues an informal relationship with the Wells Capital Management Core Equity team, which manages the Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund. WellsCap has been a sub-advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund since the Smaller Companies Fund’s inception in 2003.

Approximately 33-1/3% of the Smaller Companies Fund’s assets are managed by Weiss. He invests in stocks of small- and mid-sized companies that are undervalued either because they are not broadly recognized, are in transition, or are out of favor based on short-term factors. Weiss also has the flexibility to invest in the stocks of larger companies if in his opinion they offer the potential for better returns. In seeking attractively valued companies, Weiss focuses on companies with above-average growth potential that also exhibit some or all of the following:

 

  Low institutional investor ownership and low analyst coverage

 

  High-quality management

 

  Sustainable competitive advantage

Weiss evaluates the degree of under-valuation relative to his estimate of each company’s private market value. This private market value approach is based on an assessment of what a private buyer would be willing to pay for the future cash flow stream of the target company. Based on his experience, Weiss believes that, except for technology and other high-growth stocks, most stocks trade at between 50% and 80% of the private market value. When trading at the low end of this range, companies take steps to prevent takeover, or they are taken over. The private market value estimate is applied flexibly, based on the outlook for the industry and the company’s fundamentals.

The SAI provides additional information about each sub-advisor’s method of compensation for its portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Sub-Advisors         45


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors

 

Litman Gregory’s strategy is to allocate the portfolio’s assets among the Alternative Strategies Fund’s five sub-advisors to provide investors a mix of strategies that Litman Gregory believes offer risk-return characteristics that are attractive individually and even more compelling collectively. Allocations among sub-advisors are based on a number of factors, including Litman Gregory’s expectation for the risk-adjusted return potential of each sub-advisor’s strategy and the impact on overall portfolio risk, with the objective of maximizing return subject to the goals of low volatility and relatively low correlation with broad financial markets, especially the stock market. Litman Gregory may at times adjust the allocations of capital to sub-advisors if it believes there is a highly compelling tactical opportunity in a particular sub-advisor’s strategy. Portfolio assets will be tactically allocated to the sub-advisors in accordance with the target allocation range for each sub-advisor specified in the table below, as measured at the time of allocation.

Sub-advisor strategies may seek to benefit from: opportunities to combine securities with differing risk characteristics; market inefficiencies; arbitrage opportunities; opportunities to provide liquidity; tactical opportunities in asset classes or securities; special situations such as spin offs; as well as other opportunities in areas such as real estate or managed futures. In the aggregate, the managers can invest globally in stocks of companies of any size, domicile or market capitalization, government and corporate bonds and other fixed income securities and currencies, including short positions of any of the foregoing, within their respective segments of the Alternative Strategies Fund. They may also invest in derivatives, including, without limitation, options, futures contracts, and swaps, to manage risk or enhance return and can also borrow amounts up to one third of the value of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s total

assets (except that the Alternative Strategies Fund may exceed this limit to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary purposes). Each of the managers may invest in illiquid securities; however, the Alternative Strategies Fund as a whole may not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. In some cases, the sub-advisors may seek to replicate strategies they employ in their private (hedge) funds. In other cases, the sub-advisors may seek to enhance strategies they run in other public funds by focusing on their highest conviction ideas to a greater extent or by pursuing certain aspects of their strategies with greater flexibility. However, the Alternative Strategies Fund will only invest directly in portfolio securities selected by the sub-advisors and will not invest in any pooled investment vehicles or accounts managed by the sub-advisors.

Each sub-advisor will have an investment approach that generally focuses on a particular asset class or specific strategies. Currently, the strategies the sub-advisors focus on are as follows: (1) an arbitrage oriented strategy, (2) an opportunistic income strategy which will often focus on mortgage related securities, (3) a contrarian opportunity strategy that allows tactical investments throughout the capital structure (stocks and bonds), asset classes, market capitalization, industries and geographies, and (4) an strategic alpha strategy that focuses on the tactical allocation of long and short global fixed income opportunities and currencies.

The following table provides a description of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s five sub-advisors and their current target levels of assets. Asset levels will fluctuate, and it is at the discretion of Litman Gregory to re-balance the asset allocations. A detailed discussion of the management structure of the Alternative Strategies Fund follows the table.

 

 

PORTFOLIO
MANAGER(S)/SUB-ADVISOR
  CURRENT TARGET ALLOCATION AND
TARGET ASSET ALLOCATION RANGE
   STRATEGY

Stephen Kealhofer

Paul Harrison

Bin Zeng

Adam Dwinells

DCI, LLC

  19%

9%-29%

   Long-Short Credit

Jeffrey Gundlach

Jeffrey Sherman, CFA

DoubleLine Capital LP

  25%

15%-35%

   Opportunistic Income

Steven Romick, CFA

Brian Selmo, CFA

Mark Landecker, CFA

First Pacific Advisors, LLC

  18%

8%-28%

   Contrarian Opportunity

Matthew Eagan, CFA

Kevin Kearns

Todd Vandam, CFA

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

  19%

9%-29%

   Strategic Alpha Fixed Income

John Orrico, CFA

Todd Munn

Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA

Gregg Loprete

Water Island Capital, LLC

  19%

9%-29%

   Arbitrage

 

 
46       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund Portfolio Managers

 

Long-Short Credit Strategy

 

Stephen Kealhofer

Paul Harrison

Bin Zeng

Adam Dwinells

DCI, LLC

201 Spear Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94105

Stephen Kealhofer, Paul Harrison, Bin Zeng and Adam Dwinells are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the long-short credit strategy (the “Long-Short Credit Strategy”), which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by DCI, LLC (“DCI”). Kealhofer is the Head of Research and Director of DCI. He was formerly Co-Founder and Managing Partner of KMV and Assistant Professor of Finance at Columbia University. Harrison is Chief Investment Officer of DCI. He was formerly Chief Investment Officer and Head of Research at Barclays Global Investors/BlackRock; Chief of Capital Markets at the Federal Reserve Board and a member of the finance faculty at Brandeis University. Zeng is Head of Credit Research of DCI. He was formerly Co-Head of Global Credit Research and Managing Director of Barclays Global Investors/BlackRock and Director of Moody’s KMV. Dwinells is Head of Portfolio Management of DCI. He was formerly Vice President and Senior Risk Advisor of JP Morgan and its predecessor companies. DCI has been a sub-advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund since 2017.

DCI’s Long-Short Credit Strategy employs a systematic portfolio construction process underpinned by a proprietary, fundamental model of credit risk and valuation. DCI’s investment process is designed to exploit information gaps between credit and equity markets and other market inefficiencies to identify and capture potential mispricing at the individual asset level. The DCI Long-Short Credit Strategy is expected to generate returns from idiosyncratic credit selection, as the strategy systematically curtails rate duration and credit beta exposure. Correlations to systematic market risks including high yield and equity market returns are expected to be minimal, and strategy returns are not expected to be correlated to the returns of other active strategies. The DCI Long-Short Credit Strategy is designed to perform in both low and high volatility environments although returns are expected to be higher in higher volatility environments.

DCI targets superior risk-adjusted returns from portfolios of corporate credit assets through the selection of potentially mispriced individual securities. The principal driver of DCI’s strategies is its dynamic proprietary default probability model which incorporates fundamental balance sheet information and real-time information embedded in equity and options markets. DCI’s model uses this information to calculate credit spreads that, when compared to market spreads, identify possible mispricing that can potentially be exploited. Excess returns are

anticipated over time as market prices converge to the actual risk levels and fair value pricing of the exposures, as indicated by DCI’s model. DCI’s technology produces timely risk measures for thousands of investments, which are monitored in real-time, providing early warning capabilities and a large universe from which to create portfolios. DCI believes its approach to generating returns is unique in its integration of technology, infrastructure, ongoing research, and credit expertise.

DCI believes that the inability of conventional credit approaches to consider equity and other market information systematically, and their propensity to build portfolios around issue weightings, are features that create persistent inefficiencies in the market. These features are largely driven by the qualitative, discretionary style that conventional credit market participants use. While marginal information efficiencies are likely to come about as a natural part of the credit market’s maturation, as long as conventional credit investors dominate the market, exploitable inefficiencies will exist for DCI.

Opportunistic Income Strategy

 

Jeffrey Gundlach

Jeffrey Sherman, CFA

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Jeffrey Gundlach and Jeffrey Sherman are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the opportunistic income strategy (the “Opportunistic Income Strategy”), which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”). Gundlach is Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of DoubleLine, which he co-founded in 2009. Sherman is Deputy Chief Investment Officer and is a member of DoubleLine’s Executive Management and Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committees. Prior to joining DoubleLine, Sherman was a Senior Vice President at TCW where he worked as a portfolio manager and quantitative analyst focused on fixed income and real-asset portfolios. Prior to TCW, Sherman was a statistics and mathematics instructor at both the University of the Pacific and Florida State University. DoubleLine has been a sub-advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund since the Alternative Strategies Fund’s inception in 2011.

The team at DoubleLine operates under the cardinal mandate of delivering superior risk-adjusted fixed income returns. They seek to deliver positive absolute returns in excess of an appropriate aggregate fixed income index with portfolio volatility that is similar to U.S. long-term treasury securities. Investment ideas employed by the team must offer an asymmetric, positively skewed risk-reward profile. As a result, a great deal of their analysis seeks to identify fixed income securities that they believe offer greater potential payoff than potential loss under multiple scenarios. Ultimately, a combination of risk management, asset allocation and security selection forms the team’s investment process. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors         47


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

Portfolios are constructed with the intent to outperform under a range of future outcomes. DoubleLine’s risk integration process seeks to combine assets that will perform differently in different scenarios so that the overall portfolio generates acceptable performance. This process includes balancing the strength of cash flows from certain asset classes against various potential economic or market risks.

When considering a specific investment in any sector, the team’s primary focus is on the predictability of the cash flow generated during an entire interest rate or credit cycle. When volatility is low, the team emphasizes securities they expect to generate the best overall return over a cycle rather than simply buying the highest yield at a given point in time.

In implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy, the team allocates investments to fixed income instruments and other investments with no limit on the duration of the portfolio. The team may invest in, without limitation, asset-backed securities; domestic and foreign corporate bonds, including high-yield bonds; municipal bonds; bonds or other obligations issued by domestic or foreign governments, including emerging markets countries; REIT debt securities; and mortgage related securities. The team’s investments in mortgage related securities may at times represent a substantial portion (including up to 100%) of the segment allocated to him when certain market conditions exist that the team believes offer potentially attractive risk adjusted returns. The team may, to a limited extent, employ leverage within the Opportunistic Income Strategy, which also is being used for other accounts managed by DoubleLine.

When investing in mortgage related securities, the team may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government such as the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; CMOs, including real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICS) issued by domestic or foreign private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage related securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; CMBS; obligations issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage related securities without a government guarantee but typically with some form of private credit enhancement; “interest only” and “principal only” stripped mortgage securities; inverse floating rate securities; and debt or equity tranches of collateralized debt obligations collateralized by mortgage related securities. The team compares opportunities in other sectors of the global fixed income market to opportunities available in the mortgage sector with the aim of attempting to construct a portfolio with the most attractive return potential given his risk management objectives.

Contrarian Opportunity Strategy

 

Steven Romick, CFA

Brian Selmo, CFA

Mark Landecker, CFA

First Pacific Advisors, LLC

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1200

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Steven Romick, Brian Selmo and Mark Landecker are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the contrarian opportunity strategy (the “Contrarian Opportunity Strategy”), which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by First Pacific. Romick joined First Pacific in 1996 and is currently a Managing Partner of the firm. Selmo joined First Pacific in 2008 and has been a Partner since 2013. He was a Managing Director of First Pacific from January 2013 to December 2013, and a Vice President of First Pacific from 2008 to 2012. Landecker joined First Pacific in 2009 and has been a Partner since 2013. He was a Managing Director of First Pacific from January 2013 to December 2013, and a Vice President of First Pacific from 2009 to 2012. Romick, Selmo and Landecker manage the FPA Crescent Fund (Romick has been a portfolio manager since its inception in 1993) and separate accounts, including unregistered funds managed by First Pacific (commonly known as hedge funds), in First Pacific’s Contrarian Value style. First Pacific has been a sub-advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund since the Alternative Strategies Fund’s inception in 2011.

This segment is managed, to the degree practical, with the intent to replicate elements of private funds and separate accounts also run by First Pacific. The elements replicated include investment strategies such as hedging, illiquid and restricted securities, international investments, coupled with the potential for maintaining high levels of liquidity. First Pacific implements these strategies through investing opportunistically in a wide variety of securities as discussed below.

The Contrarian Opportunity Strategy leads to investments that offer absolute rather than relative value with an objective of strong risk-adjusted returns. As absolute return investors, the First Pacific team seeks genuine bargains rather than relatively attractive securities. The goal is to provide equity-like returns over longer periods ( i.e. , five to seven years) while protecting against the permanent loss of capital. Attention is directed toward those companies offering the best combination of such quality criteria as strong market share, good management, and high normalized return on capital. A company purchased might not look inexpensive, considering current earnings and return on capital; however, its valuation may reflect such conditions as a weak economy, an increase in raw material costs, a management misstep, or any number of other temporary conditions. The First Pacific team believes that price drops caused by such developments can, and often do, provide buying opportunities. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

 

 
48       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

The First Pacific team employs the broad mandate of the First Pacific contrarian strategy to invest across the capital structure, asset classes, market capitalization, industries and geographies using a wide variety of instruments. The First Pacific team invests in an opportunistic manner, based on its view of the world and the businesses/situations that it understands. It looks for what is out of favor, taking into account the current landscape and how it might change over time, both organically and through exogenous events. The First Pacific team emphasizes independent research and spends little time with Wall Street analysts because it prefers to focus its research on interactions with business operators and industry leaders.

The First Pacific team narrows the universe of potential investments by establishing five categories: Long Equity, Short Equity, Credit, Cash and Equivalents and a smaller “Other” category.

Long Equity: The First Pacific team may invest in companies with solid balance sheets and unquestionable competitive strength and shareholder-centric management; companies of lesser quality but with strong long-term upside potential; companies with shorter term upside potential driven by identified catalysts that are expected to have a positive impact on the value of the underlying business such as balance sheet optimization, operational turnarounds or corporate actions; and companies whose disparate parts have greater aggregate value than the current stock price and may engage in intra-company arbitrage of such companies by either holding long positions in one share class of such a company and shorting another share class of the same company or longing a parent or holding company and shorting one or several of its underlying companies to create a stub equity position that is valued at a deep discount to intrinsic value.

Short Equity: The First Pacific team will seek opportunities in deteriorating companies with declining business metrics that are not reflected in the stock price; companies with balance sheet issues such as overstated asset accounts that may result in operational cash flows that fall significantly short of net income; paired trades that involve shorting a company in the same industry as one of the long position the First Pacific team holds to serve as a partial hedge against industry specific risk; and intra-company arbitrage as discussed above.

Credit: The First Pacific team will consider performing credits that have a yield to maturity reasonably in excess of U.S. Treasuries of comparable maturity and that the holder has a high likelihood of receiving principal and interest payments. The First Pacific team will also consider the bonds of corporations that it believes have some chance but a low likelihood of needing to restructure their debt. These bonds may have higher yields than those of performing credits. The First Pacific team may also purchase distressed debt, which it defines as corporate debt that has either defaulted or which has a high likelihood of being restructured, either voluntarily or by default.

Other: Investments will typically include illiquid securities that the First Pacific team believes allow it to take advantage of situations that are not available in the public markets. These could include private equity, debt and real estate investments.

Investment in illiquid securities is typically limited to no more than 15% of the First Pacific team’s portfolio.

Cash and Equivalents: Investments in cash and cash equivalents are a residual of the First Pacific team’s investment process rather than a macro-driven rationale. The First Pacific team believes that liquidity is an important risk management tool and also believes that it provides the ability to take advantage of future opportunities.

The goal of gaining comfort with a given investment is based on determining what it needs to know in order to prove – or disprove – the original thesis that drew its interest and triggered further research. This research process is supported by reading current and historic SEC filings and conference call transcripts, reviewing pertinent periodicals, studying the competition, and establishing a valuation model. The First Pacific team works to gain a knowledge edge and an understanding of the business or industry that may not be universal. Such due diligence may take the form of conversations with ex-employees, vendors, suppliers, competitors and industry consultants. As a result of the process, the First Pacific team invests only in positions that it believes offer a compelling economic risk/reward proposition. If prospective investments do not meet that requirement, then the First Pacific team waits until it can purchase a security at a substantial discount to that company’s worth or intrinsic value. The First Pacific team also factors a macro-economic view into its security analysis and portfolio construction, which may cause it to be over-weighted in certain asset classes or sectors at times while completely avoiding others. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

The First Pacific team distinguishes between the risk of permanent loss of capital and volatility, and seeks to distinguish their strategy by using volatility to its advantage rather than its detriment. Instead of composing a portfolio designed to mimic the performance of a benchmark or index, the First Pacific team utilizes the deeply-held contrarian philosophy oriented toward pushing back on a rising market by reducing exposure (thus allowing cash to increase), and conversely, leaning into a falling market and spending that cash to opportunistically buy inexpensive securities. The goal is to invest in securities that have what they believe to be advantageous upside/downside characteristics; that is, the First Pacific team seeks to make sure that it could potentially make a multiple of what it could potentially lose.

Strategic Alpha Fixed Income Strategy

 

Matthew Eagan, CFA

Kevin Kearns

Todd Vandam, CFA

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Matthew Eagan, Kevin Kearns and Todd Vandam are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the strategic alpha strategy (the “Strategic Alpha Strategy”), which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by Loomis,

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors         49


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis”). Eagan joined Loomis in 1997 and is a vice president and portfolio manager for the fixed income group and co-portfolio manager for the Loomis Sayles Strategic Alpha Fund, Loomis Sayles Bond Fund, the Loomis Sayles Strategic Income Fund and other fixed income funds managed by Loomis. Kearns joined Loomis in 2007 and is a vice president, portfolio manager and senior derivatives strategist in the absolute return and credit opportunity areas within the fixed income group. As leader of the firm’s alpha strategies group, he co-manages real return, strategic alpha and world credit asset strategies, including the Loomis Sayles Strategic Alpha Fund, Loomis Sayles Inflation Protected Securities Fund and the Loomis Sayles Multi-Asset Income Fund. Vandam joined Loomis in 1994 and is a vice president of Loomis and co-portfolio manager of the Loomis Sayles Strategic Alpha Fund and US High Yield and global high yield institutional strategies. Loomis has been a sub-advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund since the Alternative Strategies Fund’s inception in 2011.

The Strategic Alpha Strategy has an absolute return investment objective, which means that it is not managed relative to an index and that it attempts to achieve positive total returns over a full market cycle with relatively low volatility. The Loomis team intends to pursue its objective by utilizing a flexible investment approach that allocates investments across a global range of investment opportunities related to credit, currencies and interest rates, while employing risk management strategies designed to mitigate downside risk. There can be no assurance that the Strategic Alpha Strategy will achieve its investment objective.

The Loomis team may invest up to 75% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in below investment-grade fixed income securities (also known as “junk bonds”) and derivatives that have returns related to the returns on below investment-grade fixed income securities. Under normal market conditions, the Loomis team also may invest up to 75% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in investments denominated in non-U.S. currencies and related derivatives, including up to 50% in investments denominated in emerging market currencies and related derivatives. Under normal conditions, the Loomis team may invest up to 20% of the total assets of the segment allocated to it in equity-related securities and derivatives. There is no limit on the amount of preferred securities. A “related derivative” of a financial instrument means any derivative whose value is based upon or derived from that financial instrument or a related derivative of that financial instrument. The Loomis team expects that exposure to these asset classes will often be obtained substantially through the use of derivative instruments. Currency positions that are intended to hedge the Loomis team’s non-U.S. currency exposure ( i.e. , currency positions that are not made for investment purposes) will offset positions in the same currency that are made for investment purposes when calculating the limitation on investments in non-U.S. and emerging market currency investments because the Loomis team believes that hedging a currency position is likely to negate some or all of the currency risk associated with the original currency position. Restrictions will apply at the time of purchase.

The Loomis team’s investment process employs both top-down (macro themes) and bottom-up (security selection) components and uses the resources of the entire Loomis Sayles infrastructure. The Loomis team identifies key macro themes over a 3- and 12-month horizon and assesses top-down risk/return opportunities across the interest rate curve, credit markets and currencies. The Loomis team draws on the strength and depth of the entire Loomis research team as it evaluates these themes. Fourteen Macro and Market Sector teams support the Loomis team by sharing their sector’s risk/return characteristics and uncovering specific credits that they believe may offer the best return potential.

In selecting investments for the Strategic Alpha Strategy, the Loomis team develops long-term portfolio themes driven by macro-economic indicators. These include secular global economic trends, demographic trends and labor supply, analysis of global capital flows and assessments of geopolitical factors. The Loomis team then develops shorter-term portfolio strategies based on factors including, but not limited to, economic, credit and Federal Reserve cycles, top-down sector valuations and bottom-up security valuations. The Loomis team employs active risk management, with a focus on credit, interest rate and currency risks. Additionally, the Loomis team will use risk management tools in constructing and optimizing the portfolio and seek to manage risk on an ongoing basis. The Loomis team expects to actively evaluate each investment idea based upon its return potential, its level of risk and its fit within the team’s overall macro strategy when deciding whether to buy or sell investments, with the goal of continually optimizing the portfolio.

The Loomis team seeks to gain a performance edge by integrating the global macro themes with Loomis’ best bottom-up security selection, risk analysis and trading capabilities to create the best expected risk/return portfolio. The Loomis team will pursue its investment goal by obtaining long investment exposures through direct cash investments and derivatives and short investment exposures substantially through derivatives. A “long” investment exposure is an investment that rises in value with a rise in the value of an asset, asset class or index and declines in value with a decline in the value of that asset, asset class or index. A “short” investment exposure is an investment that rises in value with a decline in the value of an asset, asset class or index and declines in value with a rise in the value of that asset, asset class or index. The Loomis team’s long and short investment exposures may, at times, each reach 150% of the assets invested in this segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund (excluding instruments primarily used for duration management and short-term investments (such as cash and money market instruments)), although these exposures may be higher or lower at any given time.

Investments: In connection with its principal investment strategies, the Loomis team may invest in a broad range of U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. and non-U.S. government securities (including their agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored entities), securities of supranational entities,

 

 

 
50       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

emerging market securities, commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities, CMOs, other mortgage-related securities (such as adjustable rate mortgage securities), asset backed securities, bank loans, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), convertible bonds, Rule 144A securities, REITs, zero-coupon securities, step coupon securities, pay-in-kind securities, inflation-linked bonds, variable and floating rate securities, private placements and commercial paper and preferred securities. Additionally, the Strategic Alpha Strategy involves limited investments in equities and exchange-traded funds.

Non-U.S. Currency Investments: Under normal market conditions, the Loomis team may engage in a broad range of transactions involving non-U.S. and emerging market currencies, including, but not limited to, purchasing and selling forward currency exchange contracts in non-U.S. or emerging market currencies, investing in non-U.S. currency futures contracts, investing in options on non-U.S. currencies and non-U.S. currency futures, investing in cross currency instruments (such as swaps), investing directly in non-U.S. currencies and investing in securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies. The Loomis team may also engage in non-U.S. currency transactions for investment or for hedging purposes.

Derivative Investments: For investment and hedging purposes, the Loomis team may invest substantially in a broad range of derivatives instruments, particularly credit default swaps and futures contracts, and sometimes the majority of its investment returns will derive from its derivative investments. These derivative instruments include, but are not limited to, futures contracts (such as treasury futures and index futures), forward contracts, options (such as options on futures contracts, options on securities, interest rate/bond options, currency options, options on swaps and OTC options), warrants (such as non-U.S. currency warrants) and swap transactions (such as interest rate swaps, total return swaps and index swaps). In addition, the Loomis team may invest in credit derivative products that may be used to manage default risk and credit exposure. Examples of such products include, but are not limited to, credit default swap index products (such as LCDX, CMBX and ABX index products), single name credit default swaps, loan credit default swaps and asset-backed credit default swaps. Derivative instruments (such as those listed above) can be used to acquire or to transfer the risk and returns of a security without buying or selling the security. The Loomis team’s strategy may be highly dependent on the use of derivatives, and to the extent that they become unavailable or unattractive the Loomis team may be unable to fully implement its investment strategy. For a detailed discussion of various types of derivatives in which the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest, including the risks of investing in such derivatives, please refer to the Description of Principal Investment Risks section in the Prospectus and the SAI.

The Loomis team is not limited as to the duration of its portfolio, which will change over time but is likely to be within a range of -5 years to +10 years.

Arbitrage Strategy

 

John Orrico, CFA

Todd Munn

Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA

Gregg Loprete

Water Island Capital LLC

41 Madison Avenue, 42 nd Floor

New York, NY 10010

John Orrico, Todd Munn, Roger Foltynowicz, and Gregg Loprete are the co-portfolio managers responsible for the arbitrage strategy (the “Arbitrage Strategy”), which is the segment of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s assets managed by Water Island Capital, LLC (“Water Island”). Orrico founded Water Island in 2000 and serves as its President, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager. He is the co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Fund. Prior to founding Water Island, Orrico worked at Gruss & Co., focusing on merger arbitrage and special situations. He has worked in the financial services industry since 1982, when he started his career in the Corporate Finance group at Morgan Stanley & Co. Munn joined Water Island in 2003 and is a portfolio manager on the firm’s merger arbitrage strategy. He serves a co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Fund and co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Event-Driven Fund. Foltynowicz joined Water Island in 2003 and is currently a portfolio manager on the firm’s merger arbitrage strategy. He serves as co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Fund and co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Event-Driven Fund. Loprete joined Water Island in 2009 and is a portfolio manager on the firm’s credit opportunities strategy. He serves as co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Event-Driven Fund and co-portfolio manager of The Arbitrage Credit Opportunities Fund. Water Island has been a sub-advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund since the Alternative Strategies Fund’s inception in 2011.

Investment Strategy: The Water Island team seeks to generate long-term returns of at least mid-single-digits with low correlation to the equity and bond markets. This objective is pursued by investing in equity and debt securities of companies that are impacted by corporate events such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other special situations. More specifically, the Water Island team executes three strategies: merger arbitrage, equity special situations, and opportunistic credit. The Water Island team may invest in both U.S. and non-U.S. securities. The Water Island team intends to focus the portfolio in only their highest conviction risk-adjusted ideas across these strategies, and will, to a limited extent, employ leverage within the Arbitrage Strategy. There can be no assurance that the Arbitrage Strategy will achieve its investment objective.

Merger Arbitrage: Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations. When a merger or acquisition deal is announced, the target’s stock price typically appreciates because the acquirer typically pays a premium relative to the

 

 

 
Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors         51


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Sub-Advisors — (Continued)

 

current market price. Until the deal closes, however, the target’s stock price generally trades at a discount to the deal price. This discount is called “the spread.” The spread typically exists because investors demand compensation for the risk that the deal may fail to close and for the time value of money for the time it takes the deal to close. The most common arbitrage activity, and the approach the Water Island team generally will use, involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition. The Water Island team may engage in selling securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities. In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short. The Water Island team may also execute the merger arbitrage strategy by using a company’s debt.

Credit Opportunities: Opportunistic credit investing is a highly specialized strategy that seeks to profit from investments in debt securities where the likely return will be more correlated with the outcome of specific catalysts or events rather than overall market direction. These catalysts and events include mergers, acquisitions, debt maturities, refinancings, regulatory changes, recapitalizations, reorganizations, restructurings and other special situations. Water Island also uses a relative value approach and may express positive views on specific issuers by taking long positions in cash bonds and/or derivatives and negative views on specific issuers by taking short positions in cash bonds and/or derivatives. Water Island uses fundamental research to identify mispricings or inefficiencies in these situations and assesses their potential impact on security prices. The opportunistic credit strategy may utilize investment strategies such as convertible arbitrage and capital structure arbitrage to achieve its goals. Convertible arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from mispricing between a firm’s convertible securities and its underlying equity. The most common convertible arbitrage approach, and the strategy the Water Island team generally will use, matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock. The Water Island team seeks to purchase convertible securities at discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements. As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, the Water Island team will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible and the underlying common stock. As stock prices fall, the Water Island team will typically buy back a portion of shares it had sold short. Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments and from the short sale of common stock. Capital structure arbitrage seeks to profit from relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities. For example, the Water Island team may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer. In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher.

Equity Special Situations: Equity special situations investing is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from equity investments when news and events create misperception of a company’s correct stock price. Examples of such news and events, which Water Island refers to as “investment opportunities,” include, but are not limited to: changes in industry or sector fundamentals, announcements or potential announcements of restructurings (bankruptcies, spinoffs, and asset sales), mergers and acquisitions, earnings results and outlook, regulatory changes and litigation. The Water Island team’s investment approach is to identify these differences and to tactically purchase or sell short such securities in order to achieve the Fund’s objective.

Among these strategies, merger arbitrage is typically a core allocation within the portfolio. The Water Island team will typically be long the target’s shares and short the acquirer’s stock (to hedge the market risk where the acquirer is using stock and not cash to fund the acquisition). The Water Island team will also use options in an attempt to hedge deal-specific and market risks, especially in the case of cash-only deals where the team will only purchase long the target’s stock.

To answer the fundamental questions, the Water Island team reviews SEC filings, engages with sell-side and buy-side analysts, participates in company conference calls where management explains the rationale behind the merger, talks to key shareholders to assess how they will vote on the deal, assesses competitors, suppliers, and customers to evaluate, for example, overlaps in products and services that might not pass regulatory scrutiny, and, in some cases, consults with regulatory experts on antitrust matters, and discusses with lawyers to get a legal opinion, especially if the deal involves regulators in multiple jurisdictions. The Water Island team builds pro-forma balance-sheet, income, and cash-flow statements, typically looking out 12 months, to see where the synergies of the combined entity may lie.

A key area of emphasis for the Water Island team is assessing the downside risk associated with deal failure. Either a decrease in the share price of the target or an increase in the share price of the acquirer would have negative implications, so the Water Island team performs valuation analysis to assess downside from a deal break. This analysis involves looking at how the companies have traded relative to their own history and peers. There are other considerations as well, including whether or not the target’s share price prior to the deal announcement had an embedded “acquisition premium,” which may lead the team to adjust their downside risk assessment.

The Water Island team will have exposure to foreign deals on a limited basis because deals outside of the U.S. often involve additional complexities and risks, including different laws and regulations than the U.S., along with currency risks. Given a similar risk/reward in a foreign deal and a U.S. deal, the Water Island team will generally lean toward the latter.

The SAI provides additional information about each sub-advisor’s method of compensation for its portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

 

 
52       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Shareholder Services

 

Each Fund is a no-load fund, which means that you pay no sales commissions of any kind. Each business day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open, each Fund calculates its share price, which is also called the Fund’s NAV per share. Shares are purchased at the next share price calculated after your accepted investment is received. Share price is calculated as of the close of the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Eligibility

The Funds are not registered for sale outside of the United States and are available for purchase only by residents of the United States of America, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Description of Classes

The Trust has adopted a multiple class plan. The Smaller Companies Fund offers a single class of shares – Institutional Class shares – in this Prospectus. The Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund each offer two classes of shares – Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares – in this Prospectus. The two different classes of shares represent investments in the same portfolio of securities, but the classes are subject to different expenses and may have different share prices as outlined below:

 

  Institutional Class  shares are not charged a Rule 12b-1 distribution and servicing fee, and are sold with no sales load.

 

  Investor Class  shares are charged a 0.25% Rule 12b-1 distribution and servicing fee, and are sold with no sales load.

How to Buy Shares

 

 

Step  1

The first step is to determine the type of account you wish to open. The following types of accounts are available to investors:

Individual or Joint Accounts

For your general investment needs:

Individual accounts are owned by one person. Joint accounts can have two or more owners (tenants).

Retirement Accounts

Retirement accounts allow individuals to shelter investment income and capital gains from current taxes. In addition, contributions to these accounts may be tax deductible. Retirement accounts (such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), rollover IRAs, Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans and Roth IRAs) require specific applications and typically have lower minimums.

Other retirement plans, such as Keogh or corporate profit-sharing plans, 403(b) plans and 401(k) plans, may invest in the Funds. All of these accounts need to be established by the plan’s trustee. The Funds do not offer versions of these plans.

If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA, for the first time, you will need an IRA Application and Adoption Agreement. Retirement investing also involves separate investment procedures.

Gifts or Transfers to Minors (UGMA and UTMA)

To invest for a child’s education or other future needs:

These custodial accounts provide a way to give money to a child and obtain tax benefits. An individual can give up to a statutorily-defined amount per year per child without paying a federal gift tax. Such amount is subject to change each year. For 2018, the amount is $15,000. Depending on state laws, you can set up a custodial account under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (“UGMA”) or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (“UTMA”).

Trust

For money being invested by a trust:

The trust must be established before an account can be opened. The Funds may require additional documentation regarding the formation of the trust prior to establishing an account.

Business or Organization

For investment needs of corporations, associations, partnerships or other groups:

The Funds do not require a special application. However, the Funds may require additional information prior to establishing an account.

 

Step  2

How to Choose a Share Class

Before you buy shares in any Fund, you need to decide which class of shares best suits your needs. The Smaller Companies Fund offers a single class of shares – Institutional Class shares – in this Prospectus. The Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund each offer two classes of shares – Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares – in this Prospectus. Each class is essentially identical in legal rights and invests in the same portfolio of securities. The difference in the fee structures between the classes for a Fund is primarily the result of their separate arrangements for shareholder and distribution services and is not the result of any difference in the amounts charged by Litman Gregory for investment advisory services. Accordingly, the investment advisory expenses do not vary by class for a Fund.

Conversion Feature

Subject to Litman Gregory’s approval and based on current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidance, if investors currently holding Investor Class shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Institutional Class shares, there should be no tax consequences to the converting investor and investors are not subject to the redemption/exchange fees. To inquire about converting your Investor Class shares to Institutional Class shares, please call 1-800-960-0188.

Investor Class Shares

Investor Class shares may be appropriate if you intend to retain the services of a financial adviser, mutual fund supermarket, retirement plan or other financial intermediary. Investor Class

 

 

 
Shareholder Services         53


Table of Contents

Shareholder Services — (Continued)

 

shares cannot be purchased directly from the Funds that offer such class. Investor Class shares have adopted a Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan (the “Distribution Plan”), pursuant to which each Investor Class may pay up to 0.25% of its average annual net assets to financial planners, mutual fund supermarkets, or any other persons that render assistance in distributing or promoting the sale of shares or that provide certain shareholder services.

Institutional Class Shares

Institutional Class shares may be appropriate if you intend to make your own investment decisions and will invest directly with the Funds. The Distribution Plan does not apply to the Institutional Class shares, and as a result, the Institutional Class of a Fund has a lower expense ratio than the Investor Class of the same Fund, which will result in higher investment returns for the Institutional Class over time.

 

Step  3

The third step involves determining the amount of your investment. The Funds have established the following minimum investment levels for your initial investment, additional investments and ongoing account balances for Institutional Class shares (all Funds) and Investor Class shares (Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund only):

 

Smaller Companies Fund

 

Type of Account  

Minimum
Initial

Investment

   

Minimum
Additional

Investment

   

Minimum

Account
Balance

 
Regular      

- Institutional Class

  $ 10,000     $ 250     $ 2,500  
Retirement Account      

- Institutional Class

  $ 1,000     $ 100     $ 250  
Automatic Investment Account  

- Institutional Class

  $ 2,500     $ 250     $ 2,500  

Equity Fund, International Fund, and

Alternative Strategies Fund

 

 

Regular      

- Institutional Class

  $ 100,000     $ 250     $ 2,500  

- Investor Class

  $ 1,000     $ 100     $ 250  
Retirement Account      

- Institutional Class

  $ 5,000     $ 100     $ 250  

- Investor Class

  $ 500     $ 100     $ 250  
Automatic Investment Account  

- Institutional Class

  $ 2,500     $ 250     $ 2,500  

- Investor Class

  $ 2,500     $ 250     $ 2,500  

Litman Gregory may waive the minimum investment from time to time in its discretion.

Step  4

The fourth step involves completing your application to open your account. All shareholders must complete and sign an application in order to establish their account. The type of application depends on the type of account you chose to open. Regular investment accounts, including individual, joint tenant, UGMA, UTMA, business, or trust accounts, must complete the Funds’ standard account application. Shareholders who wish to establish retirement accounts must complete the IRA application and adoption agreement. Shareholders who wish to transfer retirement holdings from another custodian must also complete the IRA Transfer of Assets Form. Be sure to complete the section of the account application indicating the amount you are investing in each Fund.

 

Step  5

The final step in opening your account is to mail the completed account application, along with your check payable to the Litman Gregory Masters Funds. The Funds do not accept third-party checks, money orders, cashiers checks, starter checks, official bank checks, credit cards, cash or checks or wires from foreign financial institutions. If you send any of these instruments, your purchase order will be rejected, and your investment in the Funds will be delayed.

The mailing addresses for the Funds are:

 

For Regular Delivery:

Litman Gregory Funds Trust

c/o DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

P.O. Box 219922

Kansas City, MO 64121-9922

For Overnight Delivery:

Litman Gregory Funds Trust
c/o DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

330 West Ninth Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

 

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, please note that the Transfer Agent will verify certain information on your account application as part of the Funds’ Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program. Until such verification is made, the Funds may temporarily limit share purchases. As requested on the application, you should supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. If you are opening an account in the name of a legal entity (e.g., a partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, etc.), you must also supply the identity of the beneficial owners. Mailing addresses containing only a P.O. Box will not be accepted. Your information will be handled by us as discussed in our privacy notice. Please contact the Transfer Agent at 1-800-960-0188 if you need additional assistance when completing your application.

If you wish to open or add to your account by wire, please call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.

After your account is open, you may increase the amount of your investment by:

 

 

Mailing a check to the above addresses along with a letter or the form at the bottom of your account statement. Be sure to put your account number on your check and in your letter,

 

 

 
54       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents
   

and please refer to Step 4 above for a list of instruments that will not be accepted for investment.

 

  Wiring money from your bank. Call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.

 

  Making automatic investments if you signed up for the Automatic Investment Plan when you opened your account.

How to Sell Shares

 

You can arrange to take money out of your account at any time by selling (redeeming) some or all of your shares. Your shares will be sold at the next NAV per share (share price) calculated after your order is received.

To sell shares in a non-retirement account, you may use any of the methods described in this section. To sell shares in a retirement account, your request must be made in writing.

Certain requests must include a medallion guarantee. This is designed to protect you and each Fund from fraud. Your request must be made in writing and include a medallion guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

 

  You wish to redeem more than $25,000 worth of shares.

 

  Your account registration information has changed within the past 30 days.

 

  The redemption check is being mailed to a different address from the one on your account (address of record).

 

  The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner.

Please note that there may be other special cases in which a Medallion Guarantee may be required. Each signature must be guaranteed by an eligible signature guarantor, which must participate in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the leading signature guarantee program recognized by all major financial service associations throughout the United States and Canada. You should be able to obtain a medallion guarantee from a bank, broker-dealer, credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or association, clearing agency or savings association. A notary public cannot provide a medallion guarantee.

Selling Shares by Letter

Write and sign a “letter of instruction” with:

Your Name

Your Fund’s account number

The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

Please note the following special requirements for redeeming shares for different types of accounts:

 

  Individual, Joint Tenant, Sole Proprietorship, UGMA or UTMA Accounts: The letter of instruction must be signed by all persons required to sign for transactions, exactly as their names appear on the account.

 

  Retirement Account: The account owner should complete a Retirement Distribution Form. Call 1-800-960-0188 to request one.
  Trust Account: The trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as trustee. If a trustee’s name is not in the account registration, provide a copy of the trust document certified within the past 60 days.

 

  Business or Organization: At least one person authorized by corporate resolutions to act on the account must sign the letter. Include a corporate resolution (certified within the past 6 months) with corporate seal or medallion guarantee.

 

  Executor, Administrator, Conservator or Guardian: Call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions.

Unless otherwise instructed, the Funds will send a check to the address of record.

Mail your letter to:

 

For Regular Delivery:

Litman Gregory Funds Trust

c/o DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

P.O. Box 219922

Kansas City, MO 64121-9922

For Overnight Delivery:

Litman Gregory Funds Trust

c/o DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.

330 West Ninth Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

 

 

Selling Shares by Telephone

You must select this option on your account application if you wish to use telephone redemption; it is not automatically available. If you selected the telephone redemption option on your account application, you can sell shares simply by calling 1-800-960-0188. If you wish to add this feature to your account, you must do so in writing at least 30 days in advance of any telephonic redemption. The amount you wish to redeem (up to $25,000) will be sent by check to the address of record. This option is not available for retirement accounts.

Selling Shares by Wire

You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that it is in place, please call 1-800-960-0188. Wire redemptions may be processed for amounts between $5,000 and $25,000. Your wire redemption request must be received by the Funds before 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time for money to be wired the next business day. This option is not available for retirement accounts.

Shareholder and Account Policies

 

Statements, Reports, and Inquiries

Statements and reports that each Fund sends you include the following:

 

  Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account balance or your account registration)

 

  Financial reports (every six months)

 

  Account statements (every six months)

DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (formerly, Boston Financial Data Services), the Funds’ transfer agent, is located at 330 West Ninth Street, Kansas City, Missouri, 64105. You may call the Transfer Agent at 1-800-960-0188 if you have questions about your account.

 

 

 
Shareholder Services         55


Table of Contents

Shareholder Services — (Continued)

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc., the Funds’ principal underwriter, is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

Exchange Privilege

Exchanges of shares between classes are permitted only as follows: (i) a class of shares of a Fund may be exchanged for the same class of shares of another Fund; and (ii) the Investor Class shares of a Fund may be exchanged for the Institutional Class shares of the same Fund, if the investor is eligible to invest in the Institutional Class shares of that Fund. Shareholders may exchange shares by mailing or delivering written instructions to the Transfer Agent. Such exchange will be treated as a sale of shares and may result in taxable gains. Please specify the names and class of the applicable Fund(s), the number of shares or dollar amount to be exchanged, and your name and account number. You may not utilize an exchange to establish an account into a closed fund.

Exchanging Shares by Telephone

You must select this option on your account application if you wish to use telephone exchange; it is not automatically available. If you selected the telephone exchange option on your account application, you may also exchange shares (maximum $25,000 worth) by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-800-960-0188 between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a day that the NYSE is open for normal trading. A Fund will suspend, without notice, the exchange privilege on any accounts it reasonably believes are being used by “market timers.”

Automatic Investment/Withdrawal Plans

One easy way to pursue your financial goals is to invest money regularly. The Funds offer a convenient service that lets you transfer money into your Fund account automatically. Although Automatic Investment Plans do not guarantee a profit and will not protect you against loss in a declining market, they can be an excellent way to invest for retirement, a home, educational expenses and other long-term financial goals. The investment will automatically be processed through the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system. Shares will be issued at the NAV per share after the Fund accepts your order, which will typically be the day after you provide proper instructions to the Transfer Agent (assuming you do so prior to the close of the NYSE).

A systematic withdrawal plan permits you to receive a fixed sum on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis from accounts with a value of $5,000 or more. Payments may be sent electronically to your bank of record or to you in check form. Certain restrictions apply for retirement accounts. Call 1-800-960-0188 for more information.

Share Price

Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open. Each Fund calculates its NAV per share as of the close of business of the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

Each Fund’s NAV per share is the value of a single share. The NAV per share is computed by adding the value of each Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting its liabilities

and then dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV per share is also the redemption price (price to sell one share).

Each Fund’s assets are valued primarily on the basis of market quotations. Securities and other assets for which reliable market quotations are not readily available will be valued at their fair value as determined under the guidelines established by, and under the general supervision and responsibility of, the Board. Fair value pricing is intended to be used as necessary in order to accurately value the Funds’ portfolio securities and their respective NAVs. The SAI further describes the Funds’ valuation procedures. Since securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not price its shares, the value of a Fund’s securities (and thereby its NAV) may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Fund’s shares.

General Purchase Information

 

  All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars, and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  The Funds do not accept cash, money orders, cashiers checks, starter checks, official bank checks, credit cards or third-party checks. If you send any of these instruments, your purchase order will be rejected, and your investment in the Funds will be delayed.

 

  If your check does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees the Funds or the Transfer Agent incur.

 

  Your ability to make automatic investments may be immediately terminated if any item is unpaid by your financial institution.

 

  Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order. For example, a purchase order may be refused if, in Litman Gregory’s opinion, it is so large that it would disrupt management of the Funds. Orders will also be rejected from persons believed by the Fund to be “market timers.”

12b-1 Plan

The Trust has adopted the “Distribution Plan” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, on behalf of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund. Under the Distribution Plan, the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund are authorized to pay the Funds’ distributor a fee for the sale and distribution of the Investor Class shares of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund and for related services the Funds’ distributor provides to shareholders of the Investor Class shares. The maximum amount of the fee authorized under the Distribution Plan is 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class shares for the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund. Because this fee is paid out of the assets of the Investor Class of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund on an on-going basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment in the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund shares and may cost you more than

 

 

 
56       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

paying other types of sales charges. Institutional Class shares are not subject to the Distribution Plan.

Buying and Selling Shares through Financial Intermediaries

You may buy and sell shares of the Funds through certain financial intermediaries (and their agents) that have made arrangements with the Funds to sell their shares. When you place your order with such a financial intermediary or its authorized agent, your order is treated as if you had placed it directly with the Transfer Agent, and you will pay or receive the next price calculated by the Funds. The financial intermediary (or agent) may hold your shares in an omnibus account in the financial intermediary’s (or agent’s) name, and the financial intermediary (or agent) maintains your individual ownership records. The Funds may pay the financial intermediary (or agent) a fee for performing this account maintenance service. The financial intermediary (or agent) may charge you a fee for handling your order, which may be in addition to the fees described in this Prospectus. The financial intermediary (or agent) is responsible for processing your order correctly and promptly, keeping you advised regarding the status of your individual account, confirming your transactions and ensuring that you receive copies of the Funds’ Prospectus.

Redemptions

 

  After the Trust has received your redemption request and all proper documents, payment for shares tendered will generally be made within (i) one to three business days for redemptions made by wire, and (ii) three to five business days for ACH redemptions. Normally, redemption payments by check will be mailed to you on the next business day, but your actual receipt of the check will be subject to postal delivery schedules and timing. If making immediate payment could adversely affect the Funds, it may take up to seven days to pay you. The Funds may also delay payment if there have been changes in your mailing address or account registration within 30 days of the date of the redemption.

 

  A Fund typically expects to meet redemptions with positive cash flows. When that cash is not available, the Fund will seek to maintain its portfolio weightings by selling a cross-section of the Fund’s holdings to meet redemptions.

 

  During conditions that make the payment of cash unwise and/or in order to protect the interests of a Fund’s remaining shareholders, you could receive your redemption proceeds in the form of readily marketable securities. Receiving securities instead of cash is called “redemption in kind.” The Funds may redeem shares in kind during both normal and stressed market conditions, including when the amount you are redeeming from a Fund exceeds 1% of the Fund’s net assets or $250,000 during any 90-day period. Generally, in-kind redemptions will be effected through a pro rata distribution of the Fund’s portfolio securities. You may incur brokerage and other costs in converting to cash any securities distributed. It may take up to several weeks for the initial portion of the in-kind securities to be delivered to you, and substantially longer periods for the remainder of the in-kind securities to be delivered to you, in payment of your redemption in kind.
  Under certain circumstances, including stressed market conditions, a Fund may also borrow money (subject to certain regulatory conditions) through a bank line of credit, including from a joint credit facility, in order to meet redemption requests.

 

  Redemptions may be suspended or payment dates postponed when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends or holidays), when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as permitted by the SEC.

Policy Regarding Excessive Trading and Market Timing

The Board has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by Fund shareholders. These policies are summarized below.

Purchases and exchanges of shares of the Funds should be made for long-term investment purposes only. The Funds, as a matter of policy, actively discourage market timing and excessive short term trading and may block accounts or take other action to prevent this type of activity.

Investors seeking to engage in excessive trading or market timing practices may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Funds to prevent such trading, there is no guarantee that the Funds or their agents will be able to identify such investors or curtail their practices. The ability of the Funds and their agents to detect and curtail excessive trading or short term trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. In addition, the Funds receive purchase, exchange and redemption orders through financial intermediaries and cannot always know or reasonably detect excessive trading that may be facilitated by these intermediaries or by the use of omnibus account arrangements. Omnibus accounts are common forms of holding Fund shares. Entities utilizing omnibus account arrangements may not identify customers’ trading activity in shares of a Fund on an individual basis (although in order for financial intermediaries to purchase Fund shares in nominee name on behalf of other persons, the Funds are required to enter into shareholder information agreements with the financial intermediaries, which may result in the disclosure of certain identifying information about shareholders to the Funds). Consequently, the Funds may not be able to detect frequent or excessive trading in Fund shares attributable to a particular investor who effects purchase and/or exchange activity in Fund shares through a broker, dealer or other financial intermediary acting in an omnibus capacity. Also, there may be multiple tiers of these entities, each utilizing an omnibus account arrangement, which may further compound the difficulty to the Funds of detecting excessive or short duration trading activity in Fund shares. In seeking to prevent disruptive trading practices in the Funds, the Funds and their agents consider the information actually available to them at the time.

Each Fund reserves the right in its discretion to reject any purchase, in whole or in part (including, without limitation, purchases by persons whose trading activity in Fund shares Litman Gregory believes could be harmful to a Fund). The Funds may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent

 

 

 
Shareholder Services         57


Table of Contents

Shareholder Services — (Continued)

 

purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of a Fund’s shares may present certain risks for the Fund and its shareholders. These risks may include, among other things, dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders, interference with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolios and increased brokerage and administrative costs. A Fund may have difficulty implementing long-term investment strategies if it is unable to anticipate what portion of its assets it should retain in cash to provide liquidity to its shareholders. The Funds may, and the International Fund will, invest in non-U.S. securities; accordingly, there is an additional risk of undetected frequent trading in Fund shares by investors who attempt to engage in time zone arbitrage. There can be no assurance that the Funds or Litman Gregory will identify all frequent purchase and sale activity affecting a Fund.

Each Fund May Close Small Accounts. Due to the relatively high cost of maintaining smaller accounts, the shares in your account (unless it is a retirement plan or custodial account) may be redeemed by a Fund if, due to redemptions you have made, the total value of your account is reduced to less than $2,500 (unless you invest in Investor Class shares only, in which case less than $250). If a Fund decides to make such an involuntary redemption, you will first be notified that the value of your account is less than $2,500 (or $250, as applicable), and you will be allowed 30 days to make an additional investment to bring the value of your account to at least $2,500 (or $250, as applicable) before a Fund takes any action.

Unclaimed Property. Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws.

Dividends, Capital Gains and Taxes

 

The Funds generally distribute substantially all of their net income and capital gains, if any, to shareholders each year. Normally, dividends and capital gains are distributed annually in November or December.

Distribution Options

When you open an account, specify on your application how you want to receive your distributions. If the option you prefer is not listed on the application, call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions. The Funds offer three options:

 

  Reinvestment Option . Your dividend and capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the Funds. If you do not indicate a choice on your application, you will be assigned this option.

 

  Income-Earned Option . Your capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically, but you will be sent a check for each dividend distribution.

 

  Cash Option . You will be sent a check for your dividend and capital gains distributions ($10 minimum check amount). The
   

Funds will automatically reinvest all distributions under $10 in additional shares of the Funds, even if you have elected the cash option. If the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver your check or if your check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.

For retirement accounts, all distributions are automatically reinvested. When you are over 59  1 2 years old, you can receive distributions in cash.

When a Fund deducts a distribution from its NAV, the reinvestment price is the Fund’s NAV per share at the close of business that day. Cash distribution checks will be mailed within seven days.

Understanding Distributions

As a Fund shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the Fund’s net income and gains on its investments. The Funds pass their earnings along to investors as distributions. Each Fund earns dividends from stocks and interest from short-term investments. These are passed along as dividend distributions. Each Fund realizes capital gains whenever it sells securities for a higher price than it paid for them. These are passed along as capital gains distributions.

Taxes

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in each Fund will be taxed. If your account is not a tax-deferred retirement account, you should be aware of these tax implications.

Taxes on Distributions . Distributions are subject to federal income tax and may also be subject to state and local taxes. If you live outside of the United States, your distributions could also be taxed by the country in which you reside, as well as potentially subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Your distributions are taxable when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them. Distributions declared in December and paid in January, however, are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

For federal income tax purposes, each Fund’s income and short-term capital gains distributions are taxed as regular or “qualified” dividends; long-term capital gains distributions are taxed as long-term capital gains. Every January, each Fund will send you and the IRS a statement showing the taxable distributions.

Taxes on Transactions . Your redemptions, including transfers between Funds, are subject to capital gains tax. A capital gain or loss is the difference between the cost of your shares and the price you receive when you sell them. Whenever you sell shares of a Fund, the Fund will send you a confirmation statement showing how many shares you sold and at what price. You will also receive a consolidated transaction statement every January. It is up to you or your tax preparer, however, to determine whether the sales resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of the tax to be paid. Be sure to keep your regular account statements; the information they contain will be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.

 

 

 
58       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

“Buying a Dividend.” If you buy shares just before a Fund deducts a distribution from its NAV, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable distribution.

There are tax requirements that all funds must follow in order to avoid federal income taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Funds may have to limit their investment activity in some types of instruments.

When you sign your account application, you will be asked to certify that your Social Security or Taxpayer Identification number is correct and that you are not subject to 28% withholding for failing to report income to the IRS. If you violate IRS regulations, the IRS can require a Fund to withhold 28% of your taxable distributions and redemptions.

 

 

 
Shareholder Services         59


Table of Contents

Index Descriptions

 

The 3-Month LIBOR represents the average interest rate at which a selection of banks in London are prepared to lend to one another in American dollars with a maturity of 3 months.

The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index is an unmanaged index consisting of U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable bonds.

The HFRX Global Hedge Fund Index is designed to be representative of the overall composition of the hedge fund universe. It is comprised of all eligible hedge fund strategies; including but not limited to convertible arbitrage, distressed securities, equity hedge, equity market neutral, event driven, macro, merger arbitrage, and relative value arbitrage. The strategies are asset weighted based on the distribution of assets in the hedge fund industry.

The Morningstar Foreign Large Blend Category measures the performance of foreign large-blend funds which invest in a variety of big international stocks. Most of these funds divide their assets among a dozen or more developed markets, including Japan, Britain, France, and Germany. They tend to invest the rest in emerging markets such as Hong Kong, Brazil, Mexico and Thailand. These funds typically will have less than 20% of assets invested in U.S. stocks.

The Morningstar Large Blend Category measures the performance of large-blend funds which have portfolios that are fairly representative of the overall stock market in size, growth rates, and price. They tend to invest across the spectrum of U.S. industries and owing to their broad exposure, the funds returns are often similar to those of the S&P 500 Index.

The Morningstar Small Blend Category measures the performance of small-blend funds which favor firms at the smaller end of the market-capitalization range, and are flexible in the types of small caps they buy. Some aim to own an array of value and growth stocks while others employ a discipline that leads to holdings with valuations and growth rates close to the small-cap averages.

The Morningstar Multialternative Category measures the performance of funds that use a combination of alternative strategies such as taking long and short positions in equity and debt, trading futures, or using convertible arbitrage, among others. Funds in this category have a majority of their assets exposed to alternative strategies and include both funds with static allocations to alternative strategies and funds tactically allocating among alternative strategies and asset classes.

The MSCI ACWI ex-U.S. Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed and emerging markets, excluding the United States.

The MSCI EAFE Index comprises the MSCI country indices that represent developed markets outside of North America: Europe, Australasia and the Far East and is used to measure international equity performance.

The Russell 1000 ® Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest U.S. companies of the Russell 3000 ® Index.

The Russell 2000 ® Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest U.S. companies of the Russell 3000 ® Index.

The Russell 3000 ® Index is a broad-based index that measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. companies as measured by market capitalization, and represents about 98% of the U.S. stock market.

Direct investment in an index is not possible.

Neither MSCI nor any other party involved in or related to compiling, computing, or creating the MSCI data makes any express or implied warranties or representations with respect to such data (or the results to be obtained by the use thereof), and all such parties hereby expressly disclaim all warranties of originality, accuracy, completeness, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to any of such data. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall MSCI, any of its affiliates, or any third party involved in or related to compiling, computing, or creating the data have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential, or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages. No further distribution or dissemination of the MSCI data is permitted without MSCI’s express written consent.

 

 

 
60       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the Funds’ financial performance for the past five -years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This financial information has been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders, which is available upon request.

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS EQUITY FUND  
    Institutional Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014      2013  

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 17.02      $ 16.08    $ 18.01    $ 17.98    $ 13.88  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income (loss)

    (0. 01 ) 1      0.13 1      0.07 1      (0.01 ) 1      (0.04

Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments and foreign currency

    3.61        1.81      (0.41 )      2.02      4.88  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    3.60        1.94      (0.34 )      2.01      4.84  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

           (0.14 )      (0.06 )            

From net realized gains

    (1.52 )      (0.86 )      (1.53 )      (1.98 )      (0.74 )  
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (1.52 )      (1.00 )      (1.59 )      (1.98 )      (0.74 )  
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                         ^      ^
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 19.10      $ 17.02    $ 16.08    $ 18.01    $ 17.98  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    21.15 %      11.98 %      (1.87 )%      11.07 %      35.14
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 339.5      $ 313.5    $ 321.2    $ 419.6    $ 420.2  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1.27 % 2      1.27 % 2      1.28 % 2      1.27 %      1.30 %
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1.15 % 2,3      1.17 % 2,3      1.18 % 2 ,3      1.17 % 3      1.23 % 3
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

    (0.07 )% 2      0.78 % 2      0.37 % 2      (0.03 )%      (0.27 )% 
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    33.49 % 4      26.98 % 4      33.94 % 4      52.70 % 4      113.28 % 4
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.00% of average net assets.
3     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
4     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
Financial Highlights         61


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights — (Continued)

 

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS EQUITY FUND  
    Investor Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016     

2015

     2014      2013  

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 16.82      $ 15.90    $ 17.83    $ 17.87    $ 13.79  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income (loss)

    (0. 06 ) 1      0.08 1      0.02 1        (0.05 ) 1      (0.11 )

Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments and foreign currency

    3.57        1.80      (0.39 )      1.99      4.93  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    3.51        1.88      (0.37 )      1.94      4.82  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

           (0.10 )      (0.03 )              

From net realized gains

    (1.52 )      (0.86 )      (1.53 )      (1.98 )      (0.74 )  
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (1.52 )      (0.96 )      (1.56 )      (1.98 )      (0.74 )  
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                           
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 18.81      $ 16.82    $ 15.90    $ 17.83    $ 17.87  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    20.87 %      11.72 %      (2.08 )%      10.75 %      35.22
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (thousands)

  $ 62.3      $ 99.5    $ 122.5    $ 76.7    $ 91.7  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1. 52 % 2      1.51 % 2      1.53 % 2        1.52 %      1.55 %
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1. 40 % 2,3      1.42 % 2,3      1.43 % 2 ,3        1.42 % 3      1.48 % 3
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

    (0. 31 )% 2      0.48 % 2      0.09 % 2        (0.28 )%      (0.52 )%
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    33.49 % 4      26.98 % 4      33.94 % 4      52.70 % 4      113.28 % 4
 

 

 

 

 

1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.00% of average net assets.
3     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
4     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
62       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS INTERNATIONAL FUND  
    Institutional Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014     

2013

 

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 14.77      $ 16.13    $ 17.36      $ 18.06    $ 15.02  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income

    0. 20 1,2      0.23 1      0.22 1      0.17 1      0.18  

Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments and foreign currency

    3.28        (0.98 )      (1.18 )      (0.66 )      3.04  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    3.48        (0.75 )      (0.96 )      (0.49 )      3.22  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

    (0.52 )      (0.61 )      (0.27 )      (0.21 )      (0.18 )  

From net realized gains

                           
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (0.52 )      (0.61 )      (0.27 )      (0.21 )      (0.18 )  
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

              ^      ^      ^
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 17.73      $ 14.77    $ 16.13      $ 17.36    $ 18.06  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    23.61 %      (4.61 )%      (5.52 )%      (2.72 )%      21.47 %  
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 681.1      $ 621.3    $ 1,021.1      $ 1,175.7    $ 1,328.2  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1.26 % 3      1.28 % 4      1.24 % 3      1.24 %      1.30 %  
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    0.98 % 3,5      1.00 % 4,5      0.99 % 3 ,5      1.03 % 5      1.11 % 5
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

    1.18 % 2,3      1.51 % 4      1.22 % 3      0.94 %      1.02 %  
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    41.90 % 6      43.84 % 6      51.68 % 6      70.08 % 6      112.35 % 6
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes non-cash distributions amounting to $0.06 per share and 0.35% of average daily net assets.
3     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.00% of average net assets.
4     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.01% of average net assets.
5     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
6     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
Financial Highlights         63


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights — (Continued)

 

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS INTERNATIONAL FUND  
    Investor Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014      2013  

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 14.68    $ 16.02    $ 17.22    $ 17.92    $ 14.92  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income

    0. 09 1,2      0.21 1      0.17 1      0.12 1      0.12  

Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments and foreign currency

    3.34      (1.00 )      (1.15 )      (0.65 )      3.03  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    3.43      (0.79 )      (0.98 )      (0.53 )      3.15  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

    (0.28 )      (0.55 )      (0.22 )      (0.17 )      (0.15 )  

From net realized gains

                           
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (0.28 )      (0.55 )      (0.22 )      (0.17 )      (0.15 )  
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                          ^
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 17.83    $ 14.68    $ 16.02    $ 17.22    $ 17.92  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    23.36 %      (4.93 )%      (5.69 )%      (2.98 )%      21.12
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 3.3    $ 84.9    $ 245.2    $ 342.3    $ 345.4  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1.55 % 3      1.53 % 4      1.49 % 3      1.49 %      1.55 %  
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1.25 % 3,5      1.25 % 4,5      1.23 % 3 ,5      1.28 % 5      1.36 % 5
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

    0.53 % 2,3      1.40 % 4      0.94 % 3      0.66 %      0.76 %  
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    41.90 % 6      43.84 % 6      51.68 % 6      70.08 % 6      112.35 % 6
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes non-cash distributions amounting to $0.06 per share and 0.35% of average daily net assets.
3     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.00% of average net assets.
4     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.01% of average net assets.
5     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
6     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
64       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS SMALLER COMPANIES FUND  
    Institutional Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014     

2013

 

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 20.71      $ 17.43    $ 20.09      $ 20.94      $ 15.30  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment loss

    (0.07 ) 1      (0.01 ) 1      (0.15 ) 1        (0.13 ) 1        (0.16 )  

Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments

    3.06        3.29      (2.51      (0.72      5.80  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    2.99        3.28      (2.66      (0.85      5.64  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

                                 

From net realized gains

                                 
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

                                 
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                                ^
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 23.70      $ 20.71    $ 17.43      $ 20.09      $ 20.94  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    14.44 %      18.82 %      (13.24 )%       (4.06 )%       36.86
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 33.4      $ 37.2    $ 41.0      $ 73.2      $ 84.4  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1.74 % 2      1.66 % 2      1.69 % 2        1.54      1.54 %  
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1.32 % 2,3      1.24 % 2,3      1.59 % 2 ,3        1.44 % 3        1.47 % 3
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets

    (0.30 )% 2      (0.06 )% 2      (0.75 )% 2        (0.62 )%       (0.83 )% 
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    107.51 %      51.32 %      60.73      104.22      153.56
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes Interest & Dividend expenses of 0.00% of average net assets.
3     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.

 

 
Financial Highlights         65


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights — (Continued)

 

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE
STRATEGIES FUND
 
    Institutional Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014     

2013

 

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 11.45    $ 10.99      $ 11.44      $ 11.42    $ 11.01  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income

    0.26 1      0.31 1      0.30 1      0.27 1      0.26  

Net realized gain and net change in unrealized appreciation on investments, foreign currency, short sales, options, futures and swap contract

    0.25      0.44      (0.40      0.14      0.43  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    0.51      0.75      (0.10      0.41      0.69  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

    (0.27 )      (0.29 )      (0.32      (0.31 )      (0.28 )  

From net realized gains

              (0.03      (0.08 )       
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (0.27 )      (0.29 )      (0.35      (0.39 )      (0.28 )  
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                                ^
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 11.69    $ 11.45      $ 10.99      $ 11.44    $ 11.42  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    4.51 %      6.87 %      (0.77 )%       3.58 %      6.32 %  
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 1,828.1    $ 1,368.9      $ 1,176.9      $ 855.2    $ 600.9  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    1.75 % 6      1.83 % 5      1.94 % 4      1.87 % 3      1.82 % 2
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1.66 % 6 ,7      1.75 % 5 ,7      1.85 % 4 ,7      1.74 % 3, 7      1.66 % 2,7
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

    2.25 % 6      2.78 % 5      2.62 % 4      2.32 % 3      2.53 % 2
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    169.34 % 8      142.24 % 8      145.97 % 8        156.88 % 8      179.19 % 8  
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.17% of average net assets.
3     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.25% of average net assets.
4     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.36% of average net assets.
5     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.28% of average net assets.
6     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.20% of average net assets.
7     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
8     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
66       Litman Gregory Funds Trust


Table of Contents

For a capital share outstanding throughout each year

 

    LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE
STRATEGIES FUND
 
    Investor Class  
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015      2014     

2013

 

Net asset value, beginning of year

  $ 11.46    $ 11.00      $ 11.45      $ 11.43      $ 11.02  
 

 

 

 
             

Income from investment operations:

             

Net investment income

    0. 23 1      0.28 1        0.28 1        0.24 1        0.24  

Net realized gain and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments, foreign currency, short sales, options, futures and swap contracts

    0.25      0.44      (0.40      0.14        0.43  
 

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from investment operations

    0.48      0.72      (0.12      0.38        0.67  
 

 

 

 
             

Less distributions:

             

From net investment income

    (0.24 )      (0.26 )      (0.30      (0.28      (0.26

From net realized gains

              (0.03      (0.08       
 

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (0.24 )      (0.26 )      (0.33      (0.36      (0.26
 

 

 

 
             

Redemption fee proceeds

                             
 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of year

  $ 11.70    $ 11.46      $ 11.00      $ 11.45      $ 11.43  
 

 

 

 

Total return

    4.14 %      6.67 %      (0.95 )%       3.33      6.07
 

 

 

 
             

Ratios/supplemental data:

             

Net assets, end of year (millions)

  $ 206.0    $ 179.8      $ 190.6      $ 166.7      $ 108.3  
 

 

 

 

Ratios of total expenses to average net assets:

             

Before fees waived

    2.00 % 6      2.08 % 5      2.18 % 4      2.12 % 3      2.07 % 2  
 

 

 

 

After fees waived

    1.90 % 6 ,7      2.00 % 5 ,7      2.03 % 4 ,7      1.99 % 3, 7      1.91 % 2,7  
 

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

    2.01 % 6      2.54 % 5      2.44 % 4      2.07 % 3      2.27 % 2  
 

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

    169.34 % 8      142.24 % 8      145.97 % 8        156.88 % 8        179.19 % 8  
 

 

 

 

 

^   Amount represents less than $0.01 per share.
1     Calculated based on the average shares outstanding methodology.
2     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.17% of average net assets.
3     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.25% of average net assets.
4     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.36% of average net assets.
5     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.28% of average net assets.
6     Includes Interest & Dividend expense of 0.20% of average net assets.
7     Includes the impact of the voluntary waiver of less than 0.01% of average net assets.
8     Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between classes of shares issued.

 

 
Financial Highlights         67


Table of Contents

Privacy Notice

 

The Funds may collect non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

 

  Information we receive about you on applications or other forms;

 

  Information you give us orally; and

 

  Information about your transactions with us.

We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as required by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities. We restrict access to your personal and account information to those employees who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. We also may disclose that information to non-affiliated third parties (such as to brokers or custodians) only as permitted by law and only as needed for us to provide agreed services to you. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to guard your non-public personal information.

If you hold shares of the Funds through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer, bank, or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary would govern how your non-public personal information would be shared with non-affiliated third parties.

 

Not Part of Prospectus

Privacy Notice


Table of Contents

For More Information

Statement of Additional Information:

 

The SAI contains additional information about the Funds.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports:

 

Additional information about the Funds’ investments is available in the Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. In the Funds’ Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the last fiscal year.

The SAI and the Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders are available, without charge, upon request. To request an SAI or the Funds’ Annual or Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders, or to make shareholder inquiries or to obtain other information about the Funds, please call 1-800-960-0188. You may also obtain a copy of the SAI or Annual or Semi-Annual Reports, free of charge, by accessing the Funds’ website (http://www.mastersfunds.com), or by writing to the Funds.

SEC Contact Information:

 

If you have access to the Internet, you can view the SAI, the Funds’ Annual or Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders and other information about the Funds on the EDGAR Database at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also visit the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. to review and copy information about the Funds (including the SAI). Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. You may request copies of information available on the EDGAR Database by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520 or by an electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC charges a duplicating fee for this service.

Fund Information:

 

 

Fund   Abbreviation   Symbol   CUSIP     Fund Number  

Equity Fund

  Equity      

Institutional Class

    MSEFX     53700T108       305  

Investor Class

      MSENX     53700T504       475  

International Fund

  Intl      

Institutional Class

    MSILX     53700T207       306  

Investor Class

      MNILX     53700T603       476  

Smaller Companies Fund

  Smaller      

Institutional Class

      MSSFX     53700T306       308  

Alternative Strategies Fund

  Alternative      

Institutional Class

    MASFX     53700T801       421  

Investor Class

      MASNX     53700T884       447  

Website:

 

www.mastersfunds.com

Litman Gregory Funds Trust

P.O. Box 219922

Kansas City, MO 64121-9922

1-800-960-0188

    

ALPS Distributors, Inc. Denver, Colorado 80203

©2018 Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC. All rights reserved.

 

Investment Company Act File No: 811-07763


Table of Contents

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund - Institutional Class – MSEFX

Investor Class – MSENX

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund - Institutional Class – MSILX

Investor Class – MNILX

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund - Institutional Class – MSSFX

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund - Institutional Class – MASFX

Investor Class – MASNX

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 30, 2018

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the prospectus dated April 30, 2018, as it may be amended from time to time, of Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund (the “Equity Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters International Fund (the “International Fund”), Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund (the “Smaller Companies Fund”), and Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Alternative Strategies Fund,” and collectively with the Equity Fund, the International Fund, and the Smaller Companies Fund, the “Funds”), each a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), formerly known as the Masters’ Select Funds Trust until August 2011 and the Masters’ Select Investment Trust until December 1997. Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor” or “Litman Gregory”) is the investment advisor of the Funds. The Advisor has retained certain investment managers as sub-advisors (each, a “Sub-Advisor,” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisors”), each responsible for portfolio management of a segment of a Fund’s total assets. A copy of the Funds’ prospectus and most recent annual report may be obtained from the Trust without charge at 1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500, Walnut Creek, California 94596, telephone 1-800-960-0188.

The Funds’ audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 are incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FUND HISTORY

     3  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RISKS

     3  

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

     34  

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     43  

THE ADVISOR AND THE SUB-ADVISORS

     44  

ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

     47  

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     69  

ADMINISTRATOR

     90  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     91  

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

     94  

NET ASSET VALUE

     94  

TAXATION

     96  

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     99  

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM

     100  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     100  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     101  

APPENDIX

     102  

 

2


Table of Contents

FUND HISTORY

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 1, 1996 and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company. The Trust consists of four separate series: the Equity Fund, the International Fund, the Smaller Companies Fund, and the Alternative Strategies Fund.

The Equity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1996. On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class, and the Investor Class commenced operations.

The International Fund commenced operations on December 1, 1997. On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class, and the Investor Class commenced operations.

The Smaller Companies Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2003. On April 30, 2009, the existing unnamed class of shares was redesignated as the Institutional Class.

The Alternative Strategies Fund commenced operations on September 30, 2011. Both the Institutional Class and the Investor Class commenced operations on that date.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND RISKS

The investment objective of each Fund is fundamental and therefore may be changed only with the favorable vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such Fund. Each Fund’s investment objective is set forth in the Funds’ prospectus. There is no assurance that each Fund will achieve its investment objective. The discussion below supplements information contained in the prospectus as to the investment policies of each Fund.

Investment policies or descriptions that are described as percentages of “the Fund’s net assets” are measured as percentages of the Fund’s net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policies of the Equity Fund, International Fund, and Smaller Companies Fund with respect to “80% of the Fund’s net assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days’ notice if any change occurs.

Cash Position

When a Fund’s Sub-Advisor believes that market conditions are unfavorable for profitable investing, or when the Sub-Advisor is otherwise unable to locate attractive investment opportunities, a Fund’s cash or similar investments may increase. In other words, the Funds do not always stay fully invested in stocks and bonds. Cash or similar investments generally are a residual—they represent the assets that remain after a portfolio manager has committed available assets to desirable investment opportunities. However, the Advisor or a Fund’s Sub-Advisor may also temporarily increase a Fund’s cash position to protect its assets or maintain liquidity. Partly because the Sub-Advisors act independently of each other, the cash positions of the Funds may vary significantly.

When a Fund’s investments in cash or similar investments increase, it may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested in stocks or bonds.

Equity Securities

The Funds may invest in equity securities consistent with its investment objective and strategies. Common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities are examples of equity securities.

 

3


Table of Contents

All investments in equity securities are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles and the value of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio may fluctuate substantially from day to day. Owning an equity security can also subject a Fund to the risk that the issuer may discontinue paying dividends.

To the extent a Fund invests in the equity securities of small- or medium-size companies, it will be exposed to the risks of small- and medium-size companies. Such companies often have limited product lines or services, have narrower markets for their goods and/or services, and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. In addition, because these companies are not well-known to the investing public, they may not have significant institutional ownership and may be followed by relatively few security analysts, and there will normally be less publicly available information when compared to larger companies. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, can decrease the price and liquidity of securities held by the Fund. As a result, as compared to larger-sized companies, the performance of smaller-sized companies can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio.

Common Stock.  A common stock represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company and its value is based on the success of the company’s business, the cash a company generates, and the value of a company’s assets. However, over short periods of time, the price of any company, whether successful or not, may increase or decrease in price by a meaningful percentage. In addition to the general risks set forth above, investments in common stocks are subject to the risk that in the event a company in which a Fund invests is liquidated, the holders of preferred stock and creditors of that company will be paid in full before any payments are made to the Fund as a holder of that company’s common stock. It is possible that all assets of that company will be exhausted before any payments are made to the Fund.

Preferred Stock . Preferred stocks are equity securities that often pay dividends at a specific rate and have a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets. A preferred stock has a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock. It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock, its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited. Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer.

Convertible Securities and Warrants

Each Fund may invest in convertible securities and warrants. A convertible security is a fixed-income security (a debt instrument or a preferred stock) which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities are senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.

A warrant gives the holder the right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a Fund’s entire investment therein).

 

4


Table of Contents

Other Corporate Debt Securities

Each Fund may invest in non-convertible debt securities of foreign and domestic companies over a cross-section of industries. The debt securities in which each Fund may invest will be of varying maturities and may include corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments. The value of a longer-term debt security fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than do shorter-term debt securities.

Risks of Investing in Debt Securities

There are a number of risks generally associated with an investment in debt securities (including convertible securities). Yields on short-, intermediate-, and long-term securities depend on a variety of factors, including the general condition of the money and bond markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue.

Debt securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to potentially greater capital appreciation and depreciation than obligations with short maturities and lower yields. The market prices of debt securities usually vary, depending upon available yields. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of such portfolio investments, and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of such portfolio investments. The ability of each Fund to achieve its investment objective also depends on the continuing ability of the issuers of the debt securities in which each Fund invests to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due.

Risks of Investing in Lower-Rated Debt Securities

Each Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in debt securities rated below “Ba1” by Moody’s, below “BB+” by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or below investment grade by other recognized rating agencies, or in unrated securities of comparable quality under certain circumstances. Securities with ratings below “Baa” by Moody’s and/or “BBB” by S&P are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Such bonds are subject to greater market fluctuations and risk of loss of income and principal than higher rated bonds for a variety of reasons, including the following:

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes. The economy and interest rates affect high yield securities differently from other securities. For example, the prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a bond defaults, each Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield bonds and a Fund’s asset values.

Payment Expectations. High yield bonds present certain risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield bonds may contain redemption and call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield bond’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s assets. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its high yield bonds without regard to their investment merits, thereby decreasing the asset base upon which a Fund’s expenses can be spread and possibly reducing a Fund’s rate of return.

Liquidity and Valuation. To the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield bonds, and this may impact a Sub-Advisor’s ability to accurately value high yield bonds and a Fund’s assets and hinder a Fund’s ability to dispose of the bonds. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.

 

5


Table of Contents

Credit Ratings. Credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds. Also, since credit rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, a Sub-Advisor must monitor the issuers of high yield bonds in a Fund’s portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the bonds’ liquidity so a Fund can meet redemption requests. A Fund will not necessarily dispose of a portfolio security when its rating has been changed.

Exchange-Traded Notes

The Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”). ETNs are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange ( e.g., the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)) during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s market benchmark or strategy factor.

ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When a Fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. A Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.

ETNs are also subject to tax risk. The tax treatment of ETNs is unclear. No statutory, juridical or administrative authority directly discusses how ETNs should be treated in this context for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress are considering proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs.

An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form.

The market value of ETN shares may differ from their market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities, commodities or other components underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy.

Participation Notes (International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund)

The International Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in participation notes (“P-Notes”). Some countries, especially emerging markets countries, do not permit foreigners to participate directly in their securities markets or otherwise present difficulties for efficient foreign investment. The International Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund may use P-Notes to establish a position in such markets as a substitute for direct investment. The International Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund may also invest in P-Notes, as an alternative to investing directly in the underlying security, if Litman Gregory determines that P-Notes offer greater liquidity

 

6


Table of Contents

than the underlying security. P-Notes are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to track the return of a particular underlying equity or debt security, currency, or market. When the P-Note matures, the issuer of the P-Note will pay to, or receive from, the International Fund or the Alternative Strategies Fund the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the time of purchase and that instrument’s value at maturity. Investments in P-Notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying security, currency, or market that they seek to replicate, including, as applicable, foreign, emerging, and frontier risks. In addition, P-Notes are generally traded over-the-counter and are subject to counterparty risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that the issuer of the P-Note will not fulfill its contractual obligation to complete the transaction with the International Fund or the Alternative Strategies Fund. P-Notes constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, and the International Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund would be relying on the creditworthiness of such banks or broker-dealers and would have no rights under a P-Note against the issuer of the underlying assets. In addition, P-Notes may trade at a discount to the value of the underlying securities or markets that they seek to replicate.

Short-Term Investments

Each Fund may invest in any of the following short-term securities and instruments:

Bank Certificates or Deposits, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits. Each Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by a Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. Government. If a Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a fund that invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. See “Foreign Investments” below. Such risks include those related to future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes by the particular country in which the issuer is located on interest income payable on the securities, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls and the possible adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities.

Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulations with respect to the amount and types of loans that may be made and interest rates that may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operations of the banking industry.

As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic banks are, among other things, required to maintain specified levels of reserves, limited in the amount they can loan to a single borrower, and subject to other regulations designed to promote financial soundness. However, such laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that a Fund may acquire.

In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under its investment objectives and policies stated above and in its prospectus, a Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

 

7


Table of Contents

Savings Association Obligations. Each Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. Government.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations.  Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

Commercial paper and short-term notes in which a Fund may invest will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “AA-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by a Sub-Advisor to be of comparable quality. These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper. While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, a Fund may purchase corporate obligations that have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and that are rated “AA” or higher by S&P or “Aa” or higher by Moody’s.

Loan Participations and Assignments (Bank Debt) (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in bank debt, which includes interests in loans to companies or their affiliates undertaken to finance a capital restructuring or in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts, refinancings or other financially leveraged transactions and may include loans which are designed to provide temporary or bridge financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets, the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. These loans, which may bear fixed or floating rates, have generally been arranged through private negotiations between a corporate borrower and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”), including banks. The Fund’s investment may be in the form of participations in loans (“Participations”) or of assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties (“Assignments”).

The Fund has the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling a Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation. Thus, the Fund assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In addition, in connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no role in terms of negotiating or effecting amendments, waivers and consents with respect to the loans underlying the Participations. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower.

In certain cases, the rights and obligations acquired by the Fund through the purchase of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning selling institution. Assignments are sold strictly without recourse to the selling institutions, and the selling institutions will generally make no representations or warranties to the Fund about the underlying loan, the borrowers, the documentation of the loans or any collateral securing the loans.

Investments in Participations and Assignments involve additional risks, including the risk of nonpayment of principal and interest by the borrower, the risk that any loan collateral may become impaired and that the Fund may obtain less than the full value for the loan interests sold because they may be illiquid. Purchasers of loans depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of interest and repayment of principal. If scheduled interest or principal payments are not made, the value of the instrument may be adversely affected.

 

8


Table of Contents

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

A loan is often administered by a bank or other financial institution that acts as agent for all holders. The agent administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the agent to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower. If assets held by the agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on the loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal or interest.

Interests in loans are also subject to additional liquidity risks. Loans are generally subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Loans are not currently listed on any securities exchange or automatic quotation system, but are traded by banks and other institutional investors engaged in loan syndication. As a result, no active market may exist for some loans, and to the extent a secondary market exists for other loans, such market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Consequently, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments or Participations in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower, which can result in a loss. In such market situations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to Assignments or Participations when valuing the Fund’s securities and calculating its net asset value (“NAV”).

The Alternative Strategies Fund limits the amount of its assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry (see “Investment Restrictions” below). For purposes of these limits, the Fund will generally treat the corporate borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Fund. In the case of Participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the corporate borrower, if the Participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) interpretations require the Fund, in appropriate circumstances, to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as “issuers” for the purpose of determining whether the Fund has invested more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict the Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Money Market Funds

Each Fund may under certain circumstances invest a portion of its assets in money market funds. The 1940 Act generally prohibits a Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in investment companies as a group, and also restricts its investment in any investment company to 3% of the voting securities of such investment company. There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC. The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors will not impose advisory fees on assets of a Fund invested in a money market mutual fund. However, an investment in a money market mutual fund will involve payment by a Fund of its pro rata share of advisory and administrative fees charged by such fund.

Municipal Securities (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in municipal securities. Municipal securities are issued by the states, territories and possessions of the United States, their political subdivisions (such as cities, counties and towns) and various authorities (such as public housing or redevelopment authorities), instrumentalities, public corporations and special districts (such as water, sewer or sanitary districts) of the states, territories, and possessions of the United States or their political subdivisions. In addition, municipal securities include securities issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately operated facilities, such as industrial development bonds, that are backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental user (such as hospitals and airports).

 

9


Table of Contents

Municipal securities are issued to obtain funds for a variety of public purposes, including general financing for state and local governments, or financing for specific projects or public facilities. Municipal securities are classified as general obligation or revenue bonds or notes. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities are payable from revenue derived from a particular facility, class of facilities, or the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source, but not from the issuer’s general taxing power. The Fund will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in a single type of revenue bond. Private activity bonds and industrial revenue bonds do not carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality, but generally are guaranteed by the corporate entity on whose behalf they are issued.

Shareholders of the Alternative Strategies Fund should be aware that certain deductions and exemptions may be designated “tax preference items,” which must be added back to taxable income for purposes of calculating a shareholder’s federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), if applicable to such shareholder. Tax preference items may include tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds. To the extent that the Alternative Strategies Fund invests in private activity bonds, its shareholders may be required to report that portion of the Fund’s distributions attributable to income from the bonds as a tax preference item in determining their federal AMT, if any. Shareholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors in this regard.

Municipal leases are entered into by state and local governments and authorities to acquire equipment and facilities such as fire and sanitation vehicles, telecommunications equipment, and other assets. Municipal leases (which normally provide for title to the leased assets to pass eventually to the government issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt-issuance limitations of many state constitutions and statutes are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that provide that the governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis.

Government Obligations

Each Fund may make short-term investments in U.S. Government obligations. Such obligations include Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds, and issues of such entities as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”).

Some of these obligations, such as those of the GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to U.S. Government-sponsored instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so by law.

Each Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of foreign countries. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest in a timely manner may be affected by a number of factors, including its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which it may be subject. Emerging market

 

10


Table of Contents

governments could default on their sovereign debt. Such sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitments on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to meet such conditions could result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debt in a timely manner.

Zero Coupon Securities

Each Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in zero coupon securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Zero coupon Treasury securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons and receipts, or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons. Because a zero coupon security pays no interest to its holder during its life or for a substantial period of time, it usually trades at a deep discount from its face or par value and will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make current distributions of interest.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments

Each Fund may acquire variable and floating rate instruments. Such instruments are frequently not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated variable and floating rate instruments purchased by a Fund will be determined by a Sub-Advisor under guidelines established by the Board to be of comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase by a Fund. In making such determinations, a Sub-Advisor will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such instruments (such issuers include financial, merchandising, bank holding and other companies) and will monitor their financial condition. An active secondary market may not exist with respect to particular variable or floating rate instruments purchased by a Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved in the event that the issuer of the instrument defaults on its payment obligation or during periods in which a Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and a Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Variable and floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit.

Asset-Backed Securities (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities issued by trusts and special purpose entities that are backed by pools of assets, such as automobile and credit-card receivables and home equity loans, which pass through the payments on the underlying obligations to the security holders (less servicing fees paid to the originator or fees for any credit enhancement). Typically, the originator of the loan or accounts receivable paper transfers it to a specially created trust, which repackages it as securities with a minimum denomination and a specific term. The securities are then privately placed or publicly offered. For example, the Fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), and other similarly structured entities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust, which is backed by a diversified pool of high-risk, below investment grade fixed-income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

The value of an asset-backed security is affected by, among other things, changes in the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans and the financial institution providing any credit enhancement. Payments of principal and interest passed through to holders of asset-backed securities are frequently supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond, limited guarantee by another entity or by having a priority to certain of the borrower’s other assets. The degree of credit enhancement varies, and generally applies to only a portion of the asset-backed security’s par value. Value is also affected if any credit enhancement has been exhausted.

 

11


Table of Contents

Mortgage-Related Securities

Each Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities. Mortgage-related securities are derivative interests in pools of mortgage loans made to U.S. residential home buyers, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Each Fund may also invest in debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of U.S. mortgage-related securities, and in other types of U.S. mortgage-related securities.

The effects of the sub-prime mortgage crisis that began to unfold in 2007 continue to manifest in nearly all sub-divisions of the financial services industry. Sub-prime mortgage-related losses and write downs among investment banks and similar institutions reached significant levels in 2008. The impact of these losses among traditional banks, investment banks, broker-dealers and insurers has forced a number of such institutions into either liquidation or combination, while also drastically increasing the volatility of their stock prices. In some cases, the U.S. government has acted to bail out select institutions, such as insurers; however the risks associated with investment in stocks of such insurers has nonetheless increased substantially.

While the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Federal Reserve Board and Congress have taken steps to address problems in the financial markets and with financial institutions, there can be no assurance that the risks associated with investments in financial services company issuers will decrease as a result of these steps.

U.S. Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment that consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-throughs.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of U.S. mortgage-related securities is GNMA, a wholly-owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Agency or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration.

Government-related guarantors include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders and subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional residential mortgages not insured or guaranteed by any government agency from a list of approved seller/services which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. FHLMC is a government-sponsored corporation created to increase availability of mortgage credit for residential housing and owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues participation certificates which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA and participation certificates issued by FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA and FHLMC, respectively, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

 

12


Table of Contents

Although the underlying mortgage loans in a pool may have maturities of up to 30 years, the actual average life of the pool certificates typically will be substantially less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal amortization and may be prepaid prior to maturity. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the pool certificates. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayments tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the certificates. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular pool.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). A domestic or foreign CMO in which a Fund may invest is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Like a bond, interest is paid, in most cases, semiannually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, FNMA or equivalent foreign entities.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal and interest received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to the class having the earliest maturity date or highest maturity. Classes that have longer maturity dates and lower seniority will receive principal only after the higher class has been retired.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate-related loans. REITs involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds, or extended vacancies of property). Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended and changes in interest rates. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, risks of default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for preferential tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks, including prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than more widely held securities. A Fund’s investment in a REIT may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received or may result in a Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to a Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions by a Fund from REITs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income.

Investments in REITs by a Fund may subject its shareholders to multiple levels of fees and expenses as a Fund’s shareholders will directly bear the fees and expenses of a Fund and will also indirectly bear a portion of the fees and expenses of the REITs in which a Fund invests.

 

13


Table of Contents

Foreign Investments and Currencies

Each Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are not publicly traded in the United States (the International Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in securities of foreign issuers). Each Fund may also invest in depositary receipts and in foreign currency futures contracts and may purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis.

Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts (“DRs”) include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other forms of depositary receipts. DRs are receipts typically issued in connection with a U.S. or foreign bank or trust company which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (Alternative Strategies Fund).  The Alternative Strategies Fund may use forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes as well as investment purposes. A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts:

 

    Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts ( i.e. , the parties to the contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

 

    Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to futures contracts which are traded only on exchanges regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

 

    Do not require an initial margin deposit.

 

    May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a commodities exchange.

Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies (Alternative Strategies Fund).  A “settlement hedge” or “transaction hedge” is designed to protect the Fund against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars “locks in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. The Fund may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific investments.

The Fund may use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Fund’s investment is denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value of such currency.

 

14


Table of Contents

The Fund may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency, including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a “cross-hedge,” will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the Fund to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.

It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, the Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the Fund may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities. Investments in foreign securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

Political and Economic Factors. Individual foreign economies of certain countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States’ economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments position. The internal politics of certain foreign countries may not be as stable as those of the United States. Governments in certain foreign countries also continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies. Action by these governments could include restrictions on foreign investment, nationalization, expropriation of goods or imposition of taxes, and could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest. The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by the trade policies and economic conditions of their trading partners. Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of such countries.

The European financial markets have continued to experience volatility because of concerns about economic downturns and about high and rising government debt levels of several countries in the European Union and Europe generally. These events have adversely affected the exchange rate of the Euro and the European securities markets, and may spread to other countries in Europe, including countries that do not use the Euro. These events may affect the value and liquidity of certain of the Funds’ investments. Responses to the financial problems by European Union governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world.

In a public referendum in June 2016, the United Kingdom (“UK”) voted to leave the European Union (the “EU”), a process now commonly referred to as “Brexit”. On March 29, 2017, UK Prime Minister Theresa May delivered a letter invoking Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty and notifying the European Council of the UK’s decision to withdraw from the EU. The letter triggered the two-year withdrawal negotiation process. It is anticipated that the UK will leave the EU on or before March 29, 2019. It is unclear how withdrawal negotiations will be conducted and what the potential consequences may be. In addition, it is possible that measures could be taken to revote on the issue of Brexit, or that portions of the UK could seek to separate and remain a part of the EU. As a result of the political divisions within the UK and between the UK and the EU that the referendum vote has highlighted and the uncertain consequences of a Brexit, the UK and European economies and the broader global economy could be significantly impacted, which may result in increased volatility and illiquidity, and potentially lower economic growth on markets in the UK, Europe and globally that could potentially have an adverse effect on the value of the Funds’ investments.

 

15


Table of Contents

Currency Fluctuations. Each Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets denominated in that currency. Such changes will also affect a Fund’s income. The value of a Fund’s assets may also be affected significantly by currency restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted from time to time.

Market Characteristics. The Sub-Advisors expect that many foreign securities in which a Fund invests will be purchased in over-the-counter markets or on exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market. Foreign exchanges and markets may be more volatile than those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and a Fund’s portfolio securities may be less liquid and more volatile than U.S. Government securities. Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in United States markets, and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where Fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose a Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.

Transactions in options on securities, futures contracts, futures options and currency contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges as similar transactions in the United States, and may not involve clearing mechanisms and related guarantees. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States. The value of a Fund’s positions may also be adversely impacted by delays in its ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States.

Legal and Regulatory Matters. Certain foreign countries may have less supervision of securities markets, brokers and issuers of securities, and less financial information available to issuers, than is available in the United States.

Taxes. The interest payable on certain of a Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to a Fund’s shareholders.

Costs. To the extent that each Fund invests in foreign securities, its expense ratio is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing only in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities is higher.

Emerging markets. Some of the securities in which each Fund may invest may be located in developing or emerging markets, which entail additional risks, including less social, political and economic stability; smaller securities markets and lower trading volume, which may result in a less liquidity and greater price volatility; national policies that may restrict a Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries, or expropriation or confiscation of assets or property; and less developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment.

In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, a Sub-Advisor considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the U.S. and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located. The extent to which a Fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depository receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations described in the prospectus, depending on a Sub-Advisor’s assessment of prevailing market, economic and other conditions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Purchasing Put and Call Options. Each Fund may purchase covered “put” and “call” options with respect to securities which are otherwise eligible for purchase by a Fund and with respect to various stock indices subject to certain restrictions. Each Fund will engage in trading of such derivative securities primarily for hedging purposes.

If a Fund purchases a put option, a Fund acquires the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option (for “American-style” options) or on the option expiration date (for “European-style” options). Purchasing put options may be used as a portfolio investment strategy when a Sub-Advisor perceives significant short-term risk but substantial long-term appreciation for the underlying security. The put option acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against significant downward price movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement. If a Fund is holding a stock which it feels has strong fundamentals, but for some reason may be weak in the near term, a Fund may purchase a put option on such security, thereby giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price throughout the term of the option. Consequently, a Fund will exercise the put only if the price of such security falls below the strike price of the put. The difference between the put’s strike price and the market price of the underlying security on the date a Fund exercises the put, less transaction costs, will be the amount by which a Fund will be able to hedge against a decline in the underlying security. If during the period of the option the market price for the underlying security remains at or above the put’s strike price, the put will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price a Fund paid for the put, plus transaction costs. If the price of the underlying security increases, the profit a Fund realizes on the sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold.

If a Fund purchases a call option, it acquires the right to purchase the underlying security at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. The purchase of a call option is a type of insurance policy to hedge against losses that could occur if a Fund has a short position in the underlying security and the security thereafter increases in price. Each Fund will exercise a call option only if the price of the underlying security is above the strike price at the time of exercise. If during the option period the market price for the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option, the option will expire worthless, representing a loss of the price paid for the option, plus transaction costs. If the call option has been purchased to hedge a short position of a Fund in the underlying security and the price of the underlying security thereafter falls, the profit a Fund realizes on the cover of the short position in the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the call option less any amount for which such option may be sold.

Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be sold when it has remaining value by a purchaser through a “closing sale transaction,” which is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. Each Fund generally will purchase only those options for which a Sub-Advisor believes there is an active secondary market to facilitate closing transactions.

Writing Call Options. Each Fund may write covered call options. A call option is “covered” if a Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute right to acquire the security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or cash equivalents in such amount as are held in a segregated account by the Custodian). The writer of a call option receives a premium and gives the purchaser the right to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price. The writer has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price during the option period. If the writer of an exchange-traded option wishes to terminate his obligation, he may effect a “closing purchase transaction.” This is accomplished by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. A writer may not effect a closing purchase transaction after it has been notified of the exercise of an option.

Effecting a closing transaction in the case of a written call option will permit a Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price, expiration date or both. Also, effecting a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any securities subject to the option to be used for other investments of a Fund. If a Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, it will effect a closing transaction prior to or concurrent with the sale of the security.

 

17


Table of Contents

Each Fund will realize a gain from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are more than the premium paid to purchase the option. Each Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are less than the premium paid to purchase the option. However, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss to a Fund resulting from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by a Fund.

Stock Index Options. Each Fund may also purchase put and call options with respect to the S&P 500 and other stock indices. Such options may be purchased as a hedge against changes resulting from market conditions in the values of securities which are held in a Fund’s portfolio or which it intends to purchase or sell, or when they are economically appropriate for the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of a Fund.

The distinctive characteristics of options on stock indices create certain risks that are not present with stock options generally. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss on the purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by a Fund of options on a stock index would be subject to a Sub-Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks included in the index is interrupted. Trading of index options also may be interrupted in certain circumstances, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this were to occur, a Fund would not be able to close out options which it had purchased, and if restrictions on exercise were imposed, a Fund might be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to a Fund. It is the policy of each Fund to purchase put or call options only with respect to an index which a Sub-Advisor believes includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.

Risks of Investing in Options. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indices. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. There are also significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of option of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. The extent to which a Fund may enter into options transactions may be limited by the requirements of the Code with respect to qualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company. See “Dividends and Distributions” and “Taxation.”

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, when trading options on foreign exchanges, many of the protections afforded to participants in United States option exchanges will not be available. For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits in such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost. Moreover, a Fund as an option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the margin and collateral requirements typically associated with such option writing. See “Dealer Options” below.

Dealer Options. Each Fund may engage in transactions involving dealer options as well as exchange-traded options. Certain risks are specific to dealer options. While a Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if a Fund were to purchase a dealer option it would need to rely on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option were exercised. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by a Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options may not. Consequently, a Fund may generally be able to realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the dealer who issued it. Similarly, when a Fund writes a dealer option, a Fund may generally be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to whom a Fund originally wrote the option. While a Fund will seek to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with a Fund, there can be no assurance that a Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless a Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by a Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to a Fund. For example, because a Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, a Fund may not sell the assets which it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair a Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased dealer options are illiquid securities. A Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that a Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option. Accordingly, each Fund will treat dealer options as subject to a Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities. If the SEC changes its position on the liquidity of dealer options, each Fund will change its treatment of such instruments accordingly.

Foreign Currency Options . Each Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies. A put or call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell or purchase a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Each Fund will use foreign currency options separately or in combination to control currency volatility. Among the strategies employed to control currency volatility is an option collar. An option collar involves the purchase of a put option and the simultaneous sale of call option on the same currency with the same expiration date but with different exercise (or “strike”) prices. Generally, the put option will have an out-of-the-money strike price, while the call option will have either an at-the-money strike price or an in-the-money strike price. Foreign currency options are derivative securities. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits that may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

As with other kinds of option transactions, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. Each Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, a Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

 

19


Table of Contents

Spread Transactions. Each Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. These covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund the right to put a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that a Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a Fund, in addition to the risks of dealer options described above, is the cost of the premium paid as well as any transaction costs. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. This protection is provided only during the life of the spread options.

Forward Currency Contracts

Each Fund may enter into forward currency contracts in anticipation of changes in currency exchange rates. A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. For example, a Fund might purchase a particular currency or enter into a forward currency contract to preserve the U.S. dollar price of securities it intends to or has contracted to purchase. Alternatively, it might sell a particular currency on either a spot or forward basis to hedge against an anticipated decline in the dollar value of securities it intends to or has contracted to sell. Although this strategy could minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, it could also limit any potential gain from an increase in the value of the currency.

Credit Default Swap Agreements (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract in return for a contingent payment upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to an underlying reference obligation. Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or modified restructuring. The Fund may be either the buyer or the seller in the transaction. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between one month and five years, provided that no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, the Fund typically must pay the contingent payment to the buyer, which is typically the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation. If the Fund writes a credit default swap, it would normally be required to segregate liquid assets equal in value to the notional value of the contract. The contingent payment may be a cash settlement or by physical delivery of the reference obligation in return for payment of the face amount of the obligation. The value of the reference obligation received by the Fund as a seller if a credit event occurs, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. If the reference obligation is a defaulted security, physical delivery of the security will cause the Fund to hold a defaulted security. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund will lose its periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value.

In a single name credit default swap the underlying asset or reference obligation is a bond of one particular issuer or reference entity. There are generally two sides to the swap trade: a buyer of protection and a seller of protection. If the reference entity of a credit default swap experiences what is known as a credit event (such as a bankruptcy, downgrade, etc.), then the buyer of protection (who pays a premium for that protection) can receive payment from the seller of protection. This is desirable because the price of those bonds will experience a decrease in value due to the negative credit event. There is also the option of physical, rather than cash, trade settlement in which the underlying bond or reference obligation actually changes hands, from buyer of protection to seller of protection.

 

20


Table of Contents

The major tradable indexes for credit default swaps are: CDX, ABX, CMBX and LCDX. The CDX indexes are broken out between investment grade, high yield, high volatility, crossover and emerging market. For example, the CDX.NA.HY is an index based on a basket of North American (NA) single-name high yield credit default swaps. The crossover index includes names that are split rated, meaning they are rated “investment grade” by one agency, and “below investment grade” by another.

The CDX index rolls over every six months, and its 125 names enter and leave the index as appropriate. For example, if one of the names is upgraded from below investment grade to investment grade, it will move from the high yield index to the investment grade index when the rebalance occurs.

The ABX and CMBX are baskets of credit default swaps on two securitized products: asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The ABX is based on asset-backed securities home equity loans and the CMBX on commercial mortgage-backed securities. There are five separate ABX indexes for ratings ranging from ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB-’. The CMBX also has the same breakdown of five indexes by ratings, but is based on a basket of 25 credit default swaps, which reference commercial mortgage-backed securities.

The LCDX is a credit derivative index with a basket made up of single-name, loan-only credit default swaps. The loans referred to are leveraged loans. The basket is made up of 100 names. Although a bank loan is considered secured debt, the names that usually trade in the leveraged loan market are lower quality credits (if they could issue in the normal investment grade markets, they would). Therefore, the LCDX index is used mostly by those looking for exposure to high-yield debt.

All of the aforementioned indexes are issued by the Credit Default Swaps Index Company and administered by Markit. For these indexes to work, they must have sufficient liquidity. Therefore, the issuer has commitments from the largest dealers (large investment banks) to provide liquidity in the market.

Total Return Swap Agreements (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may enter into total return swap agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

 

21


Table of Contents

Futures Contracts and Related Options

Each Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts as a hedge against changes in market conditions or interest rates. A Fund may trade in such derivative securities for bona fide hedging purposes and otherwise in accordance with the rules of the CFTC. A Fund will segregate liquid assets in a separate account with its custodian when required to do so by CFTC guidelines in order to cover its obligation in connection with futures and options transactions.

No price is paid or received by a Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. When it enters into a domestic futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit in a segregated account with its custodian an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury bills equal to approximately 5% of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin requirements for foreign futures contracts may be different.

The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in securities transactions. Futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions. Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract which is returned to a Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments (called variation margin) to and from the broker will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying stock index fluctuates, to reflect movements in the price of the contract making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. For example, when a Fund has purchased a stock index futures contract and the price of the underlying stock index has risen, that position will have increased in value and a Fund will receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, when a Fund has purchased a stock index futures contract and the price of the underlying stock index has declined, the position will be less valuable and a Fund will be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker.

At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate a Fund’s position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is made on closing the position. Additional cash is paid by or released to a Fund, which realizes a loss or a gain.

In addition to amounts segregated or paid as initial and variation margin, a Fund must segregate liquid assets with its custodian equal to the market value of the futures contracts, in order to comply with SEC requirements intended to ensure that a Fund’s use of futures is unleveraged. The requirements for margin payments and segregated accounts apply to both domestic and foreign futures contracts.

Stock Index Futures Contracts. Each Fund may invest in futures contracts on stock indices. Currently, stock index futures contracts can be purchased or sold with respect to the S&P 500 Stock Price Index on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Major Market Index on the Chicago Board of Trade, the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index on the New York Futures Exchange and the Value Line Stock Index on the Kansas City Board of Trade. Foreign financial and stock index futures are traded on foreign exchanges including the London International Financial Futures Exchange, the Singapore International Monetary Exchange, the Sydney Futures Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

Interest Rate or Financial Futures Contracts. Each Fund may invest in interest rate or financial futures contracts. Bond prices are established in both the cash market and the futures market. In the cash market, bonds are purchased and sold with payment for the full purchase price of the bond being made in cash, generally within five business days after the trade. In the futures market, a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in the futures markets have generally tended to move in the aggregate in concert with cash market prices, and the prices have maintained fairly predictable relationships.

 

22


Table of Contents

The sale of an interest rate or financial futures contract by a Fund would create an obligation by a Fund, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price. A futures contract purchased by a Fund would create an obligation by a Fund, as purchaser, to take delivery of the specific type of financial instrument at a specific future time at a specific price. The specific securities delivered or taken, respectively, at settlement date, would not be determined until at or near that date. The determination would be in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the futures contract sale or purchase was made.

Although interest rate or financial futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without delivery of securities. Closing out of a futures contract sale is effected by a Fund’s entering into a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument and the same delivery date. If the price in the sale exceeds the price in the offsetting purchase, a Fund is paid the difference and thus realizes a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, a Fund pays the difference and realizes a loss. Similarly, the closing out of a futures contract purchase is effected by a Fund’s entering into a futures contract sale. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, a Fund realizes a loss.

Each Fund will deal only in standardized contracts on recognized exchanges. Each exchange guarantees performance under contract provisions through a clearing corporation, a nonprofit organization managed by the exchange membership. Domestic interest rate futures contracts are traded in an auction environment on the floors of several exchanges – principally, the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. A public market now exists in domestic futures contracts covering various financial instruments including long-term United States Treasury bonds and notes, GNMA modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities, three-month United States Treasury bills, and 90-day commercial paper. Each Fund may trade in any futures contract for which there exists a public market, including, without limitation, the foregoing instruments. International interest rate futures contracts are traded on the London International Financial Futures Exchange, the Singapore International Monetary Exchange, the Sydney Futures Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars (Alternative Strategies Fund). The Alternative Strategies Fund may use interest rate caps, floors and collars for the same purposes or similar purposes as for which it uses interest rate futures contracts and related options. Interest rate caps, floors and collars are similar to interest rate swap contracts because the payment obligations are measured by changes in interest rates as applied to a notional amount and because they are generally individually negotiated with a specific counterparty. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specific index exceeds a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below specified interest rates, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate collar entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds or falls below a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate collar.

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts. Each Fund may use foreign currency future contracts for hedging purposes. A foreign currency futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public market exists in futures contracts covering several foreign currencies, including the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, and certain multinational currencies such as the European Currency Unit (“ECU”). Other foreign currency futures contracts are likely to be developed and traded in the future. Each Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

 

23


Table of Contents

Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts. There are several risks related to the use of futures as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge. The price of the future may move more or less than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the future moves less than the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, a Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the loss on the future. If the price of the future moves more than the price of the hedged securities, a Fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the future which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities which are subject to the hedge.

To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of securities being hedged and movements in the price of the futures contract, a Fund may buy or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities has been greater than the historical volatility over such time period of the future. Conversely, a Fund may buy or sell fewer futures contracts if the historical volatility of the price of the securities being hedged is less than the historical volatility of the futures contract being used. It is possible that, when a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance while the value of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurs, a Fund will lose money on the future and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. However, the Advisor believes that over time the value of a diversified portfolio will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices upon which the futures are based.

Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before a Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If a Fund then decides not to invest in securities or options at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of securities purchased.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no correlation at all, between movements in the futures and the securities being hedged, the price of futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the stock index or cash market due to certain market distortions. All participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the index or cash market and futures markets. In addition, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may also cause temporary price distortions. As a result of price distortions in the futures market and the imperfect correlation between movements in the cash market and the price of securities and movements in the price of futures, a correct forecast of general trends by a Sub-Advisor may still not result in a successful hedging transaction over a very short time frame.

Positions in futures may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market for such futures. Although a Fund may intend to purchase or sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position, and in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. When futures contracts have been used to hedge portfolio securities, such securities will not be sold until the futures contract can be terminated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. However, as described above, there is no guarantee that the price of the securities will in fact correlate with the price movements in the futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on a futures contract.

Most United States futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that

 

24


Table of Contents

limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Successful use of futures by a Fund is also subject to a Sub-Advisor’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. For example, if a Fund has hedged against the possibility of a decline in the market adversely affecting stocks held in its portfolio and stock prices increase instead, a Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of the stocks which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements. Such sales of securities may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. Each Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which a Fund engages in transactions in futures contracts or options, a Fund could experience delays and losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker, and incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker.

Options on Futures Contracts. As described above, each Fund may purchase options on the futures contracts they can purchase or sell. A futures option gives the holder, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy (call) from or sell (put) to the writer of the option a futures contract at a specified price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise, the writer of the option is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the futures contract and the exercise price. Like the buyer or seller of a futures contract, the holder or writer of an option has the right to terminate its position prior to the scheduled expiration of the option by selling, or purchasing an option of the same series, at which time the person entering into the closing transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Investments in futures options involve some of the same considerations as investments in futures contracts (for example, the existence of a liquid secondary market). In addition, the purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures contract upon which it is based, or upon the price of the securities being hedged, an option may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or such securities. In general, the market prices of options can be expected to be more volatile than the market prices on the underlying futures contracts. Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, however, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts may frequently involve less potential risk to a Fund because the maximum amount at risk is limited to the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs).

Restrictions on the Use of Futures Contracts and Related Options. Each Fund may engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options primarily as a hedge against changes resulting from market conditions in the values of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio or which it intends to purchase and where the transactions are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of each Fund. A Fund may not purchase or sell futures or purchase related options for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter, more than 25% of its total assets would be hedged. A Fund also may not purchase or sell futures or purchase related options if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of margin deposits on a Fund’s existing futures positions and premiums paid for such options would exceed 5% of the market value of a Fund’s total assets.

These restrictions, which are derived from current federal regulations regarding the use of options and futures by mutual funds, are not “fundamental restrictions” and may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust if applicable law permits such a change and the change is consistent with the overall investment objective and policies of each Fund.

The extent to which a Fund may enter into futures and options transactions may be limited by the Code requirements for qualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company. See “Taxation.”

 

25


Table of Contents

Exclusion from Definition of Commodity Pool Operator

The Funds are operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (“CEA”), pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA promulgated by the CFTC. Therefore, neither the Funds nor the Advisor is subject to registrations or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. Effective December 31, 2012, in order to claim the Rule 4.5 exclusion, each Fund is limited in its ability to invest in certain financial instruments regulated under the CEA (“commodity interests”), including futures, options and certain swaps (including securities futures, broad-based stock index futures and financial futures contracts). In the event that the Funds’ investments in commodity interests are not within the thresholds set forth in the Rule 4.5 exclusion, the Advisor may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to the Funds, which may increase the Funds’ expenses and adversely affect the Funds’ total returns. The Advisor’s eligibility to claim the 4.5 exclusion with respect to the Funds will be based upon, among other things, the level and scope of the Funds’ investments in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Funds hold out their use of commodity interests. As a result, in the future, the Funds will be more limited in their ability to invest in commodity interests than in the past, which may negatively impact on the ability of the Advisor to manage the Funds and the Funds’ performance.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio securities. Pursuant to such agreements, a Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers as are deemed to be creditworthy by the Advisor or a Sub-Advisor, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase and a Fund’s agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The repurchase price generally equals the price paid by a Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the underlying portfolio security). Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the Custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system. The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the underlying securities at not less than 102% of the repurchase price under the agreement. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, a Fund holding the repurchase agreement will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities are less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause a Fund’s rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans under the 1940 Act, and the total repurchase agreements of a Fund are limited to 33-1/3% of its total assets.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. A Fund typically will invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement in money market instruments or repurchase agreements maturing not later than the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A Fund may use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to provide liquidity to meet redemption requests when sale of a Fund’s securities is disadvantageous.

Each Fund causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets, such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other high-grade liquid debt securities equal in value to its obligations (including accrued interest) with respect to reverse repurchase agreements. In segregating such assets, the custodian either places such securities in a segregated account or separately identifies such assets and renders them unavailable for investment. Such assets are marked to market daily to ensure full collateralization is maintained.

 

26


Table of Contents

Dollar Roll Transactions

Each Fund may enter into dollar roll transactions. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by a Fund of a security to a financial institution concurrently with an agreement by a Fund to purchase a similar security from the institution at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate as those sold, but generally will be collateralized by different pools of mortgages with different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, a Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional portfolio securities of a Fund, and the income from these investments, together with any additional fee income received on the sale, may or may not generate income for a Fund exceeding the yield on the securities sold.

At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other high-grade liquid debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

When-Issued Securities, Forward Commitments and Delayed Settlements

Each Fund may purchase securities on a “when-issued,” forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. In this event, the Custodian will set aside, and the Fund will identify on its books, cash or liquid portfolio securities equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate account. Normally, the Custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy a purchase commitment. In such a case, a Fund may be required subsequently to place additional assets in the separate account in order to assure that the value of the account remains equal to the amount of a Fund’s commitment. It may be expected that a Fund’s net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash.

Each Fund does not intend to engage in these transactions for speculative purposes but only in furtherance of its investment objectives. Because a Fund will set aside cash or liquid portfolio securities to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described, a Fund’s liquidity and the ability of a Sub-Advisor to manage it may be affected in the event a Fund’s forward commitments, commitments to purchase when-issued securities and delayed settlements ever exceeded 15% of the value of its net assets.

Each Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to a Fund on the settlement date. In these cases a Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss. When a Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in a Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of a Fund starting on the day a Fund agrees to purchase the securities. A Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities

Each Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities. These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because these securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, the Code requires the holders of these securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on the securities accruing that year. A Fund may be required to distribute a portion of that discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

 

27


Table of Contents

Inflation-Linked and Inflation-Indexed Securities

The Alternative Strategies Fund may invest in inflation-linked bonds. The principal amount of these bonds increases with increases in the price index used as a reference value for the bonds. In addition, the amounts payable as coupon interest payments increase when the price index increases because the interest amount is calculated by multiplying the principal amount (as adjusted) by a fixed coupon rate.

Although inflation-indexed securities protect their holders from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may result in a decline in value. The values of inflation-linked securities generally fluctuate in response to changes to real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If inflation were to rise at a rate faster than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of the inflation-linked securities. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in the value of inflation-linked securities. If inflation is lower than expected during a period the Fund holds inflation-linked securities, the Fund may earn less on such bonds than on a conventional bond. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in inflation-linked securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the price index used as a reference for the securities. There can be no assurance that the price index used for an inflation-linked security will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Inflation-linked and inflation-indexed securities include Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities issued by the U.S. government (see the section “U.S. Government Securities” for additional information), but also may include securities issued by state, local and non-U.S. governments and corporations and supranational entities.

Borrowing

Each of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Smaller Companies Fund is authorized to borrow money from banks from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or for clearance of transactions in amounts up to 20% of the value of its total assets at the time of such borrowing. The Alternative Strategies Fund is authorized to borrow money from banks in amounts up to 33-1/3% of its total assets. Each Fund is authorized to borrow money in amounts up to 5% of the value of its total assets at the time of such borrowing s for temporary purposes and is authorized to borrow money in excess of the 5% limit as permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage ( i.e. , total assets including borrowings less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of at least 300% of the amount borrowed. If the 300% asset coverage declines as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time. The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies. Since substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its investment securities to approved institutional borrowers who need to borrow securities in order to complete certain transactions, such as covering short sales, avoiding failures to deliver securities or completing arbitrage operations. By lending its investment securities, a Fund attempts to increase its net investment income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would belong to the Fund. Each Fund may lend its

 

28


Table of Contents

investment securities so long as the terms, structure and the aggregate amount of such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder, which currently require that (i) the loan collateral must be equal to at least 100% of the value of the loaned securities, and the borrower must increase such collateral such that it remains equal to 100% of the value of the loaned securities whenever the price of the loaned securities increases ( i.e., mark to market on a daily basis); (ii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (iii) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions payable on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (iv) the Fund may pay reasonable custodial fees in connection with the lending of portfolio securities, which fees must be negotiated by the Fund and the custodian and be approved by the Board; and (v) although the voting rights may pass with the lending of securities, the Board must be obligated to call the loan in time to vote the securities if a material event affecting the investment on loan is to occur.

The primary risk in securities lending is default by the borrower as the value of the borrowed security rises, resulting in a deficiency in the collateral posted by the borrower. The Funds seek to minimize this risk by computing the value of the security loaned on a daily basis and requiring additional collateral if necessary.

The Board has appointed State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Funds’ custodian, as securities lending agent for the Funds’ securities lending activity. The securities lending agent maintains a list of broker-dealers, banks or other institutions that it has determined to be creditworthy. The Funds will only enter into loan arrangements with borrowers on this list and will not lend its securities to be sold short.

Short Sales

Each Fund is authorized to make short sales of securities which it does not own or have the right to acquire. In a short sale, a Fund sells a security that it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the sale, a Fund must borrow the security (generally from the broker through which the short sale is made) in order to make delivery to the buyer. Each Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. Each Fund is said to have a “short position” in the securities sold until it delivers them to the broker. The period during which a Fund has a short position can range from one day to more than a year. Until the security is replaced, the proceeds of the short sale are retained by the broker, and a Fund is required to pay to the broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To meet current margin requirements, a Fund is also required to deposit with the broker additional cash or securities so that the total deposit with the broker is maintained daily at 150% of the current market value of the securities sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is held in the account that is convertible or exchangeable into the security sold short within 90 days without restriction other than the payment of money).

Short sales by a Fund create opportunities to increase a Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve specific risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since each Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, a Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest a Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Furthermore, under adverse market conditions a Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may not invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including restricted securities that are not deemed to be liquid by the Sub-Advisor. The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors will monitor the amount of illiquid securities in a Fund’s portfolio, under the supervision of the Board, to ensure compliance with a Fund’s investment restrictions. In accordance with procedures approved by the Board, these

 

29


Table of Contents

securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations, and the values established for these securities may be different than what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if they had been priced using market quotations. Illiquid securities and other portfolio securities that are valued using techniques other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that a Fund could sell a portfolio security for the value established for it at any time, and it is possible that a Fund would incur a loss because a portfolio security is sold at a discount to its established value.

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placement or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemption within seven days. A Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. If such securities are subject to purchase by institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, the Sub-Advisor, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale. In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.

Exchange-Traded Funds

The Funds may invest in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), which are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock and represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. A Fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. ETFs are also subject to other risks, including the risk that their prices may not correlate perfectly with changes in the underlying index and the risk of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other reasons that, in the view of the exchange upon which an ETF trades, would make trading in the ETF inadvisable. An exchange-traded sector fund may also be adversely affected by the performance of that specific sector or group of industries on which it is based. Investments in ETFs are generally subject to limits in the 1940 Act on investments in other investment companies.

Merger Arbitrage (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize merger arbitrage as an investment strategy. Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations and other corporate reorganizations. The most common arbitrage activity, and the approach the Fund generally will use, involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition. The Sub-

 

30


Table of Contents

Advisors may sell securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities. In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short. The Fund generally engages in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.

Convertible Arbitrage (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize convertible arbitrage as an investment strategy. Convertible Arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from mispricings between a firm’s convertible securities and its underlying equity. The most common convertible arbitrage approach matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock. The Fund seeks to purchase convertible securities at discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements. As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, the Fund will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible security and the underlying common stock. As stock prices fall, the Fund will typically buy back a portion of shares which it had sold short. Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments, and from the short sale of common stock.

Capital Structure Arbitrage (Alternative Strategies Fund)

The Alternative Strategies Fund may utilize capital structure arbitrage as an investment strategy. This strategy attempts to take advantage of relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities. For example, the Fund may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer. In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher. Another example might involve the Fund purchasing one class of common stock while selling short a different class of common stock of the same issuer. It is expected that, over time, the relative mispricing of the securities will disappear, at which point the position will be liquidated.

Initial Public Offerings

The Funds may purchase securities of companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). By definition, IPOs have not traded publicly until the time of their offerings. Special risks associated with IPOs may include a limited number of shares available for trading, unseasoned trading, lack of investor knowledge of the company, and limited operating history, all of which may contribute to price volatility. Many IPOs are issued by undercapitalized companies of small- or micro-cap size. The effect of IPOs on a Fund’s performance depends on a variety of factors, including the number of IPOs the Fund invests in relative to the size of the Fund and whether and to what extent a security purchased in an IPO appreciates or depreciates in value. As a Fund’s asset base increases, IPOs often have a diminished effect on such Fund’s performance.

Risks of Investing in Small Companies

Each Fund may, and the Smaller Companies Fund will, invest in securities of small companies. Additional risks of such investments include the markets on which such securities are frequently traded. In many instances the securities of smaller companies are traded only over-the-counter or on a regional securities exchange, and the frequency and volume of their trading is substantially less than is typical of larger companies. Therefore, the securities of smaller companies may be subject to greater and more abrupt price fluctuations. When making large sales, a Fund may have to sell portfolio holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small sales over an extended period of time due to the trading volume of smaller company securities. Investors should be aware that, based on the foregoing factors, an investment in the Funds may be subject to greater price fluctuations than an investment in a fund that invests exclusively in larger, more established companies. A Sub-Advisor’s research efforts may also play a greater role in selecting securities for a Fund than in a fund that invests in larger, more established companies.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks of Increased Reliance on Data Analytics

In recent years, the asset management business has become increasingly dependent on data analytics to support portfolio management, investment operations and compliance. The Advisor’s and Sub-Advisors’ regulators have also substantially increased the extent and complexity of the data analytic component of compliance requirements. A failure to source accurate data from third parties or to correctly analyze, integrate or apply data could result in operational, trade or compliance errors, could cause portfolio losses, and could lead to regulatory concerns.

Investment Restrictions

The Trust (on behalf of each Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable vote of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of a Fund. Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of a Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund.

As a matter of fundamental policy, each Fund is diversified; i.e. , as to 75% of the value of its total assets: (i) no more than 5% of the value of its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities); and (ii) a Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer. Each Fund’s investment objective is also fundamental.

The following fundamental investment restrictions pertain to the Equity Fund, International Fund, and Smaller Companies Fund.

Each Fund may not:

1. Issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) a Fund may borrow on an unsecured basis from banks for temporary or emergency purposes or for the clearance of transactions in amounts not exceeding 20% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed), provided that it will not make investments while borrowings in excess of 5% of the value of its total assets are outstanding; and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit a Fund from engaging in options, futures and foreign currency transactions or short sales.

2. Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions.

3. Act as underwriter (except to the extent a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio).

4. Invest 25% or more of its net assets, calculated at the time of purchase and taken at market value, in any one industry (other than U.S. Government securities).

5. Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate or real estate limited partnerships (although a Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate).

6. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts, except that a Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts and currency and financial futures contracts and related options in accordance with any rules of the CFTC.

 

32


Table of Contents

7. Invest in oil and gas limited partnerships or oil, gas or mineral leases.

8. Make loans of money (except for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of a Fund and except for repurchase agreements).

9. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

With respect to the restriction on investments in oil and gas limited partnerships specified in restriction 7, only direct investment in oil and gas limited partnerships are prohibited. Therefore, the Funds may invest in publicly traded master limited partnerships, public limited partnerships or other investment vehicles that invest in oil and gas limited partnerships.

Each of the Equity Fund, International Fund, and Smaller Companies Fund observes the following non-fundamental restrictions, which may be changed by a vote of the Board at any time:

Each Fund may not:

1. Invest in the securities of other investment companies or purchase any other investment company’s voting securities or make any other investment in other investment companies except to the extent permitted by federal law. (Generally, the 1940 Act prohibits a Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in investment companies as a group, and also restricts its investment in any investment company to 3% of the voting securities of such investment company. There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC.)

2. Invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that are restricted as to disposition or otherwise are illiquid or have no readily available market (except for securities that are determined by the Sub-Advisor, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, to be liquid).

The following fundamental investment restrictions pertain to the Alternative Strategies Fund.

The Alternative Strategies Fund may not:

1. Issue senior securities, except as otherwise permitted by its fundamental policy on borrowing.

2. Borrow money, except that it may (a) borrow from banks (as defined in the 1940 Act) in amounts up to 33-1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (b) borrow amounts equal to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (c) engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements, make leveraged investments, and engage in other transactions that may entail the use of leverage, where, if necessary to comply with Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, the Fund sets aside in a segregated account, and marks to market daily, liquid securities, such as cash, U.S. government securities, or high-grade debt obligations, equal to the Fund’s potential obligation or economic exposure under these transactions and instruments.

3. Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions.

4. Act as underwriter (except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio).

5. Invest 25% or more of its net assets, calculated at the time of purchase and taken at market value, in any one industry (other than U.S. Government securities).

 

33


Table of Contents

6. Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, except that (i) the Fund may purchase securities backed by real estate or interests therein, or issued by companies, including real estate investment trusts, which invest in real estate or interests therein; and (ii) the Fund may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by a Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate or interests in real estate or real estate mortgage loans).

7. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts, except that the Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts and currency and financial futures contracts and related options in accordance with any rules of the CFTC.

8. Make loans of money (except for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and except for repurchase agreements).

9. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

The Alternative Strategies Fund observes the following non-fundamental restrictions, which may be changed by a vote of the Board at any time:

The Alternative Strategies Fund may not:

1. Invest in the securities of other investment companies or purchase any other investment company’s voting securities or make any other investment in other investment companies except to the extent permitted by federal law. (Generally, the 1940 Act prohibits the Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in investment companies as a group, and also restricts its investment in any investment company to 3% of the voting securities of such investment company. There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC.)

2. Invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that are restricted as to disposition or otherwise are illiquid or have no readily available market (except for securities that are determined by a Sub-Advisor, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, to be liquid).

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Trust is vested with its Board, which is responsible for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees are experienced executives who meet throughout the year to oversee the activities of the Funds, review the compensation arrangements between the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds, including the Advisor, Sub-Advisors, and the Funds’ administrator, custodian and transfer agent, and review the Funds’ performance. The day-to-day operations of the Trust are delegated to its officers, subject to a Fund’s investment objectives and policies and to general supervision by the Board. A majority of the Trustees are not otherwise affiliated with the Advisor or any of the Sub-Advisors.

 

34


Table of Contents

Independent Trustees*

 

Name, Address and

Year Born

 

Position(s)
Held with the
Trust

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

   # of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Trustee
  

Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
During Past Five
Years

Julie Allecta

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1946)

  Independent Trustee    Open-ended term; served since June 2013    Member of Governing Council, Policy Committee Chair and Executive Committee member, Independent Directors Council (education for investment company independent directors) since 2014; Director, Northern California Society of Botanical Artists (botanical art) since 2014; and Retired Partner, Paul Hastings LLP (law firm) from 1999 to 2009.    4   

Forward Funds

(17 portfolios)

 

Salient MS Trust (4 portfolios)

Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1941)

  Independent Trustee   

Open-ended term;

served since inception

   Vice President, RoutSource Consulting Services (organizational planning and development) since 2002.    4    None

Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.

1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1948)

  Independent Trustee   

Open-ended term;

served since February 2005

   Professor, Department of Finance, Santa Clara University since 1979.    4    SA Funds – Investment Trust (10 portfolios)

Interested Trustees & Officers

 

Name, Address and

Year Born

  

Position(s)
Held with the
Trust

  

Term of
Office
and Length

of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

   # of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Trustee
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee/

Officer
During Past
Five Years

Jeremy DeGroot**

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1963)

   Chairman of the Board, Trustee and President   

Open-ended term;

served as a Chairman since March 2017, Trustee since December 2008 and President since 2014

   Chief Investment Officer of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC since 2008; and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC from 2003 to 2008.    4    None

 

35


Table of Contents

Name, Address and

Year Born

  

Position(s)
Held with the
Trust

  

Term of
Office
and Length

of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

   # of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Trustee
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee/

Officer
During Past
Five Years

Taylor M. Welz**

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1959)

   Trustee   

Open-ended term;

served since inception

   CPA/PFS, CFP; President, Chief Compliance Officer & Sole Owner, Welz Financial Services, Inc. (investment advisory services and retirement planning), since 2007; and Partner and Chief Compliance Officer, Bowman & Company LLP (certified public accountants) from 1987 to 2007.    4    None

Stephen Savage

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1961)

   Secretary   

Open-ended term;

served since 2014

   Chief Executive Officer of the Advisor since 2015; Managing Partner of the Advisor since 2010; Partner of the Advisor from 2003 to 2010.    N/A    None

John Coughlan

1676 N. California Blvd.,

Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

(born 1956)

   Treasurer and Chief Compliance Officer    Open-ended term; served as Treasurer since inception, and as Chief Compliance Officer since September 2004    Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor since 2004.    N/A    None
* Denotes Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined under the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”).
** Denotes Trustees who are “interested persons” of the Trust, as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, because of their relationship with the Advisor (the “Interested Trustees”).

In addition, Jack Chee and Rajat Jain, each a Senior Research Analyst at the Advisor, are each an Assistant Secretary of the Trust.

Additional Information Concerning Our Board of Trustees

The Role of the Board

The Board oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors, and the Funds’ distributor, administrator, custodian, and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this SAI. The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with the responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s operations. In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations. For example, investment officers report on the performance of the Funds. The Board has

 

36


Table of Contents

appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal “Board Meetings,” which are typically held quarterly, in person, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations. From time to time, one or more members of the Board may also meet with management in less formal settings, between formal “Board Meetings,” to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, portfolio pricing, operations or activities.

Board Structure , Leadership

The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. It has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Qualified Legal Compliance Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “ Board of Trustees – Board Committees” below. Each of the three standing committees of the Board is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees. The Board does not currently have a designated lead Independent Trustee. The Independent Trustees have engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust. The Board reviews its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process and believes that its structure is appropriate to enable the Board to exercise its oversight of the Trust.

Presently, Mr. DeGroot serves as the Chairman of the Board and President of the Trust and Chief Investment Officer of the Advisor. Mr. DeGroot is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of his employment relationship with the Advisor. In developing the Board’s structure, the Board has determined that Mr. DeGroot’s history with the Trust, familiarity with the Funds’ investment objectives and extensive experience in the field of investments qualifies him to serve as the Chairman of the Board. The Board has also determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and Nominating Committees are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairman’s status as an Interested Trustee.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel. Risk management is a broad concept comprised of many disparate elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counterparty risk, compliance risk, operational risk, valuation risk and business continuity risk). Consequently, Board oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways. In the course of providing oversight, the Board and its committees receive reports on the Trust’s activities regarding the Trust’s investment portfolios and its financial accounting and reporting. The Board also receives periodic reports as to how the Advisor conducts service provider oversight and how it monitors for other risks, such as derivatives risk, business continuity risks and risks that might be present with individual Sub-Advisors or specific investment strategies. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance and operational risks. The Audit Committee’s meetings with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm also contribute to its oversight of certain internal control risks. The full Board receives reports from the Advisor as to investment risks as well as other risks that may be also discussed in the Audit Committee.

The Board receives regular reports from a “Valuation Committee,” composed of the following senior employees of the Advisor: John Coughlan, Jeremy DeGroot, Jack Chee and Rajat Jain. The Valuation Committee operates pursuant to the Trust’s Valuation Procedures, as approved by the Board. The Valuation Committee reports to the Board on the valuation of the Funds’ portfolio securities, reviews the performance of each approved pricing service, and recommends to the Board for approval pricing agents for the valuation of Fund holdings.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Trust believes that the Board’s role in risk oversight must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and that its existing role in risk oversight is appropriate. However, not all risks that may affect the Trust can be identified or processes and controls developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects, and some risks are beyond any control of the Trust, the Advisor or its affiliates or other service providers.

Information about Each Trustee’s Qualification, Experience, Attributes or Skills

The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills (“Trustee Attributes”) appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure. Each of the Trustees has a demonstrated record of business and professional accomplishment that indicates that they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them. Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the charts above. In addition, certain of the Trustees have served on boards for organizations other than the Trust, and each of the Trustees has served on the Board of the Trust for a number of years. They therefore have substantial boardroom experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust and have demonstrated a commitment to discharging oversight duties as Trustees in the interest of shareholders.

In addition to the information provided in the charts above, certain additional information concerning each particular Trustee and certain of their Trustee Attributes is provided below. The information provided below, and in the charts above, is not all-inclusive. Many Trustee Attributes involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, work ethic, and the ability to work together, to communicate effectively, to exercise judgment, to ask incisive questions, to manage people and problems, and to develop solutions. The Board annually conducts a self-assessment wherein the effectiveness of the Board and individual Trustees is reviewed. In conducting its annual self-assessment, the Board has determined that the Trustees have the appropriate attributes and experience to continue to serve effectively as Trustees of the Trust.

The summaries set forth below as to the qualifications, attributes, and skills of the Trustees are furnished in response to disclosure requirements imposed by the SEC, do not constitute any representation or guarantee that the Board or any Trustee has any special expertise or experience, and do not impose any greater or additional responsibility or obligation on, or change any standard of care applicable to, any such person or the Board as a whole than otherwise would be the case.

Mr. DeGroot’s Trustee Attributes include his position as principal and Chief Investment Officer of Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC (“LGAM”). In this position, Mr. DeGroot is responsible for overseeing Sub-Advisor due diligence, asset class research and portfolio tactical allocation decisions. Mr. DeGroot is also Portfolio Manager of the Alternative Strategies Fund and Co-Portfolio Manager of the Equity Fund, the International Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund. He is frequently quoted in the national media in the areas of asset allocation and manager selection. He holds the Chartered Financial Analyst ® (CFA ® ) designation. Mr. DeGroot also has prior experience as an economics consultant and economist.

Ms. Allecta’s Trustee Attributes include her significant professional experience in the legal field as counsel to various mutual funds and private funds. Ms. Allecta also has mutual fund board experience, having served on the board of trustees of Forward Funds since 2012, the advisory board of Forward Funds since 2010, and the board of trustees of the Salient MS Trust since 2015. Ms. Allecta has also been a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council since 2014.

Mr. Eigenbrod’s Trustee Attributes include his significant business advisory experience serving on the Board of Directors for Right Management Consultants providing management and organizational development consulting service as an independent consultant and executive coach.

Mr. Shefrin’s Trustee Attributes include his distinguished academic career as a Professor at Santa Clara University, where he teaches finance. Mr. Shefrin also has a number of years of mutual fund board experience, having served on the board of trustees of SA Funds—Investment Trust since 1999.

 

38


Table of Contents

Mr. Welz’s Trustee Attributes include many years of financial reporting, auditing and investment advisory experience. Mr. Welz is a Certified Public Accountant and also serves as the President, Chief Compliance Officer and Sole Owner of Welz Financial Services, Inc., an investment advisory services and retirement planning firm.

Board Committees

The Board has three standing committees as described below:

 

Audit Committee
Members    Description    Committee Meetings
During Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2017

Julie Allecta

Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.

Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D. (Chairman)

   Responsible for advising the full Board with respect to accounting, auditing and financial matters affecting the Trust.    3

Qualified Legal Compliance Committee

Members    Description    Committee Meetings
During Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2017

Julie Allecta

Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.

Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.

   Responsible for the receipt, review and consideration of any report made or referred to it by an attorney of evidence of a material violation of applicable U.S. federal or state securities law, material breach of a fiduciary duty under U.S. federal or state law or a similar material violation by the Trust or by any officer, Trustee, employee or agent of the Trust    0

Nominating Committee

Members    Description    Committee Meetings
During Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2017

Julie Allecta

Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D. (Chairman)

Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.

   Responsible for evaluating the size and compensation of the Board and seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for Trustees.    0

 

39


Table of Contents

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

As of December 31, 2017, the Trustees owned the following dollar range of shares of the Funds (1) :

 

Name of Trustee

  

Equity

Fund

  

International

Fund

   Smaller
Companies
Fund
   Alternative
Strategies
Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in all
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Trustee in Family of
Investment Companies  (2)
Independent Trustees               
Julie Allecta    E    A    A    A    E
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D.    E    D    A    E    E
Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D.    A    E    A    A    E
Interested Trustees               
Jeremy DeGroot    E    E    E    E    E
Taylor M. Welz (3)    E    D    D    E    E
(1) Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund:

A=None

B=$1-$10,000

C=$10,001-$50,000

D=$50,001-$100,000

E= Over $100,000

(2) As of December 31, 2017, the Trustees each oversaw four registered investment companies in the fund complex.
(3) Effective December 12, 2017, Mr. Welz became an Interested Trustee.

Trustee Interest in Investment Advisor, Distributor or Affiliates

As of December 31, 2017, the Independent Trustees, and their respective immediate family members, did not own any securities beneficially or of record in the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”) or any of their respective affiliates. Further, the Independent Trustees and their respective immediate family members did not have a direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors, the Distributor, or any of their respective affiliates during the two most recently completed calendar years.

Compensation

For the year ended December 31, 2017 each Independent Trustee received an annual fee of $90,000, allocated $9,000 per Fund with the remaining balance pro-rated quarterly based on each Fund’s assets, plus expenses incurred by the Trustees in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board and its committees.

As of April 2, 2018, to the best of the knowledge of the Trust, the Board and the officers of the Funds, as a group, owned of record less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Equity Fund, the International Fund, the Smaller Companies Fund, and the Alternative Strategies Fund.

 

40


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the annual compensation paid to each Trustee of the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017:

 

     Aggregate Compensation from  

Name of Person, Position

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller
Companies

Fund
     Alternative
Strategies
Fund
     Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of
Fund
Expenses
   Estimated
Annual
Benefits
Upon
Retirement
   Total
Compensation
from Trust
Paid to
Trustees
 

Independent Trustees

                    

Julie Allecta, Trustee

   $ 17,650      $ 22,200      $ 13,933      $ 36,216      None    None    $ 90,000  

Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr., Ph.D. Trustee

   $ 17,650      $ 22,200      $ 13,933      $ 36,216      None    None    $ 90,000  

Harold M. Shefrin, Ph.D. Trustee

   $ 17,650      $ 22,200      $ 13,933      $ 36,216      None    None    $ 90,000  

Interested Trustees

                    

Jeremy DeGroot,

President and Trustee*

     None        None        None        None      None    None      None  

Taylor M. Welz, Trustee* ^

   $ 17,650      $ 22,200      $ 13,933      $ 36,216      None    None    $ 90,000  

 

* As of December 31, 2017, Messrs. DeGroot and Welz were Interested Trustees because of their relationship with the Advisor and accordingly served on the Board without compensation.
^ Effective December 12, 2017, Mr. Welz became an Interested Trustee.

Control Persons and Principal Shareholders

A principal shareholder is any person who owns (either of record or beneficially) 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of any of the Funds. A control person is one who owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a Fund or acknowledges the existence of such control. A control person can have a significant impact on the outcome of a shareholder vote. As of April 2, 2018, the shareholders indicated below were considered to be either a control person or principal shareholder of the Funds. 1

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Institutional Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     7,879,962.792        44.98   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-2010

     2,623,794.112        14.98   Record

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     1,018,422.063        5.81   Record

 

1   The Funds have no information regarding the beneficial owners of Fund shares owned through accounts with financial intermediaries.

 

41


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund – Investor Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     2,366.214        70.61   Record

TD Ameritrade, Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     536.679        16.01   Record

Lea M. Stevens Family Trust

177 Brett Rd.

Fairfield, CT 06824-1718

     393.812        11.75   Record

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Institutional Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     11,110,374.723        30.60   Record

Mac & Co.

500 Grant Street, Room 151-1010

Pittsburgh, PA 15219-2502

     5,743,093.722        15.82   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     4,189,912.467        11.54   Record

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund – Investor Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

TD Ameritrade, Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     76,743.593        46.46   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NH 07310-1995

     69,945.617        42.34   Record

Pershing LLC

1 Pershing Plaza

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     11,425.620        6.92   Record

 

42


Table of Contents

Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund – Institutional Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     433,920.190        31.32   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     276,685.962        19.97   Record

TD Ameritrade, Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     138,964.539        10.03   Record

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Institutional Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     75,095,694.940        47.38   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     33,022,117.780        20.83   Record

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     12,291,329.301        7.75   Record

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund – Investor Class

 

Name and Address

   Shares      % Ownership     Type of Ownership

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     9,040,023.441        50.43   Record

National Financial Services, Corp.

499 Washington Blvd.

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     5,501,602.869        30.69   Record

TD Ameritrade Inc.

P.O. Box 2226

Omaha, NE 68103-2226

     1,582,443.709        8.83   Record

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The Board has adopted policies to ensure that any disclosure of information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders; and to make clear that information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings should not be distributed to any person unless:

 

    The disclosure is required to respond to a regulatory request, court order or other legal proceedings;

 

43


Table of Contents
    The disclosure is to a mutual fund rating or statistical agency or person performing similar functions who has signed a confidentiality agreement with the Trust;

 

    The disclosure is made to internal parties involved in the investment process, administration or custody of the Funds, including but not limited to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Board;

 

    The disclosure is (a) in connection with a quarterly, semi-annual or annual report that is available to the public or (b) relates to information that is otherwise available to the public ( e.g., portfolio information that is available on a Fund’s website); or

 

    The disclosure is made pursuant to prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Advisor or the Funds, or the President of the Trust.

The Funds make their portfolio holdings publicly available on the Funds’ website 15 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

The Funds do not have any individualized ongoing arrangements to make available information about the Funds’ portfolio securities to any person other than the disclosures made, as described above, to internal parties involved in the Funds’ investment process, administration or custody of the Funds. To the extent required to perform services for the Funds or the Advisor, the Funds’ or the Advisor’s legal counsel or the Funds’ auditors may obtain portfolio holdings information. Such information is provided subject to confidentiality requirements.

THE ADVISOR AND THE SUB-ADVISORS

The Advisor is a registered investment advisor with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Advisor is wholly owned by LGAM. Craig Litman, Kenneth Gregory and certain other senior employees of LGAM own approximately 85% of LGAM, and the remainder of LGAM is owned by a private equity firm.

Subject to the supervision of the Board, investment management and related services are provided by the Advisor to each of the Funds, pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, and the Advisor are parties to the Advisory Agreement. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third party”) beneficiaries of, the Advisory Agreement. Rather, the Trust and its respective investment series are the sole intended beneficiaries of the Advisory Agreement. Neither this SAI nor the Prospectus is intended to give rise to any contract rights or other rights in any shareholder, other than any rights conferred by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.

In addition, the assets of each Fund are divided into segments by the Advisor, and individual selection of securities in each segment is provided by a Sub-Advisor approved by the Board pursuant, in each case, to an investment sub-advisory agreement (each, a “Management Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor has agreed to (i) furnish each Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the selection and continued employment of Sub-Advisors to manage the actual investment of each Fund’s assets; (ii) direct the allocation of each Fund’s assets among such Sub-Advisors; (iii) oversee the investments made by such Sub-Advisors on behalf of each Fund, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Board; (iv) oversee the actions of the Sub-Advisors with respect to voting proxies for each Fund, filing Section 13 ownership reports with the SEC for each Fund, and taking other actions on behalf of each Fund; (v) maintain the books and records required to be maintained by each Fund except to the extent arrangements have been made for such books and records to be maintained by the administrator, another agent of each Fund or a Sub-Advisor; (vi) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of each Fund’s assets that each Fund’s administrator or distributor or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (vii) render to the Board such periodic and special reports with respect to each Fund’s investment activities as the Board may reasonably request, including at least one in-person appearance annually before the Board.

 

44


Table of Contents

The Advisor has agreed, at its own expense, to maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under the Advisory Agreement. Personnel of the Advisor may serve as officers of the Trust provided they do so without compensation from the Trust. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice and assistance as the Advisor or the Board may desire and reasonably request. With respect to the operation of each Fund, the Advisor has agreed to be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space and equipment reasonably necessary for the operation of the Trust and each Fund including the provision of persons qualified to serve as officers of the Trust; (ii) compensating the Sub-Advisors selected to invest the assets of each Fund; (iii) the expenses of printing and distributing extra copies of each Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information, and sales and advertising materials (but not the legal, auditing or accounting fees incurred thereto) to prospective investors (but not to existing shareholders); and (iv) the costs of any special Board meetings or shareholder meetings convened for the primary benefit of the Advisor or any Sub-Advisor.

Under each Management Agreement, each Sub-Advisor agrees to invest its allocated portion of the assets of each Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of each Fund as set forth in the Trust’s and each Fund’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; each Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information, and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, each Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Code, and other applicable law.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Sub-Advisor has agreed to (i) furnish each Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion of each Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion or determine that a portion of such allocated portion will remain uninvested; (iii) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Board; (iv) vote proxies and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion; (v) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion; (vi) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of each Fund’s assets which the Advisor, Trustees or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (vii) render to the Board such periodic and special reports with respect to Sub-Advisor’s allocated portion as the Board may reasonably request.

As compensation for the Advisor’s services (including payment of the Sub-Advisors’ fees), each Fund pays the Advisor an advisory fee at the rate specified in the prospectus. In addition to the fees payable to the Advisor and the Funds’ administrator, the Trust is responsible for its operating expenses, including: fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance, registration and transfer of its shares; brokerage and commission expenses; all expenses of transfer, receipt, safekeeping, servicing and accounting for the cash, securities and other property of the Trust for the benefit of each Fund including all fees and expenses of its custodian, shareholder services agent and accounting services agent; interest charges on any borrowings; costs and expenses of pricing and calculating its daily NAV and of maintaining its books of account required under the 1940 Act; taxes, if any; a pro rata portion of expenditures in connection with meetings of each Fund’s shareholders and the Board that are properly payable by each Fund; salaries and expenses of officers and fees and expenses of members of the Board or members of any advisory board or committee who are not members of, affiliated with or interested persons of the Advisor; insurance premiums on property or personnel of each Fund that inure to its benefit, including liability and fidelity bond insurance; the cost of preparing and printing reports, proxy statements, prospectuses and statements of additional information of each Fund or other communications for distribution to existing shareholders; legal, auditing and accounting fees; trade association dues; fees and expenses (including legal fees) of registering and maintaining registration of its shares for sale under federal and applicable state and foreign securities laws; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts, including all charges for transfer, shareholder recordkeeping, dividend disbursing, redemption, and other agents for the benefit of each Fund, if any; and all other charges and costs of its operation plus any extraordinary and non-recurring expenses, except as otherwise prescribed in the Advisory Agreement.

 

45


Table of Contents

Pursuant to a Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement effective as of January 1, 2006, for one year and renewable annually for additional one-year terms thereafter (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), the Advisor has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fees for each Fund to reflect reductions in the Sub-Advisors’ fees. Reductions in Sub-Advisors’ fees can occur due to changes in Sub-Advisors, the negotiation of different Sub-Advisor fee schedules, the reallocation of assets among Sub-Advisors or for other reasons. The Board may terminate the Fee Waiver Agreement upon 60 days’ notice to the Advisor, and the Advisor has reserved the right to decline renewal by written notice to the Trust at least 30 days before the Fee Waiver Agreement’s annual expiration date. The current term of the Fee Waiver Agreement expires on April 30, 2019. The Advisor’s intent in making such waivers is to pass through to the shareholders the benefits of reductions in the fees the Advisor is required to pay to the Sub-Advisors. The Advisor has agreed to waive its right to recoupment of any fees waived pursuant to the Fee Waiver Agreement.

Under the Advisory Agreement and each Management Agreement, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors will not be liable to the Trust for any error of judgment by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisors or any loss sustained by the Trust except in the case of a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services (in which case any award of damages will be limited as provided in the 1940 Act) or of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the applicable agreement.

The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements remain in effect for an initial period not to exceed two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, the Advisory Agreement and each Management Agreement will continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by a majority vote of the Independent Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund.

The Advisory Agreement and Management Agreements are terminable by vote of the Board or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund at any time without penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Advisor or a Sub-Advisor, as applicable. The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements also may be terminated by the Advisor or a Sub-Advisor, as applicable, upon 60 days’ written notice to the applicable Fund. The Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements terminate automatically upon their assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

In determining whether to renew the Advisory Agreement and the Management Agreements each year, the Board requests and evaluates information provided by the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors, in accordance with Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act. A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the Funds’ Advisory Agreement with the Advisor and each Management Agreement (except the Management Agreements with Evermore Global Advisors, LLC, Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC and DCI, LLC) is included in the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. A discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the Management Agreement with Evermore Global Advisors, LLC, Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC and DCI, LLC is included in the Funds’ Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2017.

Advisory fees net of waivers each of the Funds paid to the Advisor and the amounts waived by the Advisor for the last three fiscal years are specified below. Additional investment advisory fees payable under the Advisory Agreement may have, instead, been reduced by the Advisor and in some circumstances may be subject to reimbursement by the respective Fund, as discussed previously.

 

46


Table of Contents

Advisor Fees Paid to Advisor, Net of Waivers

 

Year

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller
Companies
Fund
     Alternative
Strategies
Fund
 

2017

   $ 3,227,491      $ 5,619,185      $ 241,164      $ 24,008,949  

2016

   $ 3,131,803      $ 7,803,389      $ 266,869      $ 18,058,739  

2015

   $ 3,745,271      $ 12,255,084      $ 631,384      $ 15,654,862  

Amounts Waived by Advisor

 

Year

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller
Companies
Fund
     Alternative
Strategies
Fund
 

2017

   $ 386,672      $ 1,876,901      $ 141,709      $ 1,675,406  

2016

   $ 290,729      $ 2,733,951      $ 154,623      $ 1,105,732  

2015

   $ 365,493      $ 3,825,355      $ 61,486      $ 1,075,856  

ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

The following section provides information regarding each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed, material conflicts of interests, and any ownership of securities in the Funds for which they sub-advise. Each portfolio manager or team member is referred to as a portfolio manager below. The portfolio managers are shown together in this section only for ease in presenting the information and should not be viewed for purposes of comparing the portfolio managers or their firms against one another. Each firm is a separate entity that may employ different compensation structures and may have different management requirements, and each portfolio manager may be affected by different conflicts of interest.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager of each Fund, the number of accounts managed (excluding the Funds) and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts are based on account performance, this information is reflected in separate tables below. Information in all tables is shown as of the Funds’ fiscal year-end, December 31, 2017. Asset amounts are approximate and have been rounded.

 

    

Registered

Investment Companies
(excluding the Funds)

    

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

     Other Accounts  

Fund and

Portfolio Manager

(Firm)                      

   Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
 

All Funds

                 

Jeremy DeGroot (Litman Gregory)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Equity Fund

                 

Jack Chee (Litman Gregory)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Rajat Jain (Litman Gregory)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Christopher C. Davis (Davis Advisors)

     17      $ 19.5 billion        9      $ 1 billion        46      $ 8.3 billion  

Danton Goei (Davis Advisors)

     10      $ 17.1 billion        8      $ 784 million        41      $ 7.2 billion  

Patrick J. English (FMI)

     4      $ 16 billion        8      $ 574 million        1,307      $ 9.6 billion  

Jonathan T. Bloom (FMI)

     4      $ 16 billion        8      $ 574 million        1,307      $ 9.6 billion  

Clyde S. McGregor (Harris)

     2      $ 19.1 billion        8      $ 4.5 billion        113      $ 1.3 billion  

William C. Nygren (Harris)

     6      $ 29.6 billion        2      $ 43.5 million        3      $ 484.3 million  

Scott Moore (Nuance)

     3      $ 1.1 billion        0      $ 0        981      $ 621.6 million  

Frank M. Sands (Sands Capital)

     4      $ 5 billion        10      $ 903 million        388      $ 14.7 billion  

A. Michael Sramek (Sands Capital)

     4      $ 5 billion        10      $ 903 million        388      $ 14.7 billion  

 

47


Table of Contents
    

Registered

Investment Companies
(excluding the Funds)

    

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

     Other Accounts  

Fund and

Portfolio Manager

(Firm)                      

   Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
 

Richard T. Weiss (WellsCap)

     1      $ 11 million        2      $ 360 million        12      $ 209 million  

International Fund

                 

Rajat Jain (Litman Gregory)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

David E. Marcus (Evermore)

     1      $ 607 million        0      $ 0        6      $ 408.7 million  

David G. Herro (Harris)

     11      $ 58.7 billion        22      $ 8.8 billion        49      $ 17.6 billion  

Mark Little (Lazard)

     3      $ 7.3 billion        7      $ 931.5 million        48      $ 8.1 billion  

Howard Appleby (Northern Cross)

     5      $ 31.7 billion        0      $ 0        7      $ 1.4 billion  

Jean-Francois Ducrest (Northern Cross)

     5      $ 31.7 billion        0      $ 0        7      $ 1.4 billion  

James LaTorre (Northern Cross)

     5      $ 31.7 billion        0      $ 0        7      $ 1.4 billion  

Fabio Paolini (Pictet)

     2      $ 2.1 billion        5      $ 817 million        10      $ 2.1 billion  

Benjamin (Ben) Beneche (Pictet)

     2      $ 1.3 billion        5      $ 252 million        16      $ 2.3 billion  

W. Vinson Walden (Thornburg)

     2      $ 2.6 billion        5      $ 385 million        9      $ 893 million  

Smaller Companies Fund

                 

Jack Chee (Litman Gregory)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Jeffrey Bronchick (Cove Street)

     1      $ 11 million        1      $ 145.9 million        96      $ 885.7 million  

Mark T. Dickherber (SBH)

     1      $ 62.2 million        1      $ 30.2 million        69      $ 806.9 million  

Shaun P. Nicholson (SBH)

     1      $ 62.2 million        1      $ 30.2 million        69      $ 806.9 million  

Richard T. Weiss (WellsCap)

     1      $ 42 million        2      $ 360 million        12      $ 209 million  

Alternative Strategies Fund

                 

Stephen Kealhofer (DCI)

     0      $ 0        7      $ 3.4 billion        5      $ 870 million  

Paul Harrison (DCI)

     0      $ 0        7      $ 3.4 billion        5      $ 870 million  

Bin Zeng (DCI)

     0      $ 0        7      $ 3.4 billion        5      $ 870 million  

Adam Dwinells (DCI)

     0      $ 0        7      $ 3.4 billion        5      $ 870 million  

Jeffrey Gundlach (DoubleLine)

     32      $ 90.1 billion        19      $ 7.9 billion        67      $ 11.1 billion  

Jeffrey Sherman (DoubleLine)

     19      $ 27.2 billion        7      $ 1.7 billion        12      $ 2.2 billion  

Steven Romick (First Pacific)

     3      $ 16.7 billion        9      $ 2.3 billion        2      $ 207.8 million  

Brian Selmo (First Pacific)

     3      $ 16.7 billion        9      $ 2.3 billion        2      $ 207.8 million  

Mark Landecker (First Pacific)

     3      $ 16.7 billion        9      $ 2.3 billion        2      $ 207.8 million  

Matthew Eagan (Loomis Sayles)

     16      $ 37.2 billion        25      $ 11 billion        147      $ 23 billion  

Kevin Kearns (Loomis Sayles)

     5      $ 1.6 billion        9      $ 3.7 billion        11      $ 2.1 billion  

Todd Vandam (Loomis Sayles)

     3      $ 1.5 billion        10      $ 2.4 billion        23      $ 3.3 billion  

John Orrico (Water Island)

     1      $ 1.92 billion        2      $ 13 million        0      $ 0  

Todd Munn (Water Island)

     3      $ 2.21 billion        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Roger Foltynowicz (Water Island)

     3      $ 2.21 billion        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

Gregg Loprete (Water Island)

     3      $ 345 million        0      $ 0        0      $ 0  

The following table reflects information regarding accounts for which the portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and with respect to which the advisory fee is based on account performance. The Funds’ portfolio managers not listed below reported that they do not provide day-to-day management of accounts with performance-based advisory fees. Information is shown as of the Funds’ fiscal year-end, December 31, 2017. Asset amounts are approximate and have been rounded.

 

48


Table of Contents

Other Accounts That Pay Performance-Based Advisory Fees Managed by Portfolio Managers

 

    

Registered

Investment Companies

    

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

     Other Accounts  

Fund and

Portfolio Manager

(Firm)                      

   Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
     Number
of
Accounts
     Total
Assets
in the
Accounts
 

Equity Fund

                 

Frank M. Sands (Sands Capital)

     1      $ 2.4 billion        0      $ 0        15      $ 2.1 billion  

A. Michael Sramek (Sands Capital)

     1      $ 2.4 billion        0      $ 0        15      $ 2.1 billion  

International Fund

                 

David E. Marcus (Evermore)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        2      $ 23 million  

David G. Herro (Harris)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        1      $ 142.2 million  

Mark Little (Lazard)

     1      $ 4 billion        0      $ 0        1      $ 117.3 million  

Alternative Strategies Fund

                 

Stephen Kealhofer (DCI)

     0      $ 0        4      $ 355 million        0      $ 0  

Paul Harrison

     0      $ 0        4      $ 355 million        0      $ 0  

Bin Zeng (DCI)

     0      $ 0        4      $ 355 million        0      $ 0  

Adam Dwinells (DCI)

     0      $ 0        4      $ 355 million        0      $ 0  

Jeffrey Gundlach (DoubleLine)

     0      $ 0        3      $ 3.1 billion        2      $ 1.1 billion  

Jeffrey Sherman (DoubleLine)

     0      $ 0        1      $ 166 million        0      $ 0  

Steven Romick (First Pacific)

     0      $ 0        6      $ 847.6 million        0      $ 0  

Brian Selmo (First Pacific)

     0      $ 0        1      $ 46.5 million        0      $ 0  

Mark Landecker (First Pacific)

     0      $ 0        1      $ 335.3 million        0      $ 0  

Brian Selmo, Mark Landecker (First Pacific)

     0      $ 0        2      $ 306.9 million        0      $ 0  

Matthew Eagan (Loomis Sayles)

     0      $ 0        0      $ 0        4      $ 818 million  

John Orrico (Water Island)

     0      $ 0        2      $ 13 million        0      $ 0  

Material Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent material conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one investment account or in other circumstances. Portfolio managers of each of the following Sub-Advisors who manage other investment accounts in addition to one or more of the Funds may be presented with the potential conflicts described below.

COVE STREET CAPITAL, LLC (“Cove Street”)

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

Cove Street’s management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with the management of the Smaller Companies Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Smaller Companies Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby Cove Street could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include Cove Street’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby Cove Street could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Smaller Companies Fund. However, Cove Street has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

Employees of Cove Street may own securities that are also owned by clients of Cove Street. As such, Cove Street has adopted a code of ethics to address these rules on personal trading and insider trading.

 

49


Table of Contents

DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS, L.P. (“Davis Advisors”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one portfolio or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple portfolios and/or other accounts are presented with the following potential conflicts: the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. Davis Advisors seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment weightings that are used in connection with the management of the portfolios.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one portfolio or other account, a portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible portfolios and other accounts. To deal with these situations, Davis Advisors has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.

With respect to securities transactions for the portfolios, Davis Advisors determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Davis Advisors may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Davis Advisors may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a portfolio and another account which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the portfolio or the other account.

Finally, substantial investment of assets of Davis Advisors or of the Davis family members in certain mutual funds may lead to conflicts of interest. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, Davis Advisors has adopted policies and procedures intended to ensure that all clients are treated fairly over time. Davis Advisors does not receive an incentive-based fee on any account.

DCI, LLC (“DCI”)

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between the portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Alternative Strategies Fund on the one hand, and the management of other accounts and investment funds, on the other. DCI may aggregate sale and purchase orders of securities with similar orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by DCI if, in DCI’s judgment, such aggregation is reasonably likely to result in an overall economic benefit to all accounts based on an evaluation that all are benefited by relatively better purchase or sale prices, lower commission expenses or beneficial timing of transactions, or a combination of these and other factors. There may be circumstances where DCI is unable to obtain sufficient quantities of a particular security due to market conditions, but may be able to obtain additional quantities of that security later in the trading period. Under such circumstances, DCI would allocate the quantities of the securities obtained in accordance with its trade allocation procedures and in any case in a fair and equitable way.

To address this potential conflict of interest, all allocations of investment opportunities and allocations of aggregated trades are required to be made in accordance with DCI’s written Investment Allocation Policy. In addition, DCI engages in ongoing trade activity reviews and has established a Best Execution Committee that conducts periodic reviews of DCI’s trading practices.

 

50


Table of Contents

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP (“DoubleLine”)

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Alternative Strategies Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest also may result because of DoubleLine’s other business activities. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Alternative Strategies Fund, be managed (benchmarked) against the same index the Alternative Strategies Fund tracks, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Alternative Strategies Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ management of the Alternative Strategies Fund. Because of their positions with the Alternative Strategies Fund, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of the Alternative Strategies Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Alternative Strategies Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but securities may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Alternative Strategies Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Alternative Strategies Fund and another account. DoubleLine has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Under DoubleLine’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines, DoubleLine’s investment outlook, cash availability and a series of other factors. DoubleLine has also adopted additional internal practices to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Alternative Strategies Fund and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Alternative Strategies Fund and other clients of DoubleLine invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Alternative Strategies Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of DoubleLine or result in DoubleLine receiving material, non-public information, or DoubleLine may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Alternative Strategies Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if DoubleLine acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Alternative Strategies Fund or other clients. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, DoubleLine will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Alternative Strategies Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in DoubleLine acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Investors in the Alternative Strategies Fund may also be advisory clients of DoubleLine. Accordingly, DoubleLine may in the course of its business provide advice to advisory clients whose interests may conflict with those of the Alternative Strategies Fund, may render advice to the Alternative Strategies Fund that provides a direct

 

51


Table of Contents

or indirect benefit to DoubleLine or a related party or may manage or advise a product in which the Alternative Strategies Fund is invested in such a way that would not be beneficial to the Fund. For example, DoubleLine may advise a client who has invested in the Alternative Strategies Fund to redeem its investment in the Alternative Strategies Fund, which may cause the Alternative Strategies Fund to incur transaction costs and/or have to sell assets at a time when it would not otherwise do so. DoubleLine could also, for example, make decisions with respect to a structured product managed or sponsored by DoubleLine in a manner that could have adverse effects on investors in the product, including, potentially, the Alternative Strategies Fund. DoubleLine currently provides asset allocation investment advice, including recommending the purchase and/or sale of shares of the Alternative Strategies Fund, to a large number of investors.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities . The portfolio managers, DoubleLine and its related parties engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, DoubleLine and its related parties may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of DoubleLine and its related parties or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of the Alternative Strategies Fund.

Possible Future Activities. DoubleLine and its related parties may expand the range of services that they provide over time. Except as provided herein, DoubleLine and its related parties will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. DoubleLine and its related parties have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Alternative Strategies Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Alternative Strategies Fund or may compete with a Fund for investment opportunities.

Performance Fees and Personal Investments. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance or in respect of which the portfolio manager may have made a significant personal investment. Such circumstances may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Alternative Strategies Fund. DoubleLine has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Alternative Strategies Fund and performance fee based accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

EVERMORE GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC (“Evermore”)

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the International Fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts.

Evermore has adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for Evermore and the individuals that it employs. For example, Evermore has adopted a side-by-side management of mutual funds and private accounts policy and trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by Evermore will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

 

52


Table of Contents

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If the portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s and/or account’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, the portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. The portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, the portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of Evermore’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which Evermore and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. Evermore or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to Evermore and its affiliates.

FIDUCIARY MANAGEMENT, INC. (“FMI”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

The portfolio managers at FMI are often responsible for managing other accounts. FMI typically assigns accounts with similar investment strategies to the portfolio managers to mitigate the potentially conflicting investment strategies, the side-by-side management of the Equity Fund and other accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest due to the interest held by the portfolio managers (for example, cross trades between the Equity Fund and another account and allocation of aggregated trades). FMI has developed policies and procedures reasonably designed to mitigate those conflicts. In particular, FMI has adopted policies designed to ensure the fair allocation of securities purchased on an aggregated basis.

 

53


Table of Contents

FIRST PACIFIC ADVISORS, LLC (“First Pacific”)

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

First Pacific has potential conflicts of interest in connection with its investment activities. For example, First Pacific manages multiple client accounts with different investment objectives and guidelines, and with different fee structures. First Pacific receives both asset-based fees and performance-based fees as compensation for its investment advisory services. Performance-based fees create an incentive for First Pacific to favor those accounts over asset-based fee accounts or make investments that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of performance-based fee clients. To mitigate potential conflicts of interest when managing performance-based fee clients side-by-side with asset-based fee clients, First Pacific has developed a policy in which portfolio managers attempt to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts on a pro rata basis if that is practical; or, if a pro rata allocation is not practical, to allocate the investment opportunities among First Pacific advisory clients on a basis that over time is fair and equitable to each advisory client relative to other clients.

First Pacific has also implemented other policies and procedures ( e.g. , a code of ethics) that seek to address other potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with First Pacific’s business and that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated fairly and equitably over time.

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P. (“Harris”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and the International Fund

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Equity Fund, International Fund and the other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that have a different advisory fee arrangement (including any accounts that pay performance-based fees), accounts of affiliated companies, or accounts in which the portfolio manager has a personal investment. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, Harris makes decisions to recommend, purchase, sell or hold securities for all of its client accounts, including the Equity Fund and International Fund, based on the specific investment objectives, guidelines, restrictions and circumstances of each account. It is Harris’ policy to allocate investment opportunities to each account, including the Equity Fund and International Fund, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis relative to its other accounts. With respect to the allocation of aggregated orders, each account that participates in the aggregated order will participate at the average share price, and where the order has not been completely filled, each institutional account, including the Equity Fund and International Fund, will generally participate on a pro rata basis.

Harris has compliance policies and procedures in place that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.

LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC (“LAZARD”)

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Lazard’s portfolio managers manage multiple accounts for a diverse client base, including private clients, institutions and investment funds. Lazard manages all portfolios on a team basis. The team is involved at all levels of the investment process. This team approach allows for every portfolio manager to benefit from his/her peers, and for clients to receive the firm’s best thinking, rather than that of a single portfolio manager. Lazard manages all like investment mandates against a model portfolio. Specific client objectives, guidelines or limitations then are applied against the model, and any necessary adjustments are made.

 

54


Table of Contents

Although the potential for conflicts of interest exists because Lazard and the portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the International Fund (“Similar Accounts”), Lazard has procedures in place that are designed to ensure that all accounts are treated fairly and that the Fund is not disadvantaged, including procedures regarding trade allocations and “conflicting trades” (e.g., long and short positions in the same security, as described below). In addition, the Fund, as a registered investment company, is subject to different regulations than certain of the Similar Accounts, and, consequently, may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions, or to engage in such techniques or transactions to the same degree, as the Similar Accounts.

Potential conflicts of interest may arise because of Lazard’s management of the Fund and Similar Accounts. For example, conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and the allocation of limited investment opportunities, as Lazard may be perceived as causing accounts it manages to participate in an offering to increase Lazard’s overall allocation of securities in that offering, or to increase Lazard’s ability to participate in future offerings by the same underwriter or issuer. Allocations of bunched trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially filled due to limited availability, and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as Lazard may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to preferred accounts. Initial public offerings, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. Additionally, portfolio managers may be perceived to have a conflict of interest because of the large number of Similar Accounts, in addition to the Fund, that they are managing on behalf of Lazard. Although Lazard does not track each individual portfolio manager’s time dedicated to each account, Lazard periodically reviews each portfolio manager’s overall responsibilities to ensure that he or she is able to allocate the necessary time and resources to effectively manage the Fund. In addition, Lazard could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that Lazard and/or its portfolio managers have a materially larger investment in a Similar Account than their investment in the Fund.

A potential conflict of interest may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by the other account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. Lazard manages hedge funds that are subject to performance/incentive fees. Certain hedge funds managed by Lazard may also be permitted to sell securities short. When Lazard engages in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, Lazard could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the account engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. As described above, Lazard has procedures in place to address these conflicts. Portfolio managers and portfolio management teams are generally not permitted to manage long-only assets alongside long/short assets, although may from time to time manage both hedge funds and long-only accounts, including open-end and closed-end registered investment companies.

LITMAN GREGORY

Advisor to the Funds

Litman Gregory has overall responsibility for assets under management and conducts oversight and evaluation of the Funds’ investment managers and other duties. Litman Gregory generally does not make day-to-day decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities by the Funds. Accordingly, no material conflicts of interest are expected to arise between the Funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. Litman Gregory has adopted compliance policies, including allocation policies and a code of ethics, which are intended to prevent or mitigate conflicts of interest, if any, that may arise.

 

55


Table of Contents

LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”)

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Alternative Strategies Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts. Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s availability of other comparable investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles’ desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Loomis Sayles maintains trade allocation and aggregation policies and procedures to address these potential conflicts. Conflicts of interest also may arise to the extend a portfolio manager short sells a stock in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Alternative Strategies Fund, or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements,” which are addressed in Loomis Sayles’ Brokerage Allocation Policies and Procedures and Loomis Sayles’ Trade Aggregation and Allocation Policies and Procedures.

NORTHERN CROSS, LLC (“Northern Cross”)

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the International Fund and the management of other client accounts. The other accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the International Fund, track the same index the International Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the International Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the International Fund. Northern Cross has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to treat all accounts fairly and equitably and to address the potentially adverse effect of any conflicts of interest.

A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ day-to-day management of the International Fund. Because of the portfolio managers’ positions with the International Fund, each portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the International Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts he manages and to the possible detriment of the International Fund. Northern Cross has designed and implemented policies and procedures intended to mitigate these conflicts and fairly allocate investments across all client accounts. Trades are blocked and executed at a common price. Allocations of the block trade are then made pro rata to all eligible accounts within the same strategy.

Portfolio managers with Northern Cross may purchase, hold, and sell securities, for their own benefit, that could be owned by or considered potential investment opportunities for Northern Cross’s clients. Personal securities trading by “supervised persons” creates a conflict of interest. Northern Cross has put in place policies and procedures to mitigate this conflict. Personal securities transactions are addressed in Northern Cross’s Code of Ethics and monitored regularly by Northern Cross’s Compliance Team. Controls applied to personal securities trading include pre-clearance of all personal trades in reportable securities and restrictions on securities owned by or being considered for clients of Northern Cross.

When evaluating broker-dealers, Northern Cross may not always select the broker-dealer with the lowest commission rate. The primary criteria considered in selecting a broker-dealer is the ability of the broker-dealer, in Northern Cross’s opinion, to secure execution at the best security price available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of brokerage and research services provided to Northern Cross on behalf of their clients.

 

56


Table of Contents

A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the International Fund and other accounts but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the International Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the International Fund and another account. Northern Cross has adopted policies and procedures designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

NUANCE INVESTMENTS, LLC (“Nuance”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Nuance’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with the management of the Equity Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Equity Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby Nuance could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include Nuance’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Equity Fund trades, whereby Nuance could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Equity Fund. However, Nuance has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

PICTET ASSET MANAGEMENT LIMITED (“Pictet”)

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Pictet is governed by The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). The FCA is a financial regulatory body in the United Kingdom, but operates independently of the UK government, and is financed by charging fees to members of the financial services industry. Pictet is required under FCA rules (a) to take all reasonable steps to identify conflicts of interest between (i) Pictet (including its staff or any person directly, or indirectly linked to us by control) and a client, or (ii) one client and another; (b) maintain and operate effective organizational and administrative arrangements with a view to taking all reasonable steps to prevent conflicts of interest from constituting or giving rise to a material risk of damage to the interests of its clients; and (c) establish, implement and maintain an effective written conflicts of interest policy (“the Conflicts of Interest Policy”) which identifies those conflicts of interest which constitute or may give rise to a conflict of interest entailing a material risk of damage to the interests of one or more clients and the procedures which are followed to manage such conflicts.

Pictet is also registered with the SEC which has similar requirements for the identification and management of conflicts of interest. This includes the requirement to make full and fair disclosure to clients of all material facts about the advisory relationship, particularly regarding conflicts of interest.

SANDS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (“Sands Capital”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Sands Capital is an investment adviser to a variety of clients. As a result, there may be actual or potential conflicts of interest. For example, conflicts of interest could result from portfolio managers’ management of multiple accounts for multiple clients, the execution and allocation of investment opportunities, the use of brokerage commissions to obtain research and personal trading by employees. Sands Capital has addressed these conflicts by developing policies and procedures reasonably designed to treat all clients in a fair and equitable manner over time. These policies and procedures address such issues as execution of portfolio transactions, aggregation and allocation of trades, directed brokerage, and the use of brokerage commissions. Additionally, Sands Capital maintains a Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures that address rules on personal trading and insider information.

 

57


Table of Contents

SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL, LLC (“SBH”)

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. Where conflicts of interest arise between the Smaller Companies Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, SBH will proceed in a manner that ensures that the Smaller Companies Fund will not be treated less favorably. There may be instances where similar portfolio transactions may be executed for the same security for numerous accounts managed by the portfolio managers. In such instances, securities will be allocated in accordance with SBH’s trade allocation policy.

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. (“Thornburg”)

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Most investment advisors and their portfolio managers manage investments for multiple clients, which may include mutual funds, private accounts and retirement plans. In any case where a portfolio manager manages the investments of two or more accounts, there is a possibility that conflicts of interest could arise between the portfolio manager’s management of the fund’s investments and the portfolio manager’s management of other accounts. These conflicts could include any of the following:

 

    Allocating a favorable investment opportunity to one account but not another;

 

    Directing one account to buy a security before purchases through other accounts increase the price of the security in the marketplace;

 

    Giving substantially inconsistent investment directions at the same time to similar accounts, so as to benefit one account over another; and

 

    Obtaining services from brokers conducting trades for one account, which are used to benefit another account.

As a sub-advisor to the International Fund, Thornburg has informed the International Fund that it has considered the likelihood that any material conflicts of interest could arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the International Fund’s investments and the portfolio manager’s management of other accounts. As of December 31, 2017, Thornburg has also informed the International Fund that it has not identified any such conflicts that may arise, and has concluded that it has implemented policies and procedures to identify and resolve any such conflict if it did arise.

WATER ISLAND CAPITAL, LLC (“Water Island”)

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Water Island’s portfolio managers may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with their responsibility for managing accounts other than the Alternative Strategies Fund. Other accounts may include, without limitation: separately managed accounts, registered investment companies, unregistered investment companies such as pooled investment vehicles and hedge funds, and proprietary accounts. Management of multiple accounts can present certain conflicts of interest, including variation in compensation across accounts, conflicts that may arise from the purchase or sale of similar securities for more than one account, conflicts arising from transactions between accounts, conflicts arising from transactions involving ‘pilot’ funds, and conflicts arising from the selection of brokers and dealers to effect transactions for the Alternative Strategies Fund and other accounts. The compliance team of Water Island has implemented trading and allocation policies and oversight procedures in order to closely monitor and ensure equitable treatment of all accounts to address these conflicts.

Variation in Compensation. A potential conflict of interest related to variation in compensation may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the Alternative Strategies Fund and/or other accounts that they manage. A portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or other accounts over others if the structure of the investment adviser’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s

 

58


Table of Contents

compensation differs among the funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), or if the portfolio manager or Water Island has a greater financial interest in one or more of the accounts. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or other accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Purchase or Sale of Securities for More Than One Account. To address these and other potential conflicts of interest, Water Island has implemented policies and procedures designed to allocate securities among the various accounts it advises in a fair and equitable manner over time. In addition, Water Island has implemented processes for monitoring the effectiveness of these policies and procedures, including periodic reviews of allocations by its Compliance department so as to help ensure equitable treatment. Water Island has also adopted policies and procedures to address certain additional conflicts specifically, as further described below.

Cross Trades. “Cross trades,” in which one account sells a particular security to another account (saving transaction costs for both accounts), may also pose a potential conflict of interest. Conflicts may arise if, for example, one account is permitted to sell a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay, or if such trades result in more attractive investments being allocated to higher-fee accounts. In an effort to address this potential conflict of interest, Water Island has adopted compliance procedures that, consistent with applicable law, include Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act, provide that any transactions between the Alternative Strategies Fund and any other advised accounts are to be made for cash without payment of any commission, spread, or other type of brokerage costs and at an independent current market price. Proposed cross trade must be reviewed and approved by Water Island’s Compliance department prior to execution.

Pilot Funds. Water Island may from time to time establish “pilot” or “incubator” funds for the purpose of testing proposed investment strategies or products prior to accepting assets from outside investors. These pilot accounts may be in the form of registered investment companies, private funds such as partnerships, or separate accounts. Typically, Water Island or an affiliate supplies the funding for these accounts. Employees of Water Island, including the Fund’s portfolio manager(s), may also invest in certain pilot accounts. Pilot funds and accounts may, and frequently do, invest in the same securities as the other accounts managed by Water Island. In an effort to address this potential conflict of interest, Water Island has adopted a policy to treat pilot accounts in the same manner as client accounts for purposes of trading allocation – neither favoring nor disfavoring them. For example, pilot accounts are normally included in the daily block trade aggregation procedures alongside client accounts as described above (except that pilot accounts do not participate in initial public offerings).

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. The Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Alternative Strategies Fund. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide Water Island with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. In order to be assured of continuing to receive services considered of value to its clients, Water Island has adopted a brokerage allocation policy embodying the concepts of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the Alternative Strategies Fund and/or other accounts that they manage, although the payment of brokerage commissions is always subject to the requirement that Water Island determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided.

The Fund’s portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in the management of the Alternative Strategies Fund and other accounts, and the examples above are not intended to provide an exhaustive list or complete description of every conflict that may arise.

 

59


Table of Contents

WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC. (“WellsCap”)

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund

WellsCap’s portfolio managers often provide investment management for separate accounts advised in the same or similar investment style as that provided to mutual funds. While management of multiple accounts could potentially lead to conflicts of interest over various issues such as trade allocation, fee disparities and research acquisition, WellsCap has implemented policies and procedures for the express purpose of ensuring that clients are treated fairly and that potential conflicts of interest are minimized.

Compensation Structure and Methods

The following section describes the structure of, and the methods used to determine the different types of compensation ( e.g. , salary, bonus, deferred compensation, retirement plans and arrangements) for each of the Funds’ portfolio managers as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

COVE STREET

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

As a member of Cove Street, Jeffrey Bronchick receives a salary and his pro-rata share of Cove Street’s profits.

DAVIS ADVISORS

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Christopher C. Davis’ annual compensation as an employee and general partner of Davis Advisors consists of a base salary.

Danton Goei’s compensation for services provided to the Advisor consists of: (i) a base salary; (ii) an annual discretionary bonus; (iii) awards of equity (“Units”) in Davis Advisors including Units and/or phantom Units; and (iv) an incentive plan whereby Davis Advisors purchases shares in selected mutual funds managed by Davis Advisors. At the end of specified periods, generally five-years following the date of purchase, some, all, or none of the Fund shares will be registered in the employee’s name based on Fund performance, after expenses on a pre-tax basis, versus the Fund’s benchmark index, as described in the Fund’s prospectus or, in limited cases, based on performance ranking among established peer groups. Davis Advisors does not purchase incentive shares in every fund that a portfolio manager manages or assists on. In limited cases, such incentive compensation is tied on a memorandum basis to the performance of the portion of the Fund (“sleeve”) managed by the analyst versus the Fund’s benchmark. Davis Advisors’ portfolio managers are provided benefits packages including life insurance, health insurance, and participation in Davis Advisors’ 401(k) plan comparable to that received by other company employees.

DCI

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

DCI’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain the highest quality professionals. The management team feels strongly that all executives should share in DCI’s long-term incentive mechanisms. This belief has resulted in a very strong rate of retention at the senior level. As a result, all executives are highly motivated to maximize DCI’s long-term value through superior investment performance and strong client relationships. Compensation comprises an industry competitive salary and an annual discretionary bonus based on corporate and individual performance.

For DCI’s most senior employees, compensation also includes a share in DCI’s overall profits, as well as long-term equity (which in some cases vests over time). No employee compensation is ever based on the performance of a specific strategy or portfolio.

 

60


Table of Contents

DOUBLELINE

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

The overall objective of the compensation program for portfolio managers is for the Sub-Advisor to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long-term. Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and the Sub-Advisor. Portfolio managers are generally compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in the Sub-Advisor. Bonuses and equity generally represent most of the portfolio managers’ compensation. However, in some cases, portfolio managers may have a profit sharing interest in the revenue or income related to the areas for which the portfolio managers are responsible. Such profit sharing arrangements can comprise a significant portion of a portfolio manager’s overall compensation.

Salary.  Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time. It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of a portfolio manager’s compensation.

Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums.  Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses. However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.

Equity Incentives.  Portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Sub-Advisor, through direct ownership interests in the Sub-Advisor or participation in stock option or stock appreciation plans of the Sub-Advisor. These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Sub-Advisor as a whole. Participation is generally determined in the discretion of the Sub-Advisor, taking into account factors relevant to the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of the Sub-Advisor.

Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles.  Portfolio managers may elect to participate in the DoubleLine 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis. The Sub-Advisor may also choose, from time to time, to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.

Summary.  As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of each of the Sub-Advisor’s leadership criteria.

EVERMORE

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Because Mr. Marcus may manage other accounts, including accounts that may pay higher fees or accounts that may pay performance-based fees, potential conflicts of interest could exist, including potential conflicts between the investment strategy of the International Fund and the investment strategy of the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between the International Fund and the other accounts.

Mr. Marcus is a member of Evermore. His compensation consists of a fixed based salary and a membership interest in the firm’s profits. Mr. Marcus may also participate in Evermore’s matching 401(k) retirement plan. He may receive bonuses based on the performance of his duties and his contribution to Evermore. The compensation

 

61


Table of Contents

program does not disproportionately reward outperformance by higher fee/performance fee products. Evermore’s profits interest is the primary incentive for persons to maintain employment with Evermore. Evermore believes this is the best incentive to maintain stability of portfolio management personnel.

FMI

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Patrick J. English . Mr. English’s salary is based upon revenues of FMI. The type of account and source of the revenues has no bearing upon the salary except insofar as they affect the revenues of the company.

Jonathan T. Bloom . Mr. Bloom’s salary and bonus are based upon the revenues of FMI. The type of account has no bearing upon the salary and bonus except insofar as they affect the revenues of the company.

FIRST PACIFIC

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Compensation of the portfolio managers consists of: (i) a base salary; (ii) an annual bonus; and (iii) since the portfolio managers are equity owners of the firm, participation in residual profits of the firm.

The bonus calculation has both variable and fixed components and is primarily based on the revenues received on the assets managed by the portfolio managers, including the relevant fund’s assets. The most significant portion of the variable component is based upon the firm’s assessment of the portfolio managers’ performance in three key areas: long-term performance, team building, and succession planning. The firm assesses long-term performance over a full market cycle, which generally lasts between five and ten years. Other considerations include portfolio manager and strategy recognition, client engagement and retention, and business development. The portfolio managers can receive 100% of their variable participation even if the strategy is closed to investors. In addition, the value of a portfolio manager’s equity ownership interest in the firm is dependent upon his ability to effectively manage the business over the long term, which includes the three main components discussed above: long-term performance, team-building and succession planning.

First Pacific believes this compensation structure aligns the interests of the portfolio managers with those of investors by reducing conflicts such as disparate compensation structures, establishing appropriate fee rates for accounts in the strategy and keeping the portfolio managers incentivized in areas such as long-term performance, team building and succession.

If the Portfolio Manager is an equity owner of the firm, then the value of the Portfolio Manager’s ownership interest is dependent upon his ability to effectively manage the business over the long term.

Analysts receive a base compensation and a discretionary bonus, which is determined by the leaders of the product/strategy in which they participate, with oversight from the management committee.

HARRIS

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and the International Fund

Compensation

Harris receives fees based on the assets under management of the Equity Fund and International Fund, respectively, as set forth in the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreements between Harris and Litman Gregory.

Harris is solely responsible for compensating its portfolio managers. Compensation for each of its portfolio managers is based on Harris’ assessment of the individual’s long-term contribution to the investment success of the firm. Each portfolio manager receives a base salary and participates in a discretionary bonus pool. In addition, most

 

62


Table of Contents

of the portfolio managers also participate in a long-term compensation plan that provides current compensation to certain key employees of Harris and deferred compensation to both current and former key employees. The compensation plan consists of bonus units awarded to participants that vest and are paid out over a period of time.

The determination of the amount of such portfolio manager’s base salary and discretionary bonus participation and, where applicable, participation in the long-term compensation plan is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors. The factor given the most significant weight is the subjective assessment of the individual’s contribution to the overall investment results of Harris’ domestic or international investment group, whether as a portfolio manager, a research analyst or both.

The quantitative factors considered in evaluating the contribution of a portfolio manager include the performance of the portfolios managed by that individual relative to benchmarks, peers and other portfolio managers, as well as the assets under management in the accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The portfolio managers’ compensation is not based solely on an evaluation of the performance of the accounts or the amount of assets under management. Performance is measured in a number of ways, including by funds, accounts and by strategy, and is compared to one or more of the following benchmarks: S&P 500 ® Index, Russell Mid-Cap ® Value Index, Russell 1000 ® Value Index, Lipper Balanced Funds Index (60% S&P 500 ® Index and 40% Barclays Bond Index), MSCI World Index, MSCI World ex U.S. Index, MSCI World ex-U.S. Small Cap Index and Harris’ approved lists of stocks, depending on whether the portfolio manager manages accounts in the particular strategy to which these benchmarks would be applicable. Performance is measured over shorter- and longer-term periods, including one year, three years, five years, ten years, since a fund’s inception or since a portfolio manager has been managing a fund, as applicable. Performance is measured on a pre-tax and after-tax basis to the extent such information is available.

If a portfolio manager also serves as a research analyst, then his compensation is also based on the contribution made to Harris in that role. The specific quantitative and qualitative factors considered in evaluating a research analyst’s contributions include, among other things, new investment ideas, the performance of investment ideas covered by the analyst during the current year as well as over longer-term periods, the portfolio impact of the analyst’s investment ideas, other contributions to the research process, and an assessment of the quality of analytical work. If a portfolio manager also serves as a research analyst, then such manager may participate in a long-term compensation plan that may provide future compensation upon vesting after a multi-year period. The plan consists of an award based on a quantitative evaluation of the performance of the investment ideas covered by the analyst over the same multi-year period. In addition, an individual’s other contributions to Harris, such as a role in investment thought leadership and management, are taken into account in the overall compensation process.

LAZARD

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Lazard compensates key investment personnel by a competitive salary and bonus structure, which is determined both quantitatively and qualitatively.

Salary and bonus are paid in cash, stock and restricted interests in funds managed by Lazard or its affiliates. Portfolio managers are compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of portfolios managed by them rather than for a specific fund or account. Various factors are considered in the determination of a portfolio manager’s compensation. All of the portfolios managed by a portfolio manager are comprehensively evaluated to determine his or her positive and consistent performance contribution over time. Further factors include the amount of assets in the portfolios as well as qualitative aspects that reinforce Lazard’s investment philosophy.

Total compensation is generally not fixed, but rather is based on the following factors: (i) leadership, teamwork and commitment; (ii) maintenance of current knowledge and opinions on companies owned in the portfolio; (iii) generation and development of new investment ideas, including the quality of security analysis and identification of appreciation catalysts; (iv) ability and willingness to develop and share ideas on a team basis; and (v) the performance results of the portfolios managed by the investment teams of which the portfolio manager is a member.

 

63


Table of Contents

A variable bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s quantitative performance as measured by his or her ability to make investment decisions that contribute to the pre-tax absolute and relative returns of the accounts managed by the teams of which the portfolio manager is a member, by comparison of each account to a predetermined benchmark (as set forth in the prospectus or other governing document) over the current fiscal year and the longer-term performance of such account, as well as performance of the account relative to peers. In addition, the portfolio manager’s bonus can be influenced by subjective measurement of the manager’s ability to help others make investment decisions. A portion of a portfolio manager’s variable bonus is awarded under a deferred compensation arrangement pursuant to which the portfolio manager may allocate certain amounts awarded among certain accounts in shares that vest in two to three years. Certain portfolio managers’ bonus compensation may be tied to a fixed percentage of revenues or assets generated by the accounts managed by such portfolio management teams.

LITMAN GREGORY

Advisor to the Funds

Litman Gregory’s portfolio managers are compensated based on a fixed salary and a distribution of Litman Gregory’s profits commensurate with the portfolio managers’ respective ownership percentages in the parent company of the Advisor.

LOOMIS SAYLES

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up primarily of three main components: base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive program. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or variable compensation potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan.

Base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations.

Variable compensation is an incentive-based component and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. Variable compensation is based on four factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager’s business unit and personal conduct. Investment performance is the primary component of total variable compensation and generally represents at least 60% of the total for fixed income managers. The other three factors are used to determine the remainder of variable compensation, subject to the discretion of the Chief Investment Officer and senior management. The Chief Investment Officer and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the compensation calculation, investment performance for fixed income managers is measured by comparing the performance of Loomis Sayles’ institutional composite (pre-tax and net of fees) in the manager’s style to the performance of an external benchmark and a customized peer group. The benchmark used for the investment style utilized for the Alternative Strategies Fund is the 3-Month LIBOR. The customized peer group is created by Loomis Sayles and is made up of institutional managers in the particular investment style. A portfolio manager’s relative performance for the past five years, or seven years for some products, is used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. To ensure consistency, Loomis Sayles analyzes the five- or seven-year performance on a rolling three-year basis. If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative revenue size of accounts represented in each product.

 

64


Table of Contents

Loomis Sayles uses both an external benchmark and a customized peer group as a point of comparison for fixed income manager performance because Loomis Sayles believes they represent an appropriate combination of the competitive fixed-income product universe and the investment styles offered by Loomis Sayles.

In addition to the compensation described above, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation based on the overall growth of their strategies.

General

Most mutual funds do not directly contribute to a portfolio manager’s overall compensation because Loomis Sayles uses the performance of the portfolio manager’s institutional accounts compared to an institutional peer group. However, each fund managed by Loomis Sayles employs strategies endorsed by Loomis Sayles and fits into the product category for the relevant investment style. Loomis Sayles may adjust compensation if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the composite and accounts not included in the composite.

Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented two distinct long-term incentive plans to attract and retain investment talent. These plans supplement existing compensation. The first plan has several important components distinguishing it from traditional equity ownership plans:

 

    The plan grants units that entitle participants to an annual payment based on a percentage of company earnings above an established threshold;

 

    Upon retirement a participant will receive a multi-year payout for his or her vested units;

 

    Participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant.

The second plan is similarly constructed although the participant’s annual participation in company earnings is deferred for two years from the time of award and is only payable if the portfolio manager remains at Loomis Sayles. In this plan, there are no post-retirement payments or non-compete covenants.

Senior management expects that the variable compensation portion of overall compensation will continue to remain the largest source of income for those investment professionals included in the plan. The plan was initially offered to portfolio managers and over time, the scope of eligibility widened to include other key investment professionals. Management has full discretion over what units are issued and to whom.

Portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing plan, in which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of each employee based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The portfolio managers may also participate in the Loomis Sayles defined benefit pension plan, which applies to all Loomis Sayles employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The defined benefit is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).

NORTHERN CROSS

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Northern Cross is owned 100% by the six principals, Howard Appleby, Jean-Francois Ducrest, James LaTorre, Scott Babka, Adam Feldman and David Lerner. The compensation of the portfolio managers, Messrs. Appleby, Ducrest and LaTorre, consists of a share in the firm’s overall profits.

NUANCE

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

The Nuance team is compensated in three ways: salary, bonus and profit sharing. The profit sharing component of the compensation is motivation to stay loyal to the firm and participate in its growth.

 

65


Table of Contents

Scott Moore, President, Chief Investment Officer, and portfolio manager, owns 36.48% of Nuance. As such, his performance is tied to the profits of the firm. He firmly believes that the profits of the firm will coincide directly with the success of the investment products he manages with his team. The vast majority of his compensation has a direct correlation with the success of his clients and their experience as clients with Nuance.

PICTET

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Pictet’s remuneration policy aligns individuals’ pay with the interests of Pictet’s clients and the long-term performance of the business.

Pictet’s Managing Partners, as part of the responsibilities of the Partners’ Committee, oversee all remuneration policies and provide independent oversight for remuneration decisions. The Partners’ attention to a sound risk management approach protects investors, the Pictet Group, Pictet, and employees. Pictet’s remuneration policy complies with regulatory requirements and external best practices.

An individual’s total compensation typically comprises a fixed salary; a performance related bonus; Pictet Parts (linking pay to Group results); and, for key senior executives, Long-Term Incentive Plan Units (linking pay to the long-term growth and continued success of Pictet). The variable elements of pay create a direct link between pay and performance, aligning Pictet’s staff’s incentives with the best interests of Pictet’s clients. The appropriate mix of different pay elements and deferrals ensures that an individual’s compensation is appropriately stable over time and encourages responsible risk-taking and sustainable performance for Pictet’s clients.

SANDS CAPITAL

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Investment professionals benefit from a salary competitive in the industry, an annual qualitative bonus based on subjective review of the employee’s overall contribution and a standard profit sharing plan and 401(k) plan. Additional incentives include equity participation. The investment professionals also participate in an investment results bonus. The investment results bonus is calculated from the pre-tax performance variance of the Sands Capital composite returns and their respective benchmarks over one-, three- and five-year periods, weighted towards the three- and five-year results.

SBH

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

The portfolio managers receive a fixed base salary and a bonus based on a combination of individual and firm performance. Criteria considered in determining incentive compensation includes: firm revenues from both new and retained clients; firm profit; achieving portfolio goals such as incremental return to the benchmark and consistency of returns across client portfolios; and subjective criteria such as additional training, new investment models developed, and overall contribution to the success of the firm. The portfolio managers’ compensation arrangements are not determined on the basis of specific funds or accounts managed.

THORNBURG

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

The compensation of the portfolio manager includes an annual salary, annual bonus and company-wide profit sharing. The portfolio manager also owns equity shares in Thornburg. Both the salary and bonus are reviewed approximately annually for comparability with salaries of other portfolio managers in the industry, using survey data obtained from compensation consultants. The annual bonus is subjective. Criteria that are considered in formulating the bonus, include, but are not limited to, the following: revenues available to pay compensation of the

 

66


Table of Contents

portfolio manager and all other expenses related to supporting the accounts managed by the manager, multiple year historical total return of accounts managed by the portfolio manager, relative to market performance and similar investment companies; the degree of sensitivity of the portfolio manager to potential tax liabilities created for account holders in generating returns, relative to overall return. To the extent that the portfolio manager realizes benefits from capital appreciation and dividends paid to shareholders of Thornburg, such benefits accrue from the overall financial performance of Thornburg.

WATER ISLAND

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Investment professionals are compensated with salary and a bonus based on individual performance, both relative and absolute fund performance, and profitability of Water Island. Profit sharing in Water Island may also be included as potential compensation. In addition, Water Island believes employee ownership and the opportunity for all employees to hold ownership interests in Water Island fosters teamwork and encourages longevity in tenure. Ownership shares may be issued to employees based on tenure, position, and contribution to Water Island. Water Island’s policies help ensure that the financial interests of its key investment personnel are aligned with its clients’ financial interests. Water Island also expends efforts to help ensure it attracts and retains key investment talent. Its goal is to focus its employees on long-term rather than short-term performance and to encourage employee retention.

WELLSCAP

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund

The compensation structure for WellsCap’s portfolio managers includes a competitive fixed base salary plus variable incentives, payable annually and/or over longer term periods. Participating in third party investment management compensation surveys provides market-based compensation information to help support individual pay decisions. In addition to investment management compensations surveys, compensation consideration includes prior professional experience, tenure, seniority, and a portfolio manager’s team size, scope, and assets under management when determining their fixed base salary. Incentive bonuses are typically tied to relative, pre-tax investment performance of the Funds or other accounts under his or her management within acceptable risk parameters. Relative investment performance is generally evaluated for 1, 3, and 5 year performance results, with a predominant weighting on the 3- and 5- year time periods, versus the relevant benchmarks and/or peer groups consistent with the investment style. In the case of the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund, the benchmarks against which the performance of the Equity Fund’s and the Smaller Companies Fund’s portfolios may be compared for these purposes generally are indicated in the “Performance” sections of the prospectus of the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund. In addition, portfolio managers, who meet the eligibility requirements, may participate in Wells Fargo’s 401(k) plan that features a limited matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in this plan is on the same basis for all employees.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies the dollar range of Fund shares beneficially owned by each portfolio manager of such Fund, as of December 31, 2017.

 

Portfolio Manager/

Fund(s) Managed

  

Dollar Range of

Securities Owned

Howard Appleby/

International Fund

   E

Benjamin (Ben) Beneche/

International Fund

   A

Jonathan T. Bloom/

Equity Fund

   A

Jeffrey Bronchick/

Smaller Companies Fund

   A

 

67


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager/

Fund(s) Managed  

   Dollar Range of
Securities Owned

Jack Chee/

Equity Fund

   D

Smaller Companies Fund

   A

Christopher C. Davis/

Equity Fund

   A

Jeremy DeGroot/

Equity Fund

   E

International Fund

   E

Smaller Companies Fund

   D

Alternative Strategies Fund

   E

Mark T. Dickherber/

Smaller Companies Fund

   A

Adam Dwinells/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Roger Foltynowicz/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   E

Jean-Francois Ducrest/

International Fund

   D

Matthew Eagan/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Patrick J. English/

Equity Fund

   A

Danton Goei/

Equity Fund

   A

Jeffrey Gundlach/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Paul Harrison/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

David G. Herro/

International Fund

   D

Rajat Jain/

Equity Fund

   D

International Fund

   C

Smaller Companies Fund

   A

Stephen Kealhofer/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Kevin Kearns/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Mark Landecker/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

James LaTorre/

International Fund

   A

Mark Little/

International Fund

   A

Gregg Loprete/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   E

David E. Marcus/

International Fund

   A

Clyde S. McGregor/

Equity Fund

   A

 

68


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager/

Fund(s) Managed  

   Dollar Range of
Securities Owned

Scott Moore/

Equity Fund

   A

Todd Munn/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   D

Shaun P. Nicholson/

Smaller Companies Fund

   A

William C. Nygren/

Equity Fund

   A

John Orrico/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Fabio Paolini/

International Fund

   A

Steven Romick/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Frank M. Sands/

Equity Fund

   A

Brian Selmo/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Jeffrey Sherman/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

A. Michael Sramek/

Equity Fund

   A

Todd Vandam/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

W. Vinson Walden/

International Fund

   A

Richard T. Weiss/

Equity Fund

   G

Smaller Companies Fund

   G

Bin Zeng/

Alternative Strategies Fund

   A

Key of Dollar Ranges for Table: A - None; B - $1 to $10,000; C - $10,001 to $50,000; D - $50,001 to $100,000; E - $100,001 - $500,000; F - $500,001 - $1,000,000; G - Over $1,000,000.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds to the Advisor as a part of the Advisor’s general management of the Funds, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The policy of the Trust is also to adopt the policies and procedures used by the Advisor to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by its clients.

The following information is a summary of the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors.

LITMAN GREGORY

Advisor to the Funds

It is the Advisor’s policy to vote all proxies received by the Funds in a timely manner. In general, the Advisor will vote in accordance with its pre-determined voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”). However, the Advisor reserves the right to depart from any of the Guidelines and make a voting decision on a case-by-case basis. Although many proxy proposals will be covered by the Guidelines, the Advisor recognizes that some proposals require special

 

69


Table of Contents

consideration, and the Advisor will make a decision on a case-by-case basis in these situations. Where such a case-by-case determination is required, the Advisor’s proxy voting coordinator may, but is not required to, consult with other personnel of the Advisor to determine the appropriate action on the matter.

Unless otherwise instructed by the Funds, the Advisor may, and generally will, delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities to one or more of the Sub-Advisors. To the extent such responsibility is delegated to a Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall assume the fiduciary duty and reporting responsibilities of the Advisor. Unless otherwise instructed by the Funds or the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall apply its own proxy voting policies and procedures.

The Advisor’s duty is to vote in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders. In situations where the Advisor determines that a proxy proposal raises a material conflict of interest between the interests of the Advisor, the Funds’ principal underwriter, or an affiliated person of the Advisor or the principal underwriter and that of one or more Funds, the conflict shall be resolved by voting in accordance with a predetermined voting policy. However, to the extent that (1) no pre-determined voting policy applies to the specific proposal or (2) there is an applicable pre-determined voting policy, but the Advisor has discretion to deviate from such policy, the Advisor shall disclose the conflict to the Board and seek the Board’s direction or consent to the proposed vote prior to voting on such proposal.

COVE STREET

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

Cove Street will vote proxies on behalf of the Smaller Companies Fund in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of the Smaller Companies Fund and its shareholders. Absent special circumstances, all proxies will be voted consistent with guidelines established and described in Cove Street’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. A summary of Cove Street’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is as follows:

 

    Cove Street generally votes against issues that seek to entrench a board and management of a company through anti-takeover measures, staggered board terms, super majority requirements and poison pill provisions;

 

    Cove Street is highly sensitive to any measures that potentially may dilute shareholder interests ( i.e. , new issues or excessive management compensation through equity gifting);

 

    Cove Street will not vote shares in favor of social issues unless it believes it will advance shareholder value; and

 

    Cove Street generally votes in favor of measures that provide shareholders with greater ability to nominate directors, hold directors and management accountable for performance, and allow shareholders to directly vote on takeover proposals by third parties.

DAVIS ADVISORS

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Davis Advisors votes on behalf of its clients in matters of corporate governance through the proxy voting process. Davis Advisors takes its ownership responsibilities very seriously and believes the right to vote proxies for its clients’ holdings is a significant asset of the clients. Davis Advisors exercises its voting responsibilities as a fiduciary, solely with the goal of maximizing the value of its clients’ investments.

 

70


Table of Contents

Davis Advisors votes proxies with a focus on the investment implications of each issue. For each proxy vote, Davis Advisors takes into consideration its duty to clients and all other relevant facts known to Davis Advisors at the time of the vote. Therefore, while these guidelines provide a framework for voting, votes are ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis.

Davis Advisors has adopted written Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and established a Proxy Oversight Group to oversee voting policies and deal with potential conflicts of interest. In evaluating issues, the Proxy Oversight Group may consider information from many sources, including the portfolio manager for each client account, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder groups, and independent proxy research services.

The most important factors that Davis Advisors considers in evaluating proxy issues are: (i) the company’s or management’s long-term track record of creating value for shareholders, with the recommendations of management with a good record of creating value for shareholders given more weight than those of managements with a poor record; (ii) whether, in Davis Advisors’ estimation, the current proposal being considered will significantly enhance or detract from long-term value for existing shareholders; and (iii) whether a poor record of long-term performance resulted from poor management or from factors outside of managements control.

Other factors that Davis Advisors considers may include:

(a) Shareholder oriented management . One of the factors that Davis Advisors considers in selecting stocks for investment is the presence of shareholder-oriented management. In general, such managements will have a large ownership stake in the company. They also will have a record of taking actions and supporting policies designed to increase the value of the company’s shares and thereby enhance shareholder wealth. Davis Advisors’ research analysts are active in meeting with top management of portfolio companies and in discussing their views on policies or actions that could enhance shareholder value. Whether management shows evidence of responding to reasonable shareholder suggestions, and otherwise improving general corporate governance, is a factor that may be taken into consideration in proxy voting.

(b) Allowing responsible management teams to run the business . Because Davis Advisors generally tries to invest with “owner oriented” managements (see above), Davis Advisors votes with the recommendation of management on most routine matters, unless circumstances such as long-standing poor performance or a change from Davis Advisors’ initial assessment indicate otherwise. Examples include the election of directors and ratification of auditors. Davis Advisors supports policies, plans and structures that give management teams appropriate latitude to run the business in the way that is most likely to maximize value for owners. Conversely, Davis Advisors opposes proposals that limit management’s ability to do this. Davis Advisors will generally vote with management on shareholder social and environmental proposals on the basis that their impact on share value is difficult to judge and is therefore best done by management.

(c) Preserve and expand the power of shareholders in areas of corporate governance . Equity shareholders are owners of the business, and company boards and management teams are ultimately accountable to them. Davis Advisors supports policies, plans and structures that promote accountability of the board and management to owners, and align the interests of the board and management with owners. Examples include: annual election of all board members, cumulative voting, and incentive plans that are contingent on delivering value to shareholders. Davis Advisors generally opposes proposals that reduce accountability or misalign interests, including but not limited to classified boards, poison pills, excessive option plans, and repricing of options.

(d) Support compensation policies that reward management teams appropriately for performance . Davis Advisors believes that well-thought out incentives are critical to driving long-term shareholder value creation. Management incentives ought to be aligned with the goals of long-term owners. In Davis Advisors’ view, the basic problem of skyrocketing executive compensation is not high pay for high performance, but high pay for mediocrity or worse. In situations where Davis Advisors feels that the compensation practices at companies it owns are not acceptable, Davis Advisors will exercise its discretion to vote against compensation committee members and specific compensation proposals.

 

71


Table of Contents

Davis Advisors exercises its professional judgment in applying these principles to specific proxy votes. Davis Advisors’ Proxy Procedures and Policies provide additional explanation of the analysis Davis Advisors may conduct when applying these guiding principles to specific proxy votes.

A potential conflict of interest arises when Davis Advisors has business interests that may not be consistent with the best interests of its client. Davis Advisors’ Proxy Oversight Group is charged with resolving material potential conflicts of interest it becomes aware of. It is charged with resolving conflicts in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of clients. There are many acceptable methods of resolving potential conflicts, and the Proxy Oversight Group exercises its judgment and discretion to determine an appropriate means of resolving a potential conflict in any given situation including by the following means: (1) Votes consistent with the “General Proxy Voting Policies,” are to be consistent with the best interests of clients; (2) Davis Advisors may disclose the conflict to the client and obtain the client’s consent prior to voting the proxy; (3) Davis Advisors may obtain guidance from an independent third party; (4) the potential conflict may be immaterial; or (5) other reasonable means of resolving potential conflicts of interest to effectively insulate the decision on how to vote client proxies from the conflict.

DCI

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

DCI generally invests in fixed income securities that do not involve proxy votes. However, DCI has adopted a Proxy Voting Policy to govern situations under which DCI has responsibility for voting proxies for the Alternative Strategies Fund consistent with the best economic interests of the Alternative Strategies Fund. In the case of a proxy vote involving a security held by the Alternative Strategies Fund, it is DCI’s policy to generally vote proxies in accordance with the recommendations set forth by the issuer’s management. There may be times, however, when DCI determines that it is in the best interests of the Alternative Strategies Fund to vote against management’s recommendation. In such circumstances, the Best Execution Committee or its designee will decide how to vote the proxy at issue. DCI reserves the right, on occasion, to abstain from voting a proxy or a specific proxy item when it concludes that the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the potential benefit or when DCI otherwise believes that voting does not serve the Alternative Strategies Fund’s best interests. To the extent applicable, voting proxies in non-U.S. markets may give rise to a number of administrative issues that may prevent DCI from voting proxies for certain companies in these jurisdictions.

Were a conflict of interest to arise between DCI and the Alternative Strategies Fund regarding the outcome of a proxy vote, DCI is committed to resolving the conflict in the best interest of the Alternative Strategies Fund before it votes the proxy at issue. If the conflict is not resolvable, DCI may disclose the conflict to the Alternative Strategies Fund and obtain the Alternative Strategies Fund’s consent before voting or seek the recommendation of a third party in deciding how to vote. DCI will maintain a record of proxy voting decisions.

DOUBLELINE

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

DoubleLine determines how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities pursuant to its written proxy voting policies and procedures, which have been adopted pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act (the “DoubleLine Proxy Policy”). The DoubleLine Proxy Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights on behalf of the portfolio securities, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.

The DoubleLine Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of the funds managed by DoubleLine and their shareholders. Under the DoubleLine Proxy Policy, DoubleLine will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between DoubleLine and the fund. If no conflict exists, DoubleLine will vote the proxy on a case-by-case basis in the best interest of each client under the circumstances, taking into account, but not necessarily being bound by, any recommendation made by any third party vendor that has been engaged by DoubleLine to provide recommendations on the voting of proxies.

 

72


Table of Contents

If a material conflict does exist, DoubleLine will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with the DoubleLine Proxy Policy, which seeks to resolve such conflict in the relevant fund’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) convening a committee to assess and resolve the conflict; (ii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; (iii) voting in accordance with the instructions of the relevant fund’s board, or any committee thereof; or (iv) not voting the proxy. In voting proxies, including those in which a material conflict may be determined to exist, DoubleLine may also consider the factors and guidelines included in the DoubleLine Proxy Policy.

In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, DoubleLine may enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares and, in such cases, will vote any proxy in accordance with such agreement or obligation.

In addition, where DoubleLine determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting a proxy, which more typically might be the case with respect to proxies of non-U.S. issuers, DoubleLine reserves the right to not vote a proxy unless it determines that the potential benefits of voting the proxy exceed the expected cost to the relevant fund.

DoubleLine supervises and periodically reviews its proxy voting activities and implementation of the DoubleLine Proxy Policy.

EVERMORE

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Evermore has adopted a set of proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Policies”) to ensure that Evermore votes proxies relating to equity securities in the best interest of clients.

In voting proxies, Evermore is guided by general fiduciary principles and seeks to act prudently and solely in the best interest of clients. Evermore attempts to consider all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values. Evermore may utilize an external service provider to provide it with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes. However, such recommendations do not relieve Evermore of its responsibility for the proxy vote.

In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position in the Policies, Evermore generally votes in accordance with such stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in the Policies that Evermore considers in voting on such issue, Evermore votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above and considering such enumerated factors. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that Evermore considers in voting on such issue, Evermore votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. Issues for which there is a stated position set forth in the Policies or for which there is a list of factors set forth in the Policies that Evermore considers in voting on such issues fall into a variety of categories, including election of trustees, ratification of auditors, proxy and tender offer defenses, capital structure issues, executive and trustee compensation, mergers and corporate restructurings, and social and environmental issues. The stated position on an issue set forth in the Policies can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account whose shares are being voted. Issues applicable to a particular industry may cause Evermore to abandon a policy that would have otherwise applied to issuers generally. Evermore’s policy is to vote all proxies from a specific issuer in the same way for each client absent qualifying restrictions from the client.

 

73


Table of Contents

In furtherance of Evermore’s goal to vote proxies in the best interest of clients, Evermore follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between Evermore’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. To seek to identify conflicts of interest, Evermore reviews its relationship with the issuer of each security to determine if Evermore or any of its employees has any financial, business or personal relationship with the issuer. Evermore is also sensitive to the fact that a significant, publicized relationship between an issuer and a non- affiliate might appear to the public to influence the manner in which Evermore decides to vote a proxy with respect to such issuer.

Evermore’s CCO reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to his or her attention. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated position on an issue is not brought to the attention of the CCO for a conflict of interest review because Evermore’s position is that to the extent a conflict of interest issue exists, it is resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy. With respect to a conflict of interest brought to its attention, the CCO first determines whether such conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest is considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, Evermore’s decision-making in voting proxies.

If it is determined by the CCO that a conflict of interest is not material, Evermore may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict. If it is determined by the CCO that a conflict of interest is material, the CCO is responsible for determining an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination is based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue and the nature of the conflict of interest. Methods of resolving a material conflict of interest may include, but are not limited to, disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting, or suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf.

Evermore’s Proxy Voting Policies and Principles

Evermore’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Evermore’s organization, including the investment team, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, operations personnel, and outside legal counsel. The Board of Trustees of the Trust will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.

The following guidelines reflect what Evermore believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:

Board of Directors. The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Evermore supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Evermore will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Evermore will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Evermore will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Evermore evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. Evermore generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, Evermore will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.

Ratification of Auditors. Evermore will closely scrutinize the independence, role, and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Evermore will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Evermore will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of a lack of independence, accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.

 

74


Table of Contents

Management & Director Compensation. A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Evermore believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Evermore evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Evermore will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. Evermore will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less. Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Evermore will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Evermore will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders. Evermore will review non-binding say-on-pay proposals on a case-by-case basis, and will generally vote in favor of such proposals unless compensation is misaligned with performance and/or shareholders’ interests, the company has not provided reasonably clear disclosure regarding its compensation practices, or there are concerns with the company’s remuneration practices.

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues . Evermore generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, Evermore conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Evermore may vote with management when the investment team has concluded that the proposals are not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. Evermore generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. Evermore will closely evaluate shareholder rights plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. Evermore will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, Evermore generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Evermore usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.

Changes to Capital Structure. Evermore realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Evermore will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Evermore will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Evermore will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Evermore will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring. Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by Evermore to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Evermore will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.

Environmental, Social and Governance Issues. As a fiduciary, Evermore is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its advisory clients. Evermore will generally give management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Evermore may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications. Evermore generally supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings and act by written consent. However, Evermore will review such shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis in an effort to ensure that such proposals do not disrupt the course of business or waste company resources for the benefit of a small minority of shareholders.

Global Corporate Governance. Evermore manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Evermore’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, Evermore must be flexible in these worldwide markets. Principles of good corporate governance may vary by country, given the constraints of a country’s laws and acceptable practices in the markets. As a result, it is on occasion difficult to apply a consistent set of governance practices to all issuers. As experienced money managers, Evermore’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.

 

75


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Procedures

Evermore relies upon the clients’ custodians to notify Evermore of any upcoming proxy events. When proxy materials are received by Evermore’s operations personnel, the materials are provided to one or more members of Evermore’s Investment Team who review the materials and determine the vote on each proposal contained within the proxy material. The proxy votes are then provided to Evermore’s operations personnel who will transmit the vote electronically by (1) fax to the custodian; (2) email to the custodian; or (3) electronically through a third-party Proxy Service Provider at the request of the custodian. All proxy votes submitted are tracked and recorded by Evermore’s operations department.

FMI

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Policies

FMI will vote proxies in a manner that FMI feels best protects the interests of the common shareholder. FMI will look critically upon any issue or vote that will limit or reduce the prerogatives and/or influence of the common shareholders. To assist in its review of the proxies FMI receives, FMI may refer to the analyses and voting recommendations of an independent, third party proxy service provider (e.g., Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc., etc. (each, a “Proxy Service Provider”)). While FMI may consider the analyses and recommendations provided by a Proxy Service Provider in making a final voting decision, FMI does not consider recommendations from a Proxy Service Provider to be determinative of its ultimate decision. Rather, FMI exercises its independent judgment in making voting decisions (except as discussed below).

The following statement of policies is couched in terms of FMI’s general posture on various issues, recognizing that there are always exceptions.

Administrative Issues

FMI will generally vote in favor of the re-election of directors and the appointment of actuaries, auditors, and similar professionals. FMI will also vote in favor of programs of indemnification of directors, which are consistent with common practice. The changing of auditors raises a yellow flag, and FMI tries to determine the reasons for any change. If the change results from a dispute between the company and the auditors, and FMI feels the auditor’s position is correct, FMI will vote against making a change.

Management Entrenchment Issues

FMI will generally vote against any proposal or policy that seeks to prevent the takeover of a company that is in receipt of a bona fide offer, whether friendly or otherwise. Such anti-takeover policies may include, but are not limited to, poison pill, super-majority voting, golden parachute arrangements, and staggered board arrangements, where that represents a change from a standard board. FMI will generally vote in favor of maintaining preemptive rights for shareholders, one share/one vote, and cumulative voting rights. Generally FMI will support proposals calling for majority vote for directors and separation of the Chairman and CEO roles.

FMI will tend to vote against creation of classes of stock with superior voting rights, which protect management’s voting control despite reduced financial commitment of management to the company. FMI will evaluate proposals, such as changing state of incorporation, fiscal year, or corporate charter, in light of specific circumstances prompting the proposal, to determine whether the proposed change would reduce shareholders’ rights.

 

76


Table of Contents

Mergers and Acquisitions

Voting on mergers, acquisitions, or spin-offs requires an evaluation of the impact of those transactions upon the company, and FMI will vote based upon its assessment of what is best for the company and therefore the shareholders. With respect to a proposed takeover of the company, FMI initially evaluates an offer for the company in terms of the fairness of the price. FMI does this in the context of a two- to three-year time horizon to avoid selling at a premium over a temporarily depressed stock price. FMI would generally vote in favor of offers that represent a fair price, paid either in cash or in exchange for liquid securities of strong acquiring firms. FMI will oppose offers which FMI feels represent an unfair price, and FMI will oppose offers where shareholders are asked to finance a takeover by taking back debt or preferred stock of questionable quality. FMI tends to be skeptical of management-led leveraged buyouts, as FMI feels it is very difficult for them to be objective as to the value of the company when they are the purchaser.

Management Incentives

FMI strongly favors programs that encourage outright stock ownership as opposed to conventional option plans. In limited cases, when the options are earmarked for lower level employees and the absolute amount is modest, FMI will vote affirmatively. FMI generally votes against traditional stock option plans. Typical option plans result in a misalignment of management and shareholder interests, due to the asymmetrical risk profile of an option. Since there is no downside risk, management has an incentive to take excessive risk. In short, executives tend to cease thinking like true owners. FMI likes to see senior and executive level managers own stock in multiples of their annual salary.

Ideally FMI prefers to see bonuses and incentive awards paid in stock (with a vesting period), rather than cash or options. FMI looks for stock award plans to be based on tangible operating performance metrics, such as return-on-invested capital or profit margin.

Additionally, when FMI deems management as excessively compensated, FMI will likely vote against any kind of additional reward plan, even if the plan by itself looks reasonable.

Social Issues

It is FMI’s belief that socially responsible companies have, over time, provided superior investment returns for long-term investors. Fair hiring and inclusiveness with respect to women and minorities create a positive corporate culture that offers greater opportunities for growth for all employees, with concomitant rewards for shareholders of the company. A responsible corporate policy with respect to environmental issues is critical to all of us.

FMI’s general posture with respect to social issues is to support management so long as they are complying with the spirit of the laws and regulations of the United States of America. Shareholder proposals must be considered on a case-by-case basis. The number of specific issues that FMI has seen raised on proxy votes with respect to social and labor issues are increasing. Since there is much “gray” and little “black and white” with respect to the level of corporate commitment to many of the social issues, and since FMI is generally supportive of the goals and policies of the companies that FMI owns, FMI would tend to vote in favor of management on these issues absent evidence that the company is abusing FMI’s trust, or direction from FMI’s clients to the contrary. If it is the desire of a client to provide input and direction on the voting of proxies with respect to certain issues, FMI would be more than happy to advise them when such issues arise and to defer to their wishes in voting on those issues.

Conflicts of Interest

FMI strives to ensure that all conflicts of interest are resolved in the best interests of its clients. When there is an apparent conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest (e.g., where FMI may receive fees from a company for advisory or other services at the same time that FMI has investments in the stock of that company), FMI will vote with management on those issues on which brokerage firms are allowed to vote without customer approval under NYSE rules (e.g., directors and auditors). In all other cases involving a conflict or appearance of a conflict, FMI will cause the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of a Proxy Service Provider.

 

77


Table of Contents

Procedures

FMI has the responsibility and authority to vote proxies with respect to the securities under its management unless the right to vote proxies is expressly reserved for the client, plan trustees or other plan fiduciary. FMI will advise the pension committee, board of trustees, custodian or client to forward all proxy materials to its offices and will take reasonable steps to ensure that they are received. FMI will review the issues to be voted upon and vote the proxies in accordance with the policies stated above, unless directed otherwise by the client. FMI will maintain and monitor all meeting, ballot, account and vote information, and make this information available to clients upon request.

In situations where securities held in a portfolio are not generally owned “across the board” in all client accounts with the same investment style (i.e., small holdings), FMI will vote those proxies based upon the management’s recommendations.

Proxies cannot be voted on any securities that have been loaned out by the client. Where securities have been loaned out and a vote is required regarding a material event, FMI will attempt to recall the loaned security in order to vote the proxy. This does not apply to “small holdings” as defined above. Please note that in certain circumstances, securities on loan may not be recalled due to circumstances beyond the control of FMI.

FIRST PACIFIC

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

First Pacific has implemented Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which underscore First Pacific’s concern that all proxy voting decisions be made in the best interests of the funds it manages and that First Pacific act in a prudent and diligent manner intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of such funds. First Pacific has delegated to Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an independent service provider, the administration of proxy voting for the portfolio securities held in the accounts managed by First Pacific, including the Smaller Companies Fund and the Alternative Strategies Fund, subject to First Pacific’s continuing oversight. ISS, a Delaware corporation, provides proxy voting services to many investment advisers on a global basis. Certain of First Pacific’s proxy voting guidelines include the following: First Pacific votes for uncontested director nominees recommended by management. First Pacific votes against a management proposal to adopt a poison pill and votes for a management proposal to redeem a poison pill or limit the payment of greenmail. First Pacific votes against a management proposal to eliminate or limit shareholders’ rights to call a special meeting. Although many proxy proposals can be voted in accordance with First Pacific’s proxy voting guidelines, some proposals will require special consideration, and First Pacific will make a decision on a case-by-case basis in these situations.

Where a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between First Pacific’s interests and a fund’s interests, First Pacific will resolve the conflict as follows: to the extent the matter is specifically covered by First Pacific’s proxy voting guidelines, the proxies generally will be voted in accordance with the guidelines. To the extent First Pacific is making a case-by-case determination under its proxy voting guidelines, First Pacific will disclose the conflict to the Board or the Advisor and obtain the Board’s or Advisor’s consent to vote or direct the matter to an independent third party, selected by the Board or the Advisor, for a vote determination. If the Board’s or the Advisor’s consent or the independent third party’s determination is not received in a timely manner, First Pacific will abstain from voting the proxy.

First Pacific, through ISS, shall attempt to process every vote for all domestic and foreign proxies that they receive; however, there may be cases in which First Pacific will not process a proxy because it is impractical to do so. For example, First Pacific generally will not seek to recall securities that are out on loan for the purpose of voting the securities unless it is in the best interests of the applicable managed account to do so.

 

78


Table of Contents

HARRIS

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and International Fund

Harris as part of its management responsibilities is generally responsible for exercising voting rights with respect to client accounts in accordance with its Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. Harris exercises voting rights solely with the goal of serving the best interests of its clients in their capacity as shareholders of a company. In determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Voting Committee will consider the proposal’s expected impact on shareholder value and does not consider any benefit to Harris, its employees, its affiliates or any other person, other than benefits to the owners of the securities to be voted, as shareholders.

Harris considers the reputation, experience and competence of a company’s management when it evaluates the merits of investing in a particular company, and invests in companies in which Harris believes management goals and shareholder goals are aligned. Therefore, on most issues, Harris casts votes in accordance with management’s recommendations. However, when Harris believes that management’s position on a particular issue is not in the best interests of its clients, Harris will vote contrary to management’s recommendation.

Harris’ Proxy Voting Committee has established a number of proxy voting guidelines on various issues of concern to investors. The Proxy Voting Committee normally votes proxies in accordance with those guidelines unless it determines that it is in the best economic interests of a client and its shareholders to vote contrary to the guidelines.

 

    With respect to a company’s board of directors, Harris believes that there should be a majority of independent directors and that audit, compensation and nominating committees should consist solely of independent directors, and it usually will vote in favor of proposals that ensure such independence.

 

    With respect to auditors, Harris believes that the relationship between a public company and its auditors should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, and it usually will vote in favor of proposals to prohibit or limit fees paid to auditors for any services other than auditing and closely-related activities that do not raise any appearance of impaired independence.

 

    With respect to equity based compensation plans, Harris believes that appropriately designed plans approved by a company’s shareholders can be an effective way to align the interests of long-term shareholders and the interests of management, employees and directors. However, Harris will normally vote against plans that substantially dilute its clients’ ownership interest in the company or provide participants with excessive awards. Harris usually also will vote in favor of proposals to require the expensing of options, in favor of proposals for an annual shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and in favor of advisory votes to ratify named executive officer compensation. Harris will normally vote against proposals that prohibit the automatic vesting of equity awards upon a change of control.

 

    With respect to corporate structure and shareholder rights, Harris believes that all shareholders of a company should have an equal voice and that barriers that limit the ability of shareholders to effect corporate change and to realize the full value of their investment are not desirable. Therefore, Harris usually will vote against proposals for supermajority voting rights, against the adoption of anti-takeover measures, and against proposals for different classes of stock with different voting rights.

 

    With respect to social responsibility issues, Harris believes that matters related to a company’s day-to-day business operations are primarily the responsibility of management. Harris is focused on maximizing long-term shareholder value and usually will vote against shareholder proposals requesting that a company disclose or change certain business practices unless it believes the proposal would have a substantial positive economic impact on the company.

 

79


Table of Contents

Harris may determine not to vote a proxy if it has concluded that the costs of or disadvantages resulting from voting outweigh the economic benefits of voting. For example, in some non-U.S. jurisdictions, the sale of securities voted may be prohibited for some period of time, usually between the record and meeting dates (“share blocking”), and Harris may determine that the loss of investment flexibility resulting from share blocking outweighs the benefit to be gained by voting.

The Proxy Voting Committee, in consultation with the Legal and Compliance Departments, will monitor and resolve any potential material conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting. A conflict of interest might exist, for example, when an issuer who is soliciting proxy votes also has a client relationship with Harris, when a client of Harris is involved in a proxy contest (such as a corporate director), or when one of Harris’s employees has a personal interest in a proxy matter. When a conflict of interest arises, in order to ensure that proxies are voted solely in its clients’ collective best interest, Harris will vote in accordance with either its written guidelines or the recommendation of an independent voting service. If Harris believes that voting in accordance with the guidelines or the recommendation of the voting service would not be in the collective best interests of shareholders, the Proxy voting Conflicts Committee will determine how shares should be voted.

LAZARD

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Introduction

Lazard is a global investment firm that provides investment management services for a variety of clients. As a registered investment advisor, Lazard has a fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. Lazard’s Proxy Voting Policy has been developed with the goal of maximizing the long term shareholder value of its clients’ portfolios.

Lazard does not delegate voting authority to any proxy advisory service, but rather retains complete authority for voting all proxies delegated to it. Lazard’s policy is generally to vote all meetings and all proposals; and generally to vote all proxies for a given proposal the same way for all clients. Lazard also has defined policies and procedures to address and mitigate any actual or perceived conflicts of interest relating to its proxy voting.

Proxy Operations Department

Lazard’s proxy voting process is administered by its Proxy Operations Department (“ProxyOps”) which reports to Lazard’s Chief Operations Officer. Oversight of the process is provided by the firm’s Legal & Compliance Department and the Proxy Committee.

Proxy Committee

Lazard’s Proxy Committee comprises investment professionals, including portfolio managers and analysts, the General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer. In addition, several Lazard operations professionals serve as advisors to the Proxy Committee.

The Proxy Committee meets at least annually to review Lazard’s Proxy Voting Policy and to evaluate potential enhancements. Meetings may be convened more frequently (for example, to discuss a specific proxy voting proposal) as requested by the manager of ProxyOps or at the request of any member of the Proxy Committee.

Role of Third Parties

Lazard currently subscribes to advisory and other proxy voting services provided by Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) and by Glass, Lewis & Co. (Glass Lewis). These proxy advisory services provide independent analysis and recommendations regarding various companies’ proxy proposals. While this research serves to help improve Lazard’s understanding of the issues surrounding a company’s proxy proposals, Lazard’s investment professionals are ultimately responsible for providing the vote recommendation for a given proposal. Voting for each agenda of each meeting is instructed specifically by Lazard in accordance with its Proxy Voting Policy; Lazard does not employ outside services to vote on its behalf.

 

80


Table of Contents

ISS additionally serves as Lazard’s proxy voting facilitator, and is responsible for processing of ballots received, dissemination of Lazard’s vote instructions, and additionally provides Lazard’s recordkeeping and reporting.

Voting Process

Lazard votes on behalf of its clients according to “Approved Guidelines” issued by the Proxy Committee. The Approved Guidelines determine whether a specific agenda item should be voted ‘For,’ ‘Against,’ or is to be considered on a case-by case basis. ProxyOps confirms that all vote instructions are consistent with Lazard’s approved voting guidelines. These guidelines are reviewed by the ProxyOps Manager and the Proxy Committee on an annual basis.

The investment professional provides the vote recommendation in accordance with the Approved Guidelines. Any exceptions to this, which are rare, require approval from the Proxy Committee. In this case, the investment professional must provide detailed rationale for their recommendation, and the Proxy Committee will then determine whether or not that vote recommendation is to be accepted and applied to the specific meeting’s agenda.

Case-by-case agenda items are evaluated by Lazard investment professionals based on the specific facts relevant to an individual company. The Lazard investment professional formulates their vote recommendation based on their research of the company and their evaluation of the specific proposal. The investment professional will assess the relevant factors in conjunction with the analysis of the company’s management and business performance. The investment professional may also engage with the company’s executives or board members to improve Lazard’s understanding of a proxy proposal and/or to provide Lazard’s advice on how a company can enhance their corporate governance practices.

ProxyOps confirms that all vote instructions are in accordance with Lazard’s Proxy Voting Policy and guidelines, and will then enter the vote instructions for inclusion in the meeting’s tabulation. Lazard generally will treat proxy votes and voting intentions as confidential in the period before votes have been cast, and for appropriate time periods thereafter.

Conflicts of Interest

ProxyOps monitors all proxy votes for potential conflicts of interest that could be viewed as influencing the outcome of Lazard’s voting decision, such as:

 

    Lazard manages the company’s pension plan;

 

    The shareholder proponent of a proposal is a Lazard client;

 

    A Lazard employee sits on a company’s board of directors;

 

    Lazard serves as financial advisor or provides other investment banking services to the company; or

 

    A Lazard employee has a material relationship with the company.

“Conflict Meetings” are voted in accordance with the Approved Guidelines. In situations where the Approved Guideline is to vote case-by-case and a material conflict of interest appears to exist, Lazard’s policy is to vote the proxy item according to the majority recommendation of the independent proxy services to which Lazard subscribes.

Voting Exceptions

It is Lazard’s intention to vote all proposals at every meeting. However, there are instances when voting is not practical or is not, in Lazard’s view, in the best interests of its clients; shares held on loan and shares subject to liquidation impediment are two such circumstances where the benefit of voting can be significantly compromised.

 

81


Table of Contents

Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance

Lazard has an Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance (ESG) Policy, which outlines Lazard’s approach to ESG and how its investment professionals take ESG issues into account as a part of the investment process. Lazard recognizes that ESG issues can affect the valuation of the companies that Lazard invests in on its clients’ behalf. As a result, Lazard take these factors into consideration when voting, and, consistent with its fiduciary duty, vote proposals in a way Lazard believes will increase shareholder value.

LOOMIS SAYLES

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (“Proxy Voting Services”) to research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts and funds for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. One of Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Voting Services provides vote recommendations and/or analysis to Loomis Sayles based on the Proxy Voting Services’ own research. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Service unless Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise. All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered under the oversight of the Proxy Committee. All nonroutine issues will be directly considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of the fund holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the funds. All routine issues will be voted according to Loomis Sayles’ policy approved by the Proxy Committee unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company or the portfolio manager of the fund holding the security. Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee has established these routine policies in what it believes are the best investment interests of Loomis Sayles’ clients.

The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee include (1) the development, authorization, implementation and updating of the Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Procedures”), including an annual review of the Procedures, existing voting guidelines and the proxy voting process in general, (2) oversight of the proxy voting process including oversight of the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines, directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration, and consultation with the portfolio managers and analysts for the fund holding the security when necessary or appropriate and, (3) engagement and oversight of third-party vendors, including Proxy Voting Services.

Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxies are voted in its clients’ best interest and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in the Procedures. Second, where these Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Services in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation is not in the best interest of its clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have; and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider, prior to directing any vote information, opinions or recommendations from or about the opposing position on any proposal.

 

82


Table of Contents

NORTHERN CROSS

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Northern Cross’s policy regarding the voting of proxies consists of (1) the statement of the law and policy, (2) identification of the person(s) responsible for implementing this policy, and (3) the procedures adopted by Northern Cross to implement the policy.

Northern Cross will vote all proxies delivered to it by the fund’s custodian. The vote will be cast in such a manner, which, in Northern Cross’s judgment, will be in the best interests of shareholders. Northern Cross contracts with Boston Investor Services, Inc. for the processing of proxies.

Northern Cross will generally comply with the following guidelines:

Routine Corporate Governance Issues

Northern Cross will vote in favor of management. Routine issues may include, but not be limited to, election of directors, appointment of auditors, changes in state of incorporation or capital structure. In certain cases Northern Cross will vote in accordance with the guidelines of specific clients.

Non-routine Corporate Governance Issues

Northern Cross will vote in favor of management unless voting with management would limit shareholder rights or have a negative impact on shareholder value. Non-routine issues may include, but not be limited to, corporate restructuring/mergers and acquisitions, proposals affecting shareholder rights, anti-takeover issues, executive compensation, and social and political issues. In cases where the number of shares in all stock option plans exceeds 10% of basic shares outstanding, Northern Cross generally votes against proposals that will increase shareholder dilution. In general Northern Cross will vote against management regarding any proposal that allows management to issue shares during a hostile takeover.

Non Voting of Proxies

Northern Cross may not vote proxies if voting may be burdensome or expensive, or otherwise not in the best interest of clients.

Conflicts of Interest

Should Northern Cross have a conflict of interest with regard to voting a proxy, Northern Cross will disclose such conflict to the client and obtain client direction as to how to vote the proxy.

Record Keeping

The following records will be kept for each client: copies of Northern Cross’s proxy voting policies and procedures; copies of all proxy statements received; a record of each vote Northern Cross casts on behalf of the client along with any notes or documents that were material to making a decision on how to vote a proxy including an abstention on behalf of a client, including the resolution of any conflict; a copy of each written client request for information on how Northern Cross voted proxies on behalf of the client and a copy of any written response by the advisor.

This proxy policy will be distributed to all clients of Northern Cross and added to Northern Cross’s Part 2 of Form ADV. A hard copy of the policy will be included in the Compliance Program and is available on request.

The Compliance Officer is responsible for implementing, monitoring and updating this policy, including reviewing decisions made on non-routine issues and potential conflicts of interest. The Compliance Officer is also responsible for maintaining copies of all records and backup documentation in accordance with applicable record keeping requirements. The Compliance Officer can delegate in writing any of his or her responsibilities under this policy to another person.

 

83


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, proxy voting proposals may raise conflicts between the interests of Northern Cross’s clients and the interests of Northern Cross, its employees, or its affiliates. Northern Cross must take certain steps designed to ensure, and must be able to demonstrate that those steps resulted in, a decision to vote the proxies that was based on the clients’ best interest and was not the product of the conflict.

Northern Cross’s Portfolio Managers/Partners are primarily responsible for identifying proxy voting proposals that present a conflict of interest. If Northern Cross receives a proxy relating to an issuer that raises a conflict of interest, the Portfolio Managers/Partners will discuss with the Compliance Officer and together shall determine whether the conflict is “material” to any specific proposal included within the proxy. The Compliance Officer will record in writing the basis for any such determination.

NUANCE

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

It is Nuance’s policy, where it has accepted responsibility to vote proxies on behalf a particular client, to vote such proxies in the best interest of its clients and ensure that the vote is not the product of an actual or potential conflict of interest. For client’s that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), it is Nuance’s policy to follow the provisions of any ERISA plan’s governing documents in the voting of plan securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.

Responsibility

Where Nuance has accepted responsibility to vote proxies on behalf a particular client, the Chief Investment Officer is responsible for ensuring that proxies are voted in a manner consistent with the proxy voting guidelines adopted by Nuance (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and Nuance’s policies and procedures.

Procedures

Nuance may vote client proxies where a client requests and Nuance accepts such responsibility, or in the case of an employee benefit plan, as defined by ERISA, where such responsibility has been properly delegated to, and assumed by, Nuance. In such circumstances Nuance will only cast proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interest of its clients or, to the extent applicable, their beneficiaries. Nuance shall, in its Form ADV, generally disclose to clients information about these policies and procedures and how clients may obtain information on how Nuance voted their proxies when applicable. At any time, a client may contact Nuance to request information about how it voted proxies for their securities. It is generally Nuance’s policy not to disclose its proxy voting records to unaffiliated third parties or special interest groups.

Nuance’s Client Services and Operations Departments will be responsible for monitoring corporate actions and ensuring that proxies are submitted in a timely manner. Nuance may delegate the responsibility to vote client proxies to one or more persons affiliated with Nuance (such person(s) are hereafter collectively referred to as “Responsible Voting Parties”) consistent with the Proxy Voting Guidelines. Specifically, when Nuance receives proxy proposals where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline its general position as voting either “for” or “against,” the proxy will be voted by one of the Responsible Voting Parties in accordance with Nuance’s Proxy Voting Guidelines. When Nuance receives proxy proposals where the Proxy Voting Guidelines do not contemplate the issue or otherwise outline its general position as voting on a case-by-case basis, the proxy will be forwarded to the Proxy Voting Committee, which will review the proposal and either vote the proxy or instruct one of the Responsible Voting Parties on how to vote the proxy.

It is intended that the Proxy Voting Guidelines will be applied with a measure of flexibility. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in these policies and procedures, the Responsible Voting Parties may vote a proxy contrary to the Proxy Voting Guidelines if, in the sole determination of the Proxy Voting Committee, it is determined that such action is in the best interest of Nuance’s clients. In the exercise of such discretion, the Proxy Voting Committee may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal, and the company involved. Similarly, poor past performance, uncertainties about

 

84


Table of Contents

management and future directions, and other factors may lead to a conclusion that particular proposals by an issuer present unacceptable investment risks and should not be supported. In addition, the proposals should be evaluated in context. For example, a particular proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package, such as where the effect may be to entrench management. Special circumstances or instructions from clients may also justify casting different votes for different clients with respect to the same proxy vote.

The Responsible Voting Parties will document the rationale for all proxies voted contrary to the Proxy Voting Guidelines. Such information will be maintained as part of Nuance’s recordkeeping process. In performing its responsibilities the Proxy Voting Committee may consider information from one or more sources including, but not limited to, management of the company presenting the proposal, shareholder groups, legal counsel, and independent proxy research services. In all cases, however, the ultimate decisions on how to vote proxies are made by the Proxy Voting Committee.

Conflicts of Interest

Nuance may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, Nuance may provide services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. Nuance, along with any affiliates and/or employees, may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or candidates for directorships.

If the Responsible Voting Parties become aware of any potential or actual conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, they will promptly report such conflict to the Proxy Voting Committee. Conflicts of interest will be handled in various ways depending on their type and materiality of the conflict. Nuance will take the following steps to ensure that its proxy voting decisions are made in the best interest of its clients and are not the product of such conflict:

Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline Nuance’s voting position, as either “for” or “against” such proxy proposal, voting will be in accordance with the its Proxy Voting Guidelines.

Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline Nuance’s voting position to be determined on a “case-by-case” basis for such proxy proposal, or such proposal is not contemplated in the Proxy Voting Guidelines, then one of the two following methods will be selected by the Proxy Voting Committee depending upon the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirements of applicable law:

 

    Vote the proxy in accordance with the voting recommendation of a non-affiliated third party vendor; or

 

    Provide the client with sufficient information regarding the proxy proposal and obtain the client’s consent or direction before voting.

Third Party Delegation

Nuance may delegate, to a non-affiliated third party vendor, the responsibility to review proxy proposals and make voting recommendations to Nuance. The Chief Compliance Officer will ensure that any third party recommendations followed will be consistent with the Proxy Voting Guidelines. In all cases, however, the ultimate decisions on how to vote proxies are made by the Proxy Voting Committee.

 

85


Table of Contents

Special Circumstances

Nuance may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as: (i) where a client has informed Nuance that they wish to retain the right to vote the proxy; (ii) where Nuance deems the cost of voting the proxy would exceed any anticipated benefit to the client; (iii) where a proxy is received for a client that has terminated Nuance’s services; (iv) where a proxy is received for a security that Nuance no longer manages ( i.e. , Nuance had previously sold the entire position); and/or (v) where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account’s portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as “blocking markets”).

In addition, certain accounts over which Nuance has proxy-voting discretion may participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because the title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, Nuance will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date.

PICTET

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

Pictet will accept the authority to vote client securities, and outsources the administration of all voting activities to ISS, a firm specializing in the provision of corporate governance services. ISS will perform the voting activities based on the proxy voting policy issued by Pictet. Pictet’s proxy voting policy can be obtained upon request from Pictet. Pictet’s proxy voting policy is reasonably designed to assist Pictet in voting proxies in the best interests of its clients. Pictet’s proxy voting policy addresses matters that are commonly submitted to shareholders of a company for voting, including but not limited to, issues relating to the board of directors, capital structure, auditors, mergers and corporate restructuring. ISS provides Pictet with a monthly report that includes the details of all resolutions and their respective votes, and various statistical analyses.

SANDS CAPITAL

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund

Sands’ policies and procedures are designed to ensure that Sands is administering proxy voting matters in a manner consistent with the best interests of client and with the firm’s fiduciary duties under applicable law. Sands seeks to discharge the firm’s fiduciary duty to clients for whom Sands has proxy voting authority by monitoring corporate events and voting proxies solely in the best interests of clients. In voting proxies, Sands is neither an activist in corporate governance nor an automatic supporter of management. However, because Sands believes that the management teams of most companies it invests in generally seek to serve shareholder interests, Sands believes that voting proxy proposals in the client’s best economic interests usually means voting with the recommendations of these management teams. Accordingly, Sands believes that the recommendation of management on any issue should be given substantial weight in determining how proxy issues are resolved.

Sands has established a Proxy Committee that is responsible for (i) the oversight and administration of proxy voting on behalf of Sands’ clients, including developing, authorizing, implementing and updating Sands’ proxy voting policies and procedures; (ii) overseeing the proxy voting process; and (iii) engaging and overseeing any third party service provider as voting agent to receive proxy statements and/or to provide information, research and other services intended to facilitate the proxy voting decisions made by Sands. The Proxy Committee has established guidelines that are applied generally and not absolutely, such that Sands’ evaluation of each proposal will be performed in the context of the guidelines giving appropriate consideration to the circumstances of the company whose proxy is being voted. In evaluating a proxy proposal, a research team member may consider information from many sources, including management of the company, shareholder groups and independent proxy research services.

 

86


Table of Contents

For routine matters, meaning matters that generally will not measurably change the structure, management, control or operation of the company and are consistent with customary industry standards and practices, as well as the laws of the state of incorporation applicable to the company, Sands will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s management, unless, in Sands’ opinion, such recommendation is not conducive to long term value creation. Non-routine matters involve a variety of issues including, but not limited to, directors’ liability and indemnity proposals, executive compensation plans, mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote, anti-takeover and related provisions and shareholder proposals and will require company specific and a case-by-case review and analysis. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated above, Sands will exercise its best judgment as a fiduciary to vote in accordance with the best interests of its clients.

When a Sands client participates in a securities lending program, Sands will not be able to vote the proxy of the shares out on loan. Sands will generally not seek to recall for voting the client shares on loan. However, under rare circumstances, for voting issues that may have a particularly significant impact on the investment, Sands may request a client to recall securities that are on loan if it is determined that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities. The research team member who is responsible for voting the proxy will notify the Proxy Committee in the event he/she believes a recall of loaned securities is necessary. In determining whether a recall of a security is warranted (“Significant Event”), Sands will take into consideration whether the benefit of the vote would be in the client’s best interest despite the costs and the lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities. Sands may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event constitutes a Significant Event. The Proxy Committee will review the proxy proposals that have been determined to be Significant Events from time to time and will adjust the foregoing standard as it deems necessary.

For purposes of identifying conflicts, the Proxy Committee will rely on publicly available information about a company and its affiliates, information about the company and its affiliates that is generally known by Sands’ employees and other information known by a member of the Proxy Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee may determine that Sands has a conflict of interest as a result of the following: (1) significant business relationships which may create an incentive for Sands to vote in favor of management; (2) significant personal or family relationships, meaning those that would be reasonably likely to influence how Sands votes the proxy; and (3) contact with Proxy Committee members for the purpose of influencing how a proxy is to be voted.

In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that Sands has a conflict of interest with respect to a proxy proposal, the Proxy Committee shall also determine whether the conflict is “material” to that proposal. The Proxy Committee may determine on a case-by-case basis that a particular proposal does not involve a material conflict of interest. To make this determination, the Proxy Committee must conclude that the proposal is not directly related to Sands’ conflict with the issuer. If the Proxy Committee determines that a conflict is not material, then Sands may vote the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of the research team member. In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that Sands has a material conflict of interest with respect to a proxy proposal, Sands will vote on the proposal in accordance with the determination of the Proxy Committee. Alternatively, prior to voting on the proposal, Sands may (i) contact an independent third party to recommend how to vote on the proposal and vote in accordance with the recommendation of such third party; or (ii) with respect to client accounts that are not subject to ERISA, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client and obtain the client’s consent as to how Sands will vote on the proposal. Sands may not address a material conflict of interest by abstaining from voting, unless the Proxy Committee has determined that abstaining from voting on the proposal is in the best interests of clients.

SBH

Sub-Advisor to the Smaller Companies Fund

SBH has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures that address recordkeeping and include provisions that address material conflicts of interest that arise in the proxy voting process. The majority of the proxies will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of ISS, subject to review of each matter by the portfolio managers to make certain that there is no special consideration needed based on instructions from the client or portfolio managers.

 

87


Table of Contents

THORNBURG

Sub-Advisor to the International Fund

The following summarizes Thornburg’s procedures for voting securities in each account managed by Thornburg, for the benefit of and in the best interest of the client. The policy provides procedures for assembling voting information and applying the informed expertise and judgment of Thornburg’s personnel on a timely basis in pursuit of the above-stated voting objectives.

A further element of Thornburg’s policy is that while voting on all issues presented should be considered, voting on all issues is not required. Some issues presented for a vote of security holders are not relevant to the policy’s voting objectives, or it is not reasonably possible to ascertain what effect, if any, a vote on a given issue may have on the value of an investment. Accordingly, Thornburg may abstain from voting or decline a vote in those cases where there is no relationship between the issue and the enhancement or preservation of an investment’s value.

It is also important to the pursuit of the policy’s voting objectives that Thornburg be able to substitute its judgment in any specific situation for a presumption in the policy where strict adherence to the presumption could reasonably be expected by Thornburg, based upon the information then available (including, but not limited, to media and expert commentary and outside professional advice and recommendations sought by Thornburg on the issue), to be inconsistent with the objectives of the policy. Accordingly, Thornburg may substitute its judgment in a specific voting situation described in the preceding sentence, except where explicitly prohibited by a client or the policy.

The key functions of Thornburg’s Proxy Voting Coordinator include:

(a) Collecting and assembling proxy statements and other communications pertaining to proxy voting, together with proxies or other means of voting or giving voting instructions, and providing those materials to the appropriate portfolio managers to permit timely voting of proxies;

(b) Collecting recommendations, analyses, commentary and other information respecting subjects of proxy votes, from service providers engaged by Thornburg and other services specified by portfolio managers, and providing this information to the appropriate portfolio managers to permit evaluation of proxy voting issues;

(c) Providing to appropriate portfolio managers any specific voting instructions from clients;

(d) Collecting proxy votes or instructions from portfolio managers and transmitting the votes or instructions to the appropriate custodians, brokers, nominees or other persons (which may include proxy voting services or agents engaged by Thornburg);

(e) Accumulating voting results as set forth in Thornburg’s policy and transmitting that information to Thornburg’s Compliance Officer; and

(f) Participating in the annual review of Thornburg’s policy.

The Proxy Voting Coordinator may, with the approval of the President of Thornburg, delegate any portion or all of any one or more of these functions to one or more other individuals employed by Thornburg. Any portion or all of any one or more of these functions also may be performed by service providers engaged by Thornburg.

The Proxy Voting Coordinator shall obtain proxy statements and other communications pertaining to proxy voting, together with proxies or other means of voting or giving voting instructions to custodians, brokers, nominees, tabulators or others in a manner to permit voting on relevant issues in a timely manner. Thornburg may engage service providers and other third parties to assemble this information, digest or abstract the information where necessary or desirable, and deliver it to the individuals assigned by Thornburg to evaluate proxy voting issues.

 

88


Table of Contents

The portfolio manager responsible for management of a specific account is responsible for timely voting (or determining not to vote in appropriate cases) proxies relating to securities in the account in accordance with the policy. The portfolio manager may delegate voting responsibilities to one or more other portfolio managers or other individuals. Portfolio managers are authorized to consider voting recommendations and other information and analysis from service providers (including proxy voting services) engaged by Thornburg.

In any case where a portfolio manager determines that a proxy vote involves an actual conflict of interest, and the proxy vote relates to the election of a director in a uncontested election or ratification of selection of independent accountants, the portfolio manager shall vote the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of any proxy voting service previously engaged by Thornburg. If no such recommendation is available, or if the proxy vote involves any other matters, the portfolio manager shall immediately refer the vote to the client for direction on the voting of the proxy or consent to vote in accordance with the portfolio manager’s recommendation. In all cases where such a vote is referred to the client, Thornburg shall disclose the conflict of interest to the client.

WATER ISLAND

Sub-Advisor to the Alternative Strategies Fund

Water Island intends to exercise a voice on behalf of its shareholders and clients in matters of corporate governance through the proxy voting process. Water Island takes its fiduciary responsibilities very seriously and believes the right to vote proxies is a significant asset of shareholders and clients. Water Island exercises its voting responsibilities as a fiduciary, solely with the goal of maximizing the value of its shareholders’ and clients’ investments.

Water Island votes proxies solely in the interests of its clients and believes that any conflict of interest must be resolved in the way that will most benefit its clients. Since the quality and depth of management is a primary factor considered when investing in a company, Water Island gives substantial weight to the recommendation of management on any issue. However, Water Island will consider each issue on its own merits, and the position of a company’s management will not be supported in any situation where it is found not to be in the best interests of Water Island’s clients.

Water Island recognizes that under certain circumstances it may have a conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of its clients. Such circumstances may include, but are not limited to, situations where Water Island or one or more of its affiliates, including officers, directors and employees, has or is seeking a client relationship with the issuer of the security that is the subject of the proxy vote. Water Island shall periodically inform its employees that they are under an obligation to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of Water Island with respect to voting proxies on behalf of clients, both as a result of the employee’s personal relationships and due to circumstances that may arise during the conduct of Water Island’s business, and to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of Water Island. Water Island shall not vote proxies relating to such issuers on behalf of its client accounts until it has determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method of resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon by the Board. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict has the potential to influence Water Island’s decision-making in voting a proxy. Materiality determinations will be based upon an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. If Water Island determines that a conflict of interest is not material, Water Island may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of a conflict.

WELLSCAP

Sub-Advisor to the Equity Fund and the Smaller Companies Fund

Pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, WellsCap has adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of its clients. WellsCap exercises its voting responsibility, as a fiduciary, with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders

 

89


Table of Contents

consistent with the governing laws and investment policies of each portfolio. While securities are not purchased to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, WellsCap supports sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest.

WellsCap utilizes an independent third-party (“Third-Party”), currently ISS, for voting proxies and proxy voting analysis and research. The Third-Party votes proxies in accordance with ISS’s published Proxy Guidelines. In addition, clients may elect to have WellsCap vote proxies in accordance with guidelines established pursuant to platforms, e.g., Taft-Hartley, to meet their specific business requirements.

To fulfill its fiduciary duties with respect to proxy voting, WellsCap has designated an officer to administer and oversee the proxy voting process and to monitor the Third-Party to ensure its compliance with the Proxy Guidelines.

WellsCap believes that, in most instances, material conflicts of interest can be minimized through a strict and objective application by the Third-Party of the Proxy Guidelines. In cases where WellsCap is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise require its vote, it generally will defer to the Third-Party as to how to vote on such matter in accordance with ISS’ guidelines.

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PROXY VOTING

The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30, are available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, 1-800-960-0188 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Funds’ proxy voting policies and procedures are also available without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-960-0188.

ADMINISTRATOR

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street” or the “Administrator”) serves as the Trust’s administrator pursuant to an Administration Agreement dated September 10, 2014 (the “Administration Agreement”). State Street is a wholly owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation, a publicly held bank holding company. State Street is located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement with the Trust, the Administrator has agreed to furnish statistical and research data, clerical services, and stationery and office supplies; prepare various reports for filing with the appropriate regulatory agencies; and prepare various materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Trust. The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator performing services thereunder shall not be liable under the Administration Agreement except for the negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator, its officers or employees. As compensation for these services, each Fund pays State Street an annual administration fee based upon a percentage of the average net assets of such Fund.

The following table shows administrative fees paid to the Funds’ administrator during the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

Year

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller Companies
Fund
     Alternative Strategies
Fund
 

2017

   $ 48,862      $ 63,397      $ 0      $ 316,486  

2016

   $ 61,667      $ 212,867      $ 4,776      $ 242,659  

2015

   $ 74,955      $ 283,741      $ 19,153      $ 211,773  

 

90


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Each Management Agreement states that, with respect to the segment of each Fund’s portfolio allocated to the applicable Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates, provided that the Sub-Advisor shall not direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor without general prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Board. In general, a Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be execution at the most favorable cost or proceeds under the circumstances. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, a Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of each Fund on a continuing basis. The price to each Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

The aggregate dollar amounts of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds during the last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

Year

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller Companies
Fund
     Alternative Strategies
Fund
 

2017

   $ 122,851      $ 524,719      $ 64,211      $ 969,226  

2016

   $ 135,878      $ 869,728      $ 63,954      $ 997,387  

2015

   $ 223,137      $ 1,317,155      $ 124,445      $ 982,771  

Of these amounts, the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to the brokers who furnished research services during the last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

Year

   Equity
Fund
     International
Fund
     Smaller Companies
Fund
     Alternative
Strategies
Fund
 

2017

   $ 36,423      $ 41,383      $ 32,705      $ 275,772  

2016

   $ 26,215      $ 103,943      $ 24,173      $ 207,406  

2015

   $ 53,000      $ 171,469      $ 37,064      $ 200,479  

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Funds paid no commissions to broker-dealers affiliated with the Advisor or any of the Sub-Advisors.

Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board may determine, a Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by its Management Agreement with a Fund or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused any Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor a commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to each Fund or other advisory clients. Each Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of each Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor or any affiliate of either. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine. Each Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis for such allocations.

On occasions when a Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each Fund and to such other clients.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following Funds acquired securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) during the most recent fiscal year.

 

Fund

  

Broker

   Amount  

Equity Fund

   Bank of America Corp.    $ 3,453,840  
   Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.    $ 4,114,873  
   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 2,355,888  

International Fund

   Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC    $ 8,047,501  

Alternative Strategies Fund

   Bank of America Securities LLC    $ 8,047,501  
   Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.    $ 8,560,126  
   Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.    $ 1,866,557  
   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 2,273,797  
   J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 743,982  

Distribution of Fund Shares

The Funds’ principal underwriter is ALPS Distributors, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203. The Distributor is engaged on a non-exclusive basis to assist in the distribution of shares in various jurisdictions. The Distributor is compensated for performing this service by the Advisor and is not paid by the Funds.

Distribution Plan

As noted in the prospectus, the Trust has adopted a Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Distribution Plan”) on behalf of the Investor Class of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund.

Under the Distribution Plan, the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund are authorized to pay the Distributor for distribution services related to Investor Class shares (the “Distribution Fee”) at an annual rate of 0.25% of such Funds’ average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class shares. The Distribution Plan provides that the Distributor may use all or any portion of such Distribution Fee to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of such Funds’ Investor Class shares, subject to the terms of the Distribution Plan, or to provide certain shareholder services.

The Distribution Fee is payable to the Distributor regardless of the distribution-related expenses actually incurred. Because the Distribution Fee is not directly tied to expenses, the amount of distribution fees paid by the Investor Class of the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the Distribution Plan. For this reason, this type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as a “compensation” plan.

The Distributor may use the Distribution Fee to pay for services covered by the Distribution Plan including, but not limited to, advertising, compensating underwriters, dealers and selling personnel engaged in the distribution of Fund shares, the printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports to prospective shareholders, the printing and mailing of sales literature, and obtaining whatever information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund may, from time to time, deem advisable.

The tables below show the amount of the Distribution Fee for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Fund

   Distribution Fee incurred
by Investor Class Shares
 

Equity Fund

   $ 221  

International Fund

   $ 59,756  

Alternative Strategies Fund

   $ 495,562  

 

92


Table of Contents

Fund

   Advertising
and
Marketing
     Printing
and
Postage
     Payment
to
Distributor
     Payment
to
Dealers
     Compensation
to Sales
Personnel
     Other
Expenses
 

Equity Fund

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 221      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

International Fund

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 59,756      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

Alternative Strategies Fund

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 495,562      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

Other Shareholder Servicing Expenses Paid by the Funds

The Funds make payments to financial intermediaries for certain sub-recordkeeping, sub-transfer agent or similar services provided by financial intermediaries in amounts determined by the Funds’ Board of Trustees to represent reasonable amounts for those services. These expenses paid by a Fund would remain subject to any overall expense limitation applicable to that Fund. These expenses are in addition to any supplemental amounts the Advisor pays out of its own resources and are in addition to a Fund’s payment of any amounts through the Distribution Plan.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional payments or other compensation as described above by financial intermediaries may provide financial intermediaries and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of shares of the Funds, and other mutual funds whose affiliates make similar compensation available, over sale of shares of mutual funds (or non-mutual fund investments) not making such payments. You may wish to take these payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations relating to the Funds’ shares.

The table below identifies the financial intermediaries who received compensation from the Funds for providing sub-recordkeeping, sub-transfer agency or similar services during the calendar year ended December 31, 2017:

Firm

Charles Schwab

Fidelity Investments

Financial Data Services, Inc.

Great-West Financial

LPL Financial

Merrill Lynch

MSCS Financial Services Operating

National Financial Services, LLC (Fidelity Brokerage)

Pershing

Raymond James

TD – Ameritrade

Vanguard

Payments by the Advisor

Set forth below is a list of the member firms of FINRA to which the Advisor, or its affiliates, made payments out of their revenues in connection with the sale and distribution of the Funds’ shares or for services to the Funds and their shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2017. Such payments are in addition to any Distribution Plan amounts paid to such FINRA member firms. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to the FINRA member firms identified in this list since December 31, 2017 are not reflected:

 

93


Table of Contents

FINRA member firms

Raymond James

The Advisor or its affiliates may also make payments to selling and shareholder servicing agents that are not FINRA member firms and that sell shares of or provide services to the Funds and their shareholders, such as banks, insurance companies and plan administrators. These firms are not included on the list above, although they may be affiliated with companies on the above list.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Although the Funds generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of a Sub-Advisor, investment considerations warrant such action. Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in a Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions as compared to the costs and taxable transactions of an investment company that holds investments for a longer period. The Advisor does not expect each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate (except for the Alternative Strategies Fund) to exceed 150% in most years.

Portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

Fund

   2017     2016  

Equity Fund

     33.49     26.98

International Fund

     41.90     43.84

Smaller Companies Fund

     107.51     51.32

Alternative Strategies Fund

     169.34     142.24

The Smaller Companies Fund’s portfolio turnover rate increased year over year due to a change in portfolio management and portfolio repositioning.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV of a Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE (currently, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) each business day that the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading. The most recent announcement indicates that the NYSE will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by a Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in a Fund outstanding at such time.

Generally, trading in and valuation of foreign securities is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. In addition, trading in and valuation of foreign securities may not take place on every day in which the NYSE is open for trading. In that case, the price used to determine a Fund’s NAV on the

 

94


Table of Contents

last day on which such exchange was open will be used, unless the Board determines that a different price should be used. Furthermore, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days in which the NYSE is not open for trading and on which a Fund’s NAV is not calculated. Occasionally, events affecting the values of such securities in U.S. dollars on a day on which a Fund calculates its NAV may occur between the times when such securities are valued and the close of the NYSE which will not be reflected in the computation of a Fund’s NAV unless the Board or its delegates deem that such events would materially affect the NAV, in which case an adjustment would be made.

Generally, a Fund’s investments are valued on the basis of market quotations. Securities or assets for which market quotations are not available, or for which the pricing service approved by the Board does not provide a valuation or provides a valuation that in the judgment of the relevant Sub-Advisor, with the concurrence of the Advisor, is stale or does not represent the fair value of such securities or assets, shall be valued by the Valuation Committee in consultation with the Advisor, the relevant Sub-Advisor, and the Administrator pursuant to procedures approved by the Board.

Each Fund’s securities, including ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, which are traded on securities exchanges, are generally determined on the basis of the last reported sale price on the exchange on which such securities are traded (or the NASDAQ official closing price for NASDAQ-reported securities, if such price is provided by the Funds’ accountant), as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued or, lacking any reported sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked price. Securities that are traded on more than one exchange are valued on the exchange determined by the Sub-Advisors to be the primary market. Securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price prior to the time of valuation. Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available (including restricted securities, which are subject to limitations as to their sale) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Short-term debt obligations with remaining maturities in excess of 60 days are valued at current market prices, as discussed above. Short-term securities with 60 days or less remaining to maturity are, unless conditions indicate otherwise, amortized to maturity based on their cost to a Fund if acquired within 60 days of maturity or, if already held by a Fund on the 60th day, based on the value determined on the 61st day.

Corporate debt securities, mortgage-related securities and asset-backed securities held by a Fund are valued on the basis of valuations provided by dealers in those instruments, by an independent pricing service and approved by the Board, or at fair value as determined in good faith by procedures approved by the Board. Any such pricing service, in determining value, will use information with respect to transactions in the securities being valued, quotations from dealers, market transactions in comparable securities, analyses and evaluations of various relationships between securities and yield to maturity information.

An option that is written by a Fund is generally valued at the last sale price or, in the absence of the last sale price, the last offer price. An option that is purchased by a Fund is generally valued at the last sale price or, in the absence of the last sale price, the last bid price. The value of a futures contract is the last sale or settlement price on the exchange or board of trade on which the future is traded or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the last bid and asked price. When a settlement price cannot be used, futures contracts will be valued at their fair market value as determined by or under the direction of the Board. If an options or futures exchange closes after the time at which a Fund’s NAV is calculated, the last sale or last bid and asked prices as of that time will be used to calculate the NAV.

Any assets or liabilities initially expressed in terms of foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate or, alternatively, at the mean of the current bid and asked prices of such currencies against the U.S. dollar last quoted by a major bank that is a regular participant in the foreign exchange market or on the basis of a pricing service that takes into account the quotes provided by a number of such major banks. If neither of these alternatives is available or both are deemed not to provide a suitable methodology for converting a foreign currency into U.S. dollars, the Board in good faith will establish a conversion rate for such currency.

 

95


Table of Contents

All other assets of a Fund are valued in such manner as the Board in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

TAXATION

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the interests in the Funds. It is based upon the Code, the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). This summary does not purport to deal with all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of whom may be subject to special rules (including, without limitation, dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions, life insurance companies, holders of Fund interests held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion transaction” with other investments, persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar or persons for whom the Fund interests are not capital assets). This discussion also does not address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes (such as estate and gift tax consequences). In addition, the following discussion generally applies only to “U.S. persons,” as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) who are beneficial owners of Fund interests. A “U.S. person” is generally defined as (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) or partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the law of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if (a) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is an investor in the Funds, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

The tax consequences of an investment in the Funds will depend not only on the nature of the Funds’ operations and the then applicable U.S. federal tax principles, but also on certain factual determinations that cannot be made at this time, and upon a particular investor’s individual circumstances. No advance rulings have been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

IN VIEW OF THE FOREGOING, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING ALL THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUNDS WITH SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO SUCH INVESTOR’S OWN PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION AND RECENT CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAW.

Each Fund will be taxed, under the Code, as a separate entity from any other series of the Trust, and each Fund has elected to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. In each taxable year that a Fund qualifies, a Fund (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of interest and dividend income, net short term capital gain and net realized gains from currency transactions) and net capital gain that is distributed to shareholders.

In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund must distribute annually to shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (1) at least 90% of a Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or currencies; (2) at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by

 

96


Table of Contents

cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, limited in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (3) at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in (i) securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, (ii) securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or (iii) securities of one or more of certain publicly traded partnerships, as such term is defined under the Code.

Distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains by a Fund will be taxable to shareholders whether made in cash or reinvested in shares. In determining amounts of net realized capital gains to be distributed, any capital loss carryovers from prior years will be applied against capital gains to the extent permitted under the Code. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share of a Fund on the reinvestment date. Fund distributions also will be included in individual and corporate shareholders’ income on which the alternative minimum tax may be imposed. A Fund may make taxable distributions to shareholders even during periods in which share prices have declined. Tax consequences are not the primary consideration of a Fund in implementing its investment strategy.

Each Fund or any securities dealer effecting a redemption of a Fund’s shares by a shareholder will be required to file information reports with the IRS with respect to distributions and payments made to the shareholder. In addition, a Fund will be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 24% on taxable dividends, redemptions and other payments made to accounts of individual or other non-exempt shareholders who have not furnished their correct taxpayer identification numbers and made certain required certifications on the account application or with respect to which a Fund or the securities dealer has been notified by the IRS that the number furnished is incorrect or that the account is otherwise subject to backup withholding.

Each Fund intends to declare and pay dividends and other distributions, as stated in the prospectus. In order to avoid the payment of a 4% non-deductible federal excise tax based on net income, a Fund must declare on or before December 31 of each year, and pay on or before January 31 of the following year, distributions at least equal to 98% of its ordinary income for that calendar year and at least 98.2% of the excess of any capital gains over any capital losses realized in the one-year period ending October 31 of that year, together with any undistributed amounts of ordinary income and capital gains (in excess of capital losses) from the previous calendar year.

Certain U.S. shareholders, including individuals and estates and trusts, in the higher income brackets will be subject to an additional 3.8% federal tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which generally will include dividends from the Funds and net gain from the disposition of shares of the Funds. U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional net investment income tax resulting from an investment in the Funds.

Each Fund may receive dividend distributions from U.S. corporations. To the extent that a Fund receives such dividends and distributes them to its shareholders, and meets certain other requirements of the Code, corporate shareholders of a Fund may be entitled to the dividends received deduction, and individual shareholders may, depending on the Fund’s underlying sources of income, have “qualified dividend income,” which would be subject to tax at the shareholder’s maximum capital gains tax rate. Availability of the deduction and/or taxation at the maximum capital gains tax rate is subject to certain holding period and debt-financing limitations.

The use of hedging strategies, such as entering into futures contracts and forward contracts and purchasing options, involves complex rules that will determine the character and timing of recognition of the income received in connection therewith by a Fund. Income from foreign currencies (except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by future regulations) and income from transactions in options, futures contracts and forward contracts derived by a Fund with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies should qualify as permissible income under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

97


Table of Contents

For accounting purposes, premiums paid by a Fund are recorded as an asset and are subsequently adjusted to the current market value of the option. Any gain or loss realized by the Fund upon the expiration or sale of such options held by the Fund generally will be capital gain or loss.

Any security, option or other position entered into or held by a Fund that substantially diminishes the Fund’s risk of loss from any other position held by that Fund may constitute a straddle for federal income tax purposes. In general, straddles are subject to certain rules that may affect the amount, character and timing of the Fund’s gains and losses with respect to straddle positions by requiring, among other things, that the loss realized on disposition of one position of a straddle be deferred until gain is realized on disposition of the offsetting position; that the Fund’s holding period in certain straddle positions not begin until the straddle is terminated (possibly resulting in the gain being treated as short-term capital gain rather than long-term capital gain); and that losses recognized with respect to certain straddle positions, which would otherwise constitute short-term capital losses, be treated as long-term capital losses. Different elections are available to the Fund that may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules.

Certain options, futures contracts and forward contracts that are subject to Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 Contracts”) and that are held by a Fund at the end of its taxable year generally will be required to be “marked to market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, deemed to have been sold at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales and 60% of any net gain or loss realized from any actual sales of Section 1256 Contracts will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the balance will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.

Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by a Fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables and foreign currency options and futures contracts (other than options and futures contracts that are governed by the mark-to-market and 60/40 rules of Section 1256 of the Code and for which no election is made) is treated as ordinary income or loss. Some part of the Fund’s gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares of a foreign corporation may, because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, be treated as ordinary income or loss under Section 988 of the Code, rather than as capital gain or loss.

Redemptions and exchanges of shares of a Fund will result in gains or losses for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the difference between the proceeds and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis for the shares. Any loss realized (to the extent it is allowed) upon the redemption or exchange of shares within six months from their date of purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of distributions of long-term capital gain dividends with respect to such shares during such six-month period. All or a portion of a loss realized upon the redemption of shares of the Fund may be disallowed to the extent shares of the same Fund are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within 30 days before or after such redemption.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Funds utilized the following amounts of capital loss carry forwards:

 

Fund

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards Utilized
 

Equity Fund

   $ —    

International Fund

   $ 64,351,164  

Smaller Companies Fund

   $ 7,425,219  

Alternative Strategies Fund

   $ 23,095,456  

 

98


Table of Contents

The capital loss carryforwards for each Fund were as follows:

 

     Equity
Fund
     International Fund      Smaller
Companies
Fund
     Alternative Strategies
Fund
 

Capital Loss Carryforwards

           

Expires 12/31/18

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Short-Term

   $         $ 78,323,693      $ —        $ 9,905,197  

Long-Term

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Distributions and redemptions may be subject to state and local taxes, and the treatment thereof may differ from the federal income tax treatment. Foreign taxes may apply to non-U.S. investors.

Nonresident aliens and foreign persons are subject to different tax rules, and may be subject to withholding of up to 30% on certain payments received from a Fund. Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax on each Fund’s distributions, including capital gains distributions, and on gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of a Fund, generally applies if paid to a foreign entity unless: (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” it undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” it identifies certain of its U.S. investors or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise excepted under FATCA. If applicable, and subject to any applicable intergovernmental agreements, withholding under FATCA is required: (i) generally with respect to distributions from each Fund; and (ii) with respect to certain capital gains distributions and gross proceeds from a sale or disposition of Fund shares that occur on or after January 1, 2019. If withholding is required under FATCA on a payment related to your shares, investors that otherwise would not be subject to withholding (or that otherwise would be entitled to a reduced rate of withholding) on such payment generally will be required to seek a refund or credit from the IRS to obtain the benefits of such exemption or reduction. The Funds will not pay any additional amounts in respect to amounts withheld under FATCA. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of FATCA based on your individual circumstances.

The above discussion and the related discussion in each prospectus are not intended to be complete discussions of all applicable tax consequences of an investment in the Funds. Paul Hastings LLP, counsel to the Trust, has expressed no opinion in respect thereof. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisers concerning the application of foreign, federal, state and local taxes to an investment in a Fund.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends from a Fund’s investment company taxable income (whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. Tax consequences are not the primary consideration of the Funds in implementing their investment strategies. Distributions of a Fund’s net capital gain (whether paid in cash or invested in additional shares) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long they have held their Fund shares. A Fund may make taxable distributions to shareholders even during periods in which the share price has declined.

Dividends declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a date in one of such months will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received by the shareholders on the record date if the dividends are paid by the Fund during the following January. Accordingly, such dividends will be taxed to shareholders for the year in which the record date falls.

The Funds are required to withhold 28% of all dividends, capital gain distributions and redemption proceeds payable to any individuals and certain other non-corporate shareholders who do not provide the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number. The Funds also are required to withhold 28% of all dividends and capital gain distributions paid to such shareholders who otherwise are subject to backup withholding.

 

99


Table of Contents

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM

The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that the Distributor and the Funds’ transfer agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity and conducting a complete and thorough review of all new opening account applications. The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

As a result of the Program, the Trust may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Trust may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on August 1, 1996. The Equity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1996. The International Fund commenced operations on December 1, 1997. The Smaller Companies Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2003. The Alternative Strategies Fund commenced operations on September 30, 2011. The Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Trust to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest and to divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in a Fund. Each share represents an interest in a Fund proportionately equal to the interest of each other share. Upon the Trust’s liquidation, all shareholders would share pro rata in the net assets of a Fund available for distribution to shareholders. The Board has created four series of shares, and may create additional series in the future, which have separate assets and liabilities. Income and operating expenses not specifically attributable to a particular Fund will be allocated fairly among the Funds by the Trustees, generally on the basis of the relative net assets of each Fund.

The Trust has adopted a Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act on behalf of the Funds. Currently, the Equity Fund, International Fund and Alternative Strategies Fund are each authorized to issue two classes of shares: Institutional Class shares and Investor Class shares. The Smaller Companies Fund is authorized to issue one class of shares: Institutional Class shares.

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that as to any investment company which has two or more series outstanding and as to any matter required to be submitted to shareholder vote, such matter is not deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the Rule) of the voting securities of each series affected by the matter. Such separate voting requirements do not apply to the election of Trustees or the ratification of the selection of accountants. Rule 18f-2 contains special provisions for cases in which an advisory contract is approved by one or more, but not all, series. A change in investment policy may go into effect as to one or more series whose holders so approve the change even though the required vote is not obtained as to the holders of other affected series.

Each Fund may hold special meetings and mail proxy materials. These meetings may be called to elect or remove Trustees, change fundamental policies, approve an investment advisory contract or for other purposes. Shareholders not attending these meetings are encouraged to vote by proxy. Each Fund will mail proxy materials in advance, including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on. The number of votes each

 

100


Table of Contents

shareholder is entitled to is based on the number of shares he or she owns. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (and fractional votes for fractional shares) and may vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders. It is not contemplated that regular annual meetings of shareholders will be held.

The Equity Fund, the International Fund, the Smaller Companies Fund, and the Alternative Strategies Fund are the only operating series of shares of the Trust. The Board may, at its own discretion, create additional series of shares. The Agreement and Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for the Trust’s acts or obligations and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the Trust’s property for any shareholder held personally liable for its obligations.

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the shareholders have the right to remove a Trustee. Upon the written request of the record holders of 10% of the Trust’s shares, the Trustees will call a meeting of shareholders to vote on the removal of a Trustee. No amendment may be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust that would have a material adverse effect on shareholders without the approval of the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s shares. Shareholders have no preemptive or conversion rights. Shares when issued are fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust, except as set forth above.

The Trust and Litman Gregory have obtained an exemptive order from the SEC, which permits Litman Gregory, subject to certain conditions, to hire, terminate and replace managers with the approval of the Board only and without shareholder approval. Within 60 days of the hiring of any new manager or the implementation of any proposed material change in a sub-advisory agreement with an existing manager, shareholders will be furnished information about the new manager or sub-advisory agreement that would be included in a proxy statement. The order also permits a Fund to disclose sub-advisory fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement. Pursuant to the order, shareholder approval is required before Litman Gregory enters into any sub-advisory agreement with a manager that is affiliated with the Funds or Litman Gregory.

The Trust, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor, to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds.

The Trust’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 is responsible for holding the Funds’ assets and acting as the Trust’s accounting services agent. The Trust’s transfer agent, DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (formerly, Boston Financial Data Services), is located at 330 West Ninth Street, Kansas City, Missouri, 64105. You may call DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. at 1-800-960-0188 if you have questions about your account. The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, Cohen & Company, Ltd., 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, also assists with the Funds’ tax returns. The Trust’s legal counsel is Paul Hastings LLP, 101 California Street, 48th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111.

The Funds reserve the right, if conditions exist that make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase order by making payment in whole or in part in readily marketable securities chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV (a redemption in kind). If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities into cash.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements, including the Financial Highlights of the Funds for the year ended December 31, 2017, and Cohen & Company, Ltd.’s report thereon are incorporated by reference. The report of Cohen & Company, Ltd., the independent registered public accounting firm of the Funds, with respect to the audited financial statements, is incorporated herein in its entirety in reliance upon such report of Cohen & Company, Ltd. and on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting. Shareholders will receive a copy of the audited and unaudited financial statements at no additional charge when requesting a copy of the SAI.

 

101


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

Description of Ratings

The following terms are generally used to describe the credit quality of debt securities:

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.: Corporate Bond Ratings

Aaa—Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality and carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin, and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa—Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. Both the Aaa and Aa rating classifications. The modifier “1” indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. Additionally a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

A—Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations and subject to low credit risk. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa—Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, subject to moderate credit risk, i.e. , they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Standard & Poor’s Corporation: Corporate Bond Ratings

AAA—This is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay principal and interest.

AA—Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay principal and interest is very strong, and in the majority of instances they differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A—Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay principal and interest, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB—Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in this category than for bonds in the A category.

 

102


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper Ratings

Moody’s commercial paper ratings are assessments of the issuer’s ability to repay punctually promissory obligations. Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers: Prime 1—highest quality; Prime 2—higher quality; Prime 3—high quality.

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from “A” for the highest quality obligations to “D” for the lowest.

Issues assigned the highest rating, A, are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are delineated with the numbers “1”, “2” and “3” to indicate the relative degree of safety. The designation A-1 indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. A “+” designation is applied to those issues rated “A-1” which possess extremely strong safety characteristics. Capacity for timely payment on issues with the designation “A-2” is strong. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1. Issues carrying the designation “A-3” have a satisfactory capacity for timely payment. They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effect of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

 

103


Table of Contents

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits

 

(a)

     Articles of Incorporation.
    (1)    Agreement and Declaration of Trust (1)
         (A)    Amendment to Agreement and Declaration of Trust (2)
         (B)    Amendment to Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated December 4, 2008 (8)
         (C)    Amendment to Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated August 31, 2011 (8)

(b)

     By-laws (12)

(c)

     Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders – See Articles III and V of Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Article II of Third Amended and Restated By-Laws

(d)

     Investment Advisory Contracts
    (1)    Unified Investment Advisory Agreement between Litman Gregory Funds Trust and Litman Gregory Fund Advisors,
LLC dated April 1, 2013 (10)
    (2)    Sub-Advisory Agreements
         (A)    Equity Fund
              1.    Investment Management Agreement with Davis Selected Advisers L.P. (13)
              2.    Investment Management Agreement with Fiduciary Management, Inc. (13)
              3.    Investment Management Agreement with Harris Associates L.P. (7)
              4.    Investment Management Agreement with Nuance Investments, LLC (13)
              5.    Investment Management Agreement with Sands Capital Management, LLC (13)
              6.    Investment Management Agreement with Wells Capital Management, Inc. (13)
         (B)    International Fund
              1.    Investment Management Agreement with Evermore Global Advisors, LLC (15)
              2.    Investment Management Agreement with Harris Associates L.P. (13)
              3.    Investment Management Agreement with Lazard Asset Management LLC (13)
              4.    Investment Management Agreement with Northern Cross, LLC (13)
              5.    Investment Management Agreement with Pictet Asset Management Limited (15)
              6.    Investment Management Agreement with Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (5)
         (C)    Smaller Companies Fund
              1.    Investment Management Agreement with Cove Street Capital, LLC (13)
              2.    Investment Management Agreement with Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC – filed herewith
              3.    Investment Management Agreement with Wells Capital Management, Inc. (13)
         (D)    Alternative Strategies Fund
              1.    Investment Management Agreement with DCI, LLC – filed herewith
              2.    Investment Management Agreement with DoubleLine Capital LP (13)
              3.    Investment Management Agreement with First Pacific Advisors, LLC (13)
              4.    Investment Management Agreement with Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (13)
              5.    Investment Management Agreement with Water Island Capital LLC (13)

(e)

     Underwriting Contracts
    (1)    Distribution Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. dated April 16, 2018 – filed herewith
    (2)    Distribution Letter Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. dated April 16, 2018 – filed herewith

(f)

     Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts – None

(g)

     Custodian Agreements
    (1)    Custody Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (13)

 

1


Table of Contents
     (A)    Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Custody Agreement (8)

(h)

    

Other Material Contracts

    (1)    Administration Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated September 10, 2014 (13)
    (2)    Powers of Attorney dated April 30, 2014 (13)
    (3)    Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement (13)
     (A)    Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement (13)
     (B)    Amendment dated May 20, 2013 to the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement (11)
     (C)    Amendment dated January 1, 2017 to the Restated Contractual Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement (15)

(i)

   Legal Opinion
    (1)    Consent of Counsel dated April 30, 2018 – filed herewith

(j)

    

Other Opinions

    (1)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm filed herewith

(k)

     Omitted Financial Statements – None

(l)

    

Initial Capital Agreements

    (1)    Subscription Agreement (initial seed capital only) (3)

(m)

     Rule 12b-1 Plan
    (1)    Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan (12b-1 Plan) (13)

(n)

     Rule 18f-3 Plan
    (1)    Multiple Class Plan (12)

(o)

     Reserved

(p)

     Codes of Ethics
    (1)    Code of Ethics for Litman Gregory Funds Trust – filed herewith
    (2)    Code of Ethics for Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC – filed herewith
    (3)    Code of Ethics for ALPS Distributors, Inc. – filed herewith
    (4)    Codes of Ethics for the Sub-Advisors
         (A)    Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. (4)
         (B)    First Pacific Advisors, LLC (14)
         (C)    Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. – filed herewith
         (D)    Wells Capital Management, Inc. (15)
         (E)    Northern Cross, LLC – filed herewith
         (F)    Nuance Investments, LLC (12)
         (G)    Cove Street Capital, LLC – filed herewith
         (H)    Harris Associates L.P. (15)
         (I)    Sands Capital Management, LLC (15)
         (J)    DoubleLine Capital LP – filed herewith )
         (K)    Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. – filed herewith
         (L)    Water Island Capital, LLC (15)
         (M)    Lazard Asset Management LLC – filed herewith
         (N)    Fiduciary Management, Inc. (12)
         (O)    Pictet Asset Management Limited (15)

 

2


Table of Contents
 

(P)

   Evermore Global Advisors, LLC (15)
 

(Q)

   DCI, LLC – filed herewith
 

(R)

   Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC – filed herewith

 

(1)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s initial Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on August 12, 1996, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(2)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on November 15, 1996, and is hereby incorporated by reference.
(3)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on December 17, 1996, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(4)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2000, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(5)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2004, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(6)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2008, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(7)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2010, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(8)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on September 2, 2011, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(9)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2012, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(10)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on May 1, 2013, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(11)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2014, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(12)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2014, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(13)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2015, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(14)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 29, 2016, and is herein incorporated by reference.
(15)    Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed with the SEC on April 28, 2017, and is herein incorporated by reference.

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the Registrant.

 

3


Table of Contents

Item 30. Indemnification

Article VI of Registrant’s By-Laws states as follows:

Section 1. AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES. For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of this Trust or is or was serving at the request of this Trust as a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or was a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor entity; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative; and “expenses” includes without limitation attorney’s fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article.

Section 2. ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY TRUST. This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this Trust) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding, if it is determined that person acted in good faith and reasonably believed:

(a) in the case of conduct in his official capacity as a Trustee of the Trust, that his conduct was in the Trust’s best interests, and

(b) in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Trust’s best interests, and

(c) in the case of a criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful.

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this Trust or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 3. ACTIONS BY THE TRUST. This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of this Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that that person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this Trust and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

Section 4. EXCLUSION OF INDEMNIFICATION. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, there shall be no right to indemnification for any liability arising by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the agent’s office with this Trust.

No indemnification shall be made under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article:

(a) In respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity; or

(b) In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable in the performance of that person’s duty to this Trust, unless and only to the extent that the court in which that action was brought shall determine upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, that person was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct set forth in the preceding paragraph and is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court shall determine€r

 

4


Table of Contents

(c) Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action, with or without court approval, or of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval, unless the required approval set forth in Section 6 of this Article is obtained.

Section 5. SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT. To the extent that an agent of this Trust has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, before the court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith, provided that the Board of Trustees, including a majority who are disinterested, non-party Trustees, also determines that based upon a review of the facts, the agent was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct referred to in Section 4 of this Article.

Section 6. REQUIRED APPROVAL. Except as provided in Section 5 of this Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this Trust only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article and is not prohibited from indemnification because of the disabling conduct set forth in Section 4 of this Article, by:

(a) A majority vote of a quorum consisting of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940); or

(b) A written opinion by an independent legal counsel.

Section 7. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this Trust before the final disposition of the proceeding upon a written undertaking by or on behalf of the agent, to repay the amount of the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification, together with at least one of the following as a condition to the advance: (i) security for the undertaking; or (ii) the existence of insurance protecting the Trust against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances; or (iii) a determination by a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust, or by an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, based on a review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that the agent ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification. Determinations and authorizations of payments under this Section must be made in the manner specified in Section 6 of this Article for determining that the indemnification is permissible.

Section 8. OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS. Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than Trustees and officers of this Trust or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

Section 9. LIMITATIONS. No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Sections 5 or 6 in any circumstances where it appears:

(a) that it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) that it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

5


Table of Contents

Section 10. INSURANCE. Upon and in the event of a determination by the Board of Trustees of this Trust to purchase such insurance, this Trust shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of this Trust against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, but only to the extent that this Trust would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this Article and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

Section 11. FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN. This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person’s capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.

In addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in the Registrant’s By-Laws, the Registrant has also entered into indemnification agreements (the “Indemnification Agreements”) with each of the Trustees and with its Chief Compliance Officer (collectively, the “Indemnitees”). The Indemnification Agreements set forth the procedure by which Indemnitees are to request and receive advancement of expenses and indemnification. The Indemnification Agreements provide that, in any determination for advancement of expenses or indemnification, the Indemnitees are entitled to a rebuttable presumption that they did not engage in conduct that would disqualify them from eligibility to receive advancement of expenses or for indemnification. The Indemnification Agreements also set forth the procedure by which an independent counsel may be chosen if independent counsel is to make a determination of any Indemnitee’s qualification for advancement of expenses or indemnification.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

The information required by this item is contained in the Form ADVs of the following entities and is incorporated herein by reference:

 

Name of Investment Adviser

   File No.  

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC

     801-52710  

Name of Sub-Advisors

  

Cove Street Capital, LLC

     801-72231  

Davis Selected Advisors, L.P.

     801-31648  

DCI, LLC

     801-63857  

DoubleLine Capital LP

     801-70942  

Evermore Global Advisors, LLC

     801-70645  

Fiduciary Management, Inc.

     801-15164  

First Pacific Advisors, LLC

     801-67160  

Harris Associates L.P.

     801-50333  

Lazard Asset Management LLC

     801-61701  

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

     801-170  

Northern Cross, LLC

     801-62668  

Nuance Investments, LLC

     801-69682  

Pictet Asset Management Limited

     801-15143  

Sands Capital Management, LLC

     801-64820

Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

     801-47232  

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

     801-17853  

Water Island Capital, LLC

     801-57341  

Wells Capital Management, Inc.

     801-21122  

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

(a) ALPS Distributors, Inc., the Registrant’s principal underwriter, acts as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

 

6


Table of Contents
1290 Funds
ALPS Series Trust
The Arbitrage Funds
AQR Funds
Barings Funds Trust
BBH Trust
Bluerock Total Income Plus Real Estate Fund
Brandes Investment Trust
Broadview Funds Trust
Brown Capital Management Mutual Funds
Centre Funds
CION Ares Diversified Credit Fund
Columbia ETF Trust
Columbia ETF Trust I
Columbia ETF Trust II
Cortina Funds, Inc.
CRM Mutual Fund Trust
CSOP ETF Trust
Cullen Funds Trust
DBX ETF Trust
Elevation ETF Trust
ETFS Trust
Financial Investors Trust
Firsthand Funds
FS Credit Income Fund
FS Energy Total Return Fund
FS Series Trust
Goehring & Rozencwajg Investment Funds
Goldman Sachs ETF Trust
Griffin Institutional Access Credit Fund
Griffin Institutional Access Real Estate Fund
Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust
Hartford Funds NextShares Trust
Heartland Group Inc.
Henssler Funds, Inc.
Holland Series Fund, Inc.
Index Funds
IndexIQ ETF Trust and IndexIQ Active ETF Trust
Ivy NextShares Trust
James Advantage Funds
Janus Detroit Street Trust
Lattice Strategies Trust
Laudus Trust
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
Longleaf Partners Funds Trust
M3Sixty Funds Trust
Mairs & Power Funds Trust
Meridian Fund, Inc.
Natixis ETF Trust
Northern Lights Fund Trust (on behalf of the 13D Activist Fund)
NorthStar Real Estate Capital Income Fund
NorthStar Real Estate Capital Income Fund-T
NorthStar Real Estate Capital Income Fund-ADV
NorthStar Real Estate Capital Income Fund-C
NorthStar/Townsend Institutional Real Estate Fund

 

7


Table of Contents
Pax World Funds Series Trust I
Pax World Series Trust III
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
Reality Shares ETF Trust
Resource Credit Income Funds
Resource Real Estate Diversified Income Fund
RiverNorth Funds
Sierra Total Return Fund
Smead Funds Trust
SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF Trust
SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust
SPDR S&P MidCap 400 ETF Trust
Stadion Investment Trust
Stone Harbor Investment Funds
Stone Ridge Trust
Stone Ridge Trust II
Stone Ridge Trust III
Stone Ridge Trust IV
Stone Ridge Trust V
Total Income + Real Estate Fund
USCF ETF Trust
USCF Mutual Funds Trust
Wasatch Funds
WesMark Funds
Westcore Trust
Wilmington Funds

(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of ALPS Distributors, Inc. are as follows:

 

Name and Principal

Business Address*

  

Positions and Offices with

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

  

Positions and Offices

with Registrant

Jeremy O. May    President, Director    None
Edmund J. Burke    Director    None
Bradley J. Swenson    Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer    None
Robert J. Szydlowski    Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer    None
Eric T. Parsons    Vice President, Controller and Assistant Treasurer    None
Randall D. Young**    Secretary    None
Gregg Wm. Givens**    Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary    None
Douglas W. Fleming **    Assistant Treasurer    None
Steven Price    Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer    None
Stephen J. Kyllo    Vice President, Deputy Chief Compliance Officer    None
Liza Orr    Vice President, Senior Counsel    None
Jed Stahl    Vice President, Senior Counsel    None
Josh Eihausen    Vice President, Associate Senior Counsel    None
Troy A. Duran    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer    None
James Stegall    Vice President    None
Gary Ross    Senior Vice President    None
Kevin Ireland    Senior Vice President    None
Mark Kiniry    Senior Vice President    None
Tison Cory    Vice President, Intermediary Operations    None
Hilary Quinn    Vice President    None
Jennifer Craig    Assistant Vice President    None

 

8


Table of Contents
* Except as otherwise noted, the principal business address for each of the above directors and executive officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.
** The principal business address for Messrs. Young, Givens and Fleming is 333 W. 11 th Street, 5 th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.

(c) Not applicable.

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the rules thereunder are maintained at the following locations:

 

Records Relating to:

  

Are located at:

Registrant’s Investment Adviser   

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC

1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

Registrant’s Fund Administrator   

State Street Bank and Trust Company

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02116

Registrant’s Custodian/Fund Accountant   

State Street Bank and Trust Company

1776 Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA 02171

Registrant’s Distributor   

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80203

Registrant’s Transfer Agent   

DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc. (formerly, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.)

330 West 9 th Street

Kansas City, MO 64105

The documents required to be maintained by paragraphs (5), (6), (10) and (11) of Rule 31a-1(b) under the 1940 Act will be maintained by the Registrant’s respective Sub-Advisors:

 

Cove Street Capital, LLC

2101 East El Segundo, Suite 302

El Segundo, CA 90245

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.

2949 E. Elvira Rd. Suite 101

Tucson, AZ, 85756

DCI, LLC

201 Spear Street, Suite 250

San Francisco, CA 94105

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Evermore Global Advisors, LLC

89 Summit Avenue

Summit, NJ 07901

Fiduciary Management, Inc.

100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 2200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

9


Table of Contents

First Pacific Advisors, LLC

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1200

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Harris Associates L.P.

111 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 4600

Chicago, IL 60606

Lazard Asset Management LLC

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10112

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Northern Cross, LLC

125 Summer Street, Suite 1410

Boston, MA 02110

Nuance Investments, LLC

4900 Main Street, Suite 220

Kansas City, MO 64112

Pictet Asset Management Limited

Moor House, 120 London Wall

London EC2Y 5ET – United Kingdom

Sands Capital Management, LLC

1000 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 3000

Arlington, VA 22209

Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

540 West Madison Street, Suite 1900

Chicago, IL 60661

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

2300 North Ridgetop Road

Santa Fe, NM 87506

Water Island Capital, LLC

41 Madison Avenue, 42 nd Floor

New York, NY 10010

Wells Capital Management, Inc.

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

Item 34. Management Services

The Registrant has disclosed all management-related service contracts in Parts A and B.

Item 35. Undertakings

Registrant hereby undertakes to:

 

(1) Furnish each person to whom a Prospectus is delivered a copy of Registrant’s latest annual report to shareholders, upon request and without charge.

 

(2) If requested to do so by the holders of at least 10% of the Trust’s outstanding shares, call a meeting of shareholders for the purposes of voting upon the question of removal of a trustee and assist in communications with other shareholders.

 

10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed below on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Walnut Creek and State of California, on the 30th day of April, 2018.

 

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
        By:  

/s/ Jeremy DeGroot

  Jeremy DeGroot
  President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to its Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Julie Allecta*

   Trustee    April 30, 2018
Julie Allecta      

/s/ Jeremy DeGroot

Jeremy DeGroot

  

Trustee and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

   April 30, 2018

/s/ Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.*

   Trustee    April 30, 2018
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.      

/s/ Harold M. Shefrin*

   Trustee    April 30, 2018
Harold M. Shefrin      

/s/ Taylor M. Welz*

   Trustee    April 30, 2018
Taylor M. Welz      

/s/ John Coughlan

John Coughlan

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

   April 30, 2018

* By: /s/ John Coughlan

     
John Coughlan, Attorney-in-Fact      


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

        Description

(d)     (2)

   (C)(2)    Investment Management Agreement with Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

(d)     (2)

   (D)(1)    Investment Management Agreement with DCI, LLC

(e)     (1)

      Distribution Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. dated April 16, 2018

(e)     (2)

      Distribution Letter Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. dated April 16, 2018

(i)      (1)

      Consent of Counsel dated April 30, 2018

(j)      (1)

      Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(p)     (1)

      Code of Ethics – Litman Gregory Funds Trust

(p)     (2)

      Code of Ethics – Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC

(p)     (3)

      Code of Ethics – ALPS Distributors, Inc.

(p)     (4)

   (C)    Code of Ethics – Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.

(p)     (4)

   (E)    Code of Ethics – Northern Cross, LLC

(p)     (4)

   (G)    Code of Ethics – Cove Street Capital, LLC

(p)     (4)

   (J)    Code of Ethics – DoubleLine Capital, LP

(p)     (4)

   (K)    Code of Ethics – Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

(p)     (4)

   (M)    Code of Ethics – Lazard Asset Management LLC

(p)     (4)

   (Q)    Code of Ethics – DCI, LLC

(p)     (4)

   (R)    Code of Ethics – Segall Bryant & Hamill, LLC

 

12

Exhibit (d)(2)(C)(2)

LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS SMALLER COMPANIES FUND

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the 13 th day of June 2017 by and between LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL, LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a) The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

(b) The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to the Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.


(c) Nature of Fund . The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2. Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a) General Duties . The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. The Advisor represents that the foregoing documents, as they may be amended from time to time, are consistent with the provisions of law, regulatory policies and organizational documents applicable to the Fund and the Advisor, and the Advisor will notify the Sub-Advisor in the event amendments to the foregoing are needed to conform to any changes in such provisions of law, regulatory policies or organizational documents. The Advisor will furnish to the Sub-Advisor current and complete copies of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, and the Fund’s current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as those documents may be amended from time to time, and will provide the Sub-Advisor with any limitations, policies and procedures applicable to the Allocated Portion reasonably in advance of their adoption. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law. Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor all information with respect to the Fund necessary to enable the Sub-Advisor to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

 

-2-


(b) Brokerage . With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. For purposes hereof, references to ‘‘broker-dealer,” “broker” or “dealer” shall be understood to include other financial intermediaries and counterparties. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall be provided to the Sub-Advisor by the Advisor). The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis. The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

 

-3-


For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Sub-Advisor nor any of its affiliates will be liable for the performance of the obligations, or acts or omissions of, any broker-dealer with respect to any transaction placed on behalf of the Fund.

(c) Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion. The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law). The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.

(d) Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender reasonably promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e) Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement. The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor thirty (30) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments. All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

 

-4-


(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors . With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.

(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund . In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.

 

  3. Representations of the Parties .

(a) Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c) Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d) Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance. The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $5,000,000, except for the reduction due to claims.

(e) The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

 

-5-


(f) By execution of the Agreement, the Advisor represents that: (i) the terms hereof do not violate any law or other obligation by which the Advisor or the Fund is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; (ii) the Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action and when so executed and delivered will be binding upon the Advisor in accordance with its terms; (iii) the Advisor has received a copy of Part 2 of the Sub-Advisor’s Form ADV; and (iv) the Advisor will deliver to the Sub-Advisor evidence of such authority as the Sub-Advisor may reasonably request, whether by way of a certified resolution or otherwise.

4. Independent Contractor . The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.

5. Sub-Advisor’s Personnel . The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust’s Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6. Expenses .

(a) The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. The Sub-Advisor will not, however, pay for the cost of securities, commodities, and other investments (including brokerage commissions and other transaction charges, if any) purchased or sold for the Fund.

(b) The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(c) To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses. To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

 

-6-


7. Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a) The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time. Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate specified in Exhibit A attached hereto on the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.

(b) The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

(c) The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below. If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d) The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e) The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement. Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments. Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f) The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement. Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

8. No Shorting; No Borrowing . The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund. This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates

 

-7-


thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.

9. Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund and the Advisor represents and warrants that nothing herein contained is inconsistent with any such documents or requirements. In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.

10. Reports and Access . The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11. Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a) The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor. The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, violation of law or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall not be liable to the Advisor, its officers, directors, agents, employees, controlling persons or shareholders, the Fund or to the Trust or its shareholders for (i) any acts of the Advisor or any other sub-advisor to the Fund with respect to the portion of the assets of the Fund not managed by the Sub-Advisor and (ii) acts of the Sub-Advisor which result from or are based upon acts of the Advisor, including, but not limited to, a failure of the Advisor to provide accurate and current information with respect to any records maintained by Advisor or any other sub-advisor to the Fund, which records are not also maintained by the Sub-Advisor or, to the extent such records relate to the portion of the assets managed by the Sub-Advisor,

 

-8-


otherwise available to the Sub-Advisor upon reasonable request, provided, in all cases, that the liability was not attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, violation of law or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties hereunder.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraph (c) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall require an Indemnifying Party to indemnify an Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of its willful misfeasance, bad faith, violation of law or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim. Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f) No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12. Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics . The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement. The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided,

 

-9-


however, that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust. It is understood that the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates may take investment action or give advice on behalf of such other clients that differs from investment action taken on behalf of the Allocated Portion.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.

13. Term . This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor. The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

14. Termination; No Assignment .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party. In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

-10-


16. Captions . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18. Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor. Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20. Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Advisor notifies the Sub-Advisor is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

-11-


21. Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b) the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c) the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

(d) the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e) a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f) a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22. Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties. The Advisor agrees not to make use of the investment recommendations of the Sub-Advisor with regard to other investment portfolios, products, clients or prospective clients without the written consent of the Sub-Advisor.

22. Use of Sub-Advisor’s Name and Logo . Neither the Fund nor the Advisor will use the Sub-Advisor’s name or make any statements relating to the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates in any promotional or disclosure materials relating to the Fund until the Sub-Advisor has reviewed and approved the materials prior to their first use. Such approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Neither the Advisor nor the Fund may use the logo of the Sub-Advisor or any affiliate in any promotional materials without the prior approval of the Sub-Advisor, which the Sub-Advisor may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. Within fifteen (15) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

 

-12-


23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

 

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC       SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL, LLC
By:   

/s/ John M. Coughlan

      By:   

/s/ Philip Hilderbrandt

Name:    John M. Coughlan       Name:    Philip Hilderbrandt
Title:    Chief Operating Officer       Title:    Chief Executive Officer

As a Third Party Beneficiary,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

on behalf of

LITMAN GREGORY SMALLER COMPANIES FUND

 

By:  

/s/ Jeremy DeGroot

Name:   Jeremy DeGroot
Title:   President

 

-13-

Exhibit (d)(2)(D)(1)

LITMAN GREGORY MASTERS ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT is made as of the 15 th day of June 2017 by and between LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC (the “Advisor”) and DCI, LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been retained as the investment adviser to the Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); and

WHEREAS, the Advisor has been authorized by the Trust to retain one or more investment advisers (each an “investment manager”) to serve as portfolio managers for a specified portion of the Fund’s assets (the “Allocated Portion”); and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Advisor is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and is engaged in the business of supplying investment advisory services as an independent contractor; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Advisor desire to retain the Sub-Advisor as an investment manager to render portfolio advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Sub-Advisor desires to furnish said advice and services; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Fund are third party beneficiaries of such arrangements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement, which shall include the Trust on behalf of the Fund for purposes of the indemnification provisions of section 11 hereof, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Sub-Advisor .

(a) The Advisor hereby employs the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor hereby accepts such employment, to render investment advice and related services with respect to the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees.


(b) The Sub-Advisor’s employment shall be solely with respect to an Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets, such Allocated Portion to be specified by the Advisor and subject to periodic increases or decreases at the Advisor’s sole discretion.

(c) Nature of Fund . The Sub-Advisor and the Advisor both acknowledge that the Fund is a mutual fund that operates as a series of an open-end series investment company under the plenary authority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In managing the Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall do so subject always to the plenary authority of the Board of Trustees.

2. Duties of Sub-Advisor .

(a) General Duties . The Sub-Advisor shall act as one of several investment managers to the Fund and shall invest the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s and the Trust’s governing documents, including, without limitation, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws; the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and undertakings; and such other limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust may impose from time to time in writing to the Sub-Advisor. In providing such services, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times adhere to the provisions and restrictions contained in the federal securities laws, applicable state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable law. Advisor shall provide to the Sub-Advisor such information with respect to the Fund such that the Sub-Advisor will be able to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, laws, policies, and restrictions with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Advisor shall: (i) furnish the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund’s assets; (ii) effect the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (iii) determine that portion of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion that will remain uninvested, if any; (iv) manage and oversee the investments of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, subject to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees; (v) vote proxies, file required ownership reports, and take other actions with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vi) maintain the books and records required to be maintained with respect to the securities in the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion; (vii) furnish reports, statements and other data on securities, economic conditions and other matters related to the investment of the Fund’ assets which the Advisor, the Trustees, or the officers of the Trust may reasonably request; and (viii) render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

(b) Brokerage . With respect to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for broker-dealer selection and for negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Sub-Advisor may direct orders to an affiliated person of the Sub-Advisor or to any other broker-dealer who has been identified by the Advisor to the Sub-Advisor as an affiliate of any other investment manager without prior authorization to use such affiliated broker or dealer by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provided that the Sub-Advisor does so in a

 

-2-


manner consistent with Sections 17(a) and 17(e) of the Investment Company Act, Rule 17e-1 thereunder and the Rule 17e-1 procedures adopted by the Trust (a copy of which shall by provided by the Advisor). The Sub-Advisor’s primary consideration in effecting a securities transaction will be best execution. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Sub-Advisor may take the following into consideration: the best net price available; the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer; the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of the broker-dealer to the investment performance of the Fund on a continuing basis. The price to the Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

Subject to such policies as the Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the Trust may determine, the Sub-Advisor shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides (directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Sub-Advisor an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Sub-Advisor’s or the Advisor’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical material, or other services, to the Trust, the Advisor, any affiliate of either, or the Sub-Advisor. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Sub-Advisor shall determine, and the Sub-Advisor shall report on such allocations regularly to the Advisor and the Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.

On occasions when the Sub-Advisor deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Advisor in the manner it considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

(c) Proxy Voting . The Advisor hereby delegates to the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Allocated Portion. The Sub-Advisor’s proxy voting policies shall comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall maintain and preserve a record, in an easily-accessible place for a period of not less than three (3) years (or longer, if required by law), of the Sub-Advisor’s voting procedures, of the Sub-Advisor’s actual votes, and such other information required for the Fund to comply with any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. The Sub-Advisor shall supply updates of this record to the

 

-3-


Advisor or any authorized representative of the Advisor, or to the Fund on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, if required by law). The Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor and the Fund with information regarding the policies and procedures that the Sub-Advisor uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to the Allocated Portion. The Fund may request that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies for the Allocated Portion in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies.

(d) Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund copies of any of such records upon the Fund’s request. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act with respect to the Fund and to preserve the records required by Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Fund for the period specified in the Rule.

(e) Custody . Title to all investments shall be made in the name of the Fund, provided that for convenience in buying, selling, and exchanging securities (stocks, bonds, commercial paper, etc.), title to such securities may be held in the name of the Fund’s custodian bank, or its nominee or as otherwise provided in the Fund’s custody agreement. The Fund shall notify the Sub-Advisor of the identity of its custodian bank and shall give the Sub-Advisor fifteen (15) days’ written notice of any changes in such custody arrangements. Neither the Sub-Advisor, nor any parent, subsidiary or related firm, shall take possession of or handle any cash or securities, mortgages or deeds of trust, or other indicia of ownership of the Fund’s investments, or otherwise act as custodian of such investments. All cash and the indicia of ownership of all other investments shall be held by the Fund’s custodian bank. The Fund shall instruct its custodian bank to (a) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Sub-Advisor with respect thereto (which may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (b) provide the Sub-Advisor with all operational information necessary for the Sub-Advisor to trade on behalf of the Fund.

(f) (1) Consulting with Certain Affiliated Sub-Advisors . With respect to any transaction the Fund enters into with an affiliated sub-advisor (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-Advisor agrees that it will not consult with the affiliated sub-advisor concerning such transaction, except to the extent necessary to comply with the percentage limits of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1.

(2) Transactions Among Sub-Advisors of the Fund . In any case in which there are two or more sub-advisors responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund, the Sub-Advisor may enter into a transaction on behalf of the Fund with another sub-advisor of the Fund (or an affiliated person of such sub-advisor) in reliance on Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-10 or Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act, only if (i) the Sub-Advisor, under the terms of this Agreement, is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to its Allocated Portion, and (ii) the other sub-advisor is responsible for providing investment advice with respect to a separate portion of the portfolio of the Fund.

 

-4-


3. Representations of Sub-Advisor .

(a) Sub-Advisor shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the advice and services to the Fund as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Sub-Advisor shall maintain all licenses and registrations necessary to perform its duties hereunder in good order.

(c) Sub-Advisor shall conduct its operations at all times in conformance with the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and any other applicable state and/or self-regulatory organization regulations.

(d) Sub-Advisor shall be covered by errors and omissions insurance. The company self-retention or deductible shall not exceed reasonable and customary standards, and Sub-Advisor agrees to notify Advisor in the event the aggregate coverage of such insurance in any annual period is reduced below $10,000,000.

(e) The Sub-Advisor represents and warrants to the Advisor and the Fund that (i) the retention of the Sub-Advisor as contemplated by this Agreement is authorized by the Sub-Advisor’s governing documents; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement does not violate any obligation by which the Sub-Advisor or its property is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action of the Sub-Advisor and when executed and delivered by the Sub-Advisor will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Advisor, enforceable against the Sub-Advisor in accordance with its terms hereof, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or law).

4. Independent Contractor . The Sub-Advisor shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor, and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided and authorized to do so, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor in any way, or in any way be deemed an agent for the Trust, the Fund, or the Advisor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the services to be rendered by the Sub-Advisor to the Fund under the provisions of this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Advisor shall be free to render similar or different services to others so long as its ability to render the services provided for in this Agreement shall not be impaired thereby.

5. Sub-Advisor’s Personnel . The Sub-Advisor shall, at its own expense, maintain such staff and employ or retain such personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time to time determine to be necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the staff and personnel of the Sub-Advisor shall be deemed to include persons employed or retained by the Sub-Advisor to furnish

 

-5-


statistical information, research, and other factual information, advice regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and scientific developments, and such other information, advice, and assistance as the Sub-Advisor, the Advisor or the Trust’s Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably request.

6. Expenses .

(a) The Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) providing the personnel, office space, and equipment reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) In the event this Agreement is terminated by an assignment in the nature of a change of control as contemplated by Section 14(b) hereof, and the parties agree to enter into a new agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall be responsible for (i) the costs of any special notifications to the Fund’s shareholders and any special meetings of the Trust’s Board of Trustees convened for the primary benefit of the Sub-Advisor, or (ii) its fair share of the costs of any special meetings required for the benefit of the Sub-Advisor as well as for other purposes.

(c) The Sub-Advisor may voluntarily absorb certain Fund expenses or waive some or all of the Sub-Advisor’s own fee.

(d) To the extent the Sub-Advisor incurs any costs by assuming expenses which are an obligation of the Advisor or the Fund, the Advisor or the Fund shall promptly reimburse the Sub-Advisor for such costs and expenses. To the extent the Sub-Advisor performs services for which the Fund or the Advisor is obligated to pay, the Sub-Advisor shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement in such amount as shall be negotiated between the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor but shall, under no circumstances, exceed the Sub-Advisor’s actual costs for providing such services.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Fund will pay credit intermediation fees, clearing fees, brokerage fees and commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Allocated Portion of the assets of the Fund.

7. Investment Sub-Advisory Fee .

(a) The Advisor shall pay to the Sub-Advisor, and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept, as full compensation for all investment advisory services furnished or provided to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, an annual sub-advisory fee based on the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, as such Allocated Portion may be adjusted from time to time. Such fee shall be paid at the annual rate specified on Exhibit A attached hereto on the net assets of the Fund attributable to the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion, computed on the value of such net assets as of the close of business each day.

(b) The sub-advisory fee shall be paid by the Advisor to Sub-Advisor monthly in arrears on the tenth business day of each month.

 

-6-


(c) The initial fee under this Agreement shall be payable on the tenth business day of the first month following the effective date of this Agreement and shall be prorated as set forth below. If this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any month, the fee to the Sub-Advisor shall be prorated for the portion of any month in which this Agreement is in effect which is not a complete month according to the proportion which the number of calendar days in the month during which the Agreement is in effect bears to the number of calendar days in the month, and shall be payable within ten (10) days after the date of termination.

(d) The fee payable to the Sub-Advisor under this Agreement will be reduced to the extent of any receivable owed by the Sub-Advisor to the Advisor or the Fund.

(e) The Sub-Advisor voluntarily may reduce any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses due to it pursuant to this Agreement and may agree to make payments to limit the expenses which are the responsibility of the Advisor of the Fund under this Agreement. Any such reduction or payment shall be applicable only to such specific reduction or payment and shall not constitute an agreement to reduce any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder or to continue future payments. Any such reduction will be agreed to prior to accrual of the related expense or fee and will be estimated daily and reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

(f) The Sub-Advisor may agree not to require payment of any portion of the compensation or reimbursement of expenses otherwise due to it pursuant to this Agreement. Any such agreement shall be applicable only with respect to the specific items covered thereby and shall not constitute an agreement not to require payment of any future compensation or reimbursement due to the Sub-Advisor hereunder.

8. No Shorting; No Borrowing . The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall take any short position in the shares of the Fund. This prohibition shall not prevent the purchase of such shares by any of the officers or employees of the Sub-Advisor or any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for such persons or affiliates thereof, at a price not less than the net asset value thereof at the time of purchase, as allowed pursuant to rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees that neither it nor any of its officers or employees shall borrow from the Fund or pledge or use the Funds assets in connection with any borrowing not directly for the Fund’s benefit.

9. Conflicts with Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Laws . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require the Trust or the Fund to take any action contrary to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws, or any applicable statute or regulation, or to relieve or deprive the Board of Trustees of the Trust of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Trust and the Fund. In this connection, the Sub-Advisor acknowledges that the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees retain ultimate plenary authority over the Fund, including the Allocated Portion, and may take any and all actions necessary and reasonable to protect the interests of shareholders.

 

-7-


10. Reports and Access . The Sub-Advisor agrees to supply such information to the Advisor and to permit such compliance inspections by the Advisor or the Fund as shall be reasonably necessary to permit the administrator to satisfy its obligations and respond to the reasonable requests of the Trustees.

11. Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

(a) The Sub-Advisor shall exercise reasonable care and prudence in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The Sub-Advisor shall have responsibility for the accuracy and completeness (and liability for the lack thereof) of the statements furnished by the Sub-Advisor for use by the Advisor in the Fund’s offering materials (including the prospectus, the statement of additional information, advertising and sales materials) that pertain to the Sub-Advisor and the investment of the Sub-Advisor’s Allocated Portion of the Fund. The Sub-Advisor shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to other disclosures.

(c) The Sub-Advisor shall be liable to the Fund for any loss (including brokerage charges) incurred by the Fund as a result of any investment made by the Sub-Advisor in violation of Section 2 hereof.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the obligations or duties hereunder on the part of the Sub-Advisor, the Sub-Advisor shall not be subject to liability to the Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security by the Fund.

(e) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including without limitation paragraphs (c) and (d) above, each, party to this Agreement (as an “Indemnifying Party”), including the Trust on behalf of the Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party and the shareholders, directors, officers, and employees of the other party (any such person, an “Indemnified Party”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense (including the reasonable cost of investigating and defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s performance or non-performance of any duties under this Agreement provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect any Indemnified Party against any liability to which such Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of duties hereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

If indemnification is to be sought hereunder, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party provided such failure shall not affect in a material adverse manner the position of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party with respect to

 

-8-


such claim. Following such notification, the Indemnifying Party may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding and, upon such election, it shall not be liable for any legal costs incurred by the Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation previously incurred) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party in a timely manner or (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Indemnifying Party reasonably determines that its representation of the Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest.

The provisions of this paragraph 11(e) shall not apply in any action where the Indemnified Party is the party adverse, or one of the parties adverse, to the other party.

(f) No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust, or officer of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, from liability in violation of Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act.

12. Non-Exclusivity; Trading for Sub-Advisor’s Own Account; Code of Ethics . The Advisor’s employment of the Sub-Advisor is not an exclusive arrangement. The Advisor anticipates that it will employ other individuals or entities to furnish it with the services provided for herein. Likewise, the Sub-Advisor may act as investment adviser for any other person, and shall not in any way be limited or restricted from buying, selling, or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting, provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor expressly represents that it will undertake no activities which will adversely affect the performance of its obligations to the Fund under this Agreement; and provided further that the Sub-Advisor will adhere to a code of ethics governing employee trading and trading for proprietary accounts that conforms to the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, a copy of which has been provided to the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The Sub-Advisor will make such reports to the Advisor and the Fund as are required by Rule 17j-1 and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Sub-Advisor agrees to provide the Advisor and the Fund with any information required to satisfy the compliance program, code of ethics reporting or disclosure requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC. To the extent the Sub-Advisor adopts or has adopted a separate code of ethics or amends or has amended its code of ethics to comply with such rules or regulations, the Sub-Advisor shall provide the Advisor with a copy of such code of ethics and any amendments thereto.

13. Term .

(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and shall remain in effect for a period of two (2) years, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter for additional periods not exceeding one (1) year so long as such continuation is approved for the Fund at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the

 

-9-


Trust who are not parties to this Agreement nor interested persons thereof, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (iii) the Advisor. The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities” and “interested persons” shall have the meanings as set forth in the Investment Company Act.

(b) The Fund and its distributor may use the Sub-Advisor’s trade name or any name derived from the Sub-Advisor’s trade name only in a manner consistent with the nature of this Agreement for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect. Within sixty (60) days from such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect, the Fund shall cease to use such a name or any other name connected with Sub-Advisor.

14. Termination; No Assignment .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty, by: the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Sub-Advisor and the Advisor. This Agreement also may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Trust and the other party. In the event of a termination, Sub-Advisor shall cooperate in the orderly transfer of the Fund’s affairs and, at the request of the Board of Trustees, transfer any and all books and records of the Fund maintained by Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of any transfer or assignment thereof, as defined in the Investment Company Act.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

16. Captions . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

18. Nonpublic Personal Information . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Sub-Advisor hereto agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, trustees, shareholders, officers, and employees (1) to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Advisor (on behalf of itself and the Fund) and the Trust (a) all records and other information relative to the Fund’s prior, present, or potential shareholders (and clients of said shareholders) and (b) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P

 

-10-


(“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “G-L-B Act”), and (2) except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Advisor or the Trust, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the G-L-B Act, and if in compliance therewith, the privacy policies adopted by the Advisor and the Fund and communicated in writing to the Sub-Advisor. Such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Advisor or the Trust and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt or other proceedings for failure to comply after being requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities.

19. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the USA PATRIOT Act, and any respective implementing regulations (together, “AML Laws”), the Fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Policy. The Sub-Advisor agrees to comply with the Fund’s Anti-Money Laundering Policy and the AML Laws, as the same may apply to the Sub-Advisor, now and in the future. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to provide to the Fund and/or the Advisor such reports, certifications and contractual assurances as may be requested by the Fund or the Advisor. The Advisor may disclose information respecting the Sub-Advisor to governmental and/or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities to the extent required by applicable law or regulation and may file reports with such authorities as may be required by applicable law or regulation.

20. Certifications; Disclosure Controls and Procedures . The Sub-Advisor acknowledges that, in compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder, the Fund is required to make certain certifications and has adopted disclosure controls and procedures. To the extent reasonably requested by the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Advisor and the Fund in complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and implementing the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Sub-Advisor agrees to inform the Fund of any material development related to the Allocated Portion that the Sub-Advisor reasonably believes is relevant to the Fund’s certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

21. Provision of Certain Information by the Sub-Advisor . The Sub-Advisor will promptly notify the Advisor in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the Sub-Advisor fails to be registered as investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-Advisor is required to be registered as investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(b) the Sub-Advisor is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board, or body, involving the affairs of the Advisor or the Fund;

(c) the Sub-Advisor suffers financial impairment which materially interferes with its ability to manage the Allocated Portion or otherwise fulfill its duties under this Agreement;

 

-11-


(d) the Sub-Advisor, its principal officers or its controlling stockholders are the subject of a government investigation or inquiry, administrative proceeding or any other type of legal action which, under the Investment Company Act, would make it ineligible to serve as an investment adviser to an investment company;

(e) a change in the Sub-Advisor’s personnel materially involved in the management of the Allocated Portion; or

(f) a change in control or management of the Sub-Advisor.

22. Confidentiality . The parties to this Agreement shall not, directly or indirectly, permit their respective affiliates, directors, trustees, officers, members, employees, or agents to, in any form or by any means, use, disclose, or furnish to any person or entity, records or information concerning the business of any of the other parties except as necessary for the performance of duties under this Agreement or as required by law, without prior written notice to and approval of the relevant other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by such other parties. Sub-Advisor may communicate (a) that the Sub-Advisor acts as investment manager for the Fund, and (b) the performance history of the Allocated Portion.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

 

LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC       DCI, LLC
By:   

/s/ John M. Coughlan

      By:   

/s/ Richard Donick

Name:    John M. Coughlan       Name:    Richard Donick
Title:    Chief Operating Officer       Title:    President

As a Third Party Beneficiary,

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

on behalf of

LITMAN GREGORY ALTERNATIVE STRATEGIES FUND

 

By:  

/s/ Jeremy DeGroot

Name:   Jeremy DeGroot
Title:   President

 

-13-

Exhibit (e)(1)

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of April 26, 2018, between Litman Gregory Funds Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“ALPS”).

WHEREAS, the Trust is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), presently consisting of one or more portfolios (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”);

WHEREAS, ALPS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.;

WHEREAS, the Trust and ALPS are parties to a distribution agreement, as amended, attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (“Prior Distribution Agreement” ) ;

WHEREAS, on January 11, 2018, DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”), the ultimate parent company of ALPS (as of that date), announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement under which SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. (“SS&C”) will acquire all of the outstanding common stock of DST (the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, upon completion of the Transaction, SS&C will have indirect controlling interest in ALPS and, as such, the Transaction may result in an “assignment” (as such term is defined under the 1940 Act) of the Prior Distribution Agreement;

WHEREAS, under the 1940 Act, an assignment includes any direct or indirect transfer of a controlling block of an entity’s voting securities and, as a result of an assignment, the Prior Distribution Agreement may be deemed terminated; and

WHEREAS, in light of the possible assignment and change in control of ALPS in connection with the Transaction, ALPS and the Trust wish to enter into this Agreement effective upon close of the Transaction.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained, the parties agree as follows.

 

1. Appointment . The Trust hereby appoints ALPS to provide the distribution services set forth in the Prior Distribution Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1 .

 

2. Incorporation . Except as provided below in Section 3, all terms, conditions, representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Prior Distribution Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1 , are incorporated herein by reference.


3. Conflicts .

 

  (a) To the extent any defined term within the main body of this Agreement (“Main Body”; for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Main Body” excludes Exhibit 1 and any future exhibit to this Agreement (each, a “Future Exhibit”)) conflicts with a defined term provided in Exhibit 1 , the defined term included in the Main Body shall control and the conflicting defined term within Exhibit 1 is hereby replaced with the defined term contained within the Main Body.

 

  (b) To the extent there is any other conflict between the Main Body and Exhibit 1 , the Main Body shall control.

 

  (c) To the extent there is a conflict between Exhibit 1 and a Future Exhibit, the Future Exhibit shall control.

 

4. Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

 

  (a) Initial Term . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “Start Date”) and shall continue thereafter throughout the period that ends two (2) years after the Start Date (the “Initial Term”).

 

  (b) Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund of the Trust, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by the majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. If a plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act is in effect (where applicable), continuance of the plan and this Agreement must be approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) and have no financial interest in the operation of such plan or in any agreements related to such plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

  (c) This Agreement is terminable on sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Trust’s Board of Trustees, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund of the Trust, or by ALPS.

 

  (d) Deliveries Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, ALPS agrees to cooperate in the orderly transfer of distribution duties and shall deliver to the Trust or as otherwise directed by the Trust (at the expense of the Trust) all records and other documents made or accumulated in the performance of its duties for the Trust hereunder. In the event ALPS gives notice of termination under this Agreement, it will continue to provide the services contemplated hereunder after such termination at the contractual rate for up to 120 days, provided that the Trust uses all reasonable commercial efforts to appoint such replacement on a timely basis.

 

5. Assignment . This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Trust without the prior written consent of ALPS.

 

6. Amendments . This Agreement may only be amended by the parties in writing.


7. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that the laws of the State of Delaware conflict with the 1940 Act or such rules, the latter shall control.

 

8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that ALPS may embody in one or more separate documents its agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties and oral instruction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST
By:  

/s/ John Coughlan

Name:   John Coughlan
Title:   Treasurer
ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven B. Price

Name:   Steven B. Price
Title:   Senior Vice President & Director of Distribution Services


EXHIBIT 1

[Prior Distribution Agreement]


DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of September 17, 2014, between Litman Gregory Funds Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“ALPS”).

WHEREAS, the Trust is an open-end registered investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), presently consisting of the series listed in Appendix A (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”);

WHEREAS, ALPS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); and

WHEREAS, the Trust wishes to employ the services of ALPS in connection with the promotion and distribution of the shares of the Funds (the “Shares”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained, the parties agree as follows.

 

1. ALPS’ s Appointment and Duties .

 

  (a) The Trust hereby appoints ALPS to provide the distribution services set forth in this Agreement on Appendix B , as amended from time to time, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. ALPS hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such specified services. ALPS shall for all purposes be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly authorized in this Agreement, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust or the Funds in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust or the Funds.

 

  (b) ALPS may employ or associate itself with a person or persons or organizations as ALPS believes to be desirable in the performance of its duties hereunder; provided that, in such event, the compensation of such person or persons or organizations shall be paid by and be the sole responsibility of ALPS, and the Trust shall bear no cost or obligation with respect thereto; and provided further that ALPS shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement in such event and shall be responsible for all acts of any such person or persons or organizations taken in furtherance of this Agreement to the same extent it would be for its own acts.

 

2. ALPS’ s Compensation; Expenses .

 

  (a)

ALPS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. ALPS will not bear any of the costs of Trust personnel. Other Fund expenses incurred shall be borne by the Trust or the Funds’ investment adviser, including, but not limited to, initial organization and offering expenses; the blue sky registration and qualification of Shares for sale in the various states in which the officers of the Trust shall determine it advisable to qualify such Shares for sale (including registering the Funds as a broker or dealer or any officer of the Trust as agent or salesman in any state); litigation expenses; taxes; costs of

 

2


  preferred shares; expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares; administration, transfer agency, and custodial expenses; interest; Trust or trustees’ fees; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Trust, Funds and investment advisory related legal expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Trust trustees; FINRA advertising/filing fees (including fees for expedited reviews); registered representative state licensing fees; fulfillment costs; printing and mailing of shareholder reports, prospectuses, statements of additional information, other offering documents and supplements, proxy materials, and other communications to shareholders; securities pricing data and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

3. Documents . The Trust has furnished or will furnish, upon request, ALPS with copies of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Fund advisory agreement, custodian agreement, transfer agency agreement, administration agreement, current prospectus, statement of additional information, periodic Fund reports, and all forms relating to any plan, program or service offered by the Funds. The Trust shall furnish, within a reasonable time period, to ALPS a copy of any amendment or supplement to any of the above-mentioned documents. Upon request, the Trust shall furnish promptly to ALPS any additional documents necessary or advisable to perform its functions hereunder. As used in this Agreement, the terms “registration statement,” “prospectus” and “statement of additional information” shall mean any registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information filed by the Funds with the SEC and any amendments and supplements thereto that are filed with the SEC.

 

4. Sales of Shares .

 

  (a) The Trust grants to ALPS the right to sell the Shares as agent on behalf of the Funds, during the term of this Agreement, subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), the 1940 Act and of the laws governing the sale of securities in the various states (“Blue Sky Laws”), under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. ALPS shall have the right to sell, as agent on behalf of the Funds, the Shares covered by the registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information for the Funds then in effect under the 1933 Act and 1940 Act.

 

  (b) The rights granted to ALPS shall be exclusive, except that the Trust reserves the right to sell Shares directly to investors on applications received and accepted by the Trust.

 

3


  (c) Except as otherwise noted in each Fund’s current prospectus and/or statement of additional information, all Shares sold to investors by ALPS or the Funds will be sold at the public offering price. The public offering price for all accepted subscriptions will be the net asset value per Share, as determined in the manner described in each Fund’s current prospectus and/or statement of additional information.

 

  (d) The Funds shall receive the net asset value per Share on all sales. If a fee in connection with shareholder redemptions is in effect, such fee will be paid to the Funds. The net asset value of the Shares will be calculated by the Funds or by another entity on behalf of the Funds. ALPS has no duty to inquire into, or liability for, the accuracy of the net asset value per Share as calculated.

 

  (e) The Trust reserves the right to suspend sales and ALPS’ s authority to process orders for Shares on behalf of the Funds if, in the judgment of the Trust, it is in the best interests of the Funds to do so. Suspension will continue for such period as may be determined by the Trust.

 

  (f) In consideration of these rights granted to ALPS, ALPS agrees to use its best efforts to solicit orders for the sale of the Shares at the public offering price and will undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes is reasonable in connection with such solicitation. ALPS shall review and file such materials with the SEC and/or FINRA to the extent required by the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and by the rules of FINRA. This shall not prevent ALPS from entering into like arrangements (including arrangements involving the payment of underwriting commissions) with other issuers. ALPS will act only on its own behalf as principal should it choose to enter into selling agreements with selected dealers or others.

 

  (g) ALPS is not authorized by the Trust to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in the registration statement or prospectus and statement of additional information, or contained in shareholder reports or other material that may be prepared by or on behalf of the Funds for ALPS’ use. Consistent with the foregoing, ALPS may prepare and distribute sales literature or other material as it may deem appropriate in consultation with the Trust, provided such sales literature complies with applicable law and regulations.

 

  (h) The Trust agrees that it will take all action necessary to register the Shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (subject to the necessary approval of its shareholders). The Trust shall make available to ALPS, at ALPS’s expense, such number of copies of its prospectus, statement of additional information, and periodic reports as ALPS may reasonably request. The Trust shall furnish to ALPS copies of all information, financial statements and other papers, which ALPS may reasonably request for use in connection with the distribution of Shares of the Funds.

 

4


  (i) The Trust agrees to execute any and all documents and to furnish any and all information and otherwise to take all actions that may be reasonably necessary in connection with the qualification of the Shares for sale in such states as ALPS may designate. The Trust must notify ALPS in writing of the states in which the Shares may be sold and must notify ALPS in writing of any changes to the information contained in the previous notification.

 

  (j) The Trust shall not use the name of ALPS, or any of its affiliates, in any prospectus or statement of additional information, sales literature and other material relating to the Funds in any manner without the prior written consent of ALPS (which shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that ALPS hereby approves all lawful uses of the names of ALPS and its affiliates in the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Funds and in all other materials which merely refer in accurate terms to its appointment hereunder or which are required by the SEC, FINRA or any state securities authority.

 

  (k) Neither ALPS nor any of its affiliates shall use the name of the Funds in any publicly disseminated materials, including sales literature, in any manner without the prior consent of the Trust (which shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that the Trust hereby approves all lawful uses of its name in any required regulatory filings of ALPS which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of ALPS hereunder, or which are required by the SEC, FINRA or any state securities authority.

 

  (1) ALPS will promptly transmit any orders received by it for purchase, redemption, or exchange of the Shares to the Funds’ transfer agent.

 

  (m) The Trust agrees to issue Shares of the Funds and to request The Depository Trust Company to record on its books the ownership of such Shares in accordance with the book-entry system procedures described in the prospectus in such amounts as ALPS has requested through the transfer agent in writing or other means of data transmission, as promptly as practicable after receipt by the Funds of the requisite deposit securities and cash component (together with any fees) and acceptance of such order, upon the terms described in the Registration Statement.

 

  (n) The Trust agrees that it will take all action necessary to register an indefinite number of Shares under the 1933 Act. The Trust shall make available to ALPS, at ALPS’s expense, such number of copies of its prospectus, statement of additional information, and periodic reports as ALPS may reasonably request. The Trust will furnish to ALPS copies of all information, financial statements and other papers, which ALPS may reasonably request.

 

5


  (o) The Trust agrees to execute any and all documents and to furnish any and all information and otherwise to take all actions that may be reasonably necessary in connection with the qualification of the Shares for sale in such states as ALPS may designate. The Trust will keep ALPS informed of the jurisdictions in which Shares of the Funds are authorized for sale and shall promptly notify ALPS of any change in this information.

 

5. Insurance . ALPS agrees to maintain fidelity bond and liability insurance coverages which are, in scope and amount, consistent with coverages customary for distribution activities relating to the Funds. ALPS shall notify the Trust upon receipt of any notice of material, adverse change in the terms or provisions of its insurance coverage. Such notification shall include the date of change and the reason or reasons therefor. ALPS shall notify the Trust of any material claims against it, whether or not covered by insurance, and shall notify the Trust from time to time as may be appropriate of the total outstanding claims made by it under its insurance coverage.

 

6. Right to Receive Advice .

 

  (a) Advice of the Trust and Service Providers . If ALPS is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, ALPS may request directions, advice or instructions from the Trust or, as applicable, the Funds’ investment adviser, custodian or other service providers.

 

  (b) Advice of Counsel . If ALPS is in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, ALPS may request advice from counsel of its own choosing (who may be counsel for the Trust, the Funds’ investment adviser or ALPS, at the option of ALPS).

 

  (c) Conflicting Advice . In the event of a conflict between directions, advice or instructions ALPS receives from the Trust or any service provider and the advice ALPS receives from counsel, ALPS may in its sole discretion rely upon and follow the advice of counsel. ALPS will provide the Trust with prior written notice of its intent to follow advice of counsel that is materially inconsistent with directions, advice or instructions from the Trust. Upon request, ALPS will provide the Trust with a copy of such advice of counsel.

 

7. Standard of Care; Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

  (a) ALPS shall be obligated to act in good faith and to exercise commercially reasonable care and diligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

 

  (b) In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, shall not be liable for, and the Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such persons from, all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from the following:

 

  (i) the inaccuracy of factual information furnished to ALPS by the Trust or the Funds’ investment adviser, custodian or other service providers;

 

6


  (ii) any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or any other statute or the common law, in any registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder report or other information filed or made public by the Trust (as amended from time to time), except to the extent the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Trust by or on behalf of ALPS;

 

  (iii) any wrongful act of the Trust or any of its officers;

 

  (iv) any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates;

 

  (v) losses, delays, failure, errors, interruption or loss of data occurring directly or indirectly by reason of circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God, action or inaction of civil or military authority, war, terrorism, riot, fire, flood, sabotage, labor disputes, elements of nature or non-performance by a third party;

 

  (vi) ALPS’s reliance on any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information that ALPS reasonably believes to be genuine;

 

  (vii) loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure; or

 

  (viii) any other action or omission to act which ALPS takes in connection with the provision of services to the Funds.

 

  (c) ALPS shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the Funds’ investment adviser and their officers, trustees, agents and employees and anyone who controls the Trust or the Funds’ investment adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1940 Act from and against any and all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from ALPS’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall be liable under this Agreement to the other party hereto for any punitive, consequential, special or indirect losses or damages. Any indemnification payable by a party to this Agreement shall be net of insurance maintained by the indemnified party as of the time the claim giving rise to indemnity hereunder is alleged to have arisen to the extent it covers such claim.

 

7


8. Activities of ALPS . The services of ALPS under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and ALPS shall be free to render similar services to others. The Trust recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of ALPS may serve as directors, officers and employees of other corporations or businesses (including other investment companies) and that such other corporations and businesses may include ALPS as part of their name and that ALPS or its affiliates may enter into distribution agreements or other agreements with such other corporations and businesses.

 

9. Accounts and Records . The accounts and records maintained by ALPS shall be the property of the Trust. ALPS shall prepare, maintain and preserve such accounts and records as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. ALPS shall surrender such accounts and records to the Trust, in the form in which such accounts and records have been maintained or preserved, promptly upon receipt of instructions from the Trust. The Trust shall have access to such accounts and records at all times during ALPS’ s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Trust, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by ALPS to the Trust at the Funds’ expense. ALPS shall assist the Trust, the Funds’ independent auditors, or, upon approval of the Trust, any regulatory body, in any requested review of the Funds’ accounts and records, and reports by ALPS or its independent accountants concerning its accounting system and internal auditing controls will be open to such entities for audit or inspection upon reasonable request. ALPS or its undersigned as defined by Rule 17a-4 of the 1934 Act, shall have access to all electronic communications, including password access to the system storing the electronic communications, of registered representatives of ALPS that are associated with the Funds and are required to be maintained under Rule 17a-4 of the 1934 Act and NASD Rules 3110 and 3010. Electronic storage media maintained by the Trust will comply with Rule 17a-4 of the 1934 Act.

 

10. Confidential and Proprietary Information . ALPS agrees that it will, on behalf of itself and its officers and employees, treat all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all records and information relative to the Funds and their current and former shareholders and other information germane thereto, as confidential and as proprietary information of the Funds and not to use, sell, transfer or divulge such information or records to any person for any purpose other than performance of its duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing from the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Approval may not be withheld where ALPS may be exposed to civil, regulatory or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when requested by the Trust. When requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, ALPS

 

8


  shall use reasonable commercial efforts to request confidential treatment of such information. ALPS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to the Funds and their current and former shareholders.

 

11. Compliance with Rules and Regulations . ALPS shall comply (and to the extent ALPS takes or is required to take action on behalf of the Funds hereunder shall cause the Funds to comply) with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and code of ethics, as well as all investment restrictions, policies and procedures adopted by the Funds of which ALPS has knowledge (it being understood that ALPS is deemed to have knowledge of all investment restrictions, policies or procedures set out in the Funds’ public filings or otherwise provided to ALPS). Except as set out in this Agreement, ALPS assumes no responsibility for such compliance by the Funds. ALPS shall maintain at all times a program reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) with respect to the services provided, and shall provide to the Trust a certification to such effect no less than annually or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trust. ALPS shall make available its compliance personnel and shall provide at its own expense summaries and other relevant materials relating to such program as reasonably requested by the Trust.

 

12. Representations and Warranties of ALPS . ALPS represents and warrants to the Trust that:

 

  (a) It is duly organized and existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado;

 

  (b) It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  (c) All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  (d) It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with industry standards; and

 

  (e) It has conducted a review of its supervisory controls system and has made available to the Trust the most current report of such review and any updates thereto. Every time ALPS conducts a review of its supervisory control system it will make available to the Trust for inspection a report of such review and any updates thereto. ALPS shall immediately notify the Trust of any changes in how it conducts its business that would materially change the results of its most recent review of its supervisory controls system and any other changes to ALPS’ s business that would affect the business of the Funds or the Funds’ investment adviser.

 

9


13. Representations and Warranties of the Trust . The Trust represents and warrants to ALPS that:

 

  (a) It is a statutory trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and is registered with the SEC as an open-end registered investment company;

 

  (b) It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  (c) The Board of Trustees of the Trust has duly authorized it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Trust agrees not to make any modifications to its registration statement or adopt any policies which would affect materially the obligations or responsibilities of ALPS hereunder without the prior written approval or ALPS, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

14. Consultation Between the Parties . ALPS and the Trust shall regularly consult with each other regarding ALPS’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. In connection therewith, the Trust shall submit to ALPS at a reasonable time in advance of filing with the SEC reasonably final copies of any amended or supplemented registration statement (including exhibits) under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit the Trust’s right to file at any time such amendments to any registration statement and/or supplements to any prospectus or statement of additional information, of whatever character, as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional.

 

15. Anti-Money Laundering . ALPS agrees to maintain an anti-money laundering program in compliance with Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and all applicable laws and regulations promulgated thereunder. ALPS confirms that, as soon as possible, following the request from the Trust, ALPS will supply the Trust with copies of ALPS’ anti-money laundering policy and procedures, and such other relevant certifications and representations regarding such policy and procedures as the Funds may reasonably request from time to time.

 

16. Business Interruption Plan . ALPS shall maintain in effect a business interruption plan and enter into any agreements necessary with appropriate parties making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment customary in the industry. In the event of equipment failures, ALPS shall, at no additional expense to the Trust, take commercially reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions.

 

10


17. Duration and Termination of this Agreement .

 

  (a) Initial Term . This Agreement shall become effective as of the later of the date first written above or the commencement of operations of the Fund (the “Start Date”) and shall continue thereafter throughout the period that ends two (2) years after the Start Date (the “Initial Term”).

 

  (b) Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by the majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. If a plan under Rule 12b-l of the 1940 Act is in effect, continuance of the plan and this Agreement must be approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) and have no financial interest in the operation of such plan or in any agreements related to such plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

  (c) This Agreement is terminable without penalty on sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Trust Board of Trustees, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds, or by ALPS.

 

  (d) Deliveries Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, ALPS agrees to cooperate in the orderly transfer of distribution duties and shall deliver to the Trust or as otherwise directed by the Trust (at the expense of the Funds) all records and other documents made or accumulated in the performance of its duties for the Funds hereunder. In the event ALPS gives notice of termination under this Agreement, it will continue to provide the services contemplated hereunder after such termination at the contractual rate for up to 120 days, provided that the Trust uses all reasonable commercial efforts to appoint such replacement on a timely basis.

 

18. Assignment . This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Trust without the prior written consent of ALPS.

 

19. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that the laws of the State of Delaware conflict with the 1940 Act or such rules, the latter shall control.

 

11


20. Names . The obligations of the Trust entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any director, shareholder, representative or agent thereof are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the directors, shareholders, representatives or agents of the Trust personally, but bind only the property of the Trust, and all persons dealing with a Fund must look solely to the property of such Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund.

 

21. Amendments to this Agreement . This Agreement may only be amended by the parties in writing.

 

22. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been given when received or when sent by telex or facsimile, and shall be given to the following addresses (or such other addresses as to which notice is given):

 

To ALPS:

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80203

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: (303) 623-7850

To the Trust:

Litman Gregory Funds Trust,

on behalf of the Funds

4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D

Orinda, CA 94563

Attn:

Fax:

 

24. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

25. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that ALPS may embody in one or more separate documents its agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties and oral instructions.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST ,

on behalf of the Funds

By:  

/s/ John M. Coughlan

Name: John M. Coughlan
Title: Treasurer
ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeremy O. May

Name: Jeremy O. May
Title: President


APPENDIX A

LIST OF SERIES

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund

Litman Gregory Masters Small Companies Fund

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund


APPENDIX B

SERVICES

Medallion Distribution

 

    Act as legal underwriter/distributor

 

    Maintain & supervise FINRA registrations for licensed individuals

 

    Client Access through Online Registered Rep Portal

 

    Coordinate Continuing Education Requirements

 

    Administer & Maintain Required Filings/Licenses with FINRA

 

    Prepare, Update, Execute & Maintain Selling Agreements

 

    Online Access Provided through Selling Agreement Management System (SAMS)

 

    Provide Investment Company Advertising & Sales Literature Review/Approval

 

    Online Submission, Review/Approval & Real-Time Status Updates through Adlit Review

 

    File Required Materials with FINRA

 

    Provide Advertising Regulatory and Disclosure Guidance

 

    Administer Intermediary Due Diligence Program

 

    Provide Ongoing Monitoring of Financial Intermediary Relationships

 

    Established Risk Ranking Methodology & Reporting

 

    Perform 12b-1 administration & reporting

Exhibit (e)(2)

ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80203

April 16, 2018

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC

4 Orinda Way, Suite 200D

Orinda, CA 94563

 

RE: Distribution Services, Advertising and Sales Material Review, and Licensing of Registered Representatives

Dear Distribution Client:

ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”) is the principal underwriter (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)) of the Fund(s) set forth on Exhibit A hereto pursuant to the terms of a Distribution Agreement. Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (the “Client”) acts as adviser to the Funds. In consideration of the services provided by ALPS pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, ALPS’ sponsoring of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) registration for one or more employees of Client, specifically registered representatives of Client (the “Registered Representatives”), ALPS’ services related to advertising and sales literature materials review (collectively, the “Services”), and pursuant to the terms set forth herein, Client desires to pay ALPS a fee as set forth in this Letter Agreement.

 

1. Advertising and Sales Literature Review.

 

  a. ALPS shall provide review of broker-dealer related adve1iising and sales literature pieces (“marketing pieces”) submitted to ALPS by Client, as well as certain related consultative services.

 

  b. ALPS’ services are based on the understanding that Client will utilize current systems and expertise owned by ALPS, specifically the AdLit Advertising Review System (“ AdLit ”), and that ALPS will base its reviews on: (i) the guidelines contained within ALPS’ Sales and Advertising Guide and ALPS’ Written Supervisory Procedures; (ii) rules and guidance issued by FINRA and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) related to communications with the public and/or communications to institutional investors, as those terms are defined in FINRA Rules 2210 and 2211 and in various other FINRA and SEC rules and interpretive material; and (iii) ALPS’ submission guidelines with respect to the use of trademarked and/or copyright materials, to the extent applicable. All material submitted to ALPS will be provided by ALPS to Client with comments or approval no later than three business days after receipt in AdLit.

 

  c. Each marketing piece submitted to ALPS for review will be subject to the following process:

 

  a) Each piece will undergo review at ALPS by a FINRA-licensed registered principal possessing the required expertise and appropriate license to review the marketing piece submitted to ALPS;

 

1


  b) ALPS’ comments shall consist of (i) recommendations for changes that, in the opinion of the ALPS reviewer, will be consistent with the guidelines specified by ALPS in Section 1.b., or (ii) in the form of an acknowledgement that the submitted material is consistent with such guidelines with no additional changes. In the event of the latter, the item will be approved by the registered principal and filed with the applicable regulatory body if necessary;

 

  c) ALPS will provide system training and ongoing consulting with respect to advertising review guidelines and rules for each marketing piece submitted via the process described herein;

 

  d) ALPS will make all required FINRA filings of marketing materials which have been approved by ALPS.

 

  d. If Client wishes ALPS to perform an expedited review of marketing pieces within one business day of ALPS’ receipt of such marketing pieces, the expedited review will be performed subject to and in accordance with the following:

 

  a) A charge of $250 will apply to each request for expedited review, in addition to FINRA billing costs.

 

  b) The marketing piece must be 30 pages or less in actual length in order to be considered for expedited review. Web pages and other marketing pieces over 30 pages require a more in-depth review; therefore, ALPS cannot guarantee a one business day review for these items.

 

  c) The marketing piece must be submitted via ALPS’ AdLit system by no later than 3:00 P.M. Mountain Time (2:00 P.M. PT/5:00 P.M. ET). This will ensure that ALPS has a full one business day to review and provide Client with comments.

 

  d) Client must check the box on the AdLit coversheet whereby Client requests and accepts the terms and fee(s) associated with expedited review in order to ensure that ALPS is notified of the expedited request.

ALPS cannot guarantee that a marketing piece will be APPROVED within one business day of being received via AdLit. ALPS will review and submit comments to Client within this timeframe. If ALPS fails to provide Client with comments within one business day, the $250 expedited review charge will not apply.

 

2. Licensing of Registered Representatives

As a registered broker/dealer, ALPS is required to establish and maintain a system to supervise the activities of each Registered Representative that is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, and with FINRA Rules. In addition, pursuant to Rule 17a-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), ALPS is required to preserve and maintain access to all of the Registered Representatives’ business-related communications, including electronic communications.

In light of the foregoing, Client and ALPS hereby agree that ALPS shall maintain and supervise the licenses of the Registered Representatives, subject to the following te1ms and conditions:

 

2


  a. Licensing. During the term of the Agreement, the Registered Representative shall maintain in good order such licenses as may be required by ALPS, including licenses with the FINRA and the various states in which the Registered Representative performs any sales activity for ALPS, and shall comply with supervisory, reporting, and regulatory requirements as ALPS may request or require.

 

  b. Exclusive License. During the term of the Agreement, and throughout the period in which the Registered Representative is licensed by ALPS, the Registered Representative shall not perform any activities which require licensing other than the marketing or selling of financial products for which ALPS acts as the distributor, or in some other contracted capacity, without the express written approval of ALPS.

 

  c. Outside Business & Other Activities. The Registered Representative will report all business activity, including non-securities related activity, to ALPS prior to engaging in such activity; and will provide ALPS with such information as ALPS deems necessary to comply with its supervisory obligations under FINRA and Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and in accordance with the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Registered Representative performs the functions referenced herein. Any outside activity must be approved by ALPS before commencement or continuation.

 

  d. Personal Brokerage Accounts. The Registered Representative will report all personal securities accounts he/she owns, or over which he/she has control, including not only the Registered Representative’s own accounts but also those registered to a spouse, child, or any other account for which the Registered Representative places orders or has a financial interest, to ALPS; and will provide ALPS with such information as ALPS deems necessary to comply with its supervisory obligations under FINRA and SEC regulations and in accordance with the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Registered Representative performs the functions referenced herein. Any new personal security account must be reported to ALPS at the time the account is established. Please note: variable life insurance, variable annuities, mutual funds and unit investment trust positions do not need to be disclosed unless they are held within a brokerage account.

 

  e. Private Securities Transactions. The Registered Representative will report any securities transaction that is effected outside the regular course or scope of his/her association with ALPS (“Private Securities Transactions”), including, though not limited to, new unregistered offerings of securities. Written notice of proposed private securities transactions prior to participation is required and will describe in detail (i) the proposed transaction; (ii) the Registered Representative’s proposed role therein; and (iii) state whether the Registered Representative has received or may receive selling compensation in connection with the transaction. Notification of said transactions must be reported to ALPS prior to entering into any private securities transaction(s); and such notification will provide ALPS with such information as ALPS deems necessary to comply with its supervisory obligations under FINRA and SEC regulations and in accordance with the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Registered Representative, performs the functions referenced herein. The Registered Representative may not participate in any private securities transaction without first receiving written approval from ALPS.

 

  f. Compliance with ALPS’ Written Supervisory Procedures (“ B/D Procedures”): The Registered Representatives shall comply fully with the B/D Procedures and all requirements contained therein for the duration of the time that the Registered Representatives are licensed by ALPS. The B/D Procedures may be amended at the sole discretion of ALPS. Any requirement listed in the B/D Procedures that is not specifically enumerated within this Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference, along with any future changes or amendments to the B/D Procedures.

 

3


  g. Broker-Dealer Records. ALPS shall be provided direct access to broker-dealer records created by Client in relation to the business for which the Registered Representatives are licensed by ALPS (“Broker-Dealer Records”). Client shall maintain all Broker-Dealer Records for a period no less than is required by and in a manner compliant with applicable law, regulation and FINRA rules. With respect to electronic Broker-Dealer Records, the Registered Representatives will use only electronic systems approved by ALPS. Client shall direct its electronic vendor or storage provider to retain electronic Broker-Dealer Records for a period no less than is required by and in a manner compliant with applicable law, regulation or FINRA rules. Upon termination of licensing and/or upon termination of the Agreement, Client shall provide or arrange to be provided to ALPS all Broker-Dealer Records in possession of Client, its agents and vendor or storage provider at Client’s expense.

 

  h. Termination of Registration: ALPS retains the right to terminate the Registered Representative’s registration at any time, at the sole discretion of ALPS.

 

  i. Marketing Materials. The Registered Representatives will not make any representations related to the services that are false, misleading or in any way untrue. The Registered Representative will not deliver to prospective clients any written materials other than those provided to him/her by ALPS which evidence prior written approval.

 

  j. Social Media. No Registered Representative shall utilize any form of social media for business communications related to the business for which he/she is licensed by ALPS without prior written approval from ALPS and only in compliance with the B/D Procedures.

 

  k. Pay to Play. During the term of the Agreement, and throughout the period in which the Registered Representatives are licensed by ALPS, Client and Registered Representatives shall comply with 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5 (SEC’s Pay-to-Play Rule) and Registered Representatives shall not engage in activity that would trigger the “two year time out” contemplated by FINRA Rule 2030(a).

 

  1. Marketing Jurisdictions. Registered Representatives may only market in connection with this Agreement within the United States.

To the extent applicable, Client agrees that it shall cause each Registered Representative to comply with the foregoing.

 

3. Fees [REDACTED]

The term of this Letter Agreement will commence on the date first set forth above and will remain in effect until termination of the Distribution Agreement.

 

4


In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees, shall not be liable for, and the Client agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such persons from, all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims, and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from the Client’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Letter Agreement.

No change, modification or waiver of any term of this Letter Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by both ALPS and the Client.

 

5


This Letter Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all previous agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

This Letter Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written approval of the other party.

This Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the state of Delaware.

Please have an authorized officer execute this Letter Agreement where indicated below.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Steven B. Price

Steven B. Price

Senior Vice President and Director

of Distribution Services

The undersigned agrees to the above terms and conditions:

 

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS ADVISORS, LLC
By:  

/s/ John Coughlan

Name:   John Coughlan
Title:   Chief Operating Officer

 

6


EXHIBIT A: FUNDS

Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund

Litman Gregory Masters International Fund

Litman Gregory Masters Small Companies Fund

Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund

 

7

Exhibit (i)(1)

Paul Hastings LLP

101 California Street, 48th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

1(415) 856-7007

davidhearth@paulhastings.com

April 30, 2018                

VIA EDGAR

Litman Gregory Funds Trust

1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 500

Walnut Creek, California 94596

 

Re: Litman Gregory Funds Trust—File Nos. 333-10015 and 811-07763

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our law firm’s name as counsel to the Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Registrant”), as shown in Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A.

Very truly yours,

/s/ David A. Hearth

David A. Hearth

for PAUL HASTINGS LLP

Exhibit (j)(1)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated March 1, 2018, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights of Litman Gregory Funds Trust comprising Litman Gregory Masters Equity Fund, Litman Gregory Masters International Fund, Litman Gregory Masters Smaller Companies Fund, and Litman Gregory Masters Alternative Strategies Fund, for the year ended December 31, 2017, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “General Information” and “Financial Statements” in the Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ Cohen & Company, Ltd.

Cohen & Company, Ltd.

Cleveland, Ohio

April 24, 2018

Exhibit (p)(1)

Appendix 1 -A

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS

 

 

TRUST CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

(as amended December 15, 2016)

I. Legal Requirement

Rule l 7j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), requires Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) and its series (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) to have a written code of ethics which addresses trading practices by “fund access persons.” Fund access persons are defined to include (1) officers and employees of the Trust, (2) officers, directors and investment personnel of the Trust’s investment advisers, (3) certain personnel of any broker-dealer firm that acts as the distributor for a Fund, and (4) each member of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. This code of ethics (the “Code”) is intended to promote ethical conduct and to provide guidelines and specific reporting requirements to help ensure the Trust’s compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations.

This Code governs the activities of the Trust’s fund access persons. It is important that you understand your reporting obligations under this Code.

This Code does not cover all areas of potential liability. Fund access persons are expected to be sensitive to and aware of situations that raise a potential conflict of interest or that may constitute a trading violation. If you have any questions regarding this Code or a compliance issue, please contact the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer.

II. General Prohibitions

It shall be unlawful and a violation of this Code for any fund access person, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by the Trust:

 

  (a) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Trust;

 

  (b) To make to the Trust any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Trust a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

  (c) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust; or

 

  (d) To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust.

 

  (e) To disclose to any unauthorized individual or entity outside of the Trust or remove from the Trust’s offices proprietary information.

 

1


III. Fund Access Person Reporting Provisions

All fund access persons (defined below) covered by this Code, except the Trust’s Independent Trustees , are required to file reports at least quarterly of their personal securities transactions (excluding excepted securities) and, if they wish to trade in the same securities as any Fund, must comply with the specific procedures in effect for such transactions.

The Trust uses various investment advisers, including sub-advisers, to advise the Funds. These adviser entities are required to adopt specific trading procedures appropriate to their organization consistent with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Fund access persons of those entities are specifically excluded from the coverage of this Code. However, those entities are required to provide the Trust with their respective codes of ethics and any material amendments thereto.

The fund access persons of the Trust’s administrator, State Street Bank & Trust Company, and the Trust’s principal underwriter, ALPS, are required to comply with the reporting and other requirements of their organizations’ respective code of ethics and are excluded from the coverage of this Code.

The reports of fund access persons will be reviewed and compared against the activities of the Funds and if a pattern emerges that indicates abusive trading or noncompliance with applicable procedures, the matter will be referred to the Board of Trustees; the Board of Trustees will make appropriate inquiries and decides what action, if any, is then necessary.

Independent Trustees who do not have day-to-day contact with the Funds and who do not have specific knowledge of the Funds’ intended investments are not required to file any reports at all, and there is no restriction on their personal securities trading activities. However, if an Independent Trustee should learn that one of the Funds is about to take a particular position, and he or she wishes to make a similar or related trade, the Trustee should obtain prior approval of the trade.

Persons covered by this Code are advised to seek advice before engaging in any transactions involving securities under consideration for purchase or sale by a Fund of the Trust or if a transaction directly or indirectly involves themselves and the Trust other than the purchase or redemption of shares of a Fund or the performance of their normal business duties.

IV. Implementation

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (currently John Coughlan) is responsible for maintaining an updated list of fund access persons. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate an alternate who is authorized to administer this Code when he is unavailable.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall circulate a copy of this Code to each fund access person, together with an acknowledgment of receipt, which shall be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

The Chief Compliance Officer is charged with responsibility for insuring that the reporting requirements of this Code are adhered to by all fund access persons. The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for ensuring that the review requirements of this Code are performed in a prompt manner.

 

2


V. Definitions

(a) “Fund access person” means: (i) any trustee, officer or advisory person (as defined below) of a Fund or the Trust; (ii) any director, officer, general partner or advisory person (as described below) of an investment adviser to a Fund; and (iii) any director, officer or general partner of a broker-dealer acting as distributor or principal underwriter of a Fund who, in the ordinary course of his or her business, makes, participants in or obtains information regarding the purchases and sales of securities for such Fund or whose ordinary business functions and duties relate to the making of recommendations to such Fund regarding the purchase and sale of securities.

Exceptions: (i) any investment adviser unaffiliated with Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“LGFA”) and/or the Trust (except by reason of being a sub-advisor) and all employees of such unaffiliated adviser, provided that such sub-advisor represents to LGFA that it has and enforces a code of ethics that meets the requirements of Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act, and (ii) any employee of the Trust’s administrator or principal ; underwriter, including such employees who may act as officers of the Trust.

(b) “Advisory person” means with respect to (A) the Trust, (B) an investment adviser to a Fund or (C) any company in a control relationship to the Trust or the investment adviser, (i) any employee who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of a security by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Trust or an investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.

Exceptions: (i) any investment adviser unaffiliated with LGFA and/or the Trust (except by reason of being a sub-advisor) and all employees of such unaffiliated advisor, provided that such sub-advisor represents to LGFA that it has and enforces a code of ethics that meets the requirements of Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act, and (ii) any employee of an administration company providing administration services to the Trust or the Fund including such employees who may act as officers of the Trust.

(c) A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated, and, with respect to a person making a recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

(d) “Beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with the exception that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which a fund access person has or acquires.

 

3


(e) “Control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position, as further defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

(f) “Excepted securities” include shares of registered open-end investment companies (other than shares of the Litman Gregory Masters Funds), securities issued by the government of the United States (including government agencies), banker acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments and other money market instruments.

(g) An “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(h) “Investment Personnel” means with respect to (A) the Trust, (B) an investment adviser to a Fund or (C) any company in a control relationship to the Trust or the investment adviser:

(i) Any employee, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund.

(ii) Any natural person who controls the Trust or investment adviser to a Fund and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to that Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by that Fund.

(i) “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

(j) “Purchase or sale of a security” includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

(k) “Reportable Securities” are those securities for which quarterly transactions reports must be filed. Reportable Securities are all securities included in the definition of “Security” in the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act (with the exceptions below) and include any (a) equity or debt instrument traded on an exchange (including foreign securities exchanges), through NASDAQ or through the “pink sheets,” over-the-counter or any public market, (b) options to purchase or sell such equity or debt instrument, (c) warrants and rights with respect to such securities, (d) municipal bonds, (e) index stock or bond group options that include such equity or debt instrument, (f) futures contracts on stock or bond groups that include such equity or debt instrument, (g) any option on such futures contracts, (h) limited offerings or private offerings and (i) shares of mutual funds managed by the Company (i.e., the Litman Gregory Masters Funds); provided that Reportable Securities shall not include securities issued by the Government of the United States, banker acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments and shares of open-end mutual funds (other than the Litman Gregory Masters Funds). For the avoidance of doubt, exchange-traded funds and closed-end registered investment companies are reportable securities.

 

4


(1) “Restricted List Securities” are those securities included on a list (the “Restricted List” posted by the Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC and LGFA Chief Compliance Officers on a Company intranet web page accessible to all Employees.

(m) “Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include excepted securities (as defined below).

VI. Prohibited Trading Practices

No fund access person shall purchase or sell directly or indirectly, any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transactions acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security:

(a) if such security to his or her actual knowledge at the time of such purchase or sale:

(i) is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund;

(ii) is in the process of being purchased or sold by a Fund (except that an fund access person may participate in a bunched transaction with the Fund if the price terms are the same); or

(b) if such action by such fund access person would defraud a Fund, operate as a fraud or deceit upon a Fund, or constitute a manipulative practice with respect to such Fund. In each case, the relevant Fund shall be limited to the Fund(s) to which such fund access person has a direct relationship.

To ensure that security purchases and sales by fund access persons do not constitute a fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative practice with respect to the various Funds, each investment adviser and principal underwriter to a Fund shall adopt a policy preventing fund access persons from trading ahead of the Fund or otherwise trading in securities being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund for an appropriate period of time.

Fund access persons (other than the Independent Trustees) covered by this Code shall pre-clear all Reportable Securities and Restricted List Securities with the Chief Compliance Officer. The purchase and sale of shares in the Litman Gregory Masters Funds are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement of this paragraph VI, however such exemption does not absolve fund access Persons from reporting trades in the Litman Gregory Masters Funds pursuant to paragraph IX herein.

VII. Exempted Transactions/Securities

The prohibitions of Section VI and the reporting requirements of Section IX of this Code shall not apply to:

 

5


  (a) Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the fund access person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

  (b) Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the fund access person or the Trust ( e.g., receipt of de minimis gifts, a sale in connection with a court order).

 

  (c) Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

 

  (d) Purchases and sales of securities which are not included in the definition of “Security” in Section V above or are “excepted securities” as defined in Section V.

 

  (e) Trading in mutual funds, including the Litman Gregory Masters Funds.

VIII. Pre-approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings

Fund access persons must obtain approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities issued in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering through the compliance and employee trade monitoring system’s web page accessible to all Employees

IX. Reporting

Independent Trustees and individuals who already report their investment transactions under the rules applicable to registered investment advisers may be excepted from the reporting requirement (see Section X below). Subject to the exceptions set forth below, every fund access person shall report to the Chief Compliance Officer or compliance delegate the information described below with respect to transactions in any security in which such fund access person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security. Every report shall be made not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter and shall contain the following information:

 

  (1) The date of the transaction, the title and the number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved;

 

  (2) The nature of the transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  (3) The price at which the transaction was effected; and

 

  (4) The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.

For periods in which no reportable transactions were effected, the report shall contain a representation that no transactions subject to the reporting requirements were effected during the relevant time period.

 

6


Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

The report must be completed via the compliance and employee trade monitoring system, which will have the account statement and transactions downloaded to the system. If the Personal Account is an approved exception to the Designated Brokerage Policy, copies of the account statements must be submitted to Compliance via file attachments in the compliance and employee trade monitoring system within 30 calendar days following the end of each calendar year regardless of whether any trading activity took place in that account during the quarter. In addition, the report must include a certification that all trades in Reportable Securities in the Employee’s Personal Accounts during the reporting period are covered by such account statements.

X. Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

An Independent Trustee, i.e., a Trustee of the Trust who is not an “interested person” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Trust, is not required to file a report on a transaction in a security provided such Trustee neither knew nor, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the Trust, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Trustee, such security is or was purchased or sold by the Trust or is or was being considered for purchase by an investment adviser of the Trust.

Where an Independent Trustee is exempt from the reporting requirements of this Code pursuant to this Section X, such Trustee may nevertheless voluntarily file a report representing that he or she did not engage in any securities transactions which, to his or her knowledge, involved securities that were being purchased or sold or considered for purchase by any Fund during the 15-day period preceding or after the date(s) of any transaction(s) by such Trustee. The failure to file such a report, however, shall not be considered a violation of this Code.

Fund access persons also need not make a report with respect to exempted transactions/ securities as described in Section VII of this Code.

Access persons need not make a report where the report would duplicate information recorded pursuant to the applicable rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

XI. Review

The Chief Compliance Officer shall compare all reports of personal securities transactions with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of each Fund to determine whether a possible violation of the Code may have occurred. The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate this function to one or more persons employed by an investment adviser or principal underwriter with respect to the reports filed by fund access persons in such organization, and shall receive and be entitled to rely on a summary report from such compliance delegate.

 

7


Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the Chief Compliance Officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material. If a securities transaction of the Chief Compliance Officer is under consideration, an alternate shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the Chief Compliance Officer.

If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation of the Code has or may have occurred, he shall, following consultation with the Trust’s legal counsel, submit his or her written determination, together with the transaction report, if any, and any additional explanatory material provided by the individual, to the President of the Trust or, if the President shall be the Chief Compliance Officer, the Treasurer, who shall make an independent determination of whether a violation has occurred.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for maintaining a current list of all fund access persons (including all Trustees) and for identifying all rep01ting fund access persons on such list, and shall take steps to ensure that all reporting fund access persons have submitted reports in a timely manner. The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate the compilation of this information to appropriate persons employed by an investment adviser or principal underwriter and shall be entitled to rely on the information received from such delegates. Failure to submit timely reports will be communicated to the Board of Trustees.

XII. Confidential Information

A. Confidential Information Defined

Fund access persons may receive material, nonpublic information ( i.e., “inside information”), or other sensitive or confidential information from or about the Trust’s shareholders or its management. Such confidential information may include, among other things:

 

    Names and addresses of shareholders.

 

    Financial or other information about the shareholder, such as the number of shares held by a shareholder.

 

    The names of the securities being purchased or sold, or being considered for purchase or sale, for a Fund.

 

    Any Trust information privately given to a fund access person that, if publicly known, would be likely to (i) affect the price of any security in a Fund’s portfolio or the shares of a Fund or (ii) embarrass or harm the Trust.

Given the breadth of the above, all information that a fund access person obtains through the Trust should be considered confidential information unless it is specifically known to be available to the public.

 

8


B. Policy Statement Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information.

All confidential information, whatever the source, may be used only in the discharge of the fund access person’s duties with the Trust. Confidential information may not be used for any personal purpose, including the purchase or sale of securities for a personal account. No fund access person may use any confidential information in any manner that adversely affects the Trust. All confidential information is to be treated as the secret, proprietary and confidential data of the Trust.

C. Procedures Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information.

The Trust encourages each of its fund access persons to be aware of, and sensitive to, such fund access person’s treatment of confidential information. The Ttust has also adopted a Privacy Policy which also sets forth policies and procedures regarding maintaining the privacy of the nonpublic personal information of its shareholders. Each fund access person must take the following precautions:

 

    Fund access persons must not discuss confidential information unless necessary as part of his or her duties and responsibilities with the Trust.

 

    Particular care should be exercised if confidential information must be discussed in public places, such as restaurants, elevators, taxicabs, trains or airplanes, where such information may be overheard.

 

    Under no circumstances may confidential information be shared with any person, including any spouse or other family member, who is not a fund access person of the Trust.

 

    Fund access persons must return all confidential information upon their separation from the Trust.

XIII. Proprietary Information

A. Proprietary Information Defined.

Proprietary information shall mean any Company information which is in written, graphic, machine-readable or other tangible form. Proprietary Information also includes non-tangible oral or visual information. Given the breadth of this definition, all information that an Employee obtains through the Company should be considered proprietary information unless it is specifically known to be available to the public.

See the Litman Gregory Employee Handbook, Non-Disclosure section for a complete definition of proprietary information.

B. Policy Statement Regarding Use and Treatment of Proprietary Information.

The Employee recognizes that the confidentiality of proprietary information is a matter of great concern to the Company. The Employee agrees that he or she will not disclose to any individual or entity outside the Company any proprietary information of the Company, except to individuals who have a specific “need to know” due to their contractual or other business relationship to the Company, and that he or she will not use such proprietary information other than for the benefit of the Company.

 

9


C. Procedures Regarding Use and Treatment of Proprietary Information.

The Company encourages each of its Employees to be aware of, and sensitive to, such Employee’s treatment of proprietary information. The Employee understands and agrees that all files, records, papers, memoranda, letters, handbooks and manuals, facsimile or other communications which he or she obtains that were written, authorized, signed, received or transmitted during his or her employment are and remain the property of the Company and, as such, are not to be removed from the Company’s offices except for the purpose of business activity on behalf of the Company. Upon termination of employment, Employee will promptly deliver to the Company any such materials that may then be in his or her possession. Employees who improperly use or disclose trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment and legal action, even if they do not actually benefit from the disclosed information.

XIV. Restrictions on Gifts and Entertainment.

A. General Policy Statement.

A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the Company and its clients. The overriding principle is that employees should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Similarly, employees should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person.

B. De Minimis Gifts and Entertainment.

From time to time employees may receive or accept gifts from third parties. Employees may accept de minimis gifts but shall not give nor accept any gift received that has a total value in excess of $200.00 from any broker/dealer, money manager, or others who transact business with the Company, unless approved by the Chief Compliance Officer. Any such gifts or benefits should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer on the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees. Gifts of cash may never be accepted or disbursed by an employee. In addition, employees may attend business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a giver, as long as the expense is reasonable and both the giver(s) and the employee(s) are present.

XV. FCPA Considerations

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits, under threat of imprisonment, any officer, agent or Employee of the Company from directly or indirectly paying or giving, offering or promising to pay, giving or authorizing or approving such offer or payment, of any funds, gifts, services or anything else of any value, no matter how small or seemingly insignificant (i) to any foreign official or other person specified below (each, a “Foreign Covered Person”), for the purpose of obtaining business, favorable treatment or other commercial benefits, whether

 

10


by (a) influencing any act or decision of the Foreign Covered Person in his official capacity, (b) inducing the Foreign Covered Person to do or not do any act in violation of his lawful duty; or (c) inducing the Foreign Covered Person to use his influence to that end with a foreign government or instrumentality; or (ii) with any other agent, intermediary (including, for example, a Foreign Covered Person’s friend, relative, business or law firm) or other person while knowing that all or a portion thereof will directly or indirectly be forwarded to a Foreign Covered Person for such purpose. (Note: Not actually “knowing”, willfully avoiding or disregarding all facts, hints or clues is not a defense.)

A. Foreign Covered Person.

A “Foreign Covered Person” for this purpose is any foreign official including, without limitation, any officer or employee of any foreign government or any governmental department, agency or instrumentality (e.g., a central bank) or any government-owned or controlled enterprise (e.g., sovereign wealth fund) or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any such government, department, agency, instrumentality or enterprise). It also includes any foreign political party, party official or candidate for political office. Foreign for this purpose means outside of the United States.

B. Exemptions

There are certain exemptions to the broad prohibitions set forth above. However, these exemptions are very precise and must be discussed with the CCO before they can be invoked. No Employee is to discuss or consider any proscribed activity outlined above without the prior approval of the CCO.

C. Pre-Clearance

No Employee may engage in any activity that would violate the FCPA without the prior approval of the CCO. If an activity would render an analysis of the FCPA to determine whether it would violate the FCPA, such activity must be presented to the CCO to conduct an analysis and for final approval.

XVI. Sanctions

If a material violation of this Code occurs or a preliminary determination is made that a violation may have occurred, a report of the alleged violation shall be made to a senior officer of the Trust and, if appropriate, the Board of Trustees. The Trust’s senior officer or the Board of Trustees may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including:

 

11


    The applicable Employee meeting with the Chief Compliance Officer and/or the Managing Partner in charge of the Employee’s business unit to review this Code and discuss the nature and extent of the violation;

 

    The violation will be recorded in the Company’s compliance books and records;

 

    A letter will be inserted into the personnel file of the applicable Employee;

 

    The applicable Employee may be required to attend and provide evidence of satisfactory completion of compliance training courses;

 

    The applicable Employee may be required to immediately sell any security purchased in violation of Section IX above;

 

    The applicable Employee may be subject to a fine and/or disgorgement of any profits earned on the purchase or sale of any security in violation of Section IX above, or the personal absorption of any loss on the sale of such security;

 

    The applicable Employee may be suspended without pay for a period of time to be determined by the committee; and/or

 

    The offending employee’s employment at the Company may be terminated

XVII. Whistleblower Policy

A. General Policy

The Company requires Directors, Officers and Employees to observe high standards of business and personal ethics in the conduct of their duties and responsibilities. All Employees and representatives of the Company must practice honesty and integrity and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

B. Reporting Responsibility

This Whistleblower Policy is intended to encourage and enable Employees and others to raise serious concerns internally so that the Company can address and correct inappropriate conduct and actions. It is the responsibility of all Directors, Officers and Employees to report concerns about violations of the Company’s code of ethics or suspected violations of law or regulations that govern the Company’s operations.

C. No Retaliation

It is contrary to the values of the Company for anyone to retaliate against any Director, Officer, or Employee who in good faith reports an ethics violation, or a suspected violation of law, such as a compliant of discrimination, or suspected fraud, or suspected violation of any regulation governing the operations of the Company. An Employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment.

 

12


D. Reporting Procedure

The Company has an open door policy and suggests that Employees share their questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with their supervisor. If you are not comfortable speaking with your supervisor, or you are not satisfied with your supervisor’s response, you are encouraged to speak with the Chief Compliance Officer. Supervisors and managers are required to report complaints or concerns about suspected ethical and legal violations in writing to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee, who has the responsibility to investigate all reported complaints. Employees with concerns or complaints may also submit their concerns in writing using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees.

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for ensuring that all complaints about unethical or illegal conduct are investigated and resolved. The Compliance Officer will advise the Chief Executive Officer.

E. Acting in Good Faith

Anyone filing a written complaint concerning a violation or suspected violation must be acting in good faith and have reasonable grounds for believing the information disclosed indicates a violation. Any allegations that prove not to be substantiated and which prove to have been made maliciously or knowingly to be false will be viewed as a serious disciplinary offense.

F. Confidentiality

Violations or suspected violations may be submitted on a confidential basis by the complainant. Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.

G. Handling of Reported Violations

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee will notify the person who submitted a complaint and acknowledge receipt of the reported violation or suspected violation. All reports will be promptly investigated and appropriate corrective action will be taken if warranted by the investigation.

 

13


Exhibit A

LITMAN GREGORY FUNDS TRUST

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL ANTIFRAUD CODE OF ETHICS FOR

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS AND SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS

 

 

(as amended December 15, 2016)

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of Litman Gregory Funds Trust (the “Trust”) has adopted this Supplemental Antifraud Code of Ethics (the “Code”) for the Trust’s Principal Officers and Senior Financial Officers (the “Officers”) to guide and remind the Officers of their responsibilities to the Trust, other Officers, shareholders of the series of the Trust (the “Funds”), and governmental authorities. Officers are expected to act in accordance with the guidance and standards set forth in this Code.

For the purposes of this Code, the Trust’s Principal Officers and Senior Financial Officers shall include: the Principal Executive Officer; the Principal Financial Officer; the Principal Accounting Officer; the Controller; and any persons performing similar functions on behalf of the Trust, regardless of whether such persons are employed by the Trust or a third party.

This Code is intended to serve as the code of ethics described in Section 406 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Form N-CSR. To the extent that an Officer is subject to the Trust’s code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule l 7j-l of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule l 7j-l Code”), this Code is intended to supplement and be interpreted in the context of the Rule 17j-l Code. This Code also should be interpreted in the context of all applicable laws, regulations, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, as amended, and all other governance and disclosure policies and documents adopted by the Board. All Officers must become familiar and fully comply with this Code. Because this Code cannot and does not    cover every applicable law or provide answers to all questions that might arise, all Officers are expected to use common sense about what is right and wrong, including a sense of when it is proper to seek guidance from others on the appropriate course of conduct.

The purpose of this Code is to set standards for the Officers that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and are necessary to promote:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Trust files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in any other public communications by the Trust;

 

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

14


    the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to the appropriate persons as set forth in the Code; and

 

    accountability for adherence to the Code.

1. Honest and Ethical Conduct

a. Honesty, Diligence and Professional Responsibility

Officers are expected to observe both the form and the spirit of the ethical principles contained in this Code. Officers must perform their duties and responsibilities for the Trust:

 

    with honesty, diligence, and a commitment to professional and ethical responsibility;

 

    carefully, thoroughly and in a timely manner; and

 

    in conformity with applicable professional and technical standards.

Officers who are certified public accountants are expected carry out their duties and responsibilities in a manner consistent with the principles governing the accounting profession, including any guidelines or principles issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants from time to time.

b. Objectivity / Avoidance of Undisclosed Conflicts of Interest

Officers are expected to maintain objectivity and avoid undisclosed conflicts of interest. In the performance of their duties and responsibilities for the Trust, Officers must not subordinate their judgment to personal gain an advantage, or be unduly influenced by their own interests or by the interests of others. Officers must avoid participation in any activity or relationship that constitutes a conflict of interest unless that conflict has been completely disclosed to affected parties. Further, Officers should avoid participation in any activity or relationship that could create the appearance of a conflict of interest.

A conflict of interest would generally arise if an Officer directly or indirectly participated in any investment, interest, association, activity or relationship that may impair or appear to impair the Officer’s objectivity.

Any Officer who may be involved in a situation or activity that might be a conflict of interest or give the appearance of a conflict of interest should consider reporting such situation or activity using the reporting procedures set forth in Section 4 of this Code

The Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Audit Committee”) will not be responsible for monitoring or enforcing this conflict of interest policy, but rather each Officer is responsible for self compliance with this conflict of interest policy.

c. Preparation of Financial Statements

Officers must not knowingly make any misrepresentations regarding a Fund’s financial statements or any facts in the preparation of a Fund’s financial statements, and must comply with all applicable laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements. This section is intended to prohibit:

 

15


    making, or permitting or directing another to make, materially false or misleading entries in a Fund’s financial statements or records;

 

    failing to connect a Fund’s financial statements or records that are materially false or misleading when he or she has the authority to record an entry; and

 

    signing, or permitting or directing another to sign, a document containing materially false or misleading financial information.

Officers must be scrupulous in their application of generally accepted accounting principles. No Officer may (i) express an opinion or state affirmatively that the financial statements or other financial data of the Trust are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, or (ii) state that he or she is not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such statements or data in order for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, if such statements or data contain any departure from generally accepted accounting principles then in effect in the United States.

Officers must follow the laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations established by all applicable governmental bodies, commissions or other regulatory agencies in the preparation of financial statements, records and related information. If an Officer prepares financial statements, records or related information for purposes of reporting to such bodies, commissions or regulatory agencies, the Officer must follow the requirements of such organizations in addition to generally accepted accounting principles.

If an Officer and his or her supervisor have a disagreement or dispute relating to the preparation of financial statements or the recording of transactions, the Officer should take the following steps to ensure that the situation does not constitute an impermissible subordination of judgment:

 

    The Officer should consider whether (i) the entry or the failure to record a transaction in the records, or (ii) the financial statement presentation or the nature or omission of disclosure in the financial statements, as proposed by the supervisor, represents the use of an acceptable alternative and does not materially misrepresent the facts or result in an omission of a material fact. If, after appropriate research or consultation, the Officer concludes that the matter has authoritative support and/or does not result in a material misrepresentation, the Officer need do nothing further.

 

    If the Officer concludes that the financial statements or records could be materially misstated as a result of the supervisor’s determination, the Officer should follow the reporting procedures set forth in Section 4 of this Code.

d. Obligations to the Independent Auditor of a Fund

In dealing with a Fund’s independent auditor, Officers must be candid and not knowingly misrepresent facts or knowingly fail to disclose material facts, and must respond to specific inquiries and requests by the Fund’s independent auditor.

 

16


Officers must not take any action, or direct any person to take any action, to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead a Fund’s independent auditor in the performance of an audit of the Fund’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering such financial statements materially misleading.

2. Full, Fair, Accurate, Timely and Understandable Disclosure

It is the Trust’s policy to provide full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Trust files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by the Trust. The Trust has designed and implemented Disclosure Controls and Procedures to carry out this policy.

Officers are expected to use their best efforts to promote, facilitate, and prepare full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in all reports and documents that the Trust files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by the Trust.

Officers must review the Trust’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures to ensure they are aware of and carry out their duties and responsibilities in accordance with the Disclosure Controls and Procedures and the public reporting obligations of the Trust. Officers are responsible for monitoring the integrity and effectiveness of the Trust’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

3. Compliance with Applicable Laws, Rules and Regulations

Officers are expected to know, respect and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the conduct of the Trust’s business. If an Officer is in doubt about the legality or propriety of an action, business practice or policy, the Officer should seek advice from the Officer’s supervisor or the Trust’s legal counsel.

In the performance of their work, Officers must not knowingly be a party to any illegal activity or engage in acts that are discreditable to the Trust. Officers are expected to promote the Trust’s compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. To promote such compliance, Officers may establish and maintain mechanisms to educate employees carrying out the finance and compliance functions of the Trust about any applicable laws, rules or regulations that affect the operation of the finance and compliance functions and the Trust generally.

4. Reporting of Illegal or Unethical Behavior

Officers should promptly report any conduct or actions by an Officer that do not comply with the law or with this Code. Officers and the Trust shall adhere to the following reporting procedures:

 

    Any Officer who questions whether a situation, activity or practice is acceptable must immediately report such practice to the Principal Executive Officer of the Trust (or to an Officer who is the functional equivalent of this position) or to the Trust’s legal counsel. The person receiving the report shall consider the matter and respond to the Officer within a reasonable amount of time.

 

17


    If the Officer is not satisfied with the response of the Principal Executive Officer or counsel, the Officer must report the matter to the Chairman of the Audit Committee. If the Chairman is unavailable, the Officer may report the matter to any other member of the Audit Committee. The person receiving the report shall consider the matter, refer it to the full Audit Committee if he or she deems appropriate, and respond to the Officer within a reasonable amount of time.

 

    If, after receiving a response, the Officer concludes that appropriate action was not taken, he or she should consider any responsibility that may exist to communicate to third parties, such as regulato1y authorities or the Fund’s independent auditor. In this matter, the Officer may wish to consult with his or her own legal counsel.

 

    The Audit Committee and the Trust will not be responsible for monitoring or enforcing this reporting of violations policy, but rather each Officer is responsible for self-compliance with this reporting of violations policy.

 

    To the extent possible and as allowed by law, reports will be treated as confidential.

 

    If the Audit Committee determines that an Officer violated this Code, failed to report a known or suspected violation of this Code, or provided intentionally false or malicious information in connectionwith an alleged violation of this Code, the Trust may take disciplinary action against any such Officer to the extent the Audit Committee deems appropriate. No Officer will be disciplined for reporting a concern in good faith.

 

    The Trust and the Audit Committee may report violations of the law to the appropriate authorities.

5. Accountability and Applicability

All Officers will be held accountable for adherence to this Code. On an mutual basis, within 30 days of the beginning of each calendar year, each Officer shall certify in writing his or her receipt, familiarity and commitment to compliance with this Code, by signing the Acknowledgment Form (Exhibit C to this Code).

This Code is applicable to all Officers, regardless of whether such persons are employed by the Trust or a third party. If an Officer is aware of a person who may be considered an Officer as defined by this Code (“Potential Officer”), the Officer should inform legal counsel to the Trust of such Potential Officer so that a determination can be made regarding whether such Potential Officer has completed or should complete an Acknowledgment Fo1m. However, the absence of such a determination will not be deemed to relieve any person of his or her duties under this Code.

6. Disclosure of this Code

This Code shall be disclosed by at least one of the following methods in the manner prescribed by the SEC, unless otherwise required by law:

 

    by filing a copy of the Code with the SEC;

 

    by posting the text of the Code on the Trust’s website; or

 

18


    by providing, without charge, a copy of the Code to any person upon request.

7. Waivers

Any waiver of this Code, including an implicit waiver, that has been granted to an Officer, may be made only by the Board or a committee of the Board to which such responsibility has been delegated, and must be disclosed by the Trust in the manner prescribed by law and as set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code).

8. Amendments

This Code may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any amendment of this Code, must be disclosed by the Trust in the manner prescribed by law and as set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code), unless such amendment is deemed to be technical, administrative, or otherwise non-substantive. Any amendments to this Code will be provided to the Officers.

Pending approval by the Board of Trustees.

 

19

Exhibit (p)(2)

Appendix 1-B

LITMAN GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC

LITMAN GREGORY ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

(as amended December 15, 2016)

Litman Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (“LGFA”) and its affiliate, Litman Gregory Asset Management, LLC (“LGAM”, and with LGFA, the “Company”), have adopted the policies and procedures set forth in this Code of Ethics (the “Code”).

This Code governs the activities of all of the Company’s Employees (as defined in Section VI.A.1.below). It is important that you understand your reporting obligations under this Code.

If you have any questions regarding this Code, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer of LGAM or LGFA, as applicable.

I. PURPOSE OF THIS CODE

This Code is intended to promote ethical conduct and to provide guidelines and specific reporting requirements to help ensure the compliance of the Company and its Employees with applicable securities laws and regulations, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and all other applicable Federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act). In particular, Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, require the Company to establish, maintain ·and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum, sets the standard of business conduct that the Company requires of its Employees, requires Employees to comply with applicable federal securities laws; and sets forth provisions regarding personal securities transactions by Employees. ·

II. KEY PRINCIPLES

This Code is based on the following key principles:

 

    Each Employee’s duty at all times to place the interests of clients first;

 

    The requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in such a · manner as to be consistent with this Code and to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an Employee’s position of trust and responsibility;

 

    The principle that Employees should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions;

 

1


    The fiduciary obligation of Employees to protect the confidentiality of clients’ proprietary, sensitive or other confidential information communicated to the Company or its Employees;

 

    The principle that Employees will not disclose to any unauthorized individual or entity outside of the Company or remove from the Company’s offices proprietary information.

 

    The principle that the Company and each Employee must maintain the highest ethical standards and refrain from engaging in activities that may create actual or apparent conflicts of interest between the interests of the Company or its Employees and the interests of the Company’s clients.

III. FRAUD

Fraudulent activities by Employees are prohibited. Specifically, any Employee, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such Employee of a security held or to be acquired by a Company client, may not:

 

    Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Company’s clients;

 

    Make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Company’s clients or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Company’s clients, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

    Engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Company’s clients; or

 

    Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Company’s clients or securities in general.

IV. INSIDER TRADING

The Company and its Employees are prohibited by law from purchasing or selling any publicly-traded stock, bond, option or other security while in possession of material, nonpublic information (i.e., insider trading).

A. Insider Trading Defined.

It is against the law to engage in insider trading. The term “insider trading” is generally used to refer to (i) a person’s use of material, nonpublic information in connection with transactions in securities, and (ii) certain communications of material, nonpublic information.

The laws concerning insider trading generally prohibit:

 

    The purchase or sale of securities by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic information;

 

2


    The purchase or sale of securities by a non-insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic information where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep the information confidential or was misappropriated; or

 

    The communication of material, nonpublic information in violation of a confidentiality obligation where the information leads to a purchase or sale of securities.

1. Who is an Insider ? The concept of “insider” is broad. It includes the officers, directors, employees and majority shareholders of a company and may also include, among others, a company’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment bankers, commercial bankers and the employees of such organizations. Analysts are usually not considered insiders of the companies that they follow, although if an analyst is given confidential information by a company’s representative in a manner in which the analyst knows or should know to be a breach of that representative’s duties to the company, the analyst may become a temporary insider.

2. What is Material Information ? Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is “material.” “Material” information is construed broadly and is generally defined as information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in making his or her investment decision or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Information that should be considered material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidity problems and extraordinary management developments. Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business; it can be significant (but as yet not widely known) market information. For example, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates on which reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether or not those reports would be favorable.

3. What is Nonpublic Information ? Information is nonpublic unless it has been effectively communicated to the marketplace. For information to be considered public, one must be able to point to some fact to show that the information has been generally disseminated to the public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services , The Wall Street Journal or another publication of general circulation is considered public. Market rumors are not considered public information.

4. What is “Trading While in Possession of ‘Material Nonpublic Information? Generally, a purchase or sale of a security is made “while in possession of” material nonpublic information about that security or issuer if the person making the purchase or sale was aware of the material nonpublic information when the person made the purchase of sale.

5. Not Certain if You Have “Inside” Information ? If you have any doubts about whether you are in possession of material nonpublic information, consult with the applicable Chief Compliance Officer.

 

3


B. Penalties for Insider Trading.

Penalties for trading on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for the individuals involved in the unlawful conduct and for their employers, and may include administrative penalties, civil injunctions, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, and significant fines for the person who committed the violation or for the employer or other controlling person of the person who committed the violation. A person can be subject to some or all of these penalties even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation.

In addition, any violation of the procedures set forth in this Code can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal. See section VIII. D. below for more information on sanctions for violations of this Code.

C. Policy Statement Regarding Insider Trading.

The Company expects that each of its Employees will obey the law and not trade while in possession of material, nonpublic information. In addition, the Company discourages its Employees from seeking or knowingly obtaining material nonpublic information.

D. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading.

Because the Company does not have an investment banking division or affiliate and generally prohibits its Employees from serving as an officer or director of a company having publicly traded securities, the Company does not anticipate that its Employees will routinely be in receipt of material, nonpublic information. However, such persons may from time to time receive such information. If any such person receives any information which may constitute such material, nonpublic information, such Employee (i) should not buy or sell any securities (including options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities) for a personal account or a client account, (ii) should not communicate such information to any other person (other than the Chief Compliance Officer), and (iii) should discuss promptly such information with the Chief Compliance Officer. Under no circumstances should such information be shared with any persons not employed by the Company, including family members or friends. Each Employee contacting an issuer or analyst should (i) identify himself as associated with the Company, (ii) identify the Company as an investment management firm, and, (iii) after the conversation, make a memorandum memorializing the conversation with the issuer or analyst (including the beginning of the conversation where the Employee identified himself or herself as associated with the Company). Once such material, nonpublic information becomes public, the Employee may trade in securities in accordance with this Code.

V. OTHER CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A. Confidential Information Defined.

Even if the Company and its Employees do not routinely receive material, nonpublic information (i.e., “inside information”), the Company or its Employees may receive such information or other sensitive or confidential information from or about the Company’s clients, and the Company’s Employees will receive confidential or sensitive information about the Company’s affairs. Such confidential information may include, among other things:

 

    Names and addresses of clients (e.g., “client lists”).

 

4


    Financial or other information about the client, such as the client’s financial condition or the specific securities held in a specific client’s portfolio.

 

    The names of the securities being purchased or sold, or being considered for purchase or sale, for any client’s account.

 

    Any client or Company information privately given to an Employee that, if publicly known, would be likely to (i) affect the price of any security in the portfolio of any client of the Company or (ii) embarrass or harm the client or the Company.

Given the breadth of the above, all information that an Employee obtains through the Company should be considered confidential information unless it is specifically known to be available to the public.

B. Policy Statement Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information.

All confidential information, whatever the source, may be used only in the discharge of the Employee’s duties with the Company. Confidential information may not be used for any personal purpose, including the purchase or sale of securities for a personal account. No Employee may use any confidential information in any manner that adversely affects the Company or its clients. All confidential information is to be treated as the secret, proprietary and confidential data of the Company.

C. Procedures Regarding Use and Treatment of Confidential Information.

The Company encourages each of its Employees to be aware of, and sensitive to, such Employee’s treatment of confidential information. The Company has also adopted a Privacy Policy which also sets forth policies and procedures regarding maintaining the privacy of its consumers and customers’ personal financial information. Each Employee must take the following precautions:

 

    Employees must not discuss confidential information unless necessary as part of his or her duties and responsibilities with the Company.

 

    Precautions must be taken to avoid storing confidential information in plain view in public areas of the Company’s facilities, including reception areas, conference rooms and kitchens, and Employees must remove confidential information from areas where third parties may inadvertently see it. Confidential information should, whenever reasonably feasible, be stored in locked or otherwise physically secure locations.

 

    Particular care should be exercised if confidential information must be discussed in public places, such as restaurants, elevators, taxicabs, trains or airplanes, where such information may be overheard.

 

5


    Under no circumstances may confidential information be shared with any person, including any spouse or other family member, who is not a manager, member, officer, director, or employee of the Company.

 

    Employees must return all confidential information upon their separation from the Company.

VI. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

A. Proprietary Information Defined.

Proprietary information shall mean any Company information which is in written, graphic, machine-readable or other tangible form. Proprietary Information also includes non-tangible oral or visual information. Given the breadth of this definition, all information that an Employee obtains through the Company should be considered proprietary information unless it is specifically known to be available to the public.

See the Litman Gregory Employee Handbook, Non-Disclosure section for a complete definition of proprietary information.

B. Policy Statement Regarding Use and Treatment of Proprietary Information.

The Employee recognizes that the confidentiality of proprietary information is a matter of great concern to the Company. The Employee agrees that he or she will not disclose to any individual or entity outside the Company any proprietary information of the Company, except to individuals who have a specific “need to know” due to their contractual or other business relationship to the Company, and that he or she will not use such proprietary information other than for the benefit of the Company.

C. Procedures Regarding Use and Treatment of Proprietary Information.

The Company encourages each Employee to be aware of, and sensitive to, such Employee’s treatment of proprietary information. The Employee understands and agrees that all files, records, papers, memoranda, letters, handbooks and manuals, facsimile or other communications which he or she obtains that were written, authorized, signed, received or transmitted during his or her employment are and remain the property of the Company and, as such, are not to be removed from the Company’s offices except for the purpose of business activity on behalf of the Company. Upon termination of employment, Employee will promptly deliver to the Company any such materials that may then be in his or her possession.

Employees who improperly use or disclose trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment and legal action, even if they do not actually benefit from the disclosed information.

VII. TRADING FOR PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS

The Company and its Employees owe a fiduciary obligation to the Company’s clients. The Company and such persons, therefore, must avoid actual and apparent conflicts of interest with the Company’s clients. In any situation where the potential for conflict exists, the client’s interest must take precedence over personal interests. If there is any doubt, resolve the matter in the client’s favor and confer with the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6


If both an Employee and a client of the Company are engaging in transactions involving a Restricted List Security, a Watch List Security or a Reportable Security (as defined below), an actual or apparent conflict of interest could arise. In those cases, transactions for client accounts must take precedence over transactions for Personal Accounts (all, as defined below) and personal transactions that create an actual or apparent conflict must be avoided.

Employees must not implement any securities transactions for a client without having disclosed any material beneficial ownership, business or personal relationship, or other material interest in the issuer or its affiliates to the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer deems the disclosed interest to present a material conflict, the Employee may not participate in any decision-making process regarding the securities of that issuer.

A. Key Definitions.

1. Employee. The term “Employee” as used in this Code includes all managers, members, officers, directors and employees of the Company as well as spouses, domestic partners and dependents. “Employee” also includes long-term temporaries and on-site consultants.

2. Access Persons. “Access Person” means any Employee who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Reportable Securities or whose function relates to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales. Currently, all Employees are treated as Access Persons.

3. Fund Access Persons. “Fund Access Person” means any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Reportable Securities held by any of the series (i.e., funds) of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust, or whose function relates to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, or who regularly receives material non-public information regarding the Litman Gregory Funds Trust. The Chief Compliance Officer of LGFA maintains the list of Fund Access Persons.

4. Independent Manager Access Person. “Independent Manager Access Person” means any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, obtains or has access to information regarding the purchase, holding or sale of Reportable Securities in accounts of the Company’s clients that are managed by Independent Managers. For this purpose, “Independent Manager” means an investment management firm that is not related to the Company that is engaged to manage an account of a Company client. The Chief Compliance Officer of the Company maintains the list of Independent Manager Access Persons.

5. Personal Account. The “Personal Account” of an Employee shall include each and every account (other than an account for the benefit of any of the Company’s clients) for which such Employee influences or controls investment decisions. Personal Account includes self-directed retirement and employee benefit accounts. An account for the benefit of any of the following will be presumed to be a “Personal Account” unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing:

 

7


    An Employee.

 

    The spouse or domestic partner of an Employee.

 

    Any child under the age of 22 of an Employee, whether or not residing with the Employee.

 

    Any other immediate family member of an Employee residing in the same household with the Employee. An immediate family member includes a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in law and also includes adoptive relationships.

 

    Any other account in which an Employee has a beneficial interest (for example, an account for a trust, estate, partnership or closely held corporation in which the Employee has a beneficial interest).

Exception. If an Employee certifies in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer that (i) the certifying Employee does not influence the investment decisions for any specified account of such spouse, domestic partner, child or dependent person, and (ii) the person or persons making the investment decisions for such account do not make such decisions, in whole or in part, based upon information that the certifying Employee has provided, the Chief Compliance Officer may, in his or her discretion, determine that such an account is not an Employee’s “personal account.”

Other Exceptions. Special policies apply when trading in an Employee’s Personal Account is handled by someone other than the Employee. In situations where a third party exercises complete investment discretion in managing an Employee’s Personal Account, the restrictions on trading Restricted List Securities and Watch List Securities are not applicable. If the Employee has any role in the managing of the account, however, this exception does not apply. In any event, securities held or traded for these accounts must be included in the Employee’s quarterly and annual reports described in Section E, below. Any actual or appearance of a conflict of interest in the trading in the Employee’s excepted accounts will render these accounts subject to the trading restrictions applicable to Restricted List Securities and Watch List Securities.

In order to fit within the exception regarding accounts for which the Employee has no investment discretion, the following is required: (a) a written verification by the Employee, and (b) a written verification by a third party involved in the management of the account. In all cases, whether to grant the exception is in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

8


6. Reportable Securities. “Reportable Securities” are those securities for which quarterly transaction reports must be filed. Reportable Securities are all securities included in the definition of “Security” in the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act (with the exceptions below) and include any (a) equity or debt instrument traded on an exchange (including foreign securities exchanges), through NASDAQ or through the “pink sheets,” over-the-counter or on any public market, (b) options to purchase or sell such equity or debt instrument, (c) warrants and rights with respect to such securities, (d) municipal bonds, (e) index stock or bond group options that include such equity or debt instrument, (f) futures contracts on stock or bond groups that include such equity or debt instrument, (g) any option on such futures contracts, (h) limited offerings or private offerings, and (i) shares of mutual funds managed by the Company (i.e., the Litman Gregory Masters Funds); provided that Reportable Securities shall not include securities issued by the Government of the United States, banker acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments and shares of open-end mutual funds (other than the Litman Gregory Masters Funds). For the avoidance of doubt, exchange-traded funds and closed-end registered investment companies are reportable securities.

7. Restricted List Securities. “Restricted List Securities” are those securities included on a list (the “Restricted List”) posted by the LGAM and LGFA Chief Compliance Officers on the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees.

8. Watch List Securities. “Watch List Securities” are those securities included on a list (the “Watch List”) posted by the LGAM and LGFA Chief Compliance Officers on the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees.

B. Policy Statement Regarding Trading for Personal Accounts.

The Company recognizes that the personal investment transactions of its Employees demand the application of a strict code of ethics. Consequently, the Company requires that all personal investment transactions be carried out in a manner that will not endanger the interest of any client or create any apparent or actual conflict of interest between the Company or its Employees, on the one hand, and the client, on the other hand. Therefore, the Company has adopted the procedures set forth below.

C. Designated Brokerage Policy

The Company requires its Employees to hold their Personal Accounts at Charles Schwab, Fidelity Investments or TD Ameritrade. Employee acknowledges that these designated brokers will provide daily electronic data feeds, which include Personal Account transactions and holdings, into the compliance and employee trade monitoring system. Employees are required to transfer their Personal Accounts to one of the designated brokers listed within 45 days of employment. Note: employees are responsible for notifying Compliance via the compliance and employee trade monitoring system whenever opening and/or terminating Personal accounts.

Exception. Exception to this policy will be considered for certain account types. In order to request an account type exception a written request by the Employee to the Chief Compliance Officer is required. In all cases, whether to grant the exception is in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

9


D. Procedures Regarding Trading for Personal Accounts.

1. Trading Procedures. The following procedures must be followed by Employees before buying or selling securities for a Personal Account, provided , that such procedures shall not be required with respect to (a) a purchase or sale of a Reportable or Watch List or Restricted List Security for a Personal Account where such purchase or sale is non-volitional on the part of the Personal Account (e.g., a sale in connection with a court order) or (b) a purchase of a Reportable or Watch List or Restricted List Security where such purchase is part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, or (c) trading in mutual funds.

Confirm that Employee Is Not in Receipt of Inside Information.

Each Employee wishing to buy or sell a security for a Personal Account should first confirm that he or she is not in receipt of any inside information that would materially affect the price of that security.

Confirm that the Trade is Not an Opportunity That Should Be Offered to Company Clients.

Employees are not to make a trade if the Employee has reason to believe that the trade should first be offered to the Company’s clients, such as the situation where a client may be eligible for a “limited availability” investment opportunity offered to an Employee. If you have any doubt, confer with the Chief Compliance Officer.

Check the Watch List.

Check the Watch List on the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees, or obtain the Watch List from the Chief Compliance Officer. Employees may only purchase or sell a Watch List Security for a Personal Account after obtaining approval for such sale from the Chief Compliance Officer. No Employee may write options on a Watch List Security.

Check the Restricted List.

Check the Restricted List on the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees, or obtain the Restricted List from the Chief Compliance Officer. Employees may not purchase any Restricted List Security for a Personal Account and may only sell a Restricted List Security for a Personal Account after obtaining approval for such sale from the Chief Compliance Officer. No Employee may write options on a Restricted List Security.

 

10


Obtain Pre-Clearance for IPOs or Private Placement Securities.

Access Persons wishing to buy any security in an initial public offering (“IPO”) must first obtain approval for such transaction from the Chief Compliance Officer through the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees. If trading the security is on the open market, preclearance is not required as long as it is not on the Restricted and/or Watch List. Access Persons wishing to buy/sell a limited offering (private placement) for any Personal Account must first obtain approval for such transaction from the Chief Compliance. Officer through the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees.

Obtain Pre-Clearance for Fund Access Persons and Independent Manager Access Persons

Fund Access Persons and Independent Manager Access Persons wishing to buy or sell any Reportable Security 1 for any Personal Account must first obtain approval for such purchase from the Chief Compliance Officer. A form of such pre-clearance request is accessible through the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees. Such pre-clearance shall only be valid for the purchase or sale of any Reportable Security on the day on which the pre-clearance is granted or such date is otherwise specified in the pre-clearance approval, with the exception of limit order trades, in which case the approval will remain valid for the time period specified on the pre-clearance request form.

Upon receiving a request for pre-clearance from an Independent Manager Access Person, the Chief Compliance Officer will review the securities then held in client accounts being managed by Independent Managers, using the most recent holdings data available to the Company, and may also consult in his or her discretion directly with Independent Managers about their trading plans and programs regarding the security the Independent Manager Access Person desires to buy or sell. After such review the Chief Compliance Officer will either approve the request or restrict the Independent Manager Access Person from trading in the security for 10 days or such other period the Chief Compliance Officer deems appropriate to eliminate any actual or apparent conflict of interest or inappropriate use of confidential client information.

2. Exceptions and Waivers. In appropriate circumstances (e.g., financial need, extreme market conditions, unexpected corporate developments, discovery of inadvertent violation), the Chief Compliance Officer may grant an exception or waiver to permit specifically requested trading. A memorandum describing the scope of circumstances of any such waiver/exception shall be created and maintained in the Employee’s files and part of the Company’s books and records.

 

 

1   Shares of any of the Litman Gregory Masters Funds are excluded from the definition of Reportable Securities for the purpose of satisfying this requirement.

 

11


3. Prohibition on Short-Term Trading of Litman Gregory Masters Funds. Shares of any mutual funds advised by the Company (i.e., the Litman Gregory Masters Funds) must be held for a minimum of 60 calendar days after the date of purchase. However, the Chief Compliance Officer of LGFA may waive these requirements in his or her discretion in the event of an extraordinary circumstance.

E. Reports and Affirmations of Personal Transactions and Securities Ownership.

1. Submission of Reports and Affirmations. In order for the Company to monitor compliance with its insider trading and conflict of interest policies and procedures, each Employee shall submit the reports and affirmations listed below using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system. Each Employee must submit and acknowledge the report certifying the completeness and accuracy of the information included therein and certifying certain other matters. The reports contain important acknowledgments.

An “Initial Holdings Report” for all securities in each of his or her Personal Accounts. The report shall be submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer within 10 calendar days following the first day of employment with the Company, current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of his or her employment using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system. If the tenth day is not a work day, then the report must be submitted earlier .

A “Quarterly Transactions Affirmation” for all trades in Reportable Securities in each of his or her Personal Accounts. The report shall be submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 calendar days following the end of each calendar quarter regardless of whether any trading activity took place in that account during the quarter using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system. If the thirtieth day is not a work day, then the report must be submitted earlier .

 

    Special Reporting For Fund Access Persons: If the Personal Account is an approved exception to the Designated Brokerage Policy, copies of the account statements and trade confirmations must be submitted to Compliance via file attachments in the compliance and employee trade monitoring system within 30 calendar days following the end of each calendar quarter regardless of whether any trading activity took place in that account during the quarter. In addition, the report must include a certification that all trades in Reportable Securities in the Employee’s Personal Accounts during the calendar quarter are covered by such account statements.

An “Annual Holdings Report” for all securities in each of his or her Personal Accounts. The report shall be submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 calendar days following the end of the calendar year, with information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the Annual Holdings Report is submitted using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system. If the thirtieth day is not a work day, then the report must be submitted earlier .

 

12


Special Reporting For Fund Access Persons: If the Personal Account is an approved exception to the Designated Brokerage Policy, copies of the account statements must be submitted to Compliance via file attachments in the compliance and employee trade monitoring system within 30 calendar days following the end of each calendar year regardless of whether any trading activity took place in that account during the quarter. In addition, the report must include a certification that all trades in Reportable Securities in the Employee’s Personal Accounts during the reporting period are covered by such account statements.

Restricted/Watch List Trade Request All employees are required to use the compliance and employee trade monitoring system to obtain approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or designee of transactions in Restricted/Watch List securities.

2. Review and Retention of Reports. The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee shall promptly review each Initial Holdings Report, Quarterly Personal Transaction Report and Annual Holdings Report Quarterly, and each Restricted/Watch List Trade Report as received, to determine whether any violations of the Company’s policies or of the applicable securities laws took place. The Company shall retain the Reports required by this Code as part of the books and records required by the Advisers Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

VIII. OTHER BUSINESS CONDUCT

A. Restrictions on Public Company Directorships.

Access Persons are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies if, in the written determination of the Chief Compliance Officer, such service is inconsistent with the interests of any client, including the Trust. If the Chief Compliance Officer has approved such service by an Access Person, that Access Person shall be isolated through informational barrier procedures from persons making investment decisions with respect to such issuer.

B. Restrictions on Gifts and Entertainment.

1. General Policy Statement.

A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of Employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the Company and its clients. The overriding principle is that Employees should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Similarly, Employees should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person.

 

13


2. De minimis gifts and entertainment.

From time to time Employees may receive or accept gifts from third parties. Employees may accept de minimis gifts but shall not give nor accept any gift received that has a total value in excess of $200.00 from any broker/dealer, money manager, or others who transact business with the Company, unless approved by the Chief Compliance Officer. Any such gifts or benefits should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees. Gifts of cash may never be accepted or disbursed by an Employee. In addition, Employees may attend business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a giver, as long as the expense is reasonable and both the giver(s) and the Employee(s) are present.

3. Charitable Gifting.

Employees may receive requests for charitable gifts from or directly related to a client or business relationship. The amount of the charitable gift should never be based upon the level of actual or anticipated business provided by the client or business relationship soliciting a gift. Types of charitable gift recipients include, but are not limited to, all types of charitable organizations, fund raising campaigns, endowments, foundations, etc. The client or business relationship may or may not have direct ties to the recipient of the gift. However, the person requesting a charitable gift should not derive any economic or tangible personal benefit from the gift. This policy applies to charitable gifts made by the Company and those made by Employees of the Company to a client or business relationship. Charitable gifts by the Company or an Employee to the same recipient are limited to not more than $1,000 per gift, and not exceeding two gifts per calendar year, (i.e. not exceeding a total of $2,000 per year). Any Employee seeking to make a gift in excess of these guidelines is required to first seek pre-clearance from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her delegate. Any such charitable gift should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

This policy is not intended to regulate charitable gifting by an Employee that is unrelated to the Company’s business or client relationships. This policy is not intended to apply to expenses that are determined to be primarily marketing related that may also benefit a charity (such as placement of an ad in a charity brochure that is distributed to a large audience). This policy does not apply to an Employee’s personal political contributions. See Section XVII Pay-to-Play of the Compliance Manual for more details regarding political contributions. This policy does not include personal gifts that may have a charitable beneficiary component if such gifts aren’t excessive and so frequent as to cause the appearance of a conflict of interest. Personal gifts of this nature are typically received based on pre-existing personal relationships in recognition of some life event, such as a birthday, anniversary, etc. These types of personal gifts are not given by the Company.

 

14


4. FCPA Considerations

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits, under threat of imprisonment, any officer, agent or Employee of the Company from directly or indirectly paying or giving, offering or promising to pay, giving or authorizing or approving such offer or payment, of any funds, gifts, services or anything else of any value, no matter how small or seemingly insignificant (i) to any foreign official or other person specified below (each, a “Foreign Covered Person”), for the purpose of obtaining business, favorable treatment or other commercial benefits, whether by (a) influencing any act or decision of the Foreign Covered Person in his official capacity, (b) inducing the Foreign Covered Person to do or not do any act in violation of his lawful duty; or (c) inducing the Foreign Covered Person to use his influence to that end with a foreign government or instrumentality; or (ii) with any other agent, intermediary (including, for example, a Foreign Covered Person’s friend, relative, business or law firm) or other person while knowing that all or a portion thereof will directly or indirectly be forwarded to a Foreign Covered Person for such purpose. (Note: Not actually “knowing”, willfully avoiding or disregarding all facts, hints or clues is not a defense.)

a. Foreign Covered Person. A “Foreign Covered Person” for this purpose is any foreign official including, without limitation, any officer or employee of any foreign government or any governmental department, agency or instrumentality (e.g., a central bank) or any government-owned or controlled enterprise (e.g., sovereign wealth fund) or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any such government, department, agency, instrumentality or enterprise). It also includes any foreign political party, party official or candidate for political office. Foreign for this purpose means outside of the United States.

b. Exemptions. There are certain exemptions to the broad prohibitions set forth above. However, these exemptions are very precise and must be discussed with the CCO before they can be invoked. No Employee is to discuss or consider any proscribed activity outlined above without the prior approval of the CCO.

c. Pre-Clearance. No Employee may engage in any activity that would violate the FCPA without the prior approval of the CCO. If an activity would render an analysis of the FCPA to determine whether it would violate the FCPA, such activity must be presented to the CCO to conduct an analysis and for final approval.

IX. WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY

A. General Policy

The Company requires Directors, Officers and Employees to observe high standards of business and personal ethics in the conduct of their duties and responsibilities. All Employees and representatives of the Company, must practice honesty and integrity and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

B. Reporting Responsibility

This Whistleblower Policy is intended to encourage and enable Employees and others to raise serious concerns internally so that the Company can address and correct inappropriate conduct and actions. It is the responsibility of all Directors, Officers, and Employees to report concerns about violations of the Company’s code of ethics or suspected violations of law or regulations that govern the Company’s operations.

 

15


C. No Retaliation

It is contrary to the values of the Company for anyone to retaliate against any Director, Officer, or Employee who in good faith reports an ethics violation, or a suspected violation of law, such as a complaint of discrimination, or suspected fraud, or suspected violation of any regulation governing the operations of the Company. An Employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment.

D. Reporting Procedure

The Company has an open door policy and suggests that Employees share their questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with their supervisor. If you are not comfortable speaking with your supervisor, or you are not satisfied with your supervisor’s response, you are encouraged to speak with the Chief Compliance Officer. Supervisors and managers are required to report complaints or concerns about suspected ethical and legal violations in writing to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee, who has the responsibility to investigate all reported complaints. Employees with concerns or complaints may also submit their concerns in writing using the compliance and employee trade monitoring system accessible to all Employees.

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for ensuring that all complaints about unethical or illegal conduct are investigated and resolved. The Compliance Officer will advise the Chief Executive Officer.

E. Acting in Good Faith

Anyone filing a written complaint concerning a violation or suspected violation must be acting in good faith and have reasonable grounds for believing the information disclosed indicates a violation. Any allegations that prove not to be substantiated and which prove to have been made maliciously or knowingly to be false will be viewed as a serious disciplinary offense.

F. Confidentiality

Violations or suspected violations may be submitted on a confidential basis by the complainant. Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.

G. Handling of Reported Violations

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee will notify the person who submitted a complaint and acknowledge receipt of the reported violation or suspected violation. All reports will be promptly investigated and appropriate corrective action will be taken if warranted by the investigation.

 

16


X. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Importance of Adherence to Code.

It is very important that all Employees adhere strictly to this Code of Ethics. Any violations of such policies and procedures may result in serious sanctions, including dismissal from the Company. Trading violations may also result in disgorgement of profits. See section VIII. D. for more information on sanctions for violations of this Code.

B. LGFA Reporting

On at least an annual basis, the LGFA Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare a written report describing any issues arising under the Code, including information about any material Code violations by Access Persons and any sanctions imposed due to such violations, and submit the information for review by the board of trustees of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust. On an annual basis, LGFA shall certify to the Board of Trustees of the Litman Gregory Funds Trust that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating the Code of Ethics.

C. Annual Circulation/Certification of Receipt of Code and Amendments.

This Code shall be circulated at least annually to all Employees, and at least annually, each Employee shall be asked to certify in writing pursuant to the form attached hereto that he or she has received and followed the Code. Each Employee will also be asked to certify to the receipt of any amendments to the Code circulated during the year.

D. Sanctions

Violations of this Code will result in sanctions, to be determined by a committee composed of the Chief Compliance Officers and two Managing Partners of the Company. Sanctions will be determined based on the frequency and the severity of the violation, and may include:

 

    The applicable Employee meeting with the Chief Compliance Officer and/or the Managing Partner in charge of the Employee’s business unit to review this Code and discuss the nature and extent of the violation;

 

    The violation will be recorded in the Company’s compliance books and records;

 

    A letter will be inserted into the personnel file of the applicable Employee;

 

    The applicable Employee may be required to attend and provide evidence of satisfactory completion of compliance training courses;

 

    The applicable Employee may be required to immediately sell any security purchased in violation of Section VI above;

 

    The applicable Employee may be subject to a fine and/or disgorgement of any profits earned on the purchase or sale of any security in violation of Section VI above, or the personal absorption of any loss on the sale of such security;

 

17


    The applicable Employee may be suspended without pay for a period of time to be determined by the committee; and/or

 

    The offending employee’s employment at the Company may be terminated

 

18

Exhibit (p)(3)

 

LOGO

ALPS Code of Ethics

Amended as of: July 1 st , 2017


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Introduction

     3  

Applicability

     4  

General Standards of Business Conduct

     5  

Conflicts of Interest

     5  

Protecting Confidential Information

     5  

Insider Trading

     5  

Limitation on Trading DST Stock

     6  

Excess Trading

     6  

Gifts and Entertainment

     7  

Improper Payments or Rebates

     8  

Service on a Board of Directors/Outside Business Activities

     9  

Political Contributions

     9  

Personal Securities Transactions – Restrictions & Reporting Requirements

     10  

Access Persons

     10  

Investment Persons

     13  

Sanctions

     17  

Compliance and Supervisory Procedures

     18  

Appendix A – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds (updated June 30, 2016)

     21  

Appendix B – Sub-Advisers to ALPS Advisors, Inc. (Updated March 31, 2017)

     22  

Appendix C – Glossary of Defined Terms*

     23  

 

* Capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meaning attributed in Appendix C attached hereto (i.e. Glossary of defined terms)

 

2


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Introduction

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been adopted by ALPS Holdings, Inc. and applies to its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as “ALPS”). The Code is designed to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). By adopting and adhering to a code that meets the applicable requirements under the Advisers Act and 1940 Act, it is intended that ALPS employees who are deemed to be Access Persons and/or Investment Persons, will not also be subject to duplicative reporting requirements under various other codes for fund companies for which they may serve as an officer or are otherwise deemed to be an Access Person. However, all such persons should check with each company’s Compliance or Legal representatives to confirm their status.

ALPS and its employees are subject to certain laws, rules and regulations governing personal securities trading, conflicts of interest, treatment of client assets and information, generally prohibiting fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct. The Code is designed to ensure compliance with these. The actual requirements of the Code may vary depending on the employee’s business role of respective subsidiary so care should be taken by each employee to understand how the Code applies to them.    

Employees who are also registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) as a Registered Representative may have additional requirements and/or restrictions in addition to those described herein. Those Registered Representatives should consult their Written Supervisory Procedures for additional requirements.

ALPS and its employees are prohibited from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct. The Code is designed to reinforce ALPS’ reputation for integrity by avoiding even the appearance of impropriety in the conduct of our business. This Code was developed to promote the highest standards of behavior and ensure compliance with applicable laws.

Employees are required to report any known violations of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer of ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“AFS CCO”). This includes violations that come to your attention that may have been inadvertent and/or violations that other employees may have committed. The AFS CCO (or a designee) will promptly investigate the matter and take action if needed. There will be no retribution against any employee for making such a report, and every effort will be made to protect the identity of the reporting employee. There may be additional provisions for reporting violations that are covered under applicable policies and employees should make themselves familiar with these policies or consult with AFS’ CCO.    

Employees should be aware that they may be held personally liable for any improper or illegal acts committed during their course of employment, and that “ignorance of the law” is not a defense. All ALPS employees are expected to read the Code carefully and observe and adhere to its guidance at all times. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Code may result in serious sanctions including, but not limited to: disgorgement of profits, termination, personal criminal or civil liability and referral to law enforcement agencies or other regulatory agencies.

The provisions of the Code are not all-inclusive. Rather, they are intended as a guide for employees of ALPS in their conduct. In those situations where an employee may be uncertain as to the intent or purpose of the Code, they are advised to consult with the AFS CCO. All questions arising in connection with personal securities trading should be resolved in favor of the Client, even at the expense of the interests of employees.

The AFS CCO will periodically report to senior management/board of directors of ALPS and the respective fund boards where ALPS serves in the capacity of investment adviser and/or distributor to document compliance or non-compliance with this Code. Each employee is responsible for knowing their responsibilities under the Code.

 

3


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Applicability

ALPS Employees

This Code is applicable to all ALPS employees. This includes full-time, part-time, benefited and non-benefited, officers, directors, exempt and non-exempt personnel. Additionally, each new employee’s offer letter will include a copy of the Code of Ethics and a statement advising the individual that he/she will be subject to the Code of Ethics if he/she accepts the offer of employment. Employees with access to certain information (as described herein) may also be deemed to be “Access Persons” or “Investment Persons and be subject to additional restrictions, limitations, reporting requirements and other policies and procedures. All ALPS employees have an obligation to promptly notify the Administrator of the Code of Ethics if there is a change to their duties, responsibilities or title which affects their reporting status under the code. All ALPS employees have an obligation to promptly notify the Administrator of the Code of Ethics if there is a change to their duties, responsibilities, or title which affects their reporting status under the Code.

Family Members and Related Parties

The Code applies to the Accounts of each employee, his/her spouse or domestic partner, his/her minor children, his/her immediate family members residing in the same household as the employee (e.g. adult children or parents living at home), and any relative, person or entity for whom the employee directs the investments or securities trading.

Contractors and Consultants

ALPS contractor/consultant/temporary employee contracts may include the Code as an addendum, and each contractor/consultant/temporary employee may be required to sign an acknowledgement that he/she has read the Code and will abide by it. Certain sections might not be applicable.

 

4


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

General Standards of Business Conduct

All employees are subject to and expected to abide by the Code including, but not limited to, the General Standards of Business Conduct and all reporting requirements outlined herein.

Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest is a situation where our personal loyalties or interests may be at odds with those of ALPS, its subsidiaries, or its clients or where our position at ALPS affords us improper personal benefits. When determining whether or not a conflict exists, make sure to consider not only your own activities, but also those of your family members and related parties.

Employees may not act on behalf of ALPS or its clients in any Securities Transaction or other transfer or receipt of property, services or benefits involving other persons or organizations where such employee may have any financial or a other interest without prior approval from the AFS CCO.

Protecting Confidential Information

Employees may receive information about ALPS, its Clients and other parties that, for various reasons, should be treated as confidential. Employees have an obligation to safeguard personal client or fellow employee personal information and material non-public information regarding ALPS and its Clients. Accordingly, employees may not disclose current portfolio holdings, Fund Transactions, or Securities Transactions proxy vote or corporate action made or contemplated, personal client or fellow employee personal information or any other non-public information to anyone outside of ALPS, without approval from the AFS CCO or the Ethics Committee. All employees are expected to strictly comply with measures necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the information. Refer to applicable ALPS and DST policies for additional information.

Insider Trading

The misuse of Material Nonpublic Information, or inside information, constitutes fraud under the securities laws of the United States and many other countries. Anyone aware of Material Nonpublic Information (or inside information) may not trade in, recommend, or in some cases refrain from selling those securities whether directly, through a third party, for a personal account, ALPS or the account of any ALPS’ Client.

No employee may cause ALPS or a Client to take action, or to fail to take action, for personal benefit, rather than to benefit ALPS or such Client. For example, a person would violate this Code by causing a Client to purchase securities owned by the Access Person for the purpose of supporting or increasing the price of that security or by causing a Client to refrain from selling securities in an attempt to protect a personal investment, such as an option on that security.

As a general rule, we should consider all information we learn about our clients, proprietary products, DST, or other companies in the course of our employment to be material nonpublic information unless it has been fully disclosed to the public.

In addition, employees must not engage in tipping. Tipping occurs when one individual (the tipper) passes Material Nonpublic information to another (the tippee) under circumstances that suggest the tipper was trying to help the tippee make a profit or avoid a loss in exchange for some benefit to the tipper. The benefit does not have to be pecuniary and could result from a family or personal relationship. In this situation, both the tipper and the tippee may be liable, and this liability may extend to everyone to whom the tippee discloses the information.

 

5


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Employees may not engage in “front running,” that is, the purchase or sale of securities for their own accounts on the basis of their knowledge of a Fund’s Transactions or planned Transactions.

Trading activity will be monitored by the Administrator of the Code of Ethics for Access and Investment persons as described.

Limitation on Trading DST Stock

In addition to Insider Trading restrictions, some DST stock transactions are prohibited altogether as described below.

DST Stock Transactions that are prohibited by this Policy

Short sales

Employees may never engage in a short sale of DST’s securities. A short sale is a sale of securities the seller does not own or, if owned, is not delivered against the sale within 20 days (a short sale against the box) . Short sales of DST’s securities show the seller’s expectation that the securities will decline in value. Therefore, these sales signal to the market that the seller has no confidence in DST or its short-term prospects. In addition, short sales may reduce the seller’s incentive to improve DST’s performance. For these reasons, short sales of DST securities are not permitted.

Option trades

Employees may not take part in certain option trades that are more profitable as DST stock declines in value. Employees may not:

 

    Purchase a put option on DST securities

 

    Write a call option on DST securities

Hedging transactions

Employees must not enter into hedging transactions, as these transactions may permit the employee to continue to own DST securities without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the employee may no longer have the same objectives as other DST stockholders. For that reason, employees must not enter into prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds or other similar hedging or monetization transactions involving DST stock.

Margin accounts and pledges

Holding or pledging DST securities as collateral in margin accounts are not permitted.

Blackout Period

Certain employees may be restricted from buying or selling shares of DST during specified blackout periods or required to pre-clear transactions of DST shares. If either or both restrictions apply, employees will be contacted directly by DST regarding the restrictions and when blackout periods occur.

Excess Trading

While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity (as determined by ALPS based on the facts and circumstances) is strongly discouraged. A pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate corrective or restrictive action under the Code.

 

6


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Gifts and Entertainment

Gifts or Entertainment may create an actual or apparent conflict of interest, which could affect (or appear to affect) the recipients’ independent business judgment. Therefore, ALPS has established reasonable limits and procedures relating to the giving and receiving of Gifts and Entertainment.

All employees are required to follow the standards below regarding the acceptance or giving of gifts and entertainment with respect to all Business Partners. Every circumstance where gifts or entertainment may be given or received may not be listed below however, ALPS employees are expected to avoid any gifts or entertainment that:

 

    Could create an apparent or actual conflict,

 

    Is excessive or would reflect unfavorably on ALPS or its Clients, or

 

    Would be inappropriate or disreputable nature.

A Gift is anything of value that is given with the intent to foster a legitimate business relationship. Gifts can include merchandise such as wine, gift baskets, or tickets if the giver does not attend.

Entertainment is a meeting, meal or other activity where both you and the business partner are present and have the opportunity to discuss business or any participant’s employer bears the cost. It does not include events that have been organized by ALPS directly, such as receptions following an industry gathering or multi-client entertainment. If the Business Partner will not be present for the event it will be considered a gift.

A Business Partner, for the purpose of this Code, includes all current Clients and vendors with which ALPS Holdings conducts business, any potential clients or vendors with whom ALPS could engage in business with, any registered broker/dealers, and any firms under contract to do business with ALPS Holdings or our subsidiaries.

The Value of any Gifts or Entertainment given or received must be the greater of cost or market value. If the cost or market value is not easily determined an employee can estimate the approximate value or request further guidance from the CCO or designee.

All Disclosures of applicable gifts or entertainment must be disclosed via the Gifts Request Form found on SchwabCT.com. Unless otherwise indicated, this should be done on a quarterly basis along with regular quarterly Code requirements. Some Gifts or Entertainment may require prior approval

All Approvals, unless otherwise indicated, must come from the appropriate CCO or designee. Due to the nature of gift-giving and the impromptu nature of some Entertainment, approval for ALPS employees accepting such items may often be after the fact. However, to the extent feasible, any required approvals should be obtained before accepting Gifts or Entertainment. If a gift request is not approved and returning or rejecting the item would negatively affect the business relationship the gift should be turned over to the appropriate CCO. The gift will then be donated to a charity of the Ethics Committee’s choosing.

 

Gifts to be Given/Received by ALPS Employees

  

Approval/Disclosure Required

Cash or Cash Equivalent    Prohibited from giving or receiving
Gifts received from the same Business Partner which would aggregate less than $100/twelve months    Quarterly disclosure required, no approval required
Gifts received from the same Business Partner which would aggregate equal/more than    Approval required, Quarterly disclosure required, strictly
$100/twelve months    prohibited for FINRA registered reps
Promotional gifts such as those that bear a logo valued less than $50    Quarterly disclosure not required, approval not required

 

7


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Gifts given to or received by a wide group of recipients (e.g. gift basket to a department) that are reasonable in nature    Quarterly disclosure not required, approval not required
Gifts given on behalf of ALPS Holdings or its    Indication of who received the gift must be included via regular
subsidiaries (from an ALPS budget)    expense reports, gifts must be reasonable in nature
Gifts of any value given or received by Investment    Must be pre-cleared with their immediate supervisor and the
Persons (as defined in Glossary) to or from a    AAI CCO (or designee)
broker/dealer   

Entertainment provided by and for ALPS employees

  

Approval/Disclosure Required

Entertainment provided on behalf of ALPS or its subsidiaries (from an ALPS budget) valued at $250 or less per person per event    Indication of who was present must be included via expense reports
Entertainment provided to an ALPS employee at    Quarterly disclosure required (excluding entertainment of de
$250 or less per person per event    minimis value—below approx. $50), no approval required
Entertainment provided on behalf of ALPS or its    Typically not allowed, Approval required, Indication of whow as present must be included via expense reports
subsidiaries (from an ALPS budget) valued at equal/more than $250 per person per event   
Entertainment provided to an ALPS employee at    Typically not allowed, Approval required, Quarterly disclosure
equal/more than $250 per person per event    required
Attendance and participation at industry sponsored events    No approval required, no disclosure required
Entertainment of any value given or received by    Must be pre-cleared with their immediate supervisor and the
Investment Persons (as defined on page 5) to or from a broker/dealer    AAI CCO (or designee)

Improper Payments or Rebates

Associates must not offer or receive gratuities, bribes, kickbacks, or improper rebates from public officials, officials of foreign governments, competitors or suppliers.

Pursuant to the Foreign Corruption Practices Act (“FCPA”), employees are prohibited from making or offering to make any payment to or for the benefit of any Foreign Official if the purpose of such payment is to improperly influence or induce that Foreign Official to obtain or retain business for the company (a so-called bribe or kickback). All payments, whether large or small, are prohibited if they are, in essence, bribes or kickbacks, including:

 

    cash payments

 

    gifts

 

    entertainment

 

    services

 

    amenities

If an employee is unsure about whether he/she are being asked to make an improper payment, he/she should not make the payment. Employees must promptly report to the AFS CCO any request made by a Foreign Official for a payment that would be prohibited under the guidelines set above and any other actions taken to induce such a payment. If you have any questions or need any guidance, please contact the AFS CCO.

 

8


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Service on a Board of Directors/Outside Business Activities

All employees are required to comply with the following provisions:

 

    Employees are to avoid any business activity, outside employment or professional service that competes with ALPS or conflicts with the interests of ALPS or its Clients.

 

    An employee is required to obtain the approval from the AFS CCO, or designee, prior to becoming an employee, director, officer, partner, sole proprietor of a “for profit” organization, or otherwise compensated by an entity outside of ALPS. The request for approval should disclose the name of the organization, the nature of the business, whether any conflicts of interest could reasonably result from the association, whether fees, income or other compensation will be earned and whether there are any relationships between the organization and ALPS.

 

    Employees may not accept any personal fiduciary appointments such as administrator, executor or trustee other than those arising from family or other close personal relationships.

 

    Employees may not use ALPS resources, including computers, software, proprietary information, letterhead and other property in connection with any employment or other activity outside ALPS.

 

    Employees must disclose a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict with ALPS or Clients and discuss how to control the risk.

When completing the quarterly Code requirements, employees may be asked to disclose all outside affiliations. Any director/trustee positions with public companies or companies with the potential to become public are prohibited without prior written approval of the AFS CCO or designee.

Political Contributions

All political activities of employees must be kept separate from employment and expenses may not be charged to ALPS. Employees may not use ALPS facilities for political campaign purposes.

All employees who are deemed Covered Associates are required to comply with the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act as well as the Political Contributions Policy within AAI’s Compliance Program. Spouses and household family members of each Covered Associate are also subject to the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5 and this Political Contribution Policy, including pre-approval and reporting requirements.

Covered Associates are prohibited from making political contributions on behalf of AAI or individually in their capacity as a covered associate unless their contribution is within the de minimis exception. The de minimis exception permits contributions according to the following guidelines:

 

    Up to $350 per candidate per election cycle, to incumbents or candidates for whom they are eligible to vote

 

    Up to $150 per candidate per election cycle, to other incumbents or candidates

Covered Associates will be required to obtain a pre-approval for all political contributions, including but not limited to those noted above.    

On a quarterly basis, the AAI CCO, or designee, will request a reporting of political contributions during the previous quarter by all Covered Associates. The reporting should include contributions by spouses, household family members and all contributions by other parties (lawyers, affiliated companies, acquaintances, etc.) directed by the Covered Associate. The report should include the individual or election committee receiving the contribution, the office for which the individual is running, the current elected office held, if any, the dollar amount of the contribution or value of the donated item and whether or not the Covered Associate is eligible to vote for the candidate. The Covered Associate report must be completed within 30 days of each quarter end so that if an inadvertent political contribution (of $350.00 or less) has been made to an official for whom the Covered Associate is not entitled to vote, the contributor may be required to request the return of the contribution in order to avoid the two year compensation ban against AAI.

 

9


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Personal Securities Transactions – Restrictions & Reporting Requirements

Access Persons

Trading Restrictions

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)— Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering (“IPO”). Exceptions may be made with prior written disclosure to and written approval from the AFS CCO, whereby an Access Person could acquire shares in an IPO of his/her employer.

Limited or Private Offerings— Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing securities in a private offering unless the purchase is approved in writing by the AFS CCO. Private placements include certain co-operative investments in real estate, commingled investment vehicles such as hedge funds, and investments in family owned businesses. Time-shares and cooperative investments in real estate used as a primary or secondary residence are not considered to be private placements.

Investment Clubs— Access Persons are prohibited from participating in investment clubs unless such membership is approved in writing by the AFS CCO. An investment club is any group of people who pool their money to make joint or group investments.

Short-Term Trading— Access Persons are prohibited from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of the same Proprietary Products within a sixty (60) calendar day holding period (ALPS is the investment Adviser).

Account Restrictions

Managed Accounts – Access Persons are restricted from establishing an external managed account (also referred to as a discretionary account) with any adviser that conducts business with ALPS Advisors, Inc.    See Appendix B for a list of advisers that work with AAI.

Reporting Requirements

Access Persons are subject to the following Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reporting requirements unless specifically exempted by Rule 204A-1 or 17j-1. Access persons are required to disclose any account in which securities transactions can be effected and in which the Access person has a beneficial interest (as further defined on page 6).

All Covered Securities are subject to the reporting requirements of the Code. Covered Securities will include all Securities as well as all Proprietary Products, any equivalents in local non-US jurisdictions, single stock futures, and both the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulated futures. For purposes of the Code, Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) (36) of the 1940 Act. This definition of Security includes, but is not limited to:

 

    Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement,

 

    Any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any Security or on any group or index of Securities,

 

    Any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency,

 

    Any exchange-traded vehicle (including, but not limited to, closed-end mutual funds, exchange-traded notes and exchange-traded funds),

 

10


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

    Any commodity contracts as defined in Section 2(a) (1) (A) of the Commodity Exchange Act. Including but not limited to futures contracts on equity indices,

 

    Any derivative of a Security shall also be considered a Security.

The following securities are exempt from the reporting requirements:

 

    Transactions made in an account where the employee, pursuant to a valid legal instrument, has given full investment discretion to an unaffiliated/unrelated third party

 

    Direct Obligations of any government of the United States;

 

    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

    Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;

 

    Variable and fixed insurance products;

 

    Non Proprietary Product open-end mutual funds;

 

    Qualified tuition programs pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

    Accounts that are strictly limited to any of the above transactions.

 

  a. Initial Holdings Reports for Access Persons

Within ten (10) calendar days of being designated as, or determined to be, an Access Person (which may be upon hire), each such person must provide a statement of all Covered Securities holdings and financial accounts. More specifically, each such person must provide the following information:

 

    The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an employee;

 

    The name of any financial institution with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the person became an employee; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

  b. Duplicate Statements/Electronic Feeds

All new employees and any new account(s) opened by existing employees after April 1, 2015 shall be limited to the financial institutions listed in Appendix A – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds of the Code.

If an account is held with a financial institution that does not supply electronic feeds to ALPS, new employees who are deemed an Access Person will have 30 calendar days to close or transfer the existing account and are asked to only open an account with a firm listed in Appendix A of the Code.

Existing employees hired prior to April 1, 2015, who are deemed an Access Person, with existing accounts can maintain those accounts and continue satisfying their quarterly reporting requirements in the system as they have in the past. However, existing employees will only be allowed to open any new accounts with financial institutions listed in Appendix A of the Code.

 

  c. Quarterly Transaction Reports

Each Access Person is required to submit quarterly his/her Quarterly Securities Report within thirty (30) calendar days of each calendar quarter end. If no transactions were executed or if transactions were exempt from reporting, this should be noted on the quarterly report.

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

11


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

1. With respect to any Securities Transaction* during the quarter in a Covered Security in which any employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

    The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Security involved;

 

    The nature of the transaction, (i.e., purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

    The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

    The name of the financial institution with or through which transaction was effected; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

* Transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan need not be reported in the Quarterly Securities Report but holdings in Covered Securities are subject to the annual holdings reporting requirement discussed below.

2. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

 

    The name of the financial institution with whom the employee established the account;

 

    The date the account was established; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

  d. Annual Holdings Reports

Each Access Person is required to submit annually (i.e., once each and every calendar year) a list of applicable holdings, which is current as of a date no more than forty five (45) calendar days before the report is submitted. In addition, each employee is required to certify annually that he/she has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Code.

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

    The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

    The name of any financial institution with whom the employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

12


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Investment Persons

Trading Restrictions

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)— Investment Persons are prohibited from acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering (“IPO”). Exceptions may be made with prior written disclosure to and written approval from the AFS CCO, whereby an Investment Person could acquire shares in an IPO of his/her employer.

Limited or Private Offerings— Investment Persons are prohibited from purchasing securities in a private offering unless the purchase is approved in writing by the AFS CCO. Private placements include certain co-operative investments in real estate, commingled investment vehicles such as hedge funds, and investments in family owned businesses. Time-shares and cooperative investments in real estate used as a primary or secondary residence are not considered to be private placements.

Investment Clubs - Investment Persons are prohibited from participating in investment clubs unless such membership is approved in writing by the AFS CCO. An investment club is any group of people who pool their money to make joint or group investments.

Options— Investment Persons are not prohibited from buying or selling options on Covered Securities, however all other trading restrictions such as limitations on short-term and excess trading and pre-clearance apply to Investment Persons buying, selling or exercising options.

Short-Term Trading— Investment Persons are prohibited from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of the same Covered Securities within thirty (30) calendar days. In addition, all Proprietary Products are subject to a sixty (60) calendar day holding period (ALPS is the investment Adviser).

Blackout Period – Blackout periods may be determined and established by the AFS CCO. Any such periods will be communicated to all affected persons as necessary.

Shorting of Securities— Investment Persons are not prohibited from the practice of short selling securities, however all other trading restrictions such as limitations on short-term and excess trading and pre-clearance apply to Investment Persons shorting of securities.

Restricted List —Investment Persons of Red Rocks Capital, LLC (“Red Rocks”) may not purchase or sell any security that Red Rocks holds or is being considered for purchase or sale by the Red Rocks Research Department for any account in which he/she has any beneficial interest. The list of Restricted Securities (the “Restricted List”) includes the Red Rocks Listed Private EquitySM Universe of securities and their subsidiaries.

Account Restrictions

Managed Accounts – Investment Persons are restricted from establishing an external managed account (also referred to as a discretionary account) with any adviser that conducts business with ALPS Advisors, Inc. See Appendix B for a list of advisers that work with AAI. See Appendix B for a list of advisers that work with AAI.

Pre-Clearance

Unless the investment transaction is exempted from pre-clearance requirements all Investment Persons must request and receive pre-clearance prior to engaging in the purchase or sale of a Covered Security.

 

13


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Pre-clearance approval is only good until midnight local time of the day after approval is obtained. “Good-till-Cancelled” orders are not permitted. “Limit” orders must receive pre-clearance every day the order is open.

As there could be many reasons for pre-clearance being granted or denied, Investment Persons should not infer from the pre-clearance response anything regarding the security for which pre-clearance was requested.

Exempted Securities/Transactions

Pre-clearance by Investment Persons is not required for the following transactions:

 

    Transactions that meet the de minimis exception (defined below);

 

    Transactions made in an account where the employee, pursuant to a valid legal instrument, has given full investment discretion to an unaffiliated/unrelated third party;

 

    Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the government of the United States or other sovereign government or supra-national agency, high quality short-term debt instruments, bankers acceptances, certificates of deposit (“CDs”), commercial paper, repurchase agreements;

 

    Automatic investments in programs where the investment decisions are non-discretionary after the initial selections by the account owner (although the initial selection requires pre-clearance);

 

    Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;

 

    Exercised rights, warrants or tender offers;

 

    General obligation municipal bonds;

 

    Transactions in Employee Stock Ownership Programs (“ESOPs”);

 

    Securities received via a gift or inheritance; and

 

    Non-Proprietary Product open-end mutual funds.

De Minimis Exception

A De Minimis transaction is a personal trade that meets the following conditions: (a) less than $25,000; and (b) is made with no knowledge that a Client Fund have purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Client Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, transactions that fall under the de minimis exception should not be so frequent and repetitive in nature that in totality the transactions appear to be improperly avoiding the intent of the de minimis exception. The AAI CCO may require an Investment Person to pre-clear transactions regardless of if the transaction falls under the de minimis exception should the AAI CCO deem reasonable and appropriate. Further, transactions effected pursuant to the de minimis exception remain subject to reporting requirements of the Code.

Serving on a Board of Directors

Investment Personnel may not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior written authorization from the Ethics Committee. No such service shall be approved without a finding by the Ethics Committee that the board service would be consistent with the interests of Clients. If board service is authorized by the Ethics Committee, in some instances, it may be required that the Investment Personnel serving as a Director may be isolated from making investment decisions with respect to the company involved through the use of “Chinese Walls” or other procedures.

Reporting Requirements

Investment Persons are subject to the following Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reporting requirements unless specifically exempted by Rule 204A-1 or 17j-1. Investment persons are required to disclose any account in which securities transactions can be effected and in which the Access person has a beneficial interest (as further defined on page 5).

 

14


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

All Covered Securities are subject to the reporting requirements of the Code. Covered Securities will include all Securities as well as all Client Funds, any equivalents in local non-US jurisdictions, single stock futures, and both the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulated futures. For purposes of the Code, Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) (36) of the 1940 Act. This definition of Security includes, but is not limited to:

 

    Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement,

 

    Any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any Security or on any group or index of Securities,

 

    Any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency,

 

    Any exchange-traded vehicle (including, but not limited to, closed-end mutual funds, exchange-traded notes and exchange-traded funds),

 

    Any commodity contracts as defined in Section 2(a) (1) (A) of the Commodity Exchange Act. Including but not limited to futures contracts on equity indices,

 

    Any derivative of a Security shall also be considered a Security.

The following securities are exempt from the reporting requirements:

 

    Transactions made in an account where the employee, pursuant to a valid legal instrument, has given full investment discretion to an unaffiliated/unrelated third party;

 

    Direct Obligations of any sovereign government or supra-national agency;

 

    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

    Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;

 

    Variable and fixed insurance products;

 

    Non Proprietary Product open-end mutual funds;

 

    Qualified tuition programs pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

    Accounts that are strictly limited to any of the above transactions.

 

  a. Initial Holdings Reports for Investment

Within ten (10) calendar days of being designated as, or determined to be, an Investment Person (which may be upon hire), each such person must provide a statement of all Covered Securities holdings and brokerage accounts. More specifically, each such person must provide the following information:

 

    The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an employee;

 

    The name of any financial institution with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the person became an employee; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

  b. Duplicate Statements/ Electronic Feeds

All new employees and any new account(s) opened by existing employees after April 1, 2015 shall be limited to the financial institutions listed in Appendix A – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds of the Code.

If an account is held with a financial institution that does not supply electronic feeds to ALPS, new employees who are deemed an Investment Person will have 30 calendar days to close or transfer the existing account and are asked to only open an account with a firm listed in Appendix A of the Code.

 

15


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Existing employees hired prior to April 1, 2015, who are deemed an Investment Person, with existing accounts can maintain those accounts and continue satisfying their quarterly reporting requirements in the system as they have in the past. However, existing employees will only be allowed to open any new accounts with financial institutions listed in Appendix A of the Code.

 

  c. Quarterly Transaction Reports

Each Investment Person is required to submit quarterly his/her Quarterly Securities Report within thirty (30) calendar days of each calendar quarter end. If no transactions were executed or if transactions were exempt from reporting, this should be noted on the quarterly report.

Specific information to be provided includes:

1. With respect to any Securities Transaction* during the quarter in a Covered Security in which any employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

    The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Security involved;

 

    The nature of the transaction, (i.e., purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

    The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

    The name of the financial institution with or through which transaction was effected; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

*Transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan need not be reported in the Quarterly Securities Report but holdings in Covered Securities are subject to the annual holdings reporting requirement discussed below.

2. With respect to any account established by the employee in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee:

 

    The name of the financial institution with whom the employee established the account;

 

    The date the account was established; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

  d. Annual Holdings Reports

Each Investment Person is required to submit annually (i.e., once each and every calendar year) a list of applicable holdings, which is current as of a date no more than forty five (45) calendar days before the report is submitted. In addition, each employee is required to certify annually that he/she has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Code.

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

    The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

    The name of any financial institution with whom the employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

16


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Sanctions

Upon discovering a violation of this Code by an employee, family member, or related party sanctions as deemed appropriate may be imposed. Including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    A written warning with a copy provided to the employee’s direct report;

 

    Monetary fines and/or disgorgement of profits when an employee profits on the trading of a security deemed to be in violation of the Code;

 

    Suspension of the employment;

 

    Termination of the employment; or

 

    Referral to the SEC or other civil regulatory authorities determined by ALPS.

Violations and proposed sanctions will be documented by the Administrator of the Code of Ethics and will be submitted to the appropriate CCO for review and approval. In some cases, the Code of Ethics Committee may assist in determining the materiality of the violation and appropriate sanctions. Records of all reviews are the responsibility of and will be maintained by the Administrator of the Code of Ethics.    

In determining the materiality of the violation, among other considerations, the CCO may review:

 

    Indications of fraud, neglect or indifference to Code of Ethics provisions;

 

    Evidence of violation of law, policy or guideline;

 

    Frequency of repeat violations;

 

    Level of influence of the violator; and

 

    Any mitigating circumstances that may exist.

In assessing the appropriate penalties, other factors considered may include:

 

    The extent of harm (actual or potential) to client interests;

 

    The extent of personal benefit or profit;

 

    Prior record of the violator;

 

    The degree to which there is a personal benefit or perceived benefit from unique knowledge obtained through employment with ALPS;

 

    The level of accurate, honest and timely cooperation from the violator; and

 

    Any mitigating circumstances that may exist.

Appeals Process

If an employee decides to appeal a sanction, they should contact the Administrator of the Code of Ethics who will refer the issue to the appropriate CCO for their review and consideration. Any appeals submitted by an employee will be kept along with records of the violation and actions taken.

 

17


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Compliance and Supervisory Procedures

The AFS CCO, or designee, is responsible for implementing supervisory and compliance review procedures. Supervisory procedures can be divided into two classifications: prevention of violations and detection of violations. Compliance review procedures include preparation of special and annual reports, record maintenance and review, and confidentiality preservation.

Prevention of Violations

To prevent violations of the Rules, the AFS CCO or designee should, in addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

 

  1. Review and update the procedures as necessary, at least once annually, including but not limited to a review of the Code by the AFS CCO, the Ethics Committee and/or counsel;

 

  2. Answer questions regarding the Code;

 

  3. Request from all persons upon commencement of services, and annually thereafter, any applicable forms and reports as required by the procedures;

 

  4. Identify all Access Persons and Investment Persons, and notify them of their responsibilities and reporting requirements;

 

  5. With such assistance from the Human Resources Department as may be appropriate, maintain a continuing education program consisting of the following:

 

    Orienting employees who are new to ALPS and the Rules; and

 

    Continually educating employees by distributing applicable materials and offering training to all employees on at least an annual basis.

Detection of Violations

To detect violations of these procedures, the AFS CCO, or designee, should, in addition to enforcing the policies, implement procedures to review holding and transaction reports, forms and statements relative to applicable restrictions, as provided under the Code.

Compliance Procedures

Reports of Potential Deviations or Violations

Upon learning of a potential deviation from or violation of the policies, the AFS CCO shall either present the information at the next regular meeting of the Ethics Committee or conduct a special meeting. The Ethics Committee shall thereafter take such action as it deems appropriate (see Penalty Guidelines).

Annual Reports

The AFS CCO shall prepare a written report to the Ethics Committee and Senior Management at least annually. The written report shall include any certification required by Rule 17j-1. This report shall set forth the following information:

 

    Copies of the Code, as revised, including a summary of any changes made since the last report;

 

    Identification of any material issues including material violations requiring significant remedial action since the last report;

 

    Identification of any immaterial violations as deemed appropriate by the AFS CCO;

 

18


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

    Identification of any material conflicts arising since the last report; and

 

    Recommendations, if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under these Rules, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

Records

ALPS shall maintain the following records:

 

    A copy of this Code and any amendment thereof which is or at any time within the past five years has been in effect;

 

    A record of any violation of this Code, or any amendment thereof, and any action taken as a result of such violation;

 

    Files for personal securities account statements, all reports and other forms submitted by employees pursuant to these Rules and any other pertinent information;

 

    A list of all persons who are, or have been, required to submit reports pursuant to this Code;

 

    A list of persons who are, or within the last five years have been responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports; and

 

    A copy of each report produced pursuant to this Code.

Inspection

The records and reports maintained by ALPS pursuant to the Rules shall at all times be available for inspection, without prior notice, by any member of the Ethics Committee.

Confidentiality

All procedures, reports and records monitored, prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code shall be considered confidential and proprietary to ALPS and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Code, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than to members of the Ethics Committee or as requested.

The Ethics Committee

The purpose of this section is to describe the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee was created to provide an effective mechanism for monitoring compliance with the standards and procedures contained in the Rules and to take appropriate action at such times as violations or potential violations are discovered.

Membership of the Ethics Committee

The Committee consists of the Chief Compliance Officer(s) of ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., ALPS Advisors, Inc., and ALPS Fund Services, Inc., the Human Resources Director of ALPS Fund Services, Inc., the President(s) of ALPS Fund Services, Inc., ALPS Advisors, Inc., ALPS Portfolio Solutions Distributor, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc., the Chief Operating Officer of ALPS Fund Services, Inc., and ALPS General Counsel.

The AFS CCO currently serves as the Chairman of the Committee. The composition of the Committee may be changed from time-to-time and the Committee may seek input of other employees concerning matters related to this Code as they deem appropriate.

 

19


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Committee Meetings

The Committee shall meet approximately every six months, or as often as necessary, to review operation of this Code and to consider technical deviations from operational procedures, inadvertent oversights or any other potential violation of the Rules. Deviations alternatively may be addressed by including them in the employee’s personnel records maintained by ALPS. Committee meetings are primarily intended for consideration of the general operation of the compliance procedures as well as for substantive or serious departures from the standards and procedures in the Rules.

Other persons may attend a Committee meeting, at the discretion of the Committee, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. Any individual whose conduct has given rise to the meeting may also be called upon, but shall not have the right, to appear before the Committee. It is not required that minutes of Committee meetings be maintained; in lieu of minutes the Committee may issue a report describing any action taken. The report shall be included in the confidential file maintained by the AFS CCO with respect to the particular employee whose conduct has been the subject of the meeting.

If a Committee member has committed, or is the subject of, a violation, he or she shall not be considered a voting member of the Committee or be involved in the review or decisions of the Committee with respect to his or her activities, or sanctions.    

Special Discretion

The Committee shall have the authority by unanimous action to exempt any person or class of persons or transaction or class of transactions from all or a portion of the Rules provided that:

 

    The Committee determines, on advice of counsel, that the particular application of all or a portion of the Code is not legally required;

 

    The Committee determines that the likelihood of any abuse of the Code by such exempted person(s) or as a result of such exempted transaction is remote;

 

    The terms or conditions upon which any such exemption is granted is evidenced in writing; and

 

    The exempted person(s) agrees to execute and deliver to the AFS CCO, at least annually, a signed Acknowledgment Form, which Acknowledgment shall, by operation of this provision, describe such exemptions and the terms and conditions upon which it was granted.

The Committee shall also have the authority by unanimous action to impose such additional requirements or restrictions as it, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate or necessary, as outlined in the Sanctions Guidelines.

Any exemption, and any additional requirement or restriction, may be withdrawn by the Committee at any time (such withdrawal action is not required to be unanimous).

 

20


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Appendix A – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds (updated June 30, 2016)

 

    Charles Schwab

 

    Edward Jones

 

    E-Trade

 

    Fidelity

 

    Interactive Brokers

 

    Merrill Lynch

 

    Morgan Stanley

 

    OptionsXpress

 

    RBC Capital Markets

 

    Scottrade

 

    TD Ameritrade

 

    UBS

 

    Vanguard

 

    Wells Fargo

 

21


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Appendix B – Sub-Advisers to ALPS Advisors, Inc. (Updated March 31, 2017)

 

    Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

 

    Clough Capital Partners, LP

 

    CoreCommodity Management, LLC

 

    Congress Asset Management Company

 

    Delaware Investment Fund Advisers

 

    Kotak Mahindra (UK) Limited

 

    Metis Global Partners, LLC

 

    Morningstar Investment Management LLC

 

    Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC

 

    Pzena Investment Management, LLC

 

    Red Rocks Capital, LLC

 

    RiverFront Investment Group, LLC

 

    RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

 

    Stadion Money Management, LLC

 

    Sterling Global Strategies, LLC

 

    Sustainable Growth Advisers, LP

 

    TCW Investment Management Company

 

    Weatherbie Capital, LLC

 

    Wellington Management Company, LLP

Revised as of March 31, 2017

 

22


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Appendix C – Glossary of Defined Terms*

Access Person Any Director, Trustee, Officer, Partner, Investment Person, or Employee of ALPS Holdings Inc., who:

 

    has access to non-public information regarding any Clients’ Transactions, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any fund(s) of a Client or any ALPS fund(s) or fund(s) of a subsidiary;

 

    is involved in making Securities Transactions recommendations to Clients, or has access to such recommendations that are non-public;

 

    in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding a Fund’s Transactions or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to a Fund’s Transactions;

 

    obtains information regarding a Fund’s Transactions or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to a Fund’s Transactions; or

 

    any other person designated by the AFS CCO or the Ethics Committee has having access to non-public information.

Account - Any accounts in which Securities (as defined below) transactions can be effected including:

 

    any accounts held by any employee;

 

    accounts of the employee’s immediate family members (any relative by blood or marriage) living in the employee’s household or is financially dependent;

 

    accounts held by any other related individual over whose account the employee has discretionary control;

 

    any other account where the employee has discretionary control and materially contributes; and

 

    any account in which the employee has a direct or indirect beneficial interest, such as trusts and custodial accounts or other accounts in which the employee has a beneficial interest or exercises investment discretion.

Administrator of the Code of Ethics – Designee(s) by the Chief Compliance Officer tasked with assisting in the oversight of ALPS’ Code of Ethics and all applicable restrictions and requirements.

Automatic Investment Plan A program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined scheduled and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Beneficial Ownership For purposes of the Code, “Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations there under. Generally speaking, beneficial ownership encompasses those situations where the beneficial owner has the right to enjoy some economic benefits which are substantially equivalent to ownership regardless of who is the registered owner. This would include, but is not limited to:

 

    securities which a person holds for his or her own benefit either in bearer form, registered in his or her own name or otherwise, regardless of whether the securities are owned individually or jointly;

 

    securities held in the name of a member of his or her immediate family sharing the same household;

 

    securities held by a trustee, executor, administrator, custodian or broker;

 

    securities owned by a general partnership of which the person is a member or a limited partnership of which such person is a general partner;

 

    securities held by a corporation which can be regarded as a personal holding company of a person; and

 

23


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

    securities recently purchased by a person and awaiting transfer into his or her name.

Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) - The CCO referred to herein as the AFS CCO is Cory Gossard, so designated by ALPS Fund Services, Inc. The CCO referred to herein as the AAI CCO is Erin Nelson, so designated by ALPS Advisors, Inc.

Covered Associate – Any employee that is required to comply with the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act as well as the Political Contributions Policy within ALPS Advisors, Inc.’s Compliance Program. A person is generally considered to be a covered associate for these purposes:

 

    if he or she is a President, managing director, VP in charge of a business unit and any other employee who performs a policy-making function of ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“AAI”);

 

    if he or she is an employee who solicits a government entity for AAI and such employee’s direct or indirect supervisor;

 

    a political action committee controlled by AAI or by any of AAI’s covered associates; or

 

    any other AAI employee so designated by the CCO of AAI. (“AAI CCO”).

Covered Securities – For purposes of the Code, “Covered Securities” will include all Securities (as defined below) as well as all Proprietary Products (as defined below) or any equivalents in non-US jurisdictions, single stock futures or swap, security based swap and security futures products regulated by both the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

Employee All employees of ALPS Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including directors, officers, partners of AAI (or other persons occupying similar status), any temporary worker, contractor, or independent contractor if so designated by the AFS CCO or the Ethics Committee.

Financial Institution – Any broker, dealer, trust company, registered or unregistered pooled investment or trading account, record keeper, bank, transfer agent or other financial firm holding and/or allowing securities transactions in Covered Securities.

Foreign Official –    the term “Foreign Official” includes:

 

    government officials;

 

    political party leaders;

 

    candidates for office;

 

    employees of state-owned enterprises (such as state-owned banks or pension plans); and

 

    relatives or agents of a Foreign Official if a payment is made to such relative or agent of a Foreign Official with the knowledge or intent that it ultimately would benefit the Foreign Official.

Fund Transactions – For purposes of the Code, “Fund Transactions” refers to any transactions of a fund itself. It does not include “Securities Transactions” of an employee (Securities Transactions are defined below).

Investment Persons – “Investment Person” shall mean any Access Person (within ALPS) who makes investment decisions for AAI or Clients, who provides investment related information or advice to portfolio managers, or helps to execute and/or implement a portfolio manager’s decisions. This typically includes for example, portfolio managers, portfolio assistants, traders, and securities analysts.

 

24


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Material Nonpublic Non-public Information – Any information that has not been publicly disseminated, or that was obtained legitimately while acting in a role of trust or confidence of an issuer or that was obtained wrongfully from an issuer or such person acting in a role of trust or confidence that a reasonable investor would consider important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell a company’s securities. Regardless of whether it is positive or negative, historical or forward looking, any information that a reasonable investor could expect to affect a company’s stock price. Material Nonpublic Non-public Information could include—

 

    projections of future earnings or losses;

 

    news of a possible merger, acquisition or tender offer;

 

    significant new products or services or delays in new product or service introduction or development;

 

    plans to raise additional capital through stock sales or otherwise;

 

    the gain or loss of a significant customer, partner or supplier;

 

    discoveries, or grants or allowances or disallowances of patents;

 

    changes in management;

 

    news of a significant sale of assets;

 

    impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems; or

 

    changes in dividend policies or the declaration of a stock split

Portfolio Securities – Securities held by accounts (whether registered or private) managed or serviced by ALPS.

Proprietary Products – any funds (open-end, closed-end, Exchange-Traded Funds, Unit Investment Trusts) where ALPS is the investment adviser. A list will be made available to employees on a quarterly basis.

Registered Representative – The term “Registered Representative” as used within this Code, refers to an employee who holds a securities license, and is actively registered, with FINRA.

Restricted Accounts – Employees are restricted from establishing external managed accounts (also referred to as a discretionary account) with any adviser that conducts business with ALPS Advisors, Inc. A managed account is defined as an investment account that is owned by an individual investor but is managed by a hired professional money manager. Investment in a hedge fund is not deemed to be managed account. See Appendix B for a list of advisers that work with AAI.

Securities – For purposes of the Code, “Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) (36) of the 1940 Act. This definition of “Security” includes, but is not limited to: any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any Security or on any group or index of Securities, or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, any exchange-traded vehicle (including, but not limited to, closed-end mutual funds, exchange-traded notes and exchange-traded funds). Further, for the purpose of the Code, “Security” shall include any commodity contracts as defined in Section 2(a) (1) (A) of the Commodity Exchange Act. This definition includes but is not limited to futures contracts on equity indices. For purposes of the Code, any derivative of a “Security” shall also be considered a Security.

“Security” shall not include direct obligations of the government of the United States or any other sovereign country or supra-national agency, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, variable and fixed insurance products.

 

25


ALPS Code of Ethics

 

  

LOGO     

 

 

Securities Transactions – The term “Securities Transactions” as used within this Code typically refers to the purchase and/or sale of Securities, (as defined herein), by an employee.    Securities Transactions shall include any gift of Covered Securities that is given or received by the employee, including any inheritance received that includes Covered Securities.

 

26

Exhibit (p)(4)(C)

 

LOGO

March 2018

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MANUAL

Pursuant to Rules 206(4)-7 and 38(a)-1

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

1


THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

March 2018

Policy Objectives

Honesty and integrity are hallmarks of Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (“ TIM ”). TIM has a fiduciary obligation to its Investment Clients, and seeks the highest standards of ethics and conduct in all of its business relationships.

This Code has been adopted by TIM pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (4) and (5) of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 with the objectives of deterring wrongdoing and promoting (1) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (2) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents which TIM files with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by TIM, (3) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (4) prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code, and (5) accountability for adherence to this Code.

This Code, together with the separately adopted Personal Securities Transactions Policy, is intended to comprise TIM’s code of ethics described in Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

All records and reports created or maintained pursuant to this Code are intended solely for the internal use of TIM, are confidential, and in no event constitute an admission by any person as to any fact, circumstance or legal conclusion.

This Code is intended to function and harmonize with the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Where appropriate or necessary, specific sections of this Code include a coordinating provision referencing the appropriate section of the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

See the Glossary of Terms for definitions of terms used in this Code.

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

As a registered investment adviser, TIM is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and compliance with federal, state and local laws. TIM insists on strict compliance with the spirit and the letter of these laws and regulations. TIM expects its Supervised Persons to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to its operation and business. Supervised Persons should seek guidance whenever they are in doubt as to the applicability of any law, rule or regulation regarding any contemplated course of action. TIM holds information and training sessions to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider trading laws. Consult the various guidelines and policies which TIM has prepared in accordance with specific laws and regulations.

A good guideline, if in doubt on a course of action, is to always ask first, act later – if you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act .

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Whistleblowing/Reporting Fraudulent, Illegal or Unethical Activity

All Supervised Persons are required to report suspected fraudulent, illegal, or other unethical activity (including violations of this Code) to his or her supervisor immediately. Supervisors who are notified of any such activity must immediately report it to TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer. Anyone who does not feel comfortable reporting this activity to the relevant supervisor may instead contact TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer. No TIM employee shall take any disciplinary or retaliatory action against any individual for acting in good faith, reporting, or causing to be reported, violations of this Code or fraudulent, illegal, or unethical activity occurring at TIM, Thornburg Investment Trust or Thornburg Securities Corporation (or for assisting in an authorized investigation of such activity), whether such reporting is internal or involves any federal government agency, as described below. This prohibition against disciplinary action does not extend to disciplinary action for self-reported violations.

TIM has established an anonymous Contact Compliance form on the Thornburg intranet: https://www.gothornburg.com/compliance/contact . An employee may also send a hard copy report anonymously to the Chief Compliance Officer via inter office mail.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Code or any employment agreement with TIM prohibits any Supervised Person from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any government agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the SEC at the Office of the Whistleblower, or any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Supervised Persons do not need the prior authorization of TIM to make such reports or disclosures and are not required to notify TIM if he or she makes such reports or disclosures.

SEC Office of the Whistleblower Telephone: 202.551.4790

Conflicts of Interest

Each Supervised Person shall be scrupulous in avoiding any conflict of interest with regard to TIM’s interest. A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest interferes with the interests of TIM or its Investment Clients. A conflict situation can arise when a Supervised Person pursues interests that prevent the individual from performing his or her duties for TIM or an Investment Client objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when a Supervised Person or member of the individual’s family receives undisclosed, improper benefits as a result of the individual’s positions with TIM. Any conflict of interest that arises in a specific situation or transaction, including Reportable Outside Business Activities as discussed below, must be disclosed by the individual and approved in writing by the Compliance Department before taking any action.

Matters involving a conflict of interest are prohibited as a matter of policy, except when approved by TIM’s president or Chief Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may not always be evident, and individuals should consult with higher levels of management or legal counsel if they are uncertain about any situation. In no event, however, shall investment in any security made in accordance with TIM’s Policy on Personal Securities Transactions (or comparable policy or code then in effect) be considered a conflict of interest with TIM.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Comment: This section relating to conflicts of interest is substantially similar to the comparable section in the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but Supervised Persons should recognize that (i) the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governs conflicts with interest of the Trust, rather than TIM and its Clients, and (ii) the procedures for reporting and resolving conflict under the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is different from the Procedure under this Code. If an interest of the Supervised Person appears to conflict with an interest of the Trust and TIM), the Supervised Person should make a disclosure and seek any approval under the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Obtaining Prior Approval for Outside Business Activities . Prior to engaging in any Reportable Outside Business Activity, a Supervised Person must complete and submit an “Outside Business Activity Disclosure Form” (obtained from Compliance or TIM’s intranet) to the Compliance Department, and receive written approval from the Compliance Department. Failure to obtain such written approval may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. On an annual basis, all Supervised Persons will be required to certify their Reportable Outside Business Activities.

Family Member Serving as a Director of a Public Company . Supervised Persons must disclose to Compliance any immediate family member (a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships) sharing the same household who serves as a director of a public company. Failure to disclose may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. On an annual basis, all Supervised Persons will be required to certify the accuracy of their disclosure.

Corporate Opportunities

Supervised Persons shall not take for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of their position with TIM, except with the approval of TIM’s President or Chief Compliance Officer. Supervised Persons of TIM owe a duty to TIM to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises. In no event, however, shall investment in any security made in accordance with TIM’s Policy on Personal Securities Transactions (or comparable policy or code then in effect) be considered a business opportunity of TIM.

Comment: This section relating to corporate opportunities is substantially the same as the comparable section on the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but Supervised Persons should recognize that (i) the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governs opportunities of the Trust, rather than TIM, and (ii) the procedures for reporting and obtaining an approval under the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is different from the procedure under this Code. If an opportunity appears to relate both to the business of the Trust and TIM, the Supervised Person should make disclosure and seek any approval under the Trust’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Confidentiality

Supervised Persons shall exercise care in maintaining the confidentiality of any confidential information respecting TIM or its Investment Clients, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Supervised Persons should consult with TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel if they believe that have a legal obligation to disclose confidential information. Confidential information includes nonpublic information of TIM that may be helpful to competitors, or otherwise harmful to TIM, or its Investment Clients. Confidential information also includes information respecting the portfolio holdings of Investment Clients (including particularly Investment Company Clients). The obligation to preserve confidentiality of this information continues after association with TIM ends.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Comment: Attention is directed to the Internal Confidentiality and Privacy Protections Policy, which appears in TIM’s Manual of Policies and Procedures, and which was adopted by TIM to protect the nonpublic personal information of the Investment Clients of TIM and the shareholders of Thornburg Investment Trust. This section respecting confidentiality is substantially the same as the comparable section in the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, except that a specific reference is made to information respecting portfolio holdings of Investment Clients.

Fair Dealing

Supervised Persons should endeavor to deal fairly with Investment Clients, service providers and competitors, and shall not seek unfair advantage through improper concealment, abuse of improperly acquired confidential information, misrepresentation of material facts when the other party is known by the Supervised Persons to rely justifiably on the individual to disclose those facts truthfully, or improper and unfair dealing.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “ FCPA ”) strictly prohibits unauthorized facilitation payments to government officials of foreign countries, including the payment of any money or anything of value to a foreign official for the purposes of:

 

    Influencing any act or decision of a foreign official in his or her official capacity (including, but not limited to, obtaining approval for government issued permits, licenses or work visas);

 

    Inducing a foreign official to perform or abstain from performing any act in violation of the foreign official’s lawful duty;

 

    Securing any improper business advantage; or

 

    Inducing a foreign official to use his or her official influence with a foreign government (or instrumentality thereof) to affect or influence any act or decision of such government in order to assist the inducer in obtaining or retaining business with the government, or directing such business to any person.

In addition, many foreign countries have rules and regulations restricting gifts to people who are employed by the government of that country. TIM intends to fully comply with all of those rules and regulations. If you are at all uncertain about the applicability of the FCPA, or similar laws, to any entertainment, gift or anything of value to any non-U.S. official, consult a Compliance Officer.

Business Gifts and Entertainment

The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create goodwill and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Supervised Person in connection with TIM’s business unless it (1) is consistent with customary business practices, (2) is not excessive in value, (3) cannot be construed as a bribe, payoff or kickback, (4) does not violate any laws or regulations and (5) is pre-cleared by

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Compliance if a government affiliated person (defined below) is involved, directly or indirectly. Receipt of gifts or entertainment by Firm personnel involved in the purchase or sale of registered investment company property that satisfies the criteria herein will not be deemed to be compensation for the purchase or sale of property as prohibited under Section 17(e)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Gifts

No Supervised Person shall provide to, or accept from, any client or prospective client, or person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of TIM, more than $100 worth of gifts per year (this limit does not include nominal logo/promotional items). No Supervised Person may give or accept cash or cash equivalent gifts – gift cards that are not exchangeable for cash, are not considered “cash equivalents.”

Gifts received with a value exceeding the above limit must be promptly returned to the gifting party. If it is not feasible to return the gift, it may be donated to a charity, or shared with multiple employees so that the value per employee falls below the above limit for each employee. One Supervised Person must report the gift receipt, noting the ultimate disposition of the gift.

On occasion, a client or prospective client, or person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of TIM may present the firm (rather than any one Supervised Person) with a gift that exceeds the valuation limit detailed above. The Supervised Person accepting the gift on behalf of the firm must promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer, or their designee, the name of the gifting party, a description of the gift, and an estimated value of the gift. The gift will be reported on that Supervised Person’s next quarterly compliance certification as a gift received, noting that it was a gift to the firm.

On a quarterly basis, all Access Persons will be required to report within 30 days after quarter end, all gifts that were given and received within the previous quarter.

Entertainment

Supervised Persons may provide to, or accept from, any client or prospective client, or person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of TIM, a business entertainment event such as a dinner, golf outing, theater or sporting event if the person or entity providing the entertainment is present and as long as the event is not extravagant or excessive so as to give the appearance of impropriety. Meals provided in TIM’s office, a client’s office, or in a similar business setting, shall not be deemed entertainment and TIM does not require Access Persons to report these activities in their quarterly reports, as described below.

On a quarterly basis, all Access Persons will be required to report by midnight on the last day of the second month after quarter end, all entertainment that was given and received within the previous quarter.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Gifts and Entertainment to Government Affiliated Persons.

In addition to the restrictions noted above, no gift, entertainment or any other thing of value may be given, directly or indirectly, to any government affiliated person unless the giving of such thing of value is pre-approved by Compliance. A “ government affiliated person ” includes, but is not limited to, any person affiliated with a governmental plan or a governmental entity, at any jurisdictional level. “Anything of value” is very broadly defined and includes, but is not limited to, logo/promotional items, meals (regardless of setting), drinks, business entertainment events, including participation in Thornburg campus seminars/events, and tickets to any type of event.

Gifts and Entertainment in Conjunction with TIM-organized due Diligence or Sales Meetings

Due Diligence or Sales Meetings for Financial Advisors, prospects, or clients which are held at Thornburg’s main campus or at an appropriate business location within a reasonable distance from Thornburg’s main campus shall have an appropriate agenda intended to provide training or education related to Thornburg products and/or its services or relating to the securities industry. The agenda may include reasonable meals and/or entertainment as is appropriate to the business line and audience. Participant “gift bags” of a nominal value may be presented where appropriate and in conjunction with the limits of this Section. The business line organizing such events shall bear the responsibility for ensuring the reasonableness of the provided Gifts and Entertainment and shall maintain records of attendees, venues for any activities (including but not limited to meals or entertainment), and the contents of any gift items distributed, including any logo items given in conjunction with the events.

Political Contributions and Political Activity

Several federal and state regulations seek to prevent so-called “pay to play” practices by investment advisors, such as when an investment advisor makes campaign contributions to an elected official in order to influence the award of advisory contracts to manage government investment accounts. Many of these regulations restrict the ability of an investment advisor’s directors, officers and employees to make or solicit political contributions.

In order to avoid a violation of these regulations, all Supervised Persons are prohibited from any of the following activities, whether done individually or in the name of TIM, unless prior approval has been obtained from TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer or another person designated by TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer. If, after considering all relevant factors, the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee determines that the proposed activity will not violate applicable regulations, then the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee shall approve the proposed activity. In making these determinations, the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee may consult with other persons, including TIM’s president and legal counsel.

 

  1. Making a gift, subscription, loan, advance or deposit of money, or giving anything else of value (each, a “ Contribution ”), to an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of any State of the United States or political subdivision of a State of the United States.

 

  2. Making a Contribution to a political action committee, political party or other entity organized to fund the political activities of an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of any State of the United States or political subdivision of a State of the United States.

 

  3. Working on behalf of an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of any State of the United States or political subdivision of a State of the United States (e.g., volunteering on a political campaign), unless such work occurs outside of your normal working hours with TIM and involves no use of TIM’s resources (e.g., TIM’s office space or telephones).

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


  4. Coordinating or soliciting any person (including a family member) or political action committee to make a Contribution to an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of any State of the United States or political subdivision of a State of the United States, or to a state or local political party (e.g., hosting a fundraising event on behalf of any such candidate).

Comment: Attention is also directed to TIM’s Third-Party Marketer Policy, which places certain restrictions on the ability of TIM to use a third party to solicit clients.

 

  5. Doing indirectly anything which the preceding four numbered paragraphs would prohibit the Supervised Person from doing directly

Comment: Examples of the types of indirect actions which are prohibited include, but are not limited to, (a) a Supervised Person could not form his own political action committee and make Contributions through that political action committee which the Supervised Person would be prohibited from making in his own name; (b) a Supervised Person could not funnel Contributions through third parties, such as attorneys, family members, friends or affiliated companies; (c) making a contribution to a charitable organization at the request of an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of any State of the United States or political subdivision of a State of the United States, if the purpose in making such a contribution is to induce that incumbent, candidate or successful candidate to provide investment advisory business to TIM.

If you have any questions about these restrictions on political contributions and political activities, contact TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer or, in his/her absence, another member of the Compliance Department, before making the political contribution or participating in the political activity .

Protection and Proper Use of Firm Assets

All Supervised Persons should endeavor to protect the assets of TIM and its Investment Clients, and pursue their efficient investment in accordance with TIM’s business purposes. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation as hereinafter described under the caption “Administration and Enforcement of the Code.”

The obligation of Supervised Persons to protect the assets of TIM includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, databases, records, salary information, unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information violates this Code.

Insider Trading

All Supervised Persons should pay particular attention to potential violations of insider trading laws. Insider trading (also referred to as “trading on material nonpublic information,” and which may include giving inside information to other persons) is both unethical and illegal, and will be dealt with if it occurs. Supervised Persons are expected to familiarize themselves with the Policy on Insider Trading, adopted by TIM. If they have questions about these guidelines, they should consult with TIM’s president, the Chief Compliance Officer, or TIM’s legal counsel before making any trade for TIM or any personal trade, and before giving information to other persons.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Comment: Attention is directed to TIM’s Policy on Insider Trading, which appears in Compliance’s Manual of Policies and Procedures.

Administration and Enforcement of the Code

Certification

Each newly hired Supervised Person of TIM will be provided a copy of the Code. Each such individual must certify in writing within 30 days that they have received a copy of the Code, read and understand all provisions of the Code, and agree to comply with the applicable terms of the Code. TIM will provide its Supervised Persons with any amendments to the Code and will require all such individuals to certify in writing that they have received, read and understand the amendments. Each year the Chief Compliance Officer, or their designee, will conduct an annual meeting with Supervised Persons to review the Code. Supervised Persons will annually certify that they have read, understood and complied with the Code, that they have made all of the reports required by the Code and have not engaged in any prohibited conduct.

Reporting Violations

All Supervised Persons are required to report suspected fraudulent, illegal, or other unethical activity (including violations of this Code) to his or her supervisor immediately. Supervisors who are notified of any such activity must immediately report it to TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer. Anyone who does not feel comfortable reporting this activity to the relevant supervisor may instead contact TIM’s Chief Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly.

Sanctions

Upon discovering a violation of this Policy, TIM may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a letter of censure, fine, suspension or termination of the violator’s employment.

Glossary

Access Person ” means:

i. Any director or officer of TIM.

ii. Any Supervised Person of TIM, unless, in the Chief Compliance Officer’s sole discretion, a particular Supervised Person does not have ongoing access to the Companies’ headquarters or information systems.

iii. Individuals who are registered with the FINRA as an associated person of Thornburg Securities Corporation.

iv. Any director, officer, general partner or employee of any company in a Control relationship with TIM who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by any Investment Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to those purchases or sales.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


v. Any natural person who is in a Control relationship with TIM and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any Investment Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Securities by the Investment Client.

Chief Compliance Officer ” means, for purposes of this Code, TIM’s chief compliance officer.

Fund ” means any series of Thornburg Investment Trust or any other Investment Company as to which TIM is an investment adviser or sub-adviser.

Investment Client ” means any person with whom TIM has a contract to perform discretionary investment management services, including any series of an Investment Company.

Investment Company ” means a company registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Investment Company Client ” means any Investment Company (or series thereof) as to which TIM is an investment adviser or investment sub-adviser.

Policy on Personal Securities Transactions ” means TIM’s written policy of that name, as revised from time to time. This Policy can be found in TIM’s Manual of Policies and Procedures.

“Reportable Outside Business Activity” means any activity wherein a TIM Supervised Person acts as an employee, independent contractor, sole proprietor, officer, director or partner of another person, or is compensated, or has a reasonable expectation of compensation, from any other person as a result of any business activity outside the scope of their relationship with the TIM or TSC.

Supervised Person ” means any director, managing director, officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing functions similar to any of those persons) or employee of TIM, and any other persons who are subject to TIM’s supervision and control.

Trust ” means Thornburg Investment Trust.

TSC ” means Thornburg Securities Corporation.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

THORNBURG INVESTMENT TRUST

THORNBURG SECURITIES CORPORATION

Personal Securities Transactions Policy

March 2018

Policy Objectives

Honesty and integrity are hallmarks of Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (“ TIM ”), Thornburg Investment Trust (the “ Trust ”) and Thornburg Securities Corporation (“ TSC ”) (singularly a “ Company ” or together the “ Companies ”). Each of the Companies seeks the highest standards of ethics and conduct from its employees in all of their business relationships, and TIM hereby acknowledges its fiduciary obligations to its Investment Clients.

This Policy has been adopted by each of the Companies with the objectives of promoting honesty and integrity, and preventing wrongdoing by the Companies’ employees. In particular, this Policy seeks to prevent an employee of the Company, in connection with the direct or indirect purchase or sale by that employee of Securities held or proposed to be purchased or sold by any Investment Client, from:

1. employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Investment Client;

2. making any untrue statement of material fact to any Investment Client or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any Investment Client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

3. engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operated or would act as a fraud or deceit on any Investment Client; or

4. engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any Investment Client.

This Policy is intended to constitute the Companies’ written code of ethics as required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In addition, this Policy together with a separately adopted Investment Adviser Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, is intended to comprise TIM’s code of ethics described in Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Any report filed under this Policy will be deemed to satisfy both Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1.

See the Glossary of Terms for definitions of terms used in this Policy.

Prior Authorization for Securities Transactions

All Access Persons and their Family Members must obtain prior authorization from the Compliance Department for any Securities transactions, other than those Securities transactions described below under “Transactions that Do Not Require Prior Authorization.”

Access Persons must submit each request for authorization through the STARCompliance system and are not permitted to conduct such transaction until approval is received from the system. Certain types of transactions, including those listed below, will be directed to a Designated Compliance Officer for manual review and may require additional time for an authorization decision:

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


    Purchases of Securities distributed in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering.

 

    Transactions involving Supervised Persons on the Restricted List or Securities on the Restricted List. See “Restricted List” below.

 

    Transactions involving Securities on the then-current Holdings List. See “Holdings List” below.

Any transaction for which prior authorization is received must be completed by 11:59PM MST on the next business day after such authorization is received , with the exception of purchases of securities distributed in an initial public offering or limited offering.

The foregoing prior authorization requirements do not apply to transactions by an Independent Trustee.

Transactions that Do Not Require Prior Authorization

The following Securities transactions are exempt from the prior authorization requirements described above:

 

    Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control. No direct or indirect influence or control means having no input about or advance knowledge of the particular purchases or sales of securities or the particular allocation of investments in an account.

 

    Purchases or sales for which the Access Person does not directly or indirectly have Beneficial Ownership.

 

    Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person.

 

    Purchases or sales through an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

    Purchases or sales of U.S. or foreign government or agency bonds.

 

    Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuers, and sales of such rights so acquired.

 

    Purchases or sales of shares of any investment company registered as such under the Investment Company Act, including but not limited to, open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts, exchange-traded funds, and money market mutual funds.

 

    Purchases or sales of Securities for any Private Fund managed by TIM.

Derivative Transactions

A transaction in any put or call option or any future on a security, will be treated as a Securities Transaction under this Policy. For the purposes of this Policy, derivative transactions will be divided into two categories: “call equivalent positions” and “put equivalent positions.” A “call equivalent position” is treated as a purchase of the underlying security. Conversely, a “put equivalent position” is treated as a sale of the underlying security.

Holdings List

The Holdings List is a list of all securities held by any TIM client. A Security will remain on the Holdings List for 15 calendar days after it is last held by the Companies and will be considered on the list for the 15-day period prior to it being initially held by TIM. Subject to prior authorization requirements set forth above under “Prior Authorization for Securities Transactions,” Access Persons

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


are prohibited from purchasing any Security which is on the then-current Holdings List, or which the Access Person knows is being considered for purchase or sale by an Investment Client. Compliance will review all personal transactions of Securities on the Holdings List and if it determines that an Access Person received a benefit due to a transaction or transactions by an Investment Client, the Access Person may be required to disgorge such benefit, as determined by the Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to require disgorgement, Compliance will consider various factors including the length of time between the Access Person’s trade and the Investment Client’s trade. The receipt of prior authorization from Compliance for a trade of a Security on the Holdings List does not prevent Compliance from subsequently seeking disgorgement.

Restricted List

The Chief Compliance Officer, or a Compliance Officer of his/her designation, will maintain a Restricted List. A Security will be placed on this list when it is known by the Compliance Department that a Supervised Person possesses material nonpublic information about or affecting the Security or its issuer. A Supervised Person will be placed on this list when it is known by the Compliance Department that such Supervised Person may possess material nonpublic information about or affecting one or more Securities or their issuers.

Reporting Requirements for Access Persons

Access Persons

Except as provided below for Independent Trustees, the Companies require all Access Persons to file the following reports through the STARCompliance system:

 

    a Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity no later than 10 days after being hired or designated as an Access Person.

 

    an Initial Holdings Report no later than 10 days after being hired or designated as an Access Person.

 

    an Annual Holdings Report by January 30 th each year for the previous twelve months beginning January 1 st and ending December 31 st .

 

    a Quarterly Transactions Report no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

See “Reporting of Personal Securities Ownership” below for more detail about these reports.

Additionally, the Companies require all Access Persons to notify each firm that maintains an outside brokerage account for them, or for a Family Member, of their association with the Companies and the Companies’ ongoing requirement to promptly receive account transaction and holdings data.

Trustees of the Trust

An Independent Trustee (who would be required to file a report solely by reason of being a trustee of the Trust) need not make: (i) an Initial Holdings Report; (ii) an Annual Holdings Report; or (iii) a Quarterly Transaction Report; except that the Trustee will need to file a Quarterly Transaction Report if the Trustee knew or in the ordinary course of his duties as a Trustee should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Trustee’s transaction in a Security, the Trust purchased or sold the Security, or the Trust or TIM considered purchasing or selling the Security.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Reporting of Personal Securities Ownership

Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity

This statement must be completed and returned to the Compliance Department no later than 10 days after being hired or designated as an Access Person and shall disclose each brokerage account in which they or a Family Member have any Beneficial Ownership or, if the individual is also an associated person of TSC, discretionary trading authority. The disclosure shall be on a form prescribed by the Compliance Department and shall include the account number for each account and the identity of the firm where the account is maintained. The establishment of any subsequent outside brokerage accounts requires prior written consent from the Compliance Department. Additionally, it is the responsibility of each associated person of TSC to notify each firm where they maintain a brokerage account required to be disclosed on a Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity, that they are an associated person of TSC.

Once a Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity has been submitted through the STARCompliance system, the Compliance Department will send a request to each firm which maintains an outside brokerage account for that Access Person to receive ongoing account transaction and holdings information. It is the Access Person’s responsibility to ensure that the Compliance Department’s request is honored.

Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

The Initial Holdings Report must be filed by each Access Person through the STARCompliance system no later 10 days after the individual is hired or designated as an Access Person. Information contained in the report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the individual becomes an Access Person.

The Annual Holdings Report must be filed by each Access Person by January 30 th each year. The information contained in the report must be from January 1 st through December 31 st of the previous year.

The Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report must include the following information for each Security in which the Access Person or Family Member has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership:

 

    The title and type of each Security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount.

 

    The name of each broker, dealer, bank, or other financial institution maintaining a brokerage or other account for the Access Person or Family Member and the account number assigned to it.

 

    The date the report is filed.

In lieu of including the above information on these reports, an Access Person or his brokerage firm may submit duplicate trade confirmations or brokerage account statements, provided that such confirmations or statements contain information equivalent to what would otherwise be included in these reports. You must ensure that all transactions placed within the designated period appear on the report or in the duplicate confirmations or statements.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Quarterly Transactions Reports

A Quarterly Transaction Report must be filed through the STARCompliance system no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

The Quarterly Transaction Report must include the following information for each Security in which the Access Person or Family Member has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership:

 

    The date of each transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares, and the principal amount.

 

    The nature of the transaction that is, a purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition of the Security.

 

    The price at which the transaction was effected.

 

    The name of each broker, dealer, bank, or other financial institution maintaining a brokerage or other account for the Access Person or Family Member and the account number assigned to it.

 

    The date the report is filed.

In lieu of including the above information on this report, the Access Person or his brokerage firm may submit duplicate trade confirmations or brokerage account statements, provided that such confirmations or statements contain information equivalent to what would otherwise be included in the report. You must ensure that all transactions placed within the designated period appear on the report or in the duplicate confirmations or statements.

The Chief Compliance Officer may waive the requirement to submit or extend the filing deadline of the Quarterly Reports under certain circumstances, including but not limited to Access Persons on maternity leave or extended medical leave.

Reporting Exemptions

The Companies exempt the following holdings and transactions from the reporting requirements:

 

    Holdings and transactions effected in any account over which the Access Person or Family Member has no direct or indirect influence or control. No direct or indirect influence or control means having no input about or advance knowledge of the particular purchases or sales of securities or the particular allocation of investments in an account.

 

    Transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

    Holdings and transactions of shares of any registered open-end mutual fund (including money market mutual funds), except for shares of (i) a Thornburg Fund or (ii) a mutual fund for which Thornburg acts as sub-advisor. NOTE: Shares of all other types of investment companies, including but not limited to closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, or exchange-traded funds, are subject to the reporting requirements in this Policy.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Designated Brokerage Accounts

Brokerage accounts of Access Persons must be held only at the following approved designated broker-dealers (each a “ Designated Broker ”):

 

    Ameriprise Financial

 

    Charles Schwab

 

    E*Trade

 

    Fidelity

 

    Interactive Brokers

 

    Merrill Lynch

 

    Morgan Stanley
    Raymond James

 

    RBC

 

    T. Rowe Price

 

    TDAmeritrade

 

    UBS

 

    USAA

 

    Wells Fargo
 

 

Designated Brokers will electronically provide information about your reported accounts and trading activity to the Companies through STARCompliance.

The Compliance Department may waive or modify the above restriction, or grandfather in brokerage accounts held at non-Designated Brokers prior to December 2014. Additional firms may be added as approved designated broker-dealers at the discretion of the Compliance Department.

Administration and Enforcement of the Policy

The Chief Compliance Officer will designate one or more compliance officers to serve as a Filing and Review Officer. The Filing and Review Officer(s) will be responsible for:

 

    Maintaining current and previous lists of all Access Persons.

 

    Maintaining a record of the Filing and Review Officers in such a manner that the individuals serving in that capacity can be identified for any period of time.

 

    Maintaining the Initial Holdings Reports, Annual Holdings Reports, Quarterly Transactions Reports and Statements of Outside Brokerage Activity that are filed, including all backup documentation.

 

    Maintaining a schedule of report filing dates. This schedule will reflect any case in which a report was filed late, the date any reminders were sent out and any sanctions imposed. If a report is not filed within the required time the Filing and Review Officer will advise the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

    Maintaining copies of the current and previous Holdings Lists.

 

    Maintaining evidence of any prior approval requests submitted through the STARCompliance system.

 

    Maintaining records of waivers, including backup documentation of any waivers issued.

 

    Monitoring personal Securities transactions and trading patterns through the review of reports generated by the STARCompliance system, and the review of duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements received. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the personal Securities transactions of the Filing and Review Officer.

 

    Reporting apparent violations to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

    Maintaining a record of any violation, written violation reports and record of any action taken as a result of the violation.

 

    Requesting duplicate confirmations and periodic statements for all outside brokerage accounts.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


    Maintaining records of requests for duplicate brokerage confirmations and account statements, and files of duplicate brokerage confirmation and account statements received.

Certain documents may be maintained by the Filing and Review Officer(s) within the STARCompliance system. See “Books and Records,” below for the periods of time records are to be retained.

The Filing and Review Officer(s) will seek to protect the confidentiality of those records containing personal information about an Access Member or Family Member, including information about the investment holdings or investment trading activity of an Access Person or Family Member. Such information will only be shared with members of the compliance department, outside counsel, securities regulators and other persons who, in the judgment of the Filing and Review Officer(s) or the Chief Compliance Officer, have a legitimate need to know such information, or with persons to whom the Companies are under a legal obligation to disclose such information.

Certification

Each Supervised Person of the Companies will be provided a copy of this Policy and must certify in writing no later than 30 days after receipt of the Policy, that they have received a copy of this Policy, read and understand all provisions of this Policy, and agree to comply with the applicable terms of this Policy. The Companies will provide any amendments to the Policy and will require all Supervised Persons to certify in writing that they have received, read and understand the amendments. Each year the Chief Compliance Officer or compliance officer designated by the Chief Compliance Officer will conduct an annual meeting with all Supervised Persons of TIM and TSC to review the Policy and will require all Supervised Persons to certify, no less than once per calendar year, that they have read, understood and complied with the Policy, that they have made all of the reports required by the Policy and have not engaged in any prohibited conduct.

Reporting Violations

All Supervised Persons are required to promptly report any actual, apparent or suspected violations of the Policy to the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer or another compliance officer is not available the individual should report the violation to their immediate supervisor who is then responsible for reporting it to the Chief Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly.

Sanctions

Upon discovering a violation of this Policy, each Company may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a letter of censure, fine, suspension or termination of the violator’s employment.

Reporting to Company Presidents, the Board of Trustees, and Investment Companies

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide a written report to the Trustees of Thornburg Investment Trust at least annually. The report shall (i) describe any significant issues arising under this Policy since the last report, including but not limited to, any material violations of this Policy and any sanctions imposed, and (ii) certify that the Trust, TIM, and TSC have each adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of this Policy.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide a written report to investment companies other than the Trust for which TIM acts as investment adviser or sub-adviser, as may reasonably be requested. The report shall (i) describe any significant issues arising under this Policy since the last report, including but not limited to, any material violations of this Policy and any sanctions imposed, and (ii) certify that TIM has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of this Policy.

Annual Review

Pursuant to the review requirements of Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act and Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act, the Chief Compliance Officer shall conduct a periodic review, no less than once per calendar year, of the adequacy of the Policy and the effectiveness of its implementation.

Recordkeeping

In its books and records (which may include maintenance of records through the STARCompliance system) the Compliance Department will:

 

    Retain a copy of each version of this Policy that has been in effect at any given time.

 

    Retain a record of any violations of this Policy, written violation reports and any action taken as a result of the violation.

 

    Maintain Holdings and Transaction Reports and Statements of Outside Brokerage Activity that are filed, including backup documentation.

 

    Maintain copies of duplicate brokerage confirmations and account statements received and requests made.

 

    Maintain Request for Prior Clearance of Security Transactions forms, and any backup documentation, and waivers granted.

 

    Maintain copies of Holdings Lists.

 

    Maintain copies of Restricted Lists

 

    Maintain lists of Access Persons and Registered Representatives.

 

    Maintain schedule of report filing dates, reminders and sanctions imposed.

 

    Maintain copies of reports to the Chief Compliance Officer, the Trust, and the President.

 

    Maintain a record of persons designated as Filing and Review Officers.

 

    Maintain sign in sheet and material distributed at the annual meeting at which this Policy is reviewed with all Supervised Persons.

In its books and records, the Human Resources Department will:

 

    Maintain a record of all employee certifications/acknowledgements of receipt of this Policy and any amendments hereto.

All records shall be maintained and preserved pursuant to the separately adopted Document Retention and Destruction Policy for the time period indicated in the current Books and Records Matrix.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Glossary of Terms

Access Person ” means:

i. Any Trustee, director, officer or partner of any of the Companies.

ii. Any Supervised Person of any of the Companies, unless, in the Chief Compliance Officer’s sole discretion, a particular Supervised Person does not have ongoing access to the Companies’ headquarters or information systems.

iii. Individuals who are registered with the FINRA as an associated person of Thornburg Securities Corporation.

iv. Any director, officer, general partner or employee of any company in a Control relationship with any of the Companies who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by any Investment Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to those purchases or sales.

v. Any natural person who is in a Control relationship with any of the Companies and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any Investment Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Securities by the Investment Client.

Automatic Investment Plan ” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Beneficial Ownership ” shall be interpreted in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Chief Compliance Officer ” means the chief compliance officer for TIM.

“Compliance Department” means TIM’s compliance department.

“Control” shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Family Member ” means the members of an Access Person’s immediate family (a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and shall include adoptive relationships) sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership by a Family Member may be rebutted by an Access Person.

“Independent Trustee” means a Trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Initial Public Offering ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Investment Client ” means (1) any investment company registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or series thereof or any component of such series for which TIM is an investment adviser or investment sub-adviser; or (2) any private accounts owned by any person for whom TIM is an investment adviser or investment sub-adviser; (3) any customer of TSC.

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual


Limited Offering ” means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 adopted thereunder.

“Private Fund” means an investment vehicle the securities of which are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and which is excluded from the definition of an “investment company” under Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Purchase or sale of a security ” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

Security ” or “ Securities ” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe or to purchase, any of the foregoing. The term “Security” or “Securities” shall not include direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements), and shares issued by “money market” mutual funds.

Supervised Person ” means any director, managing director, officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing functions similar to any of those persons) or employee of any of the Companies, and any other persons who provide advice on behalf of any of the Companies relating to the purchase or sale of Securities by an Investment Client and who are subject to any of the Companies’ supervision and control.

“Thornburg Fund” means any series of Thornburg Investment Trust.

Trust ” means Thornburg Investment Trust.

“Trustee” means a Trustee of the Trust

 

Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. / Thornburg Investment Trust

Policies and Procedures Manual

Exhibit (p)(4)(E)

NORTHERN CROSS, LLC

Code of Ethics

I. Introduction

The policies in this Code of Ethics reflect the assumption and expectation of Northern Cross, LLC (“Northern Cross”) of unqualified loyalty to the interests of Northern Cross and its clients on the part of each employee of Northern Cross. In the course of their service to Northern Cross, employees must be under no influence which may cause them to serve their own or someone else’s interests rather than those of Northern Cross or its clients.

Northern Cross’s policies reflect its desire to detect and prevent not only situations involving actual or potential conflict of interests, but also those situations involving only an appearance of conflict or of unethical conduct. Northern Cross’s business is one dependent upon public confidence. The mere appearance of possibility of doubtful loyalty is as important to avoid as actual disloyalty itself. The appearance of impropriety could besmirch Northern Cross’s name and damage its reputation to the detriment of all those with whom we do business.

II. Statement of General Principles

It is the policy of Northern Cross that all of its employees must comply with all federal securities laws (as defined below in Section IV) applicable to its business. The fundamental position of Northern Cross is, and has been, that its employees shall place at all times the interests of Northern Cross’s clients first. Accordingly, private financial transactions by Northern Cross employees who are “access persons” (as defined below in Section IV) of Northern Cross must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an access person’s position of trust and responsibility. Further, access persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions with or on behalf of any client of Northern Cross.

Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by access persons to the clients of Northern Cross or the provisions of this Code of Ethics, it should be noted that Northern Cross allows for, but does not encourage, thepurchase and sale of securities owned by the clients of Northern Cross by access persons.. Any such securities transactions must comply with the spirit of, and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in, this Code of Ethics including pre-clearance by the President of the firm prior to placing a trade.

In making personal investment decisions with respect to any security, however, extreme care must be exercised by access persons to insure that the prohibitions of this Code of Ethics are not violated. Further, personal investing by an access person should be conducted in such a manner so as to eliminate the possibility that the access person’s time and attention is being devoted to his or her personal investments at the expense of time and attention that should be devoted to management of a client’s portfolio.


It bears emphasis that technical compliance with procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code of Ethics will not automatically insulate from scrutiny personal securities transactions which show a pattern of abuse by an access person of his or her fiduciary duty to any client of Northern Cross.

III. Legal Requirements

Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), provides, among other things, that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of Northern Cross to engage in any act, practice or course of business in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such affiliated person of any security held or to be acquired by an investment company in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) may adopt to define and prescribe means reasonably necessary to prevent such acts, practices or courses of business as are fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative. Pursuant to Section 17(j), the Commission has adopted Rule 17j-1, which states that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of Northern Cross, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired (as defined in the Rule) by an investment company:

 

  (i) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a client, which is an investment company;

 

  (ii) to make to a client, which is an investment company, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

  (iii) to engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a client, which is an investment company; or

 

  (iv) to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client, which is an investment company.

Rule 17j-1 requires Northern Cross, as an investment adviser to investment companies (as defined below in Section (IV), to adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its access persons from engaging in any of the prohibited conduct referenced above.

In addition, Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), requires investment advisers such as Northern Cross to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed, taking into consideration the nature of such investment adviser’s business, to prevent the misuse in violation of the Advisers Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules or regulations thereunder, of material, nonpublic information by such investment adviser or any person associated with such investment adviser. Pursuant to Section 204A of the Advisers Act, the Commission has adopted Rule 204A-1, which requires Northern Cross to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum, includes:

 

  (i) standards of conduct and compliance with federal securities laws;


  (ii) personal securities trading;

 

  (iii) initial public offerings and limited offerings;

 

  (iv) reporting violations of the code; and

 

  (v) educating employees about the code and obtaining an employee acknowledgement.

IV. Definitions

For purposes of this Code of Ethics, the following definitions shall apply:

 

1. The term “ access person ” shall mean any director, officer or advisory person (as defined below) of Northern Cross.

 

2. The term “ advisory person ” shall mean: (i) every employee of Northern Cross (or of any company in a control relationship to Northern Cross) (a) who makes, participates in, or obtains or has access to information regarding, the purchase or sale of a security (as defined below) by a client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales or (b) who has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of a client; and (ii) every natural person in a control relationship to Northern Cross (a) who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client with regard to the purchase or sale of a security or (b) who has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of a client.

 

3. A security is “ being considered for purchase or sale ” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

 

4. The term “ beneficial ownership ” shall mean a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” (as defined in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is held or shared by a person directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a security. While the definition of “pecuniary interest” in subparagraph (a) (2) of Rule 16a-1 is complex, the term generally means the opportunity directly or indirectly to provide or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a security. An indirect pecuniary interest in securities by a person would be deemed to exist as a result of: (i) ownership of securities by any of such person’s immediate family members sharing the same household (including child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law; (ii) the person’s partnership interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; (iii) the existence of a performance-related fee (not simply an asset-based fee) received by such person as broker, dealer, investment adviser or manager to a securities account; (iv) the person’s right to receive dividends from a security provided such right is separate or separable from the underlying securities; (v) the person’s interest in securities held by a trust under certain circumstances; and (vi) the person’s right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of a “derivative security” (which term excludes (a) a broad-based index option or future, (b) a right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price that is not fixed, and (c) a security giving rise to the right to receive such other security only pro rata and by virtue of a merger, consolidation or exchange offer involving the issuer of the first security).


5. The term “ client ” shall mean an entity (natural person, corporation, investment company or other legal structure having the power to enter into legal contracts), which has entered into a contract with Northern Cross to receive investment management services.

 

6. The term “ control ” shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of Northern Cross, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with Northern Cross, all as determined in accordance with Section 2 (a) (9) of the 1940 Act.

 

7. The term “ federal securities laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury.

 

8. The term “ initial public offering ” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

9. The term “ investment company ” shall mean a management investment company registered as such under the 1940 Act and for which Northern Cross is the investment adviser or sub-adviser regardless of whether the investment company has entered into a contract for investment management services with Northern Cross.

 

10. The term “ investment personnel ” shall mean all portfolio managers of Northern Cross and other advisory persons who assist the portfolio managers in making investment decisions for a client, including, but not limited to, analysts and traders of Northern Cross.

 

11. The term “ limited offering ” shall mean an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 thereunder.

 

12. The term “ material nonpublic information ” with respect to an issuer shall mean information, not yet released to the public that would have a substantial likelihood of affecting a reasonable investor’s decision to buy or sell any securities of such issuer.

 

13. The term “ Performance Accounts ” shall mean all clients for which Northern Cross receives a performance-related fee and in which Northern Cross is deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest because of the application of Rule 16a-1(a)(2)(ii)(C) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as required by Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

14. The term “ purchase ” shall include the writing of an option to purchase.


15. The term “ Review Officer ” shall mean the Chief Compliance Officer of Northern Cross or the employee of Boston Investor Services Inc. designated from time to time by Northern Cross to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by access persons. The term “ Alternate Review Officer ” shall mean the officer of Boston Investor Services Inc. designated from time to time by Northern Cross to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by the Review Officer, and who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the Review Officer. If the CCO or Review Officer wishes to enter into a transaction which requires authorization, then the alternate review officer shall act in the role of Review Officer in reviewing and approving the transaction.

 

16. The term “ sale ” shall include the writing of an option to sell.

 

17. The term “ security ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2 (a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include shares of NON-CLIENT investment companies ( which also do not, either directly or through their underwriters or other investment advisers, control Northern Cross or are not controlled by or under common control with Northern Cross ), securities issued by the United States government, short-term securities which are “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2 (a)(16) of the 1940 Act, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and such other money market instruments as may designated from time to time by Northern Cross.

V. Substantive Restrictions On Personal Trading Activities

A. Prohibited Activities

While the scope of actions which may violate the Statement of General Principles set forth above cannot be defined exactly, such actions would always include at least the following prohibited activities.

1. All access persons and employees shall avoid profiting by securities transactions of a short-term trading nature (including market timing) involving shares of an investment company. Transactions which involve a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of shares of the same series of an investment company (excluding Money Market Funds and Short Duration Funds or similar short-term fixed income fund) within sixty (60) calendar days shall be deemed to be of a trading nature and thus prohibited unless prior written approval of the transaction is obtained from the Review Officer. This restriction shall also not apply to purchase and sales of shares an investment company pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or automatic investment, exchange or withdrawal plan, which includes purchases of shares of an investment company through automatic contributions to an employer sponsored retirement or employee benefit plan.

2. No access person or employee shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell securities in such away that the access person knew, or reasonably should have known, that such securities transactions compete in the market with actual or considered securities transactions for any client of Northern Cross, or otherwise personally act to injure any client’s securities transactions;


3. No access person or employee shall use the knowledge of securities purchased or sold by any client of Northern Cross or securities being considered for purchase or sale by any client of Northern Cross to profit personally, directly or indirectly, by the market effect of such transactions;

4. No access person or employee shall, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an access person any material nonpublic information relating to any client of Northern Cross or any issuer of any security owned by any client of Northern Cross, including, without limitation, the purchase or sale or considered purchase or sale of a security on behalf or any client of Northern Cross, except to the extent necessary to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of the client of Northern Cross;

5. No access person or employee shall, directly or indirectly, execute a personal securities transaction within a period of seven (7) calendar days during which a client of Northern Cross has a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same or equivalent security until that order is executed or withdrawn;

6. No access person or employee shall accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of client;

7. No access persons or employee shall serve on the board of directors of any publicly traded company, absent prior written authorization and determination by the President of Northern Cross that the board service would be consistent with the interests of clients. Where board service is authorized, access persons serving as directors normally should be isolated from those persons making investment decisions through “Chinese Wall” or other procedures. All access persons and employees are prohibited from accepting any service, employment, engagement, connection, association or affiliation in or with any enterprise, business of otherwise which is likely to materially interfere with the effective discharge of responsibilities to Northern Cross and its clients;

8. Investment personnel shall avoid profiting by securities transactions of a trading nature, which transactions are defined as a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within sixty (60) calendar days;

9. Investment personnel shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security sold in an initial public offering. Access persons and employees shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security sold in an initial public offering without obtaining prior written approval from the Review Officer;

10. Investment personnel, access persons and employees shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase any security issued pursuant to a limited offering without obtaining prior written approval from the Review Officer. Investment personnel who have been authorized to acquire securities in a private placement must disclose such investment when they are involved in a client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer. In such circumstances, the client’s decision to purchase securities of the issuer must be independently reviewed by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer;

11. Investment personnel shall not recommend any securities transaction on behalf of a client without having previously disclosed any beneficial ownership interest in such securities or the issuer thereof to the Review Officer including without limitation:


a. his or her beneficial ownership of any securities of such issuer;

b. any contemplated transaction by such person in such securities;

c. any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and

d. any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its

affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.

Such interested investment personnel may not participate in the decision for the client to purchase and sell securities of such issuer.

12. No Investment personnel shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell any security or equivalent security in which he or she has, or by reason of such purchase acquires, any beneficial ownership within a period of seven (7) calendar days before and after a client has purchased or sold such security.

B. Exempt Transactions and Conduct

This Code of Ethics shall not be deemed to be violated by any of the following transactions:

1. Purchases or sales for an account over which the access person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

2. Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the access person;

3. Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

4. Purchases made by exercising rights distributed by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired by the access person from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

5. Tenders of securities pursuant to tender offers which are expressly conditioned on the tender offer’s acquisition of all of the securities of the same class;

6. Purchases or sales for which the access person has received prior written approval from the Review Officer. Prior approval shall be granted only if a purchase or sale of securities is consistent with the purposes of this Code of Ethics and the federal securities laws and the rules thereunder; and

7. Purchases or sales made in good faith on behalf of a client, it being understood by, and disclosed to, each client that Northern Cross may make contemporaneous investment decisions and cause to be effected contemporaneous executions on behalf of one or more of the clients and that such executions may increase or decrease the price at which securities are purchased or sold for the clients.


VI. Compliance Procedures

A. Ownership of Shares of an Investment Company

Every access person and employee who beneficially owns shares of an investment company is required to own such shares either:

 

(i) directly with the investment company in the name of the employee or in the name of an immediate family member (or other person or entity whose direct ownership causes the employee to be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares),

 

(ii) through a retirement or employee benefit plan sponsored by a family member’s employer to the extent the access person or employee is the beneficial owner of the shares as a result of the ownership of the shares by that family member.

Every access person and employee is required to notify the Review Officer in writing within thirty (30) days of a list of the persons (other than the employee) who are the record owners of the shares of an investment company which are beneficially owned by the access person or employee and the associated account numbers or name of employer sponsoring the retirement or employee benefit plan. Every access person and employee is required to notify the Review Officer in writing within thirty (30) days of any change to that list, including the addition of new persons to the list.

B. Preclearance for Personal Securities Investments

Every access person and employee shall be required to submit on Form III their intent to trade for their own account to the Review Officer. For any equity trade, trades must be precleared with the President of Northern Cross, LLC or in his absence, another Principal of LLC before submitting Form III to the Review Officer. ETF’s (except for those on the pre-approved ETF list) must be precleared and reported in the same manner as equity trades. The President will preclear all equity trades and ETF’s with another Principal of LLC. The Review Officer will be obligated to determine whether any prohibitions or restrictions apply to the relevant securities and respond to the access persons submitting such intent to trade forms in writing. Except with respect to initial public offerings and limited offerings, if the Review Officer does not respond in writing within two business days following the date of submission, the trade may be considered “precleared” and the access person or e mployee may execute such “precleared” trade anytime within two business days following the lapse of the Review Officer’s two day period. If four business days have elapsed, not including the day the form was submitted, and the access person’s trade has not been executed, “preclearance” will lapse and the access person may not trade without violating this preclearance provision. The access person will be required to submit another Form III and have the intended trade “precleared” again.

Access persons and employees are exempt from preclearing employee sponsored investments in company sponsored retirement or employee benefit plan where the employer submits an annual statement of investments for employees.


C. Records of Securities Transactions

1. Upon the discretion and written request of the Review Officer, access persons are required to direct their brokers to supply to Northern Cross on a timely basis duplicate copies of confirmations of all securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all securities accounts in which the access person has a beneficial ownership interest. Such brokerage reports may be provided in lieu of the reports required under Paragraph D of this Section VI, provided that such brokerage reports contain all the information required by Paragraph D.2 and are provided within the time period specified in Paragraph D.2.

D. Personal Reporting Requirements

1. Each access person and employee shall submit to the Review Officer a report in the form annexed hereto as Form I or in similar form (such as a computer printout), which report shall set forth at least the information described in subparagraph 2 of this Paragraph D as to all securities transactions and any securities accounts opened during each quarterly period, in which such access person has, or by reason of such transactions or new account acquires of disposes of, any beneficial ownership of a security (including, in the case of the account information required under subparagraph D.2.B, securities excepted from the definition of securities in Section IV.17).

Any access person or employee who is the beneficial owner of shares of an investment company which are held through a retirement or employee benefit plan shall submit to the Review Officer a separate report in the form annexed hereto as Form I or in similar form, in addition to the report required by subparagraph 2 of this Paragraph D , which report shall set forth the information described in subparagraph 2 of this Paragraph D solely as to transactions in shares of an investment company. The access person or employee is not required to include in this report transactions in shares of money market funds and short duration funds (or similar short-term fixed income fund) and purchases and sales pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or automatic investment, exchange or withdrawal plan, including purchases through automatic contributions to the retirement or employee benefit plan. If no transactions in any investment company shares required to be reported were effected during a quarterly period , such access perso n or employee shall submit to Review Officer a report on Form I within the time-frame specified below stating that no reportable securities transactions were effected.

2. Every report on Form I shall be made not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter in which the transaction(s) to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:

 

  A. Transactions in Securities .

 

  (1) the date of each transaction, the title, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number (as applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the class and number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved;

 

  (2) the nature of each transaction (i.e., purchases, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  (3) the price at which each transaction was effected; and


  (4) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom each transaction was effected; and

 

  (5) the signature of the employee/access person and the date the report was submitted.

If no transactions in any securities required to be reported were effected during a quarterly period by an access person or employee such access person or employee shall submit to the Review Officer a report on Form I within the time-frame specified above stating that no reportable securities transactions were effected. However, if an access person has provided for the Review Officer to receive all of his or her brokerage statements and confirmations with respect to all accounts over which he or she has beneficial ownership, that access person or employee is not required to submit a report indicating there were no reportable securities transactions during that quarterly period.

An access person need not submit a transactions report under this subparagraph D.2.A:

(1) with respect to any securities (including those excepted from the if the access person has provided for the Review Officer to receive all of his or her brokerage statements and such statements contain all of the information required under this subparagraph.

 

  B. Securities Accounts Opened ( NOTE: This includes accounts holding ANY securities, including those excepted from the definition of securities in Section IV.17. )

 

  (1) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with which the access person established the account;

 

  (2) the date the account was established; and

 

  (3) the date the report was submitted by the access person.

An access person or employee need not submit a report under this Paragraph D:

 

  (1) with respect to transactions effected for, and securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

  (2) with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; and

 

  (3) if the access person has provided for the Review Officer to receive all of his or her brokerage statements and such statements contain all of the information required by this Paragraph D.2 and are submitted within the required time period.


E. Disclosure of Personal Holdings

1. Each access person and employee shall submit to Northern Cross an initial holdings report no later than 10 days after the person becomes an access person or employee which contains the following information (with such information current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):

(i) The title and type of security, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number (as applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (as applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the access person or employee had any beneficial ownership when the person became an access person or employee ;

(ii) The name of any broker, dealer of bank with whom the access person or employee maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are excepted from the definition of securities in Section IV.14.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the access person or employee s of the date the person became an access person or employee ; and

(iii) The date the report was submitted.

2. Each access person and employee shall submit to Northern Cross an annual holdings report which contains the following information (with such information current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):

(i) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which the access person or employee had any beneficial ownership;

(ii) The name of any broker, dealer of bank with whom the access person or employee maintained an account in which any securities (including the securities which are excepted from the definition of securities in Section IV.17.) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the access person or employee ; and

(iii) The date the report was submitted.

If an access person or employee is the beneficial owner of shares of an investment company which are held through a retirement or employee benefit plan, the access person or employee shall submit to the Review Officer initial an annual holdings reports in the manner set forth above for access persons which disclose the beneficial ownership of shares of an investment company held through the retirement or employee benefit plan. In place of disclosing the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the account was maintained, the employee shall disclose the name of the employer sponsoring each retirement or employee benefit plan in which shares of the investment company are held.

An access person or employee need not submit a report under this Paragraph E with respect to securities held in any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control however, all access persons are required to list annually all of the accounts in which they have a beneficial ownership, including brokerage or custodial accounts owned by the access person, their immediate family members or other individuals with whom the access person shares a household.


F. Reporting of Code Violations

All employees of Northern Cross shall have an obligation to report any suspected or actual violations of this Code of Ethics to Northern Cross’s Chief Compliance Officer who shall address the matter with Northern Cross’s President. If the President of Northern Cross, after consultation with the Chief Compliance Officer and, as necessary, legal counsel, determines a violation has occurred, he or she shall immediately impose sanctions as set forth in Section VII, inform the client affected and report such sanctions to the client.

G. Review of Reports

1. The Review Officer or the Alternate Review Officer or their designee shall review all reports required by Paragraphs D and E of this Section VI.

2. At the end of each calendar quarter, the Review Officer shall prepare a summary of all transactions by access persons in securities which were purchased, sold, held or considered for purchase or sale by each client during the prior quarter.

3. Both the Review Officer and the Alternate Review Officer shall compare all reported personal securities transaction with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of the client to determine whether a violation of this Code of Ethics may have occurred. The Review Officer and Alternative Review Officer shall also compare an access person’s and employee’s reported personal securities transactions with the holdings disclosed on the access person’s or employee’s annual holdings report. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the Review Officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material.

H. Review of Performance Accounts

If Applicable, the Review Officer shall review on a quarterly basis all transactions in securities on behalf of the Performance Accounts that were conducted simultaneously with transactions in the same securities on behalf of other clients.

I. Annual Certification of Compliance

All Northern Cross employees shall certify annually on the form annexed hereto as Form IV that they (i) have received, read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject hereto, (ii) have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and (iii) will comply with all applicable requirements of this Code of Ethics.

J. Joint Participation

Access persons and employees should be aware that a specific provision of the 1940 Act prohibits such persons, in the absence of an order of the Commission, from effecting a transaction in which an investment company is a “joint or a joint and several participant” with such person. Any transaction which suggests the possibility of a question in this area should be presented to legal counsel for review.


K. Investment Company Board Approval and Annual Reports to Board

1. Northern Cross shall submit this Code of Ethics, and any material changes to this Code of Ethics, to the board of directors of any investment company for approval.

2. No less frequently than annually, Northern Cross shall submit to the board of directors of any investment company, a written report that:

 

  (i) describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or related procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of this Code of Ethics or related procedures and sanctions imposed in response to such material violations; and

 

  (ii) certifies that Northern Cross has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent access persons from violating this Code of Ethics.

L. Sub-contractors and Northern Cross

Northern Cross may contract with other investment advisers to provide research and administrative services. Each such sub-contractor is subject to its own Code of Ethics, a copy of which has been made available to Northern Cross. Each sub-contractor is required to submit quarterly to Northern Cross a report that there have been no violations of the sub-contractor’s Code of Ethics during the most recent calendar quarter. If there have been violations of the sub-contractor’s Code of Ethics, the sub-contractor must submit a detailed report of such violations and what remedial action, if any, was taken. If the sub-contractor’s violation involved a client of Northern Cross, such violation will be analyzed by the Review Officer in Section VI F.3. (above); provided, however, that if the sub-contractor is Boston Investor Services, Inc., the analysis of the violation will be done by the President of Northern Cross.

M. Compliance with Federal Securities Laws

All Northern Cross employees are required to comply with all federal securities laws applicable to Northern Cross’s business.

VII. SANCTIONS

Any violation of this Code of Ethics shall result in the imposition of such sanctions as Northern Cross may deem appropriate under the circumstances, which may include, but is not limited to, removal, suspension of demotion from office, imposition of a fine, a letter of censure and/or restitution to the affected client of an amount equal to the advantage the offending person shall have gained by reason of such violation.

The sanction of disgorgement of any profits realized may be imposed for any of the following violations:

a. Violation of the prohibition against investment personnel profiting from securities transactions of a trading nature;

b. Violation of the prohibition against access persons, directly or indirectly, executing a personal securities transaction on a day during which a client in his or her complex has a pending “buy” or “sell” order; and,


c. Violation of the prohibition against portfolio managers, directly or indirectly, purchasing or selling any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such purchase acquired, any beneficial ownership within a period of seven (7) calendar days before and after a client has purchased or sold such security.

VIII. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Northern Cross shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:

 

  a. a copy of the Code of Ethics (and any prior code of ethics that was in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years;

 

  b. a record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

  c. a copy of each report (or computer printout) submitted under this Code of Ethics for a period of five years, only those reports submitted during the previous two years must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

  d. a copy of each report to the board of directors of any investment company made under Paragraph K of Section VI; and

 

  e. a list of all persons who are, or within the past five years were, required to make reports pursuant to this Code of Ethics;

 

  f. the names of each person who is serving or who has served as Review Officer or Alternative Review Officer within the past five years;

 

  g. a record of all written acknowledgments made under Section VI.I;

 

  h. a record of ever decision and the reasons supporting it under Section VI.B to approve the acquisition of securities by an access person in any initial public offering or limited offering.

IX. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Confidentiality

All information obtained from any access person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence by Northern Cross, except that reports of securities transaction hereunder will be made available to the Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.


B. Notice to Access Persons

Northern Cross shall identify all persons who are considered to be “access persons,” “investment personnel” and “portfolio managers,” inform such persons of their respective duties and provide such persons with copies of this Code of Ethics.

Reviewed: January 2018

Exhibit (p)(4)(G)

 

LOGO

 

 

Code of Ethics

 

 

June 2017

 

 

2101 E El Segundo Boulevard, Suite 302 | El Segundo, CA 90245 | T 424-221-5897

 

 


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Material Changes

The Code of Ethics dated June 2017 replaces the document dated March 2017 in its entirety. A complete copy of the prior code is available upon request. The material changes to the Code are listed below.

Page 4 | Statement of General Policy

 

    Updated to incorporate former sections titled Statement of Principles, Statement of Business Conduct and Consequences for Failure to Comply with the Code.

Page 5 | Definitions

 

    Replaces Appendix A: 16a-1(a)

Page 7 | Social Media

 

    New policy

Page 8 | Prohibition against Insider Trading

 

    Updated to incorporate former sections titled; Policy Concerning Material Non-Public Information and Compliance Program Concerning Material Non-Public Information

Page 20 | Pre-Clearance Form

 

    Incorporated into the Code in lieu of stand-alone document

Page 21 | Exhibit B: Quarterly Affirmation + Transaction Report

 

    Updated to quarterly and now combines the affirmation with the quarterly transaction report

 

LOGO    Page 2


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Table of Contents:

 

Statement of General Policy

     4

Definitions

     5

Social Media

     7

Prohibition against Insider Trading

     8

Personal Securities Transactions

     10

Compliance Procedures

     11

Protecting the Confidentiality of Client Information

     13

Political Contributions

     15

Gifts and Entertainment

     16

Service as an Officer or Director

     16

Anti-Corruption Practices

     16

Whistleblower Policy

     17

Reporting Violations and Sanctions

     19

Records

     19

Acknowledgement

     19

Exhibit A: Pre-Clearance Form

     20

Exhibit B: Quarterly Affirmation + Transaction Report

     21

 

LOGO    Page 3


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Statement of General Policy

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been adopted by Cove Street Capital, LLC (“CSC”) and is designed to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”).

This Code establishes rules of conduct for all employees of CSC and is designed to, among other things; govern personal securities trading activities in the accounts of employees, their immediate family/household accounts and accounts in which an employee has a beneficial interest. The Code is based upon the principle that CSC and its employees have an ethical and fiduciary duty to CSC’s clients to conduct their affairs, including their personal securities transactions, in such a manner as to avoid (i) serving their own personal interests ahead of clients, (ii) taking inappropriate advantage of their position with the Firm and (iii) any actual or potential conflicts of interest or any abuse of their position of trust and responsibility.

The Code is designed to ensure that the high ethical standards long maintained by CSC continue to be applied. The purpose of the Code is to highlight activities, which may lead to or give the appearance of conflicts of interest, insider trading and other forms of prohibited or unethical business conduct. Additionally, it is important that employees understand that the “appearance” of the conflict of interest is also important to our clients and the reputation of the firm, and it is incumbent upon employees to be aware of this issue and report both the possibility of actual or the appearance of as soon as they arise. The excellent name and reputation of our Firm continues to be a direct reflection of the conduct of each employee.

Pursuant to Section 206 of the Advisers Act, to which we are obligated to work under as an SEC registered investment adviser, both CSC and its employees are prohibited from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct. Compliance with this section involves more than acting with honesty and good faith alone. It means that the CSC has an affirmative duty of utmost good faith to act solely in the best interest of its clients.

In meeting its fiduciary responsibilities to its clients, CSC expects every employee to demonstrate the highest standards of ethical conduct for continued employment with CSC. Compliance with the provisions of the Code shall be considered a basic condition of employment with CSC. CSC’s reputation for fair and honest dealing with its clients has taken considerable time to build. This standing could be seriously damaged as the result of even a single securities transaction being considered questionable in light of the fiduciary duty owed to our clients. Employees are urged to seek the advice of the Chief Compliance Officer for any questions about the Code or the application of the Code to their individual circumstances. Employees should also understand that a material breach of the provisions of the Code might constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including termination of employment with CSC.

The provisions of the Code are not all-inclusive. Rather, they are intended as a guide for employees of CSC in their conduct. In those situations, where an employee may be uncertain as to the intent or purpose of the Code, he/she is advised to consult our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The CCO may grant exceptions to certain provisions contained in the Code only in those situations when it is clear beyond dispute that the interests of our clients will not be adversely affected or compromised. All questions arising in connection with personal securities trading should be resolved in favor of the client even at the expense of the interests of employees.

Recognizing the importance of maintaining the Firm’s reputation and consistent with our fundamental principles of honesty, integrity and professionalism, the Firm requires that a supervised person advise the Chief Compliance Officer immediately she becomes involved in or threatened with litigation or an administrative investigation or legal proceeding of any kind. CSC will maintain such information on a confidential basis.

The CCO will periodically report to the Board of CSC to document compliance with this Code.

 

LOGO    Page 4


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Definitions

For the purposes of this Code, the following definitions shall apply:

 

    “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    “Access person” means any supervised person who: has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable fund our firm or its control affiliates manage or has access to such recommendations; or is involved in making securities recommendations to clients that are nonpublic.

 

    “Account” means accounts of any employee and includes accounts of the employee’s immediate family members (any relative by blood or marriage living in the employee’s household), and any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest, such as trusts and custodial accounts or other accounts in which the employee has a beneficial interest, controls or exercises investment discretion.

 

    “Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

    “Automatic investment plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (of from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

    “Beneficial interest” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person has a beneficial interest in a security for purposes of Section 16 of such Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

    “Beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a- 1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of such Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

    Chief Compliance Officer ” (CCO) refers to the Chief Compliance Officer of CSC.

 

    Control ” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

 

    “Initial public offering” (IPO) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

    “Inside information” means non-public information (i.e., information that is not available to investors generally) that there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider to be important in deciding whether to buy, sell or retain a security or would view it as having significantly altered the ‘total mix’ of information available,

 

   

“Insider” is broadly defined as it applies to CSC’s Insider Trading policy and procedures. It includes our Firm’s officers, directors and employees. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if they enter into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of the company’s affairs and, as a result, are given access to information solely for CSC’s purposes. A temporary insider can include,

 

LOGO    Page 5


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

  among others, CSC’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, and the employees of such organizations. Furthermore, CSC may become a temporary insider of a client it advises or for which it performs other services. If a client expects CSC to keep the disclosed non-public information confidential and the relationship implies such a duty, then CSC will be considered an insider.

 

    “Insider trading” is generally understood to refer to the effecting of securities transactions while in possession of material, non-public information (regardless of whether one is an “insider”) or to the communication of material, non-public information to others.

 

    “Investment person” means a supervised person of CSC who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for client accounts (e.g., portfolio manager) or provides information or advice to portfolio managers, or who help execute and/or implement the portfolio manager’s decision (e.g., securities analysts, traders, and portfolio assistants); and any natural person who controls CSC and who obtains information concerning recommendations made regarding the purchase or sale of securities for client accounts.

 

    “Investment-related” means activities that pertain to securities, commodities, banking, insurance, or real estate (including, but not limited to, acting as or being associated with an investment adviser, broker-dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker or dealer, issuer, investment company, futures sponsor, bank, or savings association).

 

    “Limited offering” means an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    “Reportable fund” means any registered investment company, i.e., mutual fund, for which our Firm, or a control affiliate, acts as investment adviser, as defined in section 2(a) (20) of the Investment Company Act, or principal underwriter.

 

    “Reportable security” means any security as defined in Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act, except that it does not include: (i) Transactions and holdings in direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (iii) Shares issued by money market funds; (iv) Transactions and holdings in shares of other types of open-end registered mutual funds, unless CSC or a control affiliate acts as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund; (v) Transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in mutual funds, unless CSC or a control affiliate acts as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund; and (vi) 529 Plans, unless CSC or a control affiliate manages, distributes, markets or underwrites the 529 Plan or the investments (including a fund that is defined as a reportable fund under Rule 204A-1) and strategies underlying the 529 Plan that is a college savings plan.

 

    “Supervised person” means any directors, officers and partners of CSC (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions); employees of CSC; and any other person who provides advice on behalf of CSC and is subject to CSC’s supervision and control.

 

LOGO    Page 6


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Social Media

Social media and/or methods of publishing opinions or commentary electronically is a dynamic method of mass communication. “Social media” is an umbrella term that encompasses various activities that integrate technology, social interaction and content creation. Social media may use many technologies, including, but not limited to, blogs, microblogs, wikis, photos and video sharing, podcasts, social networking, and virtual worlds. The terms “social media,” “social media sites,” “sites,” and “social networking sites” are used interchangeably herein.

The proliferation of such electronic means of communication presents new and ever changing regulatory risks for our Firm. As a registered investment adviser, use of social media by our Firm and/or related persons of the Firm must comply with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws, including, but not limited to the anti-fraud, compliance and record keeping provisions.

For example, business or client related comments or posts made through social media may breach applicable privacy laws or be considered “advertising” under applicable regulations triggering content restrictions and special disclosure and recordkeeping requirements. Employees should be aware that the use of social media for personal purposes might also have implications for our Firm, particularly where the employee is identified as an officer, employee or representative of the firm. Accordingly, CSC seeks to adopt reasonable policies and procedures to safeguard the Firm and our clients.

General Policy

Employee Usage Guidelines, Content Standards and Monitoring

 

    Unless otherwise prohibited by federal or state laws, CSC will request employees provide the CCO or other designated person with access to such approved social networking accounts that are used for related business purposes.

 

    Static content posted on social networking sites for related business purposes must be preapproved by the CCO or other designee.

 

    Employees are prohibited from;

 

    posting any misleading statement and any information about our Firm’s clients

 

    publically posting without appropriate disclaimer investment recommendations (including past specific recommendations), investment strategies or trading activities;

 

    soliciting comments or postings regarding CSC that could be construed as testimonials;

 

    soliciting client recommendations on LinkedIn; employees are prohibited from publicly posting a client’s recommendation to their LinkedIn profile;

 

    employees cannot link from a personal blog or social networking site to CSC’s internal or external website.

Use of Personal Sites

CSC prohibits employees from creating or maintaining any individual blogs or network pages on behalf of the Firm.

 

LOGO    Page 7


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Prohibition against Insider Trading

Introduction

Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information, or improperly communicating that information to others may expose access persons and CSC to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include the imposition of a monetary fine and/or imprisonment. The SEC can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the illegal trading, impose a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall, and/or issue an order censuring, suspending or permanently barring you from the securities industry. Finally, access persons and CSC may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.

The rules contained in this Code apply to securities trading and information handling by access persons of CSC and their immediate family members and accounts in which an employee has a beneficial interest.

The law of insider trading is unsettled and continuously developing. An individual legitimately may be uncertain about the application of the rules contained in this Code in a particular circumstance. Often, a single question can avoid disciplinary action or complex legal problems. You must notify the CCO immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of this Code has occurred or is about to occur.

General Policy

No access person may trade, either personally or on behalf of others (such as investment funds and private accounts managed by CSC), while in the possession of material, nonpublic information, nor may any personnel of CSC communicate material, nonpublic information to others in violation of the law.

1. What is Material Information?

Information is material where there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. No simple test exists to determine when information is material and the Court’s assessments of what is materiality continues to evolve.

You should also be aware of the SEC’s position that the term “material nonpublic information” relates not only to issuers but also to CSC’s recommendations and client securities holdings and transactions.

2. What is Nonpublic Information?

Information is “public” when it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through the Internet, a public filing with the SEC or some other government agency or some other publication of general circulation.

3. Identifying Inside Information

What constitutes “inside information” remains a fluid situation within the SEC and the courts. It is therefore incumbent upon CSC investment professionals to think carefully about information that is gathered and its sources and its context.

From the SEC Website:

 

LOGO    Page 8


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Illegal insider trading refers generally to buying or selling a security, in breach of a fiduciary duty or other relationship of trust and confidence, while in possession of material, nonpublic information about the security. Insider trading violations may also include “tipping” such information, securities trading by the person “tipped,” and securities trading by those who misappropriate such information.

Examples of insider trading cases that have been brought by the SEC are cases against:

 

    Corporate officers, directors, and employees who traded the corporation’s securities after learning of significant, confidential corporate developments;

 

    Friends, business associates, family members, and other “tippees” of such officers, directors, and employees, who traded the securities after receiving such information;

 

    Employees of law, banking, brokerage and printing firms who were given such information to provide services to the corporation whose securities they traded;

 

    Government employees who learned of such information because of their employment by the government; and

 

    Other persons who misappropriated, and took advantage of, confidential information from their employers.

Because insider trading undermines investor confidence in the fairness and integrity of the securities markets, the SEC has treated the detection and prosecution of insider trading violations as one of its enforcement priorities.

The SEC adopted new Rules 10b5-1 and 10b5-2 to resolve two insider trading issues where the courts have disagreed. Rule 10b5-1 provides that a person trades on the basis of material nonpublic information if a trader is “aware” of the material nonpublic information when making the purchase or sale. The rule also sets forth several affirmative defenses or exceptions to liability. The rule permits persons to trade in certain specified circumstances where it is clear that the information they are aware of is not a factor in the decision to trade, such as pursuant to a pre-existing plan, contract, or instruction that was made in good faith.

Rule 10b5-2 clarifies how the misappropriation theory applies to certain non-business relationships. This rule provides that a person receiving confidential information under circumstances specified in the rule would owe a duty of trust or confidence and thus could be liable under the misappropriation theory.

4. Contacts with Public Companies

Contacts with public companies represent an important part of our research efforts. These include “official” contacts with investor relations personnel employed by a public firm, senior executives, ex-employees and consultants or other firms that have worked with the public company. Once again, you need to be thinking and aware of the conversations you are having, and whether or not they may expose you to material inside information to protect yourself, our clients and the Firm, you should contact the CCO immediately if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

If you think that you have possession of material, nonpublic information, or as importantly, could be construed after the fact by a regulator or client, you should take the following steps:

 

    Report the information immediately to the CCO.

 

    Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment funds or private accounts managed by the Firm.

 

    Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Firm, other than to the CCO.

 

    After the CCO has reviewed the issue, the Firm will determine whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, what action the Firm will take.

 

LOGO    Page 9


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

    The CCO may place certain securities on a “restricted list.” Access persons are prohibited from personally, or on behalf of an advisory account, purchasing or selling securities during any period they are listed. Securities issued by companies about which a number of supervised persons are expected to regularly have material, nonpublic information should generally be placed on the restricted list. The CCO shall take steps to immediately inform all access persons of the securities listed on the restricted list.

You should consult with the CCO before taking any action. This high degree of caution will protect you, our clients, and the Firm.

Personal Securities Transactions

General Policy

CSC has adopted the following principles governing personal investment activities by CSC’s access persons:

 

    The interests of client accounts will at all times be placed first;

 

    All personal securities transactions will be conducted in such manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and

 

    Access persons must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

Blackout Periods

Unless approved in advance by the CCO, a CSC employee shall not purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security on a day or period of active CSC trading in which any client has a pending buy or sell order in that same security until that order is executed or withdrawn. At no time shall a CSC employee execute a trade that is the opposition in intention of what we are doing for clients – i.e. – sell when the client is buying or buy when the client is selling, unless there is a highly personal reason that is approved in advance by the CCO.

Pre-Clearance

CSC has instituted a policy whereby access persons are prohibited from purchasing any reportable securities for a covered account unless pre-clearance for each such transaction is granted by the CCO or other designee. Any questions whatsoever regarding this policy should be directed to either the CCO or other designee. An access person is permitted, without obtaining pre-clearance, to purchase or sell any exempt (non-reportable) security.

An access person may, directly or indirectly, dispose of beneficial ownership of such reportable securities only if: (i) such purchase or sale has been approved by the CCO or other designee; (ii) the approved transaction is completed by the close of business on the same trading day such approval is granted; and (iii) the designated supervisory person has not rescinded such approval prior to execution of the transaction. Post-approval is not permitted.

Clearance for such transactions must be obtained by completing and signing the Pre-Clearance Form provided for that purpose by the CCO (attached as Exhibit A) . The CCO or other designee monitors all transactions by all access persons in order to ascertain any pattern of conduct which may evidence conflicts or potential conflicts with the principles and objectives of this Code, including a pattern of front-running.

Advance trade clearance in no way waives or absolves any access person of the obligation to abide by the provisions, principles and objectives of this Code.

 

LOGO    Page 10


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

No access person shall acquire any beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering for his or her account, as defined herein without the prior written approval of the CCO who has been provided with full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the access person’s activities on behalf of a client) and, if approved, will be subject to continuous monitoring for possible future conflicts.

No access person shall acquire beneficial ownership of any securities in a limited offering or private placement without the prior written approval of the CCO who has been provided with full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the access person’s activities on behalf of a client) and, if approved, will be subject to continuous monitoring for possible future conflicts.

Prohibition on Selling Recently Acquired Shares of the Cove Street Capital Fund (CSCAX).

Access personnel may not sell shares of the Fund within 60 days of acquiring the shares, or profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of shares of the Fund within sixty (60) calendar days. Trades made in violation of this prohibition should be unwound, if possible. Otherwise, any profits realized on such short-term trades shall be subject to disgorgement to the Fund.    

This prohibition does not apply to purchases of shares of the Fund that are affected pursuant to automatic payroll deduction in the CSC Profit Sharing Plan. However, transactions that override or change the portions of assets allocated to the Fund are subject to this prohibition.

Interested Transactions

No access person shall recommend any securities transactions for a client without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such securities or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:

 

    any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any securities of such issuer;

 

    any contemplated transaction by such person in such securities;

 

    any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and

 

    any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.

Compliance Procedures

1. Initial Holdings Report

Every access person shall, no later than ten (10) days after the person becomes an access person, file an initial holdings report containing the following information:

 

    The title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security in which the access person had any direct or indirect beneficial interest ownership when the person becomes an access person;

 

    The name of any broker, dealer or bank, account name, number and location with whom the access person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the access person; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted by the access person.

The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the person became an access person.

 

LOGO    Page 11


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

2. Annual Holdings Report

Every access person shall, no later than January 31 each year, file an annual holdings report containing the same information required in the initial holdings report as described above. The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the annual report is submitted. The quarterly transaction report for the period ending 12/31 can be a substitute for this report as long as the required data is included.

3. Quarterly Transaction Reports

Every access person must, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, file a quarterly transaction report containing the following information, in lieu of the report complete and accurate statements from the custodian are accepted.

With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a reportable security in which the access persons had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

    The date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of each covered security;

 

    The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

    The price of the reportable security at which the transaction was effected;

 

    The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

 

    The date the report is submitted by the access person.

4. Exempt Transactions

An access person need not submit a report with respect to:

 

    Transactions effected for, securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

    Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan, e.g. a dividend retirement plan;

 

    A quarterly transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in securities transaction confirmations or brokerage account statements that CSC holds in its records so long as the Firm receives the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter;

 

    Any transaction or holding report if CSC has only one access person, so long as the Firm maintains records of the information otherwise required to be reported.

5. Monitoring and Review of Personal Securities Transactions

The CCO, or such other individual(s) designated in this Code of Ethics, will monitor and review all reports required under the Code for compliance with CSC’s policies regarding personal securities transactions and applicable SEC rules and regulations. The CCO may also initiate inquiries of access persons regarding personal securities trading. Access persons are required to cooperate with such inquiries and any monitoring or review procedures employed CSC. Any transactions for any accounts of the CCO will be reviewed and approved by Jeff Bronchick, or other designated supervisory person. The CCO shall at least quarterly identify all access persons who are required to file reports pursuant to the Code and will inform such access persons of their reporting obligations.

 

LOGO    Page 12


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

6. Education

As appropriate, CSC will provide employees with periodic training regarding the Firm’s Code of Ethics and related issues to remind employees of their obligations, and amendments and regulatory changes.

7. General Sanction Guidelines

All required filings and reports under the Firm’s Code of Ethics shall be monitored by the Chief Compliance Officer or such other individual(s) designated in this Code of Ethics. The CCO will receive and review report(s) of violations periodically. Violators may be subject to an initial written notification, while a repeat violator shall receive reprimands including administrative warnings, demotions, suspensions, a monetary fine, or dismissal of the person involved.

These are guidelines, allowing CSC to apply any appropriate sanction depending upon the circumstances, up to and including dismissal.

Protecting the Confidentiality of Client Information

Confidential Client Information

In the course of investment advisory activities of CSC, the Firm gains access to non-public information about its clients. Such information may include a person’s status as a client, personal financial and account information, the allocation of assets in a client portfolio, the composition of investments in any client portfolio, information relating to services performed for or transactions entered into on behalf of clients, advice provided by CSC to clients, and data or analyses derived from such non-public personal information (collectively referred to as ‘Confidential Client Information’). All Confidential Client Information, whether relating to CSC’s current or former clients, is subject to the Code’s policies and procedures. Any doubts about the confidentiality of information must be resolved in favor of confidentiality.

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Client Information

All information regarding CSC’s clients is confidential. Information may only be disclosed when the disclosure is consistent with the Firm’s policy and the client’s direction. CSC does not share Confidential Client Information with any third parties, except in the following circumstances:

 

    As necessary to provide service that the client requested or authorized, or to maintain and service the client’s account. CSC will require that any financial intermediary, agent or other service provider utilized by CSC (such as broker-dealers or sub-advisers) comply with substantially similar standards for non-disclosure and protection of Confidential Client Information and use the information provided by CSC only for the performance of the specific service requested by CSC;

 

    As required by regulatory authorities or law enforcement officials who have jurisdiction over CSC, or as otherwise required by any applicable law. In the event CSC is compelled to disclose Confidential Client Information, the Firm shall provide prompt notice to the clients affected, so that the clients may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. If no protective order or other appropriate remedy is obtained, CSC shall disclose only such information, and only in such detail, as is legally required;

 

    To the extent reasonably necessary to prevent fraud, unauthorized transactions or liability.

Employee Responsibilities

All access persons are prohibited, either during or after the termination of their employment with CSC, from disclosing Confidential Client Information to any person or entity outside the Firm, including family members, except under the circumstances described above. An access person is permitted to disclose Confidential Client Information only to such other access persons who need to have access to such information to deliver the CSC’s services to the client.

 

LOGO    Page 13


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Access persons are also prohibited from making unauthorized copies of any documents or files containing Confidential Client Information and, upon termination of their employment with CSC, must return all such documents to CSC.

Any access person who violates the non-disclosure policy described above will be subject to disciplinary action, including possible termination, whether or not he or she benefited from the disclosed information.

Security of Confidential Personal Information.

CSC enforces the following policies and procedures to protect the security of Confidential Client Information:

 

    The Firm restricts access to Confidential Client Information to those access persons who need to know such information to provide CSC’s services to clients;

 

    Any access person who is authorized to have access to Confidential Client Information in connection with the performance of such person’s duties and responsibilities is required to keep such information in a secure compartment, file or receptacle on a daily basis as of the close of each business day;

 

    All electronic or computer files containing any Confidential Client Information shall be password secured and firewall protected from access by unauthorized persons;

Any conversations involving Confidential Client Information, if appropriate at all, must be conducted by access persons in private, and care must be taken to avoid any unauthorized persons overhearing or intercepting such conversations.

Privacy Policy

As a registered investment adviser, CSC and all access persons, must comply with SEC Regulation S-P, which requires investment advisers to adopt policies and procedures to protect the ‘nonpublic personal information’ of natural person clients. ‘Nonpublic information,’ under Regulation S-P, includes personally identifiable financial information and any list, description, or grouping that is derived from personally identifiable financial information. Personally identifiable financial information is defined to include information supplied by individual clients, information resulting from transactions, any information obtained in providing products or services. Pursuant to Regulation S-P CSC has adopted policies and procedures to safeguard the information of natural person clients.

Enforcement and Review of Confidentiality and Privacy Policies

The CCO is responsible for reviewing, maintaining and enforcing CSC’s confidentiality and privacy policies and is also responsible for conducting appropriate employee training to ensure adherence to these policies. Any exception to this policy requires the written approval of the CCO.

 

LOGO    Page 14


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Political Contributions

The SEC adopted the ‘Pay-to-Play Rule which imposes restrictions on political contributions made by investment advisers that seek to manage assets of state and local governments. The rule is intended to prevent undue influence through political contributions and places limits on the amounts of campaign contributions that the investment adviser and/or certain of its employees (‘access persons’) can give to state and local officials or candidates that have the ability to award advisory contracts to the Firm.

The following terms apply to CSC’s Political Contributions policy:

Contribution ” is defined as is defined as any gift, subscription, loan, advance, or deposit of money, or anything of value made for (i) the purpose of influencing any election for federal, state, or local office; (ii) the payment of debt incurred in connection with any such election; or (iii) transition or inaugural expenses incurred by a successful candidate for state or local office.

Access person” means (i) any managing member, executive officer of the Firm, or other individual with a similar status or function; (ii) any employee who solicits a government entity for the adviser and person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee.

The rule contains three major prohibitions: (1) if the adviser or a access person makes a contribution to an official of a government entity who is in a position to influence the award of the government entity’s business, the adviser is prohibited from receiving compensation for providing advisory services to that government entity for two years thereafter (otherwise known as a ‘timeout” period); (2) an adviser and its “access persons” are prohibited from engaging in a broad range of fundraising activities for Government Officials or political parties in the localities where the adviser is providing or seeking business from a Government Client; and (3) limits the ability of an adviser and its access persons to compensate a third party (such as a placement agent) to solicit advisory business or an investment from a Government Client unless the third party is a registered broker-dealer, registered municipal adviser or registered investment adviser.

Importantly, the Rule specifically includes a blanket prohibition that restricts the adviser and its access persons from doing “anything indirectly which, if done directly” would violate the Rule. This reflects the SEC’s concern about indirect payments and puts advisers on notice about the heightened regulatory focus that such practices will receive.

The Rule includes a de minimis exception applicable to the two-year timeout, that allows an adviser’s access person that is a natural person to contribute: (i) up to $350 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately) if the access person was entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution; and (ii) up to $150 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately) if the access person was not entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution.

General Policy

CSC recognizes that it is never appropriate to make or solicit political contributions, or provide gifts or entertainment for the purpose of improperly influencing the actions of public officials. Accordingly, our firm’s policy is to restrict certain political contributions made to government officials and candidates of state and state political subdivisions who can influence or have the authority for hiring an investment adviser.

The CCO, or other designee, will determine who is deemed an “access person” of the firm; each such person will be promptly informed of his or her status as an access person.

 

LOGO    Page 15


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

On at least a quarterly basis, the CCO or other designee will require access persons to confirm that such person(s) have reported any and all political contributions with whom the Firm conducts business, or is actively soliciting for business.

Gifts and Entertainment

Giving, receiving or soliciting gifts in a business setting may create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest. CSC has adopted the policies set forth below to guide access persons in this area.

General Policy

CSC’s policy with respect to gifts and entertainment is as follows:

 

    Giving, receiving or soliciting gifts in a business may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest;

 

    Access persons should not accept or provide any gifts or favors that might influence the decisions you or the recipient must make in business transactions involving CSC, or that others might reasonably believe would influence those decisions;

 

    Modest gifts and favors, which would not be regarded by others as improper, may be accepted or given on an occasional basis. Entertainment that satisfies these requirements and conforms to generally accepted business practices also is permissible;

 

    Where there is a law or rule that applies to the conduct of a particular business or the acceptance of gifts of even nominal value, the law or rule must be followed.

Reporting Requirements:

 

    Any access person who accepts, directly or indirectly, anything of value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of CSC, or who might be reasonably believed to be a potential source of business with CSC, including gifts and gratuities with value in excess of $250 per year, must obtain consent from the CCO before accepting such gift.

 

    This reporting requirement does not apply to bona fide dining or bona fide entertainment if, during such dining or entertainment, you are accompanied by the person or representative of the entity that does business with CSC.

 

    This gift-reporting requirement is for the purpose of helping CSC monitor the activities of its employees. However, the reporting of a gift does not relieve any access person from the obligations and policies set forth in this Section or anywhere else in this Code. If you have any questions or concerns about the appropriateness of any gift, please consult the CCO.

Service as an Officer or Director

No access person shall serve as an officer or on the Board of Directors of any publicly traded company without prior authorization by the CCO or a designated supervisory person.

Anti-Corruption Practices

Firms that engage in business activities outside of the United States may be subject to additional laws and regulations, including among others, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 as amended (the “FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”). Both these laws make it illegal for U.S. citizens and companies, including their employees, directors, stockholders, agents and anyone acting on their behalf (regardless of whether they are U.S. citizens or companies), to bribe non-U.S. government officials. The Bribery Act is more expansive in that it criminalizes commercial bribery and public corruption, as well as the receipt of improper payments.

 

LOGO    Page 16


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

General Policy

Every employee has a responsibility for knowing and following the firm’s policies and procedures. Every person in a supervisory role is also responsible for those individuals under his/her supervision. Senior Management has overall supervisory responsibility for the firm.

Recognizing our shared commitment to our clients, all employees are required to conduct themselves with the utmost loyalty and integrity in their dealings with our clients, customers, stakeholders and one another. Improper conduct on the part of any employee puts the firm and company personnel at risk. Therefore, while managers and Senior Management ultimately have supervisory responsibility and authority, these individuals cannot stop or remedy misconduct unless they know about it. Accordingly, all employees are not only expected to, but are required to promptly report their concerns about potentially illegal conduct as well as violations of our company’s policies to a member of the firm’s Senior Management and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

    Because of regulatory implications, employees are prohibited from providing anything of value to a foreign government official without first obtaining approval from a designated officer of the firm.

 

    Employees are prohibited from making any facilitation payments.

 

    Our HR policies ensure that no employee will suffer any adverse consequences for refusing to pay bribes—even if that may result in the loss of business.

 

    Employees should contact the CCO or other designee directly with any questions concerning the firm’s practices (particularly when there is an urgent need for advice on difficult situations in foreign jurisdictions).

 

    Internal reports will be handled promptly and discretely, with the overall intent to maintain the anonymity of the individual making the report. When appropriate, investigations of such reports may be conducted by independent personnel.

 

    Employees are required to provide quarterly written certification of his/her commitment to abide by the firm’s anti-corruption policy.

 

    Employees are required to promptly report to the CCO or other designated officer any incident or perceived incident of bribery; consistent with our firm’s Whistleblower reporting procedures; such reports will be investigated and handled promptly and discretely.

Violations of the firm’s anti-corruption policies may result in disciplinary actions up to and including termination of employment.

Whistleblower Policy

As articulated in this Code’s Statement of General Policy and Standards of Business Conduct, central to our firm’s compliance culture is an ingrained commitment to fiduciary principles. The policies and procedures set forth here and in our Compliance Manual and their consistent implementation by all access persons of CSC evidence the Firm’s unwavering intent to place the interests of clients ahead of self-interest for CSC, our management and staff.

Every employee has a responsibility for knowing and following the Firm’s policies and procedures. Every person in a supervisory role is also responsible for those individuals under his/her supervision. The Firm’s principal or a similarly designated officer, has overall supervisory responsibility for the firm.

Recognizing our shared commitment to our clients, all employees are required to conduct themselves with the utmost loyalty and integrity in their dealings with our clients, customers, stakeholders and one another.

 

LOGO    Page 17


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Improper conduct on the part of any employee puts the Firm and company personnel at risk. Therefore, while managers and senior management ultimately have supervisory responsibility and authority, these individuals cannot stop or remedy misconduct unless they know about it. Accordingly, all employees are not only expected to, but are required to report their concerns about potentially illegal conduct as well as violations of our company’s policies.

Reporting Potential Misconduct

To ensure consistent implementation of such practices, it is imperative that access persons have the opportunity to report any concerns or suspicions of improper activity at the Firm (whether by a access person or other party) confidentially and without retaliation.

CSC’s Whistleblower Policy covers the treatment of all concerns relating to suspected illegal activity or potential misconduct.

Reports of violations or suspected violations must be reported to the CCO or to other designated members of senior management. Access persons may report suspected improper activity by the CCO to the Firm’s other senior management.

Responsibility of the Whistleblower

A person must be acting in good faith in reporting a complaint or concern under this policy and must have reasonable grounds for believing a deliberate misrepresentation has been made regarding accounting or audit matters or a breach of this Manual or the Firm’s Code of Ethics. A malicious allegation known to be false is considered a serious offense and will be subject to disciplinary action that may include termination of employment.

Handling of Reported Improper Activity

The Firm will take seriously any report regarding a potential violation of Firm policy or other improper or illegal activity, and recognizes the importance of keeping the identity of the reporting person from being widely known. Access persons are to be assured that the Firm will appropriately manage all such reported concerns or suspicions of improper activity in a timely and professional manner, confidentially and without retaliation.

In order to protect the confidentiality of the individual submitting such a report and to enable CSC to conduct a comprehensive investigation of reported misconduct, access persons should understand that those individuals responsible for conducting any investigation are generally precluded from communicating information pertaining to the scope and/or status of such reviews.

No Retaliation Policy

It is the Firm’s policy that no supervised person who submits a complaint made in good faith will experience retaliation, harassment, or unfavorable or adverse employment consequences. A supervised person who retaliates against a person reporting a complaint will be subject to disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment. An access person who believes s/he has been subject to retaliation or reprisal as a result of reporting a concern or making a complaint is to report such action to the CCO or to the Firm’s other senior management in the event the concern pertains to the CCO.

 

LOGO    Page 18


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Reporting Violations and Sanctions

All access persons shall promptly report to the CCO or, provided the CCO also receives such reports, to such other individual(s) designated in this Code of Ethics, all apparent or potential violations of the Code. Any retaliation for the reporting of a violation under this Code will constitute a violation of the Code.

The CCO shall promptly report to senior management all apparent material violations of the Code. When the CCO finds that a violation otherwise reportable to senior management could not be reasonably found to have resulted in a fraud, deceit, or a manipulative practice in violation of Section 206 of the Advisers Act, he or she may, in his or her discretion, submit a written memorandum of such finding and the reasons therefore to a reporting file created for this purpose in lieu of reporting the matter to senior management.

Senior management shall consider reports made to it hereunder and shall determine whether or not the Code has been violated and what sanctions, if any, should be imposed. Possible sanctions may include reprimands, monetary fine or assessment, or suspension or termination of the employee’s employment with the Firm.

Records

The CCO shall maintain and cause to be maintained in a readily accessible place the following records:

 

    A copy of any Code of Ethics adopted by the Firm pursuant to Advisers Act Rule 204A-1 which is or has been in effect during the past five years;

 

    A record of any violation of CSC’s Code and any action that was taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

 

    A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code and amendments thereto for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, an access person which shall be retained for five years after the individual ceases to be an access person of CSC;

 

    A copy of each report made pursuant to Advisers Act Rule 204A-1, including any brokerage confirmations and account statements made in lieu of these reports;

 

    A list of all persons who are, or within the preceding five years have been, access persons;

 

    A record of any decision and reasons supporting such decision to approve an access persons’ acquisition of securities in IPOs and limited offerings within the past five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such approval is granted.

Acknowledgement

Initial Acknowledgement

All access persons will be provided with a copy of the Code and must initially acknowledge in writing to the CCO that they have: (i) received a copy of the Code; (ii) read and understand all provisions of the Code; (iii) agreed to abide by the Code; and (iv) reported all account holdings as required by the Code.

Quarterly Acknowledgement

All access persons must quarterly acknowledge in writing to the CCO that they have: (i) read and understood all provisions of the Code; (ii) complied with all requirements of the Code; and (iii) submitted all holdings and transaction reports as required by the Code.

Further Information

Access persons should contact the CCO regarding any inquiries pertaining to the Code or the policies established herein.

 

LOGO    Page 19


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Exhibit A: Pre-Clearance Form

 

ACCOUNT INFORMATION
         
Name              
         
Account Registration Name              
         
Account Number              
         

Custodian Name  

 

                 
TRANSACTION INFORMATION
         
Date              
         
Security              
         
Number of Shares              
         

Type of Transaction  

 

      

Buy

 

      

Sell

 

Approval of the transaction is subject to your knowledge of the following information:

 

1.

  

Is there any current order for any advisory client(s) to purchase or sell the same security or its equivalent (the same issuer or some derivative, e.g. option or warrant)?

      Yes       No

2.

  

Is the security being considered for purchase or sale for any advisory client?

     

Yes

     

No

3.

  

Is the security owned by any advisory client(s)?

     

Yes

     

No

4.

  

Do you have any material nonpublic information about the security or the company?

     

Yes

     

No

5.

  

Is the security an IPO? If Yes, please separately provide full details of the proposed transaction (including written certification that the investment opportunity did not arise by virtue of the access person’s activities on behalf of a client).

     

Yes

     

No

6.

  

Is the security a Limited Offering?

     

Yes

     

No

7.

  

If security is CSCAX, has it been purchased or sold by you or in an account related to you within 60 days?

     

Yes

     

No

The above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. The above answers will be reviewed by the CCO (or designated person). Approval given for any transaction will remain in effect until the end of trading day today.

 

  
  
  
Signature of Access Person    Date

 

Your pre-clearance request has been:           Approved               Denied    

 

      
Signature             The CCO (or designee)              Date

 

LOGO    Page 20


 

Code Of Ethics

 

 

Exhibit B: Quarterly Affirmation + Transaction Report

 

  Part I – Code Of Ethics Attestation    Quarter Ending:                                                          

As part of CSC’s compliance procedures, quarterly the CCO obtains from all personnel certain affirmations with respect to activities in connection by the Code and Policy.

I affirm the following:

 

1. I have again read, and to the best of my knowledge, have abided in all material respects with the Code and the Policy.

 

2. I have provided to the Firm’s CCO the names and addresses of each investment account where I have beneficial ownership that I have with any firm, including, but not limited to, broker-dealers, banks and others.

 

3. I have asked to be provided to the CCO copies of account statements showing every transaction and holdings of any security that I have effected, or which has been affected for my benefit.

 

4. I have not received a gift from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of CSC, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of CSC greater than an aggregate $250 value. This excludes an occasional meal, ticket to a theater, entertainment, or sporting event that exceeds $250 assumi ng that the event has a clear business purpose and only if the giver is in attendance.

 

5. I have not disclosed non-public information to any person or entity outside CSC, including family members, except under the circumstances described below. An employee is permitted to disclose nonpublic information only to such other employees who need to have access to such information to deliver our services to the client.

 

    As necessary to provide the service that the client has requested or authorized, or to maintain and service the client’s account;

 

    As required by regulatory authorities or law enforcement officials who have jurisdiction over CSC, or as otherwise required by any applicable law; and

 

    To the extent reasonably necessary to prevent fraud and unauthorized transactions.

 

6. I have not served on the board of any publically traded company without obtaining prior authority

 

7. My commitment to abide by CSC’s anti-corruption policy.

Part II—Quarterly Transaction Report

 

  Name:  

 

 

 

Attached are copies of my statements reflecting my (and/or any account in which I have beneficial ownership) personal securities trading activity.

 

 

I had no personal trading activity in any securities transactions (excluding mutual funds) during the period reflected above.

 

 

Employee Signature attesting to Part I and Part II above

 

 

Date

 

 

Compliance Officer: Name and Signature

 

LOGO    Page 21

Exhibit (p)(4)(J)

 

LOGO

Code of Ethics

for

DoubleLine Investment Management North Asia Ltd.

DoubleLine Group LP

DoubleLine Capital LP

DoubleLine Equity LP

DoubleLine Alternatives LP

DoubleLine Funds Trust

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

and

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Effective Date: September 2017


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

I.

 

Introduction

     1  

A.

 

Applicable to all Personnel

     1  

B.

 

Access to the Code

     3  

C.

 

Regulatory Requirements

     3  

D.

 

Other Topics Covered In the Code

     4  

E.

 

Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

     5  

F.

 

Best Judgment and Further Advice

     5  

II.

 

Duty to Report Violations of this Code, Sanctions and Acknowledgement

     6  

A.

 

Duty to Report Violations of this Code

     6  

B.

 

Sanctions

     8  

C.

 

Acknowledgement

     9  

III.

 

General Standard of Conduct

     11  

A.

 

Fiduciary Duty

     11  

B.

 

Adherence to Good Business Practices

     12  

C.

 

Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

     12  

D.

 

Client Representations

     12  

E.

 

Market Rumors

     12  

IV.

 

Conflicts of Interest

     14  

A.

 

General Statement of Policy

     14  

B.

 

General Description of Conflicts

     14  

C.

 

Particular Conflicts

     15  

D.

 

General Antifraud Prohibitions

     16  

V.

 

Confidentiality/Privacy

     18  

A.

 

General Statement of Policy — Confidentiality

     18  

B.

 

Sharing of Information Within the Companies

     18  

C.

 

Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

     19  

D.

 

Reasonable Safeguards

     20  

E.

 

Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

     21  

VI.

 

Prohibition Against Insider Trading

     22  

A.

 

Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

     22  

B.

 

Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

     22  

C.

 

Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

     24  

D.

 

Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

     29  

E.

 

Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer

     30  

F.

 

Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

     34  

G.

 

Review of Insider Trading Activity

     35  

H.

 

Annual Attestation

     35  

VII.

 

Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products

     36  

A.

 

General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

     36  

B.

 

Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

     42  

VIII.

 

Investment Activities

     44  

A.

 

Overview

     44  

B.

 

Provisions of General Applicability

     44  

C.

 

Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

     45  

 

- i -


D.

 

Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

     50  

IX.

 

Outside Business Activities

     53  

A.

 

General Policy

     53  

B.

 

Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation

     54  

C.

 

Annual Attestation

     55  

X.

 

Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities

     56  

A.

 

Gifts and Gratuities

     59  

B.

 

Political Contributions

     64  

C.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     68  

D.

 

Annual Attestation

     70  

XI.

 

Client Complaints and Indications of Inappropriate Conduct

     71  

A.

 

General Statement of Policy

     71  

B.

 

Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer

     71  

XII.

 

Annual Review by Trustees

     72  

 

ATTACHMENTS
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics (consultants)
Acknowledgement of Receipt of Amended Code of Ethics
Exhibit I.A.:    New Access Person Introduction Checklist
Exhibit VII A1:    Annual or Initial Holdings Report
Exhibit VII A2:    Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements
Exhibit VII    Policy Regarding Special Trading Procedures for Securities of Certain Closed-End Funds
Exhibit VIII C:    Request for Preauthorization – Personal Trades
Exhibit X. A.:    Annual Non-Cash Compensation Acknowledgement and Certification (aka: Gift Form)
Exhibit X. B:    Initial Political Contributions Report
Exhibit XI D:    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire
Exhibit XI E:    Required Annual Attestations and Disclosures

 

- ii -


I. INTRODUCTION

A number of entities affiliated with DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”) 1 have jointly adopted this Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) to set forth the ethical and professional standards required of those entities listed and defined below (collectively, the “ Companies ”) and to demonstrate the commitment of the Companies and their management to maintaining the trust and confidence of the investors in the funds offered by the Trust, DBL and DSL (all defined below and collectively, the “ Funds ”) and of the Adviser’s clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and with the Companies’ internal policies and procedures. Various employees of Group, which provides operational support for the Trust, DBL and DSL, will perform certain actions discussed herein on behalf of DBL, DSL and the Trust. The entities comprising the Companies are:

DoubleLine Investment Management North Asia Ltd. (“North Asia”)

DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”)

DoubleLine Capital LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Capital”)

DoubleLine Equity LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Equity”)

DoubleLine Alternatives LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Alternatives”)

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”)

DoubleLine Funds Trust (“Trust”)

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”)

Together, the series of funds within the Trust are known as the “DoubleLine Funds”.

A. Applicable to all Personnel

The Code covers all personnel of Group, DBL, DSL, the Trust and the Advisers, including partners, officers, directors (and other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employees, as well as individuals associated with the Companies in any manner that provide investment advice on their behalf and are subject to their supervision and control (collectively, hereinafter, the “DoubleLine Personnel” or “Personnel”). The term “Personnel” shall also include any individuals who are members of the DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, which is Capital’s general partner. Temporary employees and consultants that, in each case, are engaged by any of the Companies to provide clerical, administrative or professional services that are not directly investment related will not be considered to be Personnel subject to this Code except to the extent the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) 2 or designee notifies them to the contrary.

 

1   Group is an entity which serves as the employer of the persons termed as “DoubleLine Personnel” under the Code. However, while it provides these persons to supply services to the Advisers under various service contracts, Group itself does not conduct activities requiring registration as a registered investment adviser. Group adopts this Code solely as an administrative convenience, to ensure that all persons employed by Group are subject to the Code because of the services rendered to registered investment advisers.
2   References to CCO within the Code shall be construed to mean the CCO of DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Capital CCO”) except where expressly indicated otherwise. It is expected that the Capital CCO will involve the CCO of Alternatives (or other entities) as and when necessary.


New employees, to include any temporary employees or consultants designated by the CCO or designee, shall be briefed as to the requirements of the Code of Ethics, with Exhibit I. A. serving as a guideline to that introduction. The briefing is not a substitute for reading the Code in its entirety at least annually. The fact that a briefing has not occurred or that the CCO or designee has not made a determination of any existing employee’s change of status does not in any way limit the obligation of any person to comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.

 

  1. Applicability of this Code to the Disinterested Trustees

Various provisions of this Code either do not apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DBL or DSL who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Disinterested Trustees”), or applies only in a limited fashion. The following Sections of this Code do not apply to the Disinterested Trustees:

 

    Section VIII (Investment Activities)

 

    Section IX (Outside Business Activities)

 

    Section X (Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities)

In addition, Disinterested Trustees are required to comply with only Subsection A(5) of Section VII (Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products).

 

  2. Authority to Exempt Any Person from Coverage

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Compliance Officer may exempt any person from all or any portion of the Code upon a finding that such person is neither an “ Access Person,” as defined at Rule 17j-1(a)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act”) or Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act”) or a “ supervised person,” as defined at Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act, and that, such person’s duties and responsibilities are such that application of all or any particular portion of this Code to such person is not reasonably necessary. Accordingly, all persons subject to the Code shall be considered to be Access Persons, regardless of whether they meet any particular definition thereof while persons that have been exempted from all or any particular portion of the Code shall not be considered to be Access Persons to the extent of that exemption.

The Chief Compliance Officer also may waive provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing the circumstances surrounding the request for a waiver. An example of such a waiver would be the waiver of the two-day requirement to execute a trade. The Chief Compliance Officer shall keep a written record of all such waivers and the basis for such waiver, which typically shall be recorded on a trade approval form or via email.

 

- 2 -


  3. Documentation

The CCO is responsible (i) for maintaining a record of all personnel associated from time-to-time with the Companies and, as to each individual, the dates of such person’s association, the title or position held by such individual and whether such person was exempted from all or any portion of the Code and, therefore is not considered to be an Access Person, and, (ii) as to all persons exempted from all or any portion of the Code, for documenting the basis for such exemption. The CCO generally shall rely upon the Group’s Human Resources department for all such lists.

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: A record of all Trustees, officers and employees of a Fund and documentation of the basis for any exemption from the Code
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such record was created, provided any documentation as to any exemption from the Code shall be maintained for a minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant individual’s association with the Companies was terminated.
 
Regulatory Reference: Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(D) and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(ii)

B. Access to the Code

All Personnel will be provided access to the Code, either in hard copy or on the Companies’ internal electronic systems. Personnel should keep the Code available for easy reference.

C. Regulatory Requirements

The Code has been adopted in connection with the Companies’ compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act”) or Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act”), as applicable.

As registered investment advisers, the Advisers, pursuant to Rule 204A-1, are required to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum:

 

    Sets forth the general standard of conduct required of all supervised persons, which standard reflects the fiduciary duties that the Advisers and all such individuals owe to the Advisers’ clients.

 

    Requires compliance by all supervised persons with applicable federal securities laws.

 

    Requires certain supervised persons to report, and for the Advisers to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically.

 

- 3 -


    Requires prompt reporting by all supervised persons of any violations of this Code.

 

    Requires distribution by the Advisers of the Code and of any amendments to all supervised persons and for the Advisers to obtain written acknowledgements from all such individuals as to their receipt of the Code.

DBL, DSL, the Trust and the Advisers also are required pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act to adopt a written code of ethics that contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their “Access Persons,” as defined in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(1), from:

 

    employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Fund;

 

    making any untrue statement of a material fact to a Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

    engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a Fund; or

 

    engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund.

D. Other Topics Covered In the Code

In addition to the minimum requirements set forth above, the Code also addresses the Companies’ policies and procedures regarding:

 

    Sanctions for violating the Code

 

    Safeguarding and maintaining confidential information

 

    Prohibitions against insider trading

 

    Investment activities

 

    Outside business activities

 

    Giving and receiving of gifts and entertainment

 

    Political activities

 

    Client complaints

 

    Annual review by Trustees

 

- 4 -


E. Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

The Code has been drafted in a manner that allows it to apply equally to all Personnel regardless of their specific functions or responsibilities. As a result of this “one size fits all” approach, the Companies may, from time-to-time, supplement the Code as it applies to Personnel that perform certain functions or that have particular responsibilities by the adoption of separate, more specialized policies and procedures. Where this is the case, Personal to whom these separate policies and procedures apply must comply with both the Code and these additional policies – or the more restrictive of the two in the case of a conflict. More generally, the existence of the Code should not be understood as relieving Personnel, in any manner, from their continuing responsibility to familiarize themselves, and to comply, with all applicable policies and procedures of the Companies.

F. Best Judgment and Further Advice

It is not reasonable to expect this Code or other applicable policies or procedures of the Companies to cover all of the possible situations that Personnel may encounter. For this reason, nothing in this Code removes the need for all Personnel to use their best judgment in order to maintain high professional standards and to consult with their supervisors as well as appropriate legal or compliance Personnel, as needed.

Personnel that are unsure how to handle a particular situation are urged to consult with their supervisor or legal or compliance personnel for advice.

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Section 202(a)(25): Definitions (definition of “Supervised Person”)
   Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of code of ethics)
   Investment Company Act Section 17: Transaction of Certain Affiliated Persons and Underwriters
     Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 

- 5 -


II. DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE, SANCTIONS AND

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A. Duty to Report Violations of this Code

DoubleLine Personnel are required to report promptly any violation or potential violation of the Code to the CCO. Any such report shall be maintained in confidence and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for reporting a violation of the Code shall itself constitute a violation of the Code.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Any individual that becomes aware of a violation of this Code must promptly report such violation.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Any applicable individual

 

  1. Review and Investigation

The CCO shall be responsible for the prompt review and investigation of any violations of the Code reported to, or independently discovered by, the CCO. The CCO shall be responsible for reporting any substantiated material violations of the Code to appropriate senior management within the Companies and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, DSL or DBL (as applicable) (the “Trustees”) and for appropriately documenting such review and investigation, the reporting thereof to senior management, and any action, including any sanctions, taken as a result thereof.

 

  2. Heightened Supervision or Other Responsive Actions

The CCO shall be responsible for determining whether any violation of the Code that is brought to the CCO’s attention indicates a need (i) for heightened supervisory procedures, and, if so, the means by which such need should be addressed, and (ii) any change in the Companies’ procedures or policies or applicable controls. In addition, the CCO, after conferring with outside counsel, shall also be responsible for determining whether the violation, or any sanction imposed as a result thereof, requires additional disclosure or reporting, including to the Companies’ clients or, any regulatory, law enforcement or other outside party. The CCO shall be responsible for appropriately documenting each determination.

 

  3. Involvement of Legal Counsel

Notwithstanding the assignment of responsibility to the CCO with respect to the review and investigation and reporting of violations, where either the Chief Compliance Officer, counsel, or the Disinterested Trustees determine that sufficient reasons exist for any such review, investigation, or reporting to be conducted under the direction of legal counsel or such outside counsel as shall engage for such purpose, such legal or outside counsel shall have the ultimate responsibility for the conduct of such review, investigation, and the reporting and documentation thereof.

 

- 6 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review and investigation of violations of the Code, for reporting of any substantiated material violations to the Companies’ senior management and/or the Trustees, as applicable, for determining whether the violation indicates a need for heightened supervisory procedures, changes to procedures or policies or applicable controls, and whether there is any requirement to disclose or report the violation or any sanction imposed as a result thereof.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported violations of the Code and the reporting, if applicable, thereof to senior management and/or the Trustees of any action taken as a result thereof.
 
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the documentation was created, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B).

 

  4. Where the Chief Compliance Officer is Implicated by the Violation Being Reported

Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a person making a report believes that the CCO is implicated in any violation being reported, the reporting person may report such violation to any of the Companies’ senior management, including the Disinterested Trustees, as such individual believes is appropriate (the “ Receiving Person ”). Upon the receipt of a report of a violation, the Receiving Person shall either cause the Companies to undertake such review and investigation of the reported violation and to take such other action as is contemplated above or promptly report such matter to another member of senior management as the Receiving Person believes is appropriate, who, upon receipt of such report, shall have the responsibility of a Receiving Person.

 

- 7 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each Receiving Person, if any, is responsible for either causing the applicable Adviser to undertake such review and investigation of any violation of the Code as is contemplated above or for promptly reporting such matter to another member of senior management who shall, thereupon, assume the responsibilities of a Receiving Person.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each Receiving Person

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (duty to report violations)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of any violation of the Code and action taken as a result)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding periods for certain required records)
   Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii)(A): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Administration of Code of Ethics)
     Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

B. Sanctions

 

  1. Requirement that Chief Compliance Officer be Informed of all Internal Discipline

No internal discipline shall be imposed, nor any decision reached to not impose discipline, on any DoubleLine Personnel for violation of this Code without the underlying matter and the sanction to be imposed being first brought to the attention of the CCO.

 

  2. Possible Sanctions

Possible sanctions for violation of this Code may include, but need not be limited to, reprimands, monetary fines, suspensions, reduction in responsibilities, grade or title, or termination. Sanctions are imposed by the Code of Ethics Committee, which generally shall consist of the General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Operating Officer and other senior Personnel that they may designate.

 

- 8 -


C. Acknowledgement

All Personnel must read, understand and adhere to this Code as well as any amendments or changes to the Code. Personnel (with the exception of the Trustees) are required to sign 3 an Acknowledgement that they have read the entire Code, and from time-to-time, any amendments, and have had an opportunity to review any portions with their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.

By signing the Acknowledgement, each signatory agrees to perform fully all applicable responsibilities and to comply with all applicable restrictions, limitations, and requirements set forth in the Code and acknowledge that any such failure may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Failure to comply with the terms of this Code can also subject the Companies and responsible supervisors and involved individuals to fines, penalties and potentially even criminal proceedings in addition to significant reputational harm and regulatory sanctions. From time-to-time, the Companies may ask any recipient of this Code may be asked to certify his or her continued compliance with the applicable terms and/or with any other applicable restrictions, limitations or requirements and to sign an Acknowledgement with respect to any amendments hereto.

A copy of the Acknowledgement can be found at the end of this Code. Each recipient is required to return the completed Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each recipient is responsible for providing a signed copy of the Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each recipient
 
The Chief Compliance Officer or designate is responsible for obtaining a signed copy of the Acknowledgement from each recipient with respect to the Code and any amendments thereto. The CCO or designate will review to ensure that all access persons submit their Acknowledgement forms.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

3   “Sign” shall be construed to indicate the use of electronic means, including through any systems used by the Companies to monitor the Code.

 

- 9 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Acknowledgement relating to receipt and review of Code and any amendments thereto
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii).

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(5): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (written acknowledgement)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of written acknowledgement)
     Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 

- 10 -


III. GENERAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT

The Companies are committed to maintaining the trust and confidence of their shareholders and clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its own internal policies and procedures.

Compliance with these standards is crucial to the Companies’ long-term success. Simply put, the Companies’ continued success is dependent upon its reputation and there is no more certain way to diminish the Companies’ reputation than by failing to put their shareholders and clients first. If the Companies serve their shareholders and clients honestly and equitably and to the best of their abilities, their success will follow.

The general standard of conduct required by all Personnel reflects a number of underlying requirements including:

 

    the fiduciary duty owed by the Companies and their Personnel to the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients;

 

    the Companies’ intent to adhere to good business practices;

 

    applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

 

    the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures; and

 

    representations that the Companies have made to its clients in agreements, offering documents or other written materials.

A. Fiduciary Duty

The Companies’ and all Personnel owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds’ shareholders and to the Adviser’s clients. This means that the Companies and their Personnel must always place the interests of the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients first and may not put their own interests ahead of their shareholders’ and clients’ interests or otherwise abuse their position of trust and responsibility. More specifically, the Companies’ fiduciary duty to their shareholders and clients requires that Personnel adhere to the following standards:

 

    Any recommendation to a client must have a reasonable basis and must be suitable for the client in light of the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives;

 

    Facts that may be material to the client’s economic interest or decision-making must be disclosed fully and fairly and Personnel must refrain from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct;

 

    Best execution should be provided with respect to client transactions; and

 

- 11 -


    Conflicts of interest should be fully disclosed and fairly managed (as discussed more fully at Section IV hereof).

All Personnel should note that various topics mentioned within the Code, such as but not limited to, best execution or soft dollars are addressed in more detail in other policies, which also should be consulted when researching the Companies’ policies on such topics.

B. Adherence to Good Business Practices

The Companies expect all Personnel to adhere to the principles of good business practice. At a minimum, this requires Personnel to engage in fair and honest conduct in all their dealings and to perform their functions and meet their responsibilities with a degree of professionalism reasonable to the circumstances.

C. Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

Inherent in the above standard is the requirement that the Companies and all Personnel comply at all times with all applicable securities laws as well as the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures.

While many applicable legal and regulatory requirements are reflected in this Code or the Companies’ other policies and procedures, Personnel should not assume that this is true of every relevant securities law or regulation. As a result, Personnel must take the responsibility to inform themselves of, and understand, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities. For this same reason, the Companies expect all Personnel to stay current with respect to applicable regulatory and legislative developments.

D. Client Representations

The Companies and all Personnel are also expected to comply with any representations that the Companies have made to their clients, including, but not limited to, representations that are made in formal agreements between the Companies and their clients or the offering documents for any of the Companies’ products (where applicable). This is particularly relevant with respect to adherence to stated objectives and constraints applicable to a portfolio or fund.

E. Market Rumors

No officer or employee of the Companies shall originate or, except as permitted below, circulate in any manner a false or misleading rumor about a security or its issuer for the purpose of influencing the market price of the security. A statement that is clearly an expression of an individual’s or the Companies’ opinion, such as an analyst’s view of the prospects of a company, is not considered to be a rumor, and is excluded from these restrictions.

 

- 12 -


Where a legitimate business reason exists for discussing a rumor, for example where a client is seeking an explanation for an erratic share price movement which could be explained by the rumor, care should be taken to ensure that the rumor is communicated in a manner that:

 

    sources the origin of the information (where possible);

 

    gives it no additional credibility or embellishment;

 

    makes clear that the information is a rumor; and

 

    makes clear that the information has not been verified.

If in doubt, Personnel should consult with the CCO regarding questions about the appropriateness of any communications about specific securities.

 

References:    Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
   Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)
   Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(e)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethic (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)
   Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)
   Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)
     Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

- 13 -


IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

A. General Statement of Policy

The fiduciary duties imposed on the Companies and Personnel require all Personnel to be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, in transactions with clients. This includes conflicts between the interest of the Companies or their Personnel and their clients and conflicts between two clients. As a general matter, conflicts should be avoided. Where they cannot be avoided, it will generally be the case that they should be disclosed and specific consent obtained from the client with respect thereto. When in doubt, Personnel should contact their supervisor or a member of legal or compliance for advice.

B. General Description of Conflicts

While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, in general, conflicts will include various practices in which the Companies or any Personnel have a pecuniary or other interest in recommending or undertaking a transaction for a client. It is important to understand that a conflict does not require that the client suffer any actual harm. It also does not require that the improper interest in question be tangible or otherwise quantifiable or even certain. It is enough if the improper interest is, or could be viewed as, a motivating factor in the Companies or Personnel recommending or undertaking the transaction.

An improper interest may be economic, personal or otherwise. In the case of an economic interest, the interest may be a positive benefit or the avoidance, or minimization of, a negative economic result, e.g. , the avoidance of an expense or a loss, or loss minimization.

Improper interests can include a wide variety of situations, including situations where:

 

    The transaction allows the Companies or Personnel to generate fees or profits, or avoid losses or expenses, from another relationship as, for example, is the case with respect to soft dollars (discussed further below), the receipt of finder’s fees, outside commissions or bonuses;

 

    The Companies or Personnel are directly interested in the transaction as, for example, is the case with respect to principal transactions;

 

    The transaction benefits a third party in which the Companies or any Personnel has an ownership or other economic interest;

 

    The transaction provides a benefit to a third party, rather than to the Companies or any Personnel directly, for an improper purpose as, for example, one that:

 

    involves any quid pro quo, e.g. , where the benefit is returned to the Companies or Personnel in some manner;

 

- 14 -


    is done to benefit a spouse or child or other person for personal reasons; or

 

    is done to repay a favor or out of gratitude or for the purpose of obtaining or continuing to receive lavish gifts or entertainment (as discussed further below).

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Personnel should avoid any investment, interest, association or other relationship that interferes, might interfere, or even might be perceived as interfering with the independent exercise by the individual of good judgment in the best interest of the Advisers’ clients or the Funds’ shareholders.

C. Particular Conflicts

 

  1. Conflicts Related to the Provision of Disinterested and Impartial Advice or Undertaking a Transaction on Behalf of a Client

Any advice or recommendation, or transaction undertaken on behalf of a client, must be disinterested and impartial. An interest in a security or issuer, whether direct or indirect, or a relationship with an issuer, may support an inference that advice or a recommendation or the undertaking concerning such security or the securities of an issuer was not disinterested and impartial.

Accordingly, to minimize the possibility of such conflicts the Companies have adopted policies discussed elsewhere herein with respect to:

 

    the investment activities of DoubleLine Personnel (see Sections VII and VIII hereof);

 

    the holding of any position (e. g. , as a director or trustee) with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof); or

 

    any present or proposed business relationship with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof).

 

  2. Appropriation of Client Information for Personal Benefit

DoubleLine Personnel may not trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of client information, including information related to client positions, trades, or strategies. This means that trades and recommended trades by Personnel should always be based upon an investment assessment that is independent of any nonpublic client information.

 

  3. Soft Dollars

The term “soft dollars” is generally understood as an arrangement under which research or brokerage products or services, other than execution of securities transactions, are obtained by an adviser from or through a broker-dealer in exchange for the direction by the Adviser of client brokerage transactions to the broker-dealer. Because such arrangements can have the effect of using client assets to pay for services that benefit the Adviser, rather than the client directly, participation by an Adviser in such arrangements is considered to violate an

 

- 15 -


Adviser’s fiduciary duty to its clients and, therefore, is generally prohibited. The one exception to the foregoing is found in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), which exempts the provision of brokerage and research services from the foregoing prohibition. Any arrangements for brokerage and research services, however, should comply with any separate policies or procedures that may be adopted from time-to-time.

 

  4. Selecting Suppliers and Service Providers

The acceptance of any compensation or other benefit from a supplier or service provider to the Companies, especially one involving expenses that are, directly or indirectly, borne by an Adviser’s clients, may also be perceived as a conflict in that it may lead to a perception that the provider’s selection may not be in the clients’ best interest. Accordingly, the Companies’ use of any brokerage firm or other vendor, or service provider may be subject to separate policies and procedures of the Companies subjecting such use to a pre-approval process and other requirements for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of such conflicts. Moreover, Personnel may not accept compensation, whether in the form of cash or otherwise, for their own benefit from a service provider except in accordance with the provisions of Subsection B of Section IX hereof, which relates to receipt or payment of third party compensation, and Section X hereof, which relates to gifts and entertainment.

 

  5. Potential Conflicts of Interest Arising from Transactions in Affiliated Entities

DoubleLine may recommend that its clients invest in public or private investment vehicles sponsored by or affiliated with DoubleLine. Examples of such investment vehicles include the DoubleLine Funds, hedge funds sponsored by DoubleLine, securitized assets created by DoubleLine or its affiliates or collateralized loan obligations sponsored by DoubleLine. The possibility exists that DoubleLine could take a position on governance matters for investment vehicles sponsored or affiliated with DoubleLine that could be adverse to some or all shareholders, equity holders or noteholders in these sponsored or affiliated investment opportunities. The Code of Ethics Committee is responsible to review and resolve or seek to mitigate such conflicts through appropriate controls.

D. General Antifraud Prohibitions

DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from:

 

    employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client or prospective client;

 

    engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit upon a client or prospective client;

 

    making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make a statement made not misleading; or

 

    engaging in any act, practice or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.

 

- 16 -


   
References:   

Exchange Act Section 28(e): Effect on Existing Law (exchange, broker, and dealer commissions; brokerage and research services)

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

- 17 -


V. CONFIDENTIALITY/PRIVACY

A. General Statement of Policy — Confidentiality

All DoubleLine Personnel have a duty to safeguard and treat as confidential all nonpublic information concerning the Companies, investors in the Funds, clients of the Advisers, and all transactions in which the Advisers or its clients are involved. This includes all information concerning a client’s financial circumstances and holdings, and advice furnished to the client. Moreover, employees may only use Companies or client information within the scope of their employment and, accordingly, may not appropriate such information for their own use or benefit or the use or benefit of any third party.

Confidential information also shall be construed to mean any information acquired from a third party pursuant to a non-disclosure (confidentiality) agreement (“NDA”) or confidentiality clauses contained in contractual arrangements with such third parties. Such NDAs or confidentiality clauses generally require DoubleLine to keep the other party’s Confidential Information in confidence using a reasonable degree of care, which shall be at least the same degree of care that DoubleLine uses to maintain its own Confidential Information of like importance, and to use the other party’s Confidential Information only to carry out its obligations and exercise its rights under the applicable agreement. DoubleLine Personnel are encouraged and reminded to allow access to such third parties’ confidential information only to those of employees having a need to know such information. DoubleLine Personnel also should consult members of the Legal Department if any questions arise about the particular terms of any NDA or the confidentiality clause of any applicable contract.

B. Sharing of Information Within the Companies

DoubleLine Personnel should only share client or proprietary information within the Companies with individuals that have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information. In addition, employees should not share information in violation of any Information Walls implemented by the Companies as a means of isolating certain kinds of sensitive information within the Companies so that it is not available to employees that perform “public” functions, such as the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. Employees should bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by other Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each individual that becomes aware of any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each applicable individual

 

  1. Presentations to the Fund’s Trustees

 

- 18 -


In presenting or furnishing a report to the Fund’s Trustees, representatives of service providers (such as an Adviser) to the Funds generally should refrain from identifying or discussing Fund portfolio transactions that occurred within the preceding 15 calendar days or Fund portfolio transactions that will occur or are actively being considered within the following 15 calendar days (a “Disclosed Portfolio Transaction”) . Exceptions to the foregoing policy may be made upon the request of a Trustee, with the permission of the Chief Compliance Officer or as is otherwise necessary for the Trustees to fulfill their oversight responsibilities.

(i) Notification to Disinterested Trustees

For the purposes of assisting the Disinterested Trustees in fulfilling their reporting obligations under the Code, whenever the Chief Compliance Officer is informed or otherwise becomes aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer shall provide the Disinterested Trustees with specific notice of such fact and remind them of the reporting requirements applicable to the Disinterested Trustees with respect to the applicable securities. Notwithstanding such obligation on the part of the Chief Compliance Officer, any failure by the Chief Compliance Officer to provide such notice shall not affect or otherwise lessen in any way any reporting obligation that the Disinterested Trustees may have under this Code or otherwise.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer, upon becoming aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, shall provide notice of such fact to the Disinterested Trustees.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Notification to the Disinterested Trustees of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction
 
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the notice is given, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Fund and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices.

C. Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

DoubleLine Personnel should not discuss or share client or proprietary information with individuals outside the Companies, other than with parties that both have a legitimate need to know such information and have either provided a confidentially agreement that covers such

 

- 19 -


information, which, in accordance with the Companies’ policies, has been reviewed and approved by the Companies’ Legal/Compliance Department (or outside legal counsel, as appropriate) or are themselves under a separate duty to maintain the confidentiality of the information, such as, for example, the Companies’ outside counsel or accounting firm, or employees of regulated entities such as prime brokers, clearing firms or transfer agents. When any doubt exists as to the need for a confidentially agreement, employees should contact the Companies’ Legal/Compliance Department or legal counsel if appropriate.

D. Reasonable Safeguards

DoubleLine Personnel should use special care to limit the possibility of inadvertent disclosure of client or proprietary information. In particular, Personnel should:

 

    keep their desk and work areas clear of all confidential information when they are not present;

 

    lock (via the screen or similar locking mechanism) all desktop computers, laptops, mobile phones, blackberries and other such devices when unattended;

 

    dispose of confidential documents by shredding them or placing them in confidential document waste bins or otherwise complying with proper document destruction procedures;

 

    keep sensitive information removed from the office out of public view;

 

    limit discussions of such information within the Companies to individuals who have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information;

 

    consider whether the use of a code name in place of a client’s name may be advisable (or contractually required) and

 

    consider whether the use of a code name in place of an issuer’s name may be advisable.

Employees should not:

 

    leave confidential information in the open, including in a conference room, once a meeting is over;

 

    discuss confidential information in places where it may be inadvertently overheard by unauthorized persons, such as in elevators, public transportation, restaurants or the like;

 

    discuss confidential information while using a speaker-phone that is turned up loud enough to be overhead by visitors or unauthorized Personnel; or

 

- 20 -


    discuss confidential information with individuals outside the Companies except in accordance with the policy set forth above.

E. Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

Employees should promptly bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel (if deemed appropriate) any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information.

 

  1. Special Considerations Involving Information Disclosure About Publicly Traded Clients

The inadvertent disclosure of nonpublic information about a client that has publicly traded securities outstanding may trigger a disclosure requirement on the part of the client. Accordingly, anyone who unintentionally discloses nonpublic information regarding a client that has publicly traded securities should immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer so that a determination can be made as to whether there is a need to take any action, including alerting such client of such disclosure so that it will have an opportunity to publicly disclose such information.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each individual should promptly bring any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information to the attention of the Chief Compliance Office or the General Counsel.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each applicable individual

 

- 21 -


VI. PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

A. Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

It is unlawful for any person to trade on one’s own behalf or on behalf of others, or to “tip” or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material nonpublic (i.e., inside) information concerning an issuer or to pass such information to others improperly. Violations of the foregoing can result in severe civil and criminal penalties for the individuals involved and can result in the imposition of significant penalties on the Companies.

The possession of material nonpublic information by any employee or other Personnel may be attributed to the Companies generally unless the information is effectively isolated by the use of Information Walls so that it is not available to employees that perform public functions, including trading and the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. A breach of the Companies’ Information Walls so that nonpublic information is not confined to Personnel that do not perform public functions can result in the Companies being required to suspend activities involving trading and the making of recommendations in whole or in part for some indefinite period of time in certain circumstances.

As a result, strict compliance with all applicable procedures that the Companies institute to contain the flow of material nonpublic information is required of all Personnel. Moreover, and as described more fully below, Personnel that become aware of material nonpublic information must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

The provisions of this Section VI shall, and shall be construed so as to, apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DSL or DBL who are not interested persons of DBL, DSL, the Trust or the Advisers only in respect or their status and activities as such.

Personnel that have questions concerning the requirements of the policies set forth in this Section are urged to consult with their supervisor, the compliance personnel responsible for maintaining information walls, the Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel as appropriate.

B. Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

 

  1. Nonpublic Information

Typically, for purposes of the U.S. securities laws, information is considered “nonpublic” if the information has not been broadly disseminated to investors in the marketplace such as by releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings (e. g. , Forms 10-K or 10-Q) or otherwise disseminating it in a manner that makes it fully available to investors and a reasonable time has elapsed to allow such dissemination.

 

- 22 -


  2. Materiality

Information is considered “material” if: (1) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or (2) a reasonable investor would consider it as having significantly altered the total mix of information relating to the issuer’s securities. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding security.

Determining materiality is a fact-specific inquiry, requiring a careful assessment of the inferences a reasonable person would draw from a given set of facts. By way of guidance, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated the following as examples of the types of information or events that may be considered material:

 

    impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as a large disposal of the same;

 

    earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;

 

    events regarding the issuer’s securities, e.g. , advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of security holders;

 

    new products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers (e. g. , the acquisition or loss of a major contract);

 

    significant changes in control or management;

 

    changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;

 

    impending bankruptcies or receiverships;

 

    information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities; and

 

    prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press.

Because assessments of materiality are necessarily highly fact-specific, when in doubt DoubleLine Personnel should err on the side of caution and treat the matter in question as material and bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer for further consideration.

 

- 23 -


  3. Breach of Fiduciary Duty or Duty of Trust or Confidence

Generally, except in the case of tender offers (as described in the immediately following subparagraph), the legal prohibitions on the use of material nonpublic information are dependent upon such information being obtained under a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence (or, directly or indirectly, from someone who has such a duty). Nevertheless, even where information is obtained outside of a fiduciary relationship or relationship of trust or confidence, the use of material nonpublic information may still trigger regulatory investigations and reputational concerns. For this reason, as a general policy, the Comp anies prohibit intentionally obtaining any material, nonpublic information by all Personnel, regardless of whether the information is obtained pursuant to a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence, except to the extent explicit written approval is obtained from the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, or a designee of either the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. An example of such approval would be the creation (in writing) of an information wall to facilitate the receipt of such material, nonpublic information.

(i) Special Situations — Tender Offers

Exchange Act Rule 14e-3 specifically prohibits trading or “tipping,” e.g. , providing information to third parties, while in the possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either – irrespective of whether the information was obtained in breach of a fiduciary duty or similar duty of trust and confidence. Personnel that become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

C. Avoiding the Inadvertent Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

Nonpublic information may come to the attention of DoubleLine Personnel in a variety of ways. Personnel should be aware of the most likely situations so that they can either avoid being inadvertently “tainted” with such information, which as discussed above may impact their ability to perform their usual functions for the Companies as well as the Companies’ ability to engage in business as usual, or take such actions as are described below to minimize the impact such information may have on the Companies and the affected employee.

In the event any Personnel comes into possession of, or is otherwise exposed to, nonpublic information, such individual must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer or designee and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. Upon being informed of any such matter, the Chief Compliance Officer or designee will make a determination of whether trading (as a firm or for personal trades or both) or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result or lead to any improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees. Personnel in possession of material nonpublic information may not discuss the information with, or provide any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information represents material nonpublic information to, anyone else within or outside the Companies except the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or other members of the Legal/Compliance Department; as otherwise expressly permitted by this Code of Ethics; or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. See Section VI.D. below.

 

- 24 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each individual contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not been publicly disclosed, is responsible for directing the other party to the Chief Compliance Officer and for bringing such contact to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The applicable individual

 

  1. Pre-Sounding

From time to time, investment banks may contact Personnel for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Because of the potential for such conversations, even when conducted on a hypothetical or no names basis, to result in the disclosure of material, nonpublic information, such conversations must be coordinated through the Chief Compliance Officer and comply with any restrictions or other requirements imposed thereby.

Personnel that are contacted for such purpose must promptly interrupt the investment bank representatives and inform them that applicable policies require that such calls be coordinated through the Companies’ General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. After providing the investment banking representatives with contact information for the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer, the contacted Personnel should terminate the call and promptly bring the call to the attention to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. 4

 

  2. Involvement by the Companies in a Nonpublic Transaction

The Advisers may bid for, or cause one of its clients to bid for, securities in a company, purchase securities in a private placement, serve on a creditors’ committee with respect to a bankrupt entity, or otherwise be involved in another type of transaction with an issuer through which the Advisers may be made aware of material nonpublic information. In such situations, the head of the business unit involved in such transactions is responsible for informing the Chief Compliance Officer of such involvement at or before the initiation thereof, to the extent practical, but in any event before any material nonpublic information is provided to the Advisers or any Personnel.

 

4   Assuming the proper protocols are followed, this provision is not intended to prevent personnel from providing an indication of interest to purchase shares of an initial public offering, whether in the context of a roadshow or as part of an underwriter gathering its book for a pending deal.

 

- 25 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The head of the business unit involved in any transaction with an issuer that may result in the receipt by an Adviser of material nonpublic information is responsible for bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The applicable business unit head

 

  3. Intentional Receipt of Material Non Public Information

If you intend to receive any material, non-public information related to a company with a class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), you must contact the Chief Compliance Officer or the Legal/Compliance Department in advance of its receipt. The Chief Compliance Officer or the Legal/Compliance Department will work with the appropriate business unit(s) to determine whether to receive the information and whether to implement informational wall and other procedures, as appropriate.

Under certain circumstances, Personnel may seek or agree to receive material non-public information for a legitimate purpose in the context of a transaction in which an Adviser (or its affiliates), on behalf of itself or a client entity or account, is a potential participant or in the context of forming a confidential relationship. This may include receiving “private” information from agent banks, normally facilitated through on-line services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak. This information may be available to all potential purchasers of an investment opportunity represented, for example, by an investment which may not generally qualify as a “security” for purposes of the federal securities laws (e.g., certain bank loans). Typically, that information can be used to evaluate the investment opportunity and in making an investment decision.

Prior to receipt of such information, the Personnel must request approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee.

Generally, if a confidentiality agreement is to be signed in the context of such transactions, members of the Legal/Compliance group should evaluate carefully whether a duty of confidentiality and/or a duty not to trade in the relevant issuer’s securities without prior disclosure will be created before any information is received under the confidentiality agreement. However, even in the absence of a written confidentiality agreement, a duty to disclose material non-public information before trading may be created when an oral agreement is made or an expectation exists that the confidentiality of such information will be maintained or that the information will not be used in trading. For example, if the persons providing or receiving the information have a pattern or practice of sharing confidences so that the recipient knows or reasonably should know that the provider expects the information to be kept confidential, such pattern or practice may be sufficient to form a confidential relationship.

 

- 26 -


Material non-public or deal-specific information may be given in connection with an Adviser making a direct investment in a company on behalf of a client in the form of equity or debt; it may also involve a purchase by an Adviser on behalf of a client of a debt or equity security in a secondary transaction or in the form of a loan participation. The information can be conveyed through a portal such as Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak, orally from a sponsor or dealer or through other electronic delivery or hard copy documentation. This type of situation typically arises in mezzanine financings, loan participations, bank debt financings, venture capital financing, purchases of distressed securities, oil and gas investments and purchases of substantial blocks of stock from insiders. Even though the investment for which the deal-specific information is being received may not be a publicly traded security, the company may have other classes of publicly traded securities, and the receipt of the information by an Adviser can affect the ability of other parts of the organization to trade in the issuer’s securities. For the aforementioned reasons, prior to receiving any information that may constitute material, non-public information on a company with any class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), please contact the Legal/Compliance Department, who will help to evaluate whether the information may represent material non public information and, where necessary, implement the appropriate Information Wall and trading procedures.

 

  4. Contacts with Officials or Representatives of Publicly-Held Companies

Contacts with public companies may constitute an important part of the Companies’ research efforts and investment decisions may be made based on conclusions formed through these contacts, as well as through an analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, Personnel become aware of material nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if an issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an individual associated with the Companies, or an investor relations representative selectively discloses significant news to a handful of investors, including Personnel of a Company. In such situations, the Companies must make a judgment as to its further conduct. Any individual who believes he or she may receive or has received material nonpublic information about an issuer must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

Whenever practicable, Personnel shall provide advance notice to the Chief Compliance Officer or his designate of any meetings Personnel will attend at which officials or representatives of a company with securities will discuss matters related to the issuer of the securities unless the meeting is open to the public or open broadly to the investment community. Upon the request of the Chief Compliance Officer or designate, the Personnel attending such a meeting shall provide a brief summary of the substantive information provided during the meeting.

 

- 27 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer is responsible for promptly bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each applicable individual

 

  5. Board Seats

DoubleLine Personnel are sometimes asked to sit or act as Board members for an issuer of publicly held securities. As noted at Section IX A hereof, any such arrangement must be pre-approved and, in connection therewith, the Chief Compliance Officer, in accordance with Subsection E below, will make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or prevent the improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as is required to comply with any restrictions imposed by the issuer on its directors. It should be noted that such approval generally will not be granted.

In addition, Board members of public issuers may also be exposed to material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies that may have dealings with the company on whose board they sit. Personnel sitting on the board of a company who receive material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.    

 

  6. Creditors’ Committees

Participants on creditors’ committees are often exposed to nonpublic information regarding the debtor company. This exposure may affect the Companies’ ability to trade in securities in that company. Accordingly, Personnel should not agree to sit on any creditor’s committee, whether official or informal (including preliminary meetings that precede creditors’ committees), without first contacting the Chief Compliance Officer, who will obtain any necessary approvals and make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as may otherwise be required of members of the creditor committee.

 

  7. Other Situations

(i) Information Originating within the Companies

Material, non-public information may include information originating within the Companies, for example, information regarding open-end or closed-end funds advised by the Advisers, such as information on a fund’s portfolio holdings, net asset value, expected dividend rate, or any other information that could be considered material. DoubleLine Personnel that are

 

- 28 -


contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material, nonpublic information as to which the employee was previously unaware must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer regardless of whether any nonpublic information is actually communicated and may be required to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. See Exhibit VIII for information on restrictions on DoubleLine Personnel trading in shares of closed-end funds advised by the Advisers.

(ii) Information Originating Outside the Companies

All Personnel who come into receipt of material nonpublic information, no matter what the source or circumstances, must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and may have to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.    

(iii) Expert Networks

The Companies occasionally use expert networks as part of its research efforts. A more detailed procedure regarding the use of expert networks is contained within the Advisers’ Compliance Manual.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Any individual who believes he or she may have received material nonpublic information or who has been contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material nonpublic information of which the individual was previously generally unaware, must promptly bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each applicable individual

D. Required Steps to Take If You Have Been Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

Personnel who believe they have been exposed to or may possess material nonpublic information should cease any further actions in any way related to such information or any issuer to which it relates and immediately take the following steps:

 

    contact the Chief Compliance Officer or Legal/Compliance Personnel;

 

    refrain from discussing the information with, or providing any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information relates to, anyone else within or outside the Companies

 

    Except that you may disclose the information to the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or other members of the Legal/Compliance Department in accordance with your obligations under this Code of Ethics and you may disclose the information and/or provide your investment view with respect to the relevant securities as expressly permitted by this Code of Ethics or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel;

 

- 29 -


    refrain from transactions involving the subject securities or related securities (whether for a personal account or an account of a client) or otherwise attempting to take advantage of the information whether for one’s own benefit, that of the Companies, a client or any other person; and

 

    comply with any restrictions or controls that are put in place by the Companies in response to such exposure or possession.

Personnel who are authorized to possess material nonpublic information in accordance with this Code of Ethics shall take all appropriate measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination of that information, including:

 

    reviewing such information in a private office; and

 

    avoiding the storage of such information on any network drives to which others (other than the Chief Compliance Officer, Legal, IT or Compliance Personnel and anyone else cleared to view the exact same information) have permission to access.

E. Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer

 

  1. Upon Receipt of Notification of Possible Receipt of Material, Nonpublic Information/Imposition of Information Barriers

Upon the receipt of any notification with respect to the receipt by Personnel of possible material, nonpublic information, the Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with legal counsel if deemed necessary, shall be responsible for making a determination of whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, whether any actions or precautions should be taken, including restricting the Companies’ activities in any way or placing an Information Wall around the individual involved in such matter together with any other relevant individuals from the public portions of the Companies.

(i) Restrictions on Communication and Information Barriers

Individuals subject to information barriers are prohibited from discussing the information that gave rise to the information barrier except:

 

    among other individuals who are part of the same walled off group;

 

    with the Companies’ legal counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or such other persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall specifically direct.

 

- 30 -


Individuals subject to information barriers should use care to maintain the information that gave rise to the information barrier in confidence and shall:

 

    take reasonable steps, including such steps as are set forth at Subsection D of Section V hereof, to safeguard the protected information;

 

    not discuss such matter with anyone except as specifically provided above; and

 

    in accordance with Subsection B of Section V hereof, bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain such information unless they have a legitimate business need or reason.

(ii) Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for documenting any notice received, any review undertaken, and any action taken.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for determining whether any matter reported is material and nonpublic and, if so, the Companies’ response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Notice of any receipt of material nonpublic information by any individual and the Companies’ response thereto.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

 

  2. Pre-Sounding

The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for managing the Companies’ participation in any response thereto. (See also the discussion at Section VI. C. 1.)

 

- 31 -


 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for managing the Companies’ response to any pre-sounding request.
 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation of any response to a pre-sounding request.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years, such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

 

  3. Maintenance of Restricted and Watch List

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Restricted and Watch Lists. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate others to assist with the maintenance of these lists.

The Restricted List generally may be disclosed to DoubleLine Personnel and consists of a list of issuers , e.g. ., companies, in which Personnel are prohibited from trading, absent an exemption from such restriction.

The Watch List generally is not disclosed to Personnel and consists of a list of issuers as to which a limited or select group of Personnel may be in possession of material nonpublic material information or other sensitive information. However, the Chief Compliance Office may share the Watch List with certain Personnel as necessary to further the purposes of this Code of Ethics or for other purposes the Chief Compliance Officer deems necessary or appropriate.

The Restricted and Watch Lists are maintained separately. The Restricted List is typically stored on network drives accessible to all Access Persons, while the Watch List shall not be stored on network drives accessible by Access Person except as the Chief Compliance Officer may deem necessary to further the purposes of this Code of Ethics or for other purposes the Chief Compliance Officer deems necessary or appropriate.

The Companies also maintain a list of bank loan borrowers which are not currently issuers of public securities and in respect of which Personnel have accessed private information on services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak.

 

- 32 -


The Companies also maintain a list of private issuers (such as hedge funds or private operating companies) in which Personnel are invested, based on information gathered as part of the procedures outlined in this Code of Ethics.

As a general matter, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the determination to add or remove an issuer from any of the Restricted List, the Watch List, the list of bank loan borrowers, the list of private issuers or any other lists deemed necessary to comply with these provisions of the Code of Ethics.

In considering whether an issuer should be added or removed from the Restricted or Watch List, the following presumptions shall apply:

 

    Issuers that are the subject of an Information Wall or similar controls should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List.

 

    Issuers as to which Personnel are in possession of material nonpublic information should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List, provided that if such information is not restricted to a limited number of Walled Off individuals, the issuer should be placed on the Companies’ Restricted List.

 

    Issuers for whom Personnel serve as directors or members of official creditors’ committee should generally be placed on the Restricted List or, if information walls or other appropriate measures are taken, on the Watch List.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer or designee is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Watch and Restricted Lists.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer or designee

 

- 33 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation of any consideration to add an issuer to the Companies’ Watch or Restricted Lists.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices

F. Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

All DoubleLine Personnel are required to immediately report to the Chief Compliance Officer any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information. Upon receipt of such notice, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for conducting such review with respect thereto as the Chief Compliance Officer believes appropriate and, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, for determining whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto, including reporting such matter to any official, as may be required or appropriate and for documenting such notice, review and determination. The Chief Compliance Officer may deem it appropriate, but is not required, to engage outside counsel to conduct an investigation into or assist with a review of such matters.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Any individual who is aware of any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information, shall promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for conducting a review upon receipt of a report of possible insider trading and for determining, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer

 

- 34 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported insider trading activity and the Adviser’s response thereto
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

G. Reviews for Insider Trading Activity

The Compliance Department may review employee activities for insider trading related activities (to include personal or client trading, as well as management of material non-public information), including but not limited to (i) monitoring or reviewing of email communications or other interactions between Personnel and representatives of issuers of securities and (ii) monitoring of meeting calendars of Personnel for meetings with officers or representatives of issuers of securities. Employees shall cooperate with the Compliance Department’s review of such activities.

H. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their compliance with the foregoing policies on insider-trading. See the form at Exhibit XI E.

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
   Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
   Exchange Act, Section 9: Manipulation of Security Prices
   Exchange Act, Section 10: Manipulative and Deceptive Devices
   Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1: Trading on the Basis of Material Nonpublic Information in Insider Trading Cases
     Exchange Act Rule 14e-3: Transactions in Securities on the Basis of Material, Nonpublic Information in the Context of Tender Offers

 

- 35 -


VII. REPORTING OF ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS

A. General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

All DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, are required to notify the Companies promptly, in the manner provided below, upon opening any outside account for a Covered Person or Immediate Family Member, each as hereinafter defined, for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial product, e.g. , a security, future, commodity, or any derivative thereon, provided that no notice shall be required with respect to an account of an Immediate Family Member to the extent the individual has no direct or indirect influence or control over such account and that Personnel shall be required to certify in writing that they have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account.

The term “Covered Person” shall mean any account that is beneficially owned by (i) an individual who is subject to these procedures; (ii) such individual’s spouse or domestic partner; (iii) such individual’s child or a child of the individual’s spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, the individual; and (iv) any account as to which the individual has discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which an individual acts as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for an Adviser’s client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf of the Adviser.

The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law, but only to the extent such family member shares a household with the individual.

Personnel who are new to the Companies, or whose employment predates the date this Code was first put into effect, must, promptly notify the Companies of all existing accounts that would otherwise fall within the foregoing notification requirement.

All DoubleLine Personnel are also required to notify the Companies promptly upon any change in the account set up information, e.g. , a change to the name of the account or the account number, or the closing of such account.

Any information required to be submitted to the Companies pursuant to this Section VII may be delivered, at the Companies’ option, through authorized and designated compliance systems designed for such purpose.

 

  1. Account and Initial Holdings Notification

All account and initial holding notifications, including account openings, changes to an account and account closings, must be made in writing to designated Compliance Personnel, and in the case of accounts, shall include the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with whom the account was established. Such notification should be provided using Exhibit VII A1 (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system). All initial holding notifications shall be submitted within ten (10) days of a person being designated as

 

- 36 -


an Access Person and being subjected to the requirements of the Code. Information submitted in initial holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. Information submitted in annual holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date submitted.

At the time any such notification is made, the brokerage or other firm that is to carry the account also must be notified of the need to provide copies of account statements and confirmations to the Companies. Such notification should be provided by completing and mailing a copy of the form letter attached hereto as Exhibit VII A2.

 

  2. Right of Companies to Limit Where Accounts May be Carried

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Companies reserve the right to limit the particular firms at which personal securities accounts may be opened and carried, provided that the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to such policy in the case of hardship or for other good cause.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with prompt notification with respect to all financial accounts related to holdings of securities, futures, commodities, or any derivative.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation related to account and initial position notification
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  3. Disclosure and Furnishing of Quarterly Transaction Reports Regarding Financial Products

No later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, must provide designated Compliance personnel with the following information with respect to all transactions during such quarter involving a security or financial product, other than “Excluded Transaction,” as defined below, in which they have any direct or indirect beneficial interest:

 

- 37 -


    The date of the transaction, the type of product and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security or financial product involved;

 

    The price of the security or financial product at which the transaction was effected;

 

    The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

    The date that the report is submitted.

(i) Excluded Transactions

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Transaction” means any of the following:

 

    A transaction involving an Excluded Product (as defined in Section VII A 7) or a Non-Volitional Transaction

 

    A transaction as to which all of the information required to be reported is contained in a broker trade confirmation or account statement that has been previously provided to the Companies;

 

    A transaction pursuant to an “Automatic Investment Plan,” which, in accordance with Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(11), means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation and which includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely quarterly transaction reports in a form substantially similar to Exhibit VII A 3.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

- 38 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Quarterly transaction reports
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  4. Annual Holdings Reports

As required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, not later than 45 days after January 1 st , all Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, are required to report in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer the following information, which must be current as of January 1st:

 

    The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security or financial product, other than an Excluded Product, in which the individual has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

    The name of any broker, dealer, bank or other party through whom an account is held for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual.

 

    The timing of the submission of these reports is designed to coincide with a quarterly transaction report to alleviate confusion about the submission of reports.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely annual holdings reports using the form (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system)) found at Exhibit VII A1.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

- 39 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Annual holdings reports
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  5. Reporting Requirements Applicable to Disinterested Trustees

While Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the foregoing reporting requirements, they are required to report any transaction, other than a “Non-Reportable Transaction” (as hereinafter defined), involving a security, other than one that is an Excluded Product, undertaken by the Disinterested Trustee or any Covered Person or any Immediate Family Member, if the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during a 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such security, or (ii) the Fund or an adviser to the Fund was considering the purchase or sale of such security (such transaction a “Covered Transaction”) .

(i) Reporting Requirements

Any Disinterested Trustee that is required to report a Covered Transaction shall, no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction occurred, file such report containing such information with respect to such transaction and any account in which the transacted securities were held with the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) Definition of Non-Reportable Transaction

For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Reportable Transaction” means any transaction taken as part of an Automatic Investment Plan or a Non-Volitional Transaction.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each Disinterested Trustee is responsible for providing the applicable Adviser with timely quarterly transaction reports, as or if applicable.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Each Disinterested Trustee

 

- 40 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Quarterly transactions reports for Disinterested Trustees
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)

 

  6. Other Reports or Information

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Personnel may be required to provide such additional information regarding any holdings of, or transactions in, financial products at such times and in such manner as designated Compliance Personnel may request.

 

  7. Excluded Products

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Products” means the following:

 

    Direct obligations of the federal government of the United States (Note for clarification: this does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency).

 

    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

    Shares issued by money market funds.

 

    Shares in open-end investment companies (mutual funds) (Note: this does not include open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate).

 

    Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate. (Mutual funds advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate are “Reportable Funds”.)

 

    Nonfinancial commodities (e. g. , pork belly contracts).

 

    Investments in 529 plans not managed, distributed, marketed or underwritten by an DoubleLine or any of its affiliates. 5

 

  8. Non-Volitional Transaction

 

5   See SEC no-action letter, WilmerHale, July 28, 2010.

 

- 41 -


For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Volitional Transaction” means any transaction effected for any account over which the applicable Personnel had no direct or indirect influence or control, including transactions such as demutualization, stock splits, stock from mergers or spin-offs, automatic tender offers or stock dividends.

B. Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

On a monthly basis, designated Compliance Personnel shall review any account statement and any Holding Report Notification form submitted by Personnel. Personnel shall arrange for duplicates of account statements and confirmations by using Exhibit VII A2 (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system). Should an Access Person be designated to review account statements and holding reports, an independent Access Person (independent of and senior to the reviewing Access Person) shall review the primary reviewer’s account statements and holding reports.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the completion of any required review.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: The Chief Compliance Officer.

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documentation relating to the review of employee trading
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the matter reported related, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(C)

 

- 42 -


   
References:    Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a) (3): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (review of securities transactions and holdings)
   Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(b): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (reporting requirements)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of report with respect to securities transactions)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding period for certain records)
   Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(d): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Reporting Requirements of Access Persons)
   Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Preapproval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)
     Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 

- 43 -


VIII. INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

A. Overview

The Companies impose a number of restrictions on trading and investment activities by DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees. These restrictions are designed to assist the Companies in complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; to help avoid conflicts of interest, including apparent conflicts; and, ultimately, to protect the Companies’ reputation.

B. Provisions of General Applicability

 

  1. Prohibition on Doing Indirectly What Cannot Be Done Directly

DoubleLine Personnel are expected to comply with both the letter and the spirit of the restrictions and prohibitions set forth in this Code. Accordingly, to the extent any transaction would put an individual in an economic position that would be substantially equivalent to a prohibited or restricted transaction, such transaction is similarly prohibited or restricted. By way of illustration, where a long position in an underlying equity would be prohibited, it would be prohibited for an individual to establish a derivative or synthetic position that achieves similar economics.

 

  2. When in Doubt

When in doubt as to the applicability of these restrictions and prohibitions to any transaction, Personnel should either refrain from entering into the transaction or discuss the matter with their supervisor or a member of Compliance or Legal.

 

  3. Breaking Trades

As all or part of a sanction imposed, the Companies may require that Personnel break or unwind any transaction entered into by any Personnel in violation of these provisions. In such case, the Companies shall not have any obligation to reimburse the individual for any loss suffered as a result thereof and any realized profits shall be disgorged and provided to a charitable organization chosen by the Companies.    

 

  4. Hardship

The Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to certain restrictions or prohibitions set forth herein in the case of hardship or for other good cause, provided that any such exemption shall be documented and otherwise in compliance with any applicable legal requirements.

 

  5. Trade Request Submission Requirements and Timing Expectations

Personnel should understand that the Approving Officers will be under no obligation to respond to any request for approval within any stated time and once any such matter is considered may withhold approval for any reason or for no reason at all and, in any event, may withhold approval where it is determined that any such transaction may be legally uncertain, may give the appearance of a conflict of interest, or may expose the Companies to reputational risk, risk of regulatory inquiry or other harm, no matter how remote.

 

- 44 -


All personal trades must be submitted through the designated compliance system (currently Schwab Compliance Technologies). Certain transactions may require additional documentation (such as the form provided as Exhibit VIII C) at the discretion of the Approving Officers.

Should any person use email to make a personal trade request, such person is presumed to be making all of the representations that are present on the sample forms provided in this policy (including similar forms available in any electronic or automated preclearance system). The use of email to make such requests should be restricted to situations such as when the requestor is out of office or the use of the prescribed form is otherwise impractical and such procedure should be considered to be the exception to the general procedure of requesting preapproval using the form provided as Exhibit VIII C.

NOTE: Post-approval is not permitted. Any trade completed before pre-approval is obtained or after the approval window has terminated may be broken or unwound as provided at Section VIII. B. 4 and may result in disciplinary action.

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documents related to any decision to approve a hardship or other exception
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and 204A-1(c)

C. Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

 

  1. Prohibited Transactions

Nonpublic Information . All DoubleLine Personnel are strictly prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity, including without limitation the making of any recommendation, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of a shareholder or client of the Companies or other third party, on the basis of material nonpublic information or nonpublic client information, including client securities information.

 

- 45 -


Manipulative Conduct . Personnel are strictly prohibited from engaging in any trading or investment activity that constitutes manipulative conduct. This would includes trades that do not have a bona fide purpose, e.g. , that are done to influence market price or convey a false appearance of price movement or volume.

Fraud . Personnel are strictly prohibited from participating in any investment activity that is known to any such individual to involve fraudulent activities such as forgery, non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts or the taking of any action that is meant to conceal or misrepresent the actual facts of a matter. This would include, for example, knowingly backdating a document or recording a trade as occurring at an incorrect time.

Restricted List . Absent an exception specifically granted by the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity in any security on the Companies’ Restricted List.

Uncovered Short Trade . Personnel are prohibited from entering into an uncovered short trade.

Uncovered Option . Personnel are prohibited from writing an uncovered option.

 

  2. Transactions Requiring Additional Documentation to obtain Pre-Approval

All DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any Restricted Transaction (as defined below) without first obtaining prior approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or the CCO’s designates (collectively, the “Approving Officers”).

For purposes hereof, a Restricted Transaction shall mean:

(a) acquiring ownership, directly or indirectly, in any security issued in an initial public offering or a limited offering or private placement (each as defined below), including any interest in a hedge fund

For purposes of the foregoing, the term “initial public offering” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(b) transfers of interest in private placements sponsored by the Companies, other than transfers for estate planning purposes or that are court-mandated

For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “limited offering” or “private placement” shall each mean an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), which provides an exemption for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or Section 4(6), which involve offers or sales by an issuer solely to one or more accredited investors, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D, which allow offerings for a limited dollar amount and/or to a limited number of investors, or any other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

- 46 -


(c) transactions involving Prohibited Securities (as defined in Exhibit VIII, Prohibited Securities are any securities of the closed-end funds for which an Adviser or one of its affiliates acts as an investment manager, investment adviser or sub-adviser ).

Transactions involving any closed end fund advised or sub advised by DoubleLine must be pre-approved without exception. All requests for pre-approval must be submitted using the form provided as Appendix 2 to Exhibit VIII to this Code. It may prove necessary for the Code of Ethics Committee to discuss such requests and reach agreement as to whether that transaction can be approved in light of the circumstances.

Closed end funds not managed by DoubleLine require preapproval as described below under “Transactions requiring pre-approval”.

Requests for approval of all Restricted Transactions must be submitted directly to the Chief Compliance Officer. When considering approval of any request, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity is one that should have been reserved for an Adviser’s clients and whether the opportunity is being offered by virtue of the individual’s position with an Adviser.    

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining pre-approval of all Restricted Transactions.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel.

 

- 47 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documents related to any decision of a request to approve a Restricted Transaction including the reason supporting any approval
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e)

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
   Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
   Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(c): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (pre- approval of certain investments)
   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of decision regarding certain securities acquisitions)
     Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Pre-Approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

 

  3. Transactions Requiring Pre-approval

Except as expressly stated below, DoubleLine Personnel must obtain pre-approval for any investment transaction in an account for which notification is required to be given pursuant to Section VII A hereof or as to which a Holdings Report Notification form would be required pursuant to Section VII B hereof, other than those listed in (i) below. Any transaction as to which pre-approval has been obtained must be completed within the two business days following the day pre-approval is obtained. Transactions, or portions thereof, not completed within these times constraints must be immediately canceled and, thereafter, may only be completed following the obtaining of a new pre-approval. The CCO may waive the two day requirement in the CCO’s sole judgment.

Limit orders, once approved, are not subject to further pre-approval, unless the limit or other factors are changed.

 

- 48 -


Transactions involving an Access Person and the purchase or sale of commercial real estate must be pre-approved by an Approving Officer, regardless of whether such transaction is effected through an entity controlled by an Access Person or in such Access Person’s individual capacity.

(i) Pre-approval is not required for the following types of transactions:

 

    Purchase or sales involving an Excluded Product ;

 

    Purchase or sales pursuant to an Automated Investment Plan;

 

    Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration;

 

    Pre-established, automated, regular and periodic (e.g., monthly, quarterly) investments in the DoubleLine Funds through the Companies’ 401(k) plan via automatic payroll contributions of less than or equal to whatever the maximum contribution to a 401(k) plan happens to be in a given calendar year as established and published by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

    Pre-established, automated, regular and periodic (e.g., monthly, quarterly) re-balancing transactions in the DoubleLine Funds through the Companies’ 401(k) plan.

 

    Purchase or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by an Adviser or any affiliate.

(ii) De minimis exception

Any personal trade of any equity security of 1,000 shares or $35,000 market value, whichever is less in dollar terms, except for trades listed below, will be processed by DoubleLine’s designated compliance system under the de minimis exception. The de minimis exception shall also apply to trades in a Reportable Fund (any fund advised or sub-advised by the Firm) that does not exceed $35,000.

ALL de minimis trades must be entered into the designated compliance system (currently Schwab Compliance Technologies).

The de minimis exception may not be used for:

 

    Any bond (debt security) trade (except trades in direct obligations of the federal government of the United States or municipal bonds)2;

 

    Any security issued by a client;

 

    Any initial public offering;

 

- 49 -


    Any private placement;

 

    Any closed end funds managed by DoubleLine – either as adviser or sub-adviser;

 

    To trade any security for which pre-approval has been denied to the requestor within the past fifteen days

Access Person may not use the de minimis exception to avoid compliance with other aspects of this Code.

All transactions not listed above in this paragraph require pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or designate.

DoubleLine Personnel that are registered representatives of a broker dealer also must request written pre-approval from that broker dealer before engaging in private securities transactions or transacting in initial public offerings.

D. Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

 

  1. Transactions with a Heightened Approval Requirement

To avoid potential conflict situations and the appearance of a conflict, Access Persons shall not enter into any transactions that could reasonably be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction, each as described below, unless the particular transaction has been pre-approved by Approving Officers. The applicable Approving Officers shall only approve such a transaction where they (i) have documented their awareness of such facts as would allow the specific transaction to be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction and (ii) have a reasonable belief that the transaction will not adversely impact the client’s position or strategy. In making such determination, the Approving Officers shall consider such factors, such as the size of the transaction or the liquidity of the market for such product, as they reasonably believe are relevant to such determination.

Contrary Transaction . A contrary transaction is one that that reflects a view that is contrary to:

 

    any currently contemplated, but unexecuted, shareholder or client transaction or current recommendation made to a shareholder or client or other transaction under active consideration, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such contemplated transaction or recommendation;

 

    any trade made on behalf of a shareholder or client by such individual or by the Companies during the previous fifteen (15) days, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such trade; and

 

- 50 -


    any current position known by the individual to be held by a shareholder or client as a result of either or both of the Companies’ recommendation or decision.

For purposes of the foregoing, any strategy or research shall be considered to be a recommendation that has been made to a shareholder or client to the extent it has been made known to the applicable shareholder or client, is being prepared for the benefit of such shareholder or client, or is being used in connection with the exercise by the Companies of trading discretion on behalf of such shareholder or client.

Trading Ahead Transaction A “trading ahead transaction” is one that seeks to take advantage of market movements that are likely to result from an impending trade, e.g. , an increase in price as a result of the purchase of a large position, or the execution of contemplated strategy or research.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
Each Access Person is responsible for any pre-approval obtained with respect to a contrary transaction or trading ahead transaction to reflect awareness of such facts as requires the specific transaction to be so characterized.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Access Persons

 

  2. Round Trip Transactions within 60 Day Window

Access Persons shall forfeit any profit from the purchase and sale, or short sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities, other than Excluded Products, within any sixty (60) day period. Such profits will be calculated by matching most recent purchases against a given sale or most recent sales against a given purchase.

For the sake of clarity, this provision does not prevent an Access Person from transacting within the sixty-day period to limit losses. However, if any such trades are effected without pre-approval, should such trades prove to be profitable, the profit shall be disgorged under the provisions of this Code. Other limitations under this Code on such a transaction may apply.

Note: This prohibition effectively limits the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available.

***********************************************************************

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REQUIREMENTS IS PROVIDED TO ASSIST THE READER. IT IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE DETAILED DISCUSSION WITHIN THIS CODE OF ETHICS OF THE PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REQUIREMENTS. THE INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS BY THE CAPITAL CCO SHALL SERVE AS THE FINAL ARBITRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS PERSONAL TRADING REQUIREMENTS.

 

- 51 -


Transactions or securities not requiring pre-approval

Excluded Products

Non-Volitional transactions

Automated Investment Plans

Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration

Automated payroll purchase or sale of DoubleLine Funds into the DoubleLine 401(k) up to the annual statutory limit for contributions to a 401(k) plan

Automated (pre-planned) rebalancing transactions leading to the purchase or sale of DoubleLine Funds into the DoubleLine 401(k)

Purchase or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by an Adviser or any affiliate

Transactions or securities REQUIRING pre-approval

Trades in any mutual fund or closed end fund advised or subadvised by DoubleLine

Trades in any stock (to mean: any equity security)

Trades in any bond that is not an excluded security

Trades in any closed end fund

Trades in any ETF

Trades in any financial derivatives

Transactions or securities REQUIRING increased review or documentation before pre-approval

ANY private placement (private company, hedge fund, etc)

ANY Initial Public Offering (IPO)

ANY trade in a DoubleLine advised (or sub-advised) Closed End Fund

Contrary Transactions

Trading Ahead Transactions

 

   
References:    Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
   Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
     Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (list of Access Persons)

 

- 52 -


IX. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

A. General Policy

It is the policy of the Companies to require all DoubleLine Personnel to obtain written pre-approval from the Approving Officers before accepting any outside employment or compensation, e.g. ., other than with the Companies, the General Partner or any affiliate thereof. This includes engaging in any business activity other than a passive investment and would include being an officer, director, limited or general partner, member of a limited liability company, employee or consultant.

DoubleLine Personnel that are registered representatives of a broker dealer also must request written pre-approval from that broker dealer before accepting any outside employment or compensation, or outside directorship.

 

  1. Non-Profit Entities

The foregoing requirement does not apply to volunteer service by Personnel, other than investment advisory services, on an uncompensated basis for non-profit entities. Service as an officer or director of a non-profit entity is subject to the requirements in the paragraph below.    

 

  2. Directorships and Officer Positions

Approval of any Personnel to serve on the board of directors/trustees or in an officer position of any issuer entity will only be granted based upon a determination that such service will not create an actual or potential conflict with the interest of the Companies’ shareholders or clients. Where such service is authorized, the Chief Compliance Officer shall make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees and as is required to comply with any restriction imposed by the issuer on its directors/trustees/officers. (See also Section VI C 5 above.)

Where the board or officer service is within the scope of the individual’s employment by the Companies, whether because the Companies, for example, (i) are affiliated with the Adviser(s) (as is the case with the Funds), (ii) hold a position in the entity or (iii) an Adviser’s clients hold a position in the entity, all compensation awarded to directors, in the form of cash or securities, shall be for the benefit of an Adviser’s clients holding such interest, and, if none, for the Companies’ benefit and accordingly individuals serving in such capacity shall disgorge all compensation received. Board or officer service in an affiliated operating entity which is within the scope of an individual’s employment by the Companies does not require preapproval. Personnel should confirm whether such position is (a) within the scope of their employment and (b) if the entity is affiliated, with the Capital CCO.

 

- 53 -


Board and officer positions for charitable organizations or non-profit companies will be considered on a case by case basis. Approval will be granted only if no conflict of interest exists between the Board or officer position under consideration and the requestor’s duties at the Companies or between or among the Companies and its clients and the charitable organization or non-profit company. Such charitable board or officer positions should not interfere with or affect such person’s ability to perform their job requirements.

 

  3. Fiduciary Appointments

DoubleLine Personnel may not accept appointment as (i) a fiduciary, including as an executor, trustee, guardian, or conservator, or (ii) a consultant in connection with fiduciary or active money management matters, without the written pre-approval from the Approving Officers. The foregoing prohibition does not apply to appointments involving estates of family members.

 

  4. Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto. Personnel shall attest to their outside business activities on a quarterly basis on a form substantially similar to Exhibit VII A 3.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval of all outside business activities from the Approving Officers.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documents related to the approval of outside business activities
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

B. Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation

Except with the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are not allowed to accept compensation for their own benefit from, or pay to, a third party regardless of whether the compensation is in the form of cash or non-cash compensation. All commission and other payments must be paid to, or by, the Companies and cannot be paid directly to, or by, an employee.

 

- 54 -


  1. Documentation

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before accepting or paying any compensation directly to a third party.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 
Document: Documents related to the approval of the receipt or payment of third party compensation
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

C. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI E. )

 

- 55 -


X. GIFTS AND GRATUITIES AND POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

 

- 56 -


 
CODE OF ETHICS COMMITTEE – INTERPRETIVE GUIDANCE
 

EXPLANATORY NOTE: The following discussion constitutes interpretive guidance of the Code of Ethics Committee and does not form a part of the Code of Ethics. In the event of any conflict between this guidance and the Code of Ethics, the terms of the Code of Ethics shall control.

 

GIFTS COVERED BY SECTION X.A.2(ii)(b) : As provided below, the Code of Ethics Committee has authority to grant waivers to the general prohibition of receipt of gifts from Covered Individuals (as defined below) having a business relationship with trading desk Personnel. (Such Covered Individuals are “Trading Desk Covered Individuals” and are more commonly thought of as “sell side brokers”.) However, it is the general policy of the Companies that, unless there is no practical alternative, Personnel should decline receipt of gifts and entertainment from Trading Desk Covered Individuals and treat all entertainment, travel, meetings, conferences and similar gratuities as a business expense and seek payment or reimbursement under the Companies’ policy concerning reasonable business expenses.

 

Accordingly, the Code of Ethics Committee intends to interpret this exception authority narrowly, and Personnel should assume that an exception request will not be granted in most cases. In general, and subject to case-by-case review, the Code of Ethics Committee anticipates that an exception is likely to be granted only if:

 

1.  There is a clearly demonstrable and reasonable business purpose tied to receipt of such gift;

 

2.  Such business purpose does not, in the sole judgment of the Code of Ethics Committee, create the appearance that the gift is provided as compensation for doing business with the Trading Desk Covered Individual or his employer; and

 

3.  It is not practicable to treat all or a portion of such gift as an expense reimbursable under the Companies’ business expense policies.    

 

EXAMPLES AND LIMITED PRE-APPROVAL: The following examples are provided to assist in illustrating the application of these principles and to provide limited pre-approval to certain types of events. In the view of the Code of Ethics Committee, certain types of activities fall into the categories that would be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee. Similarly, other activities clearly would not be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee and examples of these activities also are provided. Obviously, there are many permutations of these principles and examples; when in doubt, the Code of Ethics Committee should be consulted. The following examples are not exhaustive.

 

It is expected that Personnel will use good judgment when making choices under these interpretations. The Interpretation is not intended to create a requirement to discuss every potential conference or meeting with the Code of Ethics Committee, but rather to provide guidelines for the exercise of good judgment.

 

- 57 -


 

Activities that may be deemed to be pre-approved :

 

A.  An analyst attends an issuer conference in Los Angeles (i. e. , no travel required) sponsored by a single broker. Fifty issuers are present. The analyst meets with ten of the issuers during the course of the day. Lunch is served during the middle of the day. The Companies would presume that an attempt was made (through email) to arrange to pay for lunch prior to attending the conference. If the broker responds via email that it is not practical to pay separately for lunch (e. g. , separate billing is not possible or it is not possible to determine the cost of that lunch), the analyst may attend the issuer conference and eat lunch.

 

B.  A portfolio manager attends a series of issuer conferences (of the type described in example A, above) sponsored by a single broker in different locations. Transportation between cities is provided by the broker to allow the buy side representatives to eat and talk during transit. Given the time of day and as an accommodation, a meal is provided during the transit between locations. The Companies would presume that an attempt was made (through email) to arrange to pay for the meal prior to attending the conference. If the broker responds that it is not practical for the Companies to pay separately for that meal, the analyst may attend the conference, use the transportation between cities and eat the lunch. Either the Companies or the individual (which is a business decision unrelated to the Code of Ethics) should arrange to pay for the cost of airfare (or other transportation) to the other location as well as any hotel or other costs.

 

C.  An analyst is attending an issuer conference (described above). Unbeknowst to her in advance, a mid-afternoon snack (cheese, crackers, cookies etc.) is made available to all participants. The analyst may eat the snack without making further arrangements for payment given the timing involved and the socially obvious difficulty of approaching the coordinating broker to make further billing arrangements after the payment deals described above already have been reached.

 

Events falling into categories A, B and C need not receive specific approval from the Code of Ethics Committee, as such permission may be deemed to have been granted by this Interpretation.

 

Activities that would not be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee :

 

D.  Members of the trading desk of a trading counterparty wish to take members of the Companies’ trading desk to dinner. Covered Individuals attending the dinner should arrange for payment for their meal(s) and seek reimbursement under the Companies’ policies concerning reasonable business expenses.

 

E.  A trader wishes to attend a sporting or theater event with tickets provided by a trading counterparty with a representative of that trading counterparty present. The trader will need to purchase that ticket at their own expense, or ask through the proper expense channels if the Companies are willing to pay the expense of that ticket.

 

F.   A trader wishes to attend a conference at a ski resort during a weekend when there is a one hour training session on Bloomberg. Either the Companies or the trader should arrange to pay for the conference, transportation to the ski resort and hotel accommodations, as well as any other costs associated with this trip.

 

- 58 -


 

Events falling into categories D, E and F will not receive permission from the Code of Ethics Committee and, for the avoidance of doubt, do not qualify for deemed pre-clearance.

 

The Code of Ethics Committee designates the Capital Chief Compliance Officer as its representative in these matters, with the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether the entire Code of Ethics Committee needs to consider any particular request. Nothing in this Interpretation is designed to express an opinion as to the Companies’ obligations to make reimbursement for any activities; such determinations are made pursuant to other policies not part of the Code of Ethics.

Giving, receiving or soliciting a gift in a business setting, sponsoring lavish client entertainment or soliciting or making political contributions may create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest. In order to minimize these concerns, the Companies have adopted the following limitations on soliciting, receiving or giving gifts or soliciting or making political contributions.    

A. Gifts and Gratuities

 

  1. Solicitations of Gifts

DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from soliciting, directly or indirectly, any item of value (a “Gift” ), e.g. , gifts, loans, favors, or lavish entertainment from any individual employed by any entity with which any of the Companies has, or hopes to have, a business or client relationship (a “Covered Individual” ).

 

  2. Receipt of Gifts and Entertainment

(i) General Exclusion

DoubleLine Personnel may accept Gifts from any individual if the individual giving the gift is related to the recipient by blood or marriage or is a close personal friend and the gift is consistent with such relationship.

(ii) Unsolicited Gifts (Excluding Entertainment)

DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited Gifts from Covered Individuals, provided such Gift falls within one of the following categories:

(a) Covered Individuals not associated with trading desk broker counterparties)

 

    the gift has a value of less than $100 and is consistent with customary business practices;

 

    the gift is perishable and the recipient shares it with co-workers at the Companies; or

 

    acceptance of the gift is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

- 59 -


  (a) Trading Desk Covered Individuals (i.e. persons associated with trading desk broker counterparties) (ex. sell side traders, analysts, portfolio managers)

DoubleLine Personnel should not accept gifts from Trading Desk Covered Individuals described in this category X.A.2(ii)(b). Exceptions to this rule may only be granted by the Code of Ethics Committee with the Capital Chief Compliance Officer present and voting.

DoubleLine Personnel must report any gift received on Exhibit X.A (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system) annually and will be required to make the following attestation (or an equivalent provided by the Legal/Compliance Department) each quarter and also annually when submitting their gift form:

“I have not accepted any compensation from any source (other than DoubleLine) for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.”

Personnel may not accept cash gifts from Covered Individuals under any circumstances.

Gifts presented to an Adviser by a single party on behalf of several clients shall be reported to the Compliance and Accounting Departments for potential allocation of the potential or perceived compensation that may arise from any such gift.

Any gifts, regardless of value, received by Personnel shall be reported on Exhibit X.A.

(iii) Unsolicited Entertainment

DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals described in X.A.2(ii)(a) above, provided (i) such entertainment is consistent with customary business practices and the host is in attendance; (ii) the entertainment is being provided to attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the host without Personnel being singled out, or (iii) the entertainment is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer. Such entertainment is “Reasonable Entertainment”.

DoubleLine personnel should not accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals described in category X.A.2(ii)(b) above (i.e. Trading Desk Covered Individuals). Exceptions to this rule may only be granted by the Code of Ethics Committee with the Capital Chief Compliance Officer present and voting.

(iv) Other circumstances and possible exceptions

 

    Registered persons (i.e. persons carrying a securities license through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) may not give or accept any gifts to Covered Individuals exceeding $100 (or the current limit established in FINRA Rule 3220) under any circumstances, nor may any exception be granted to the gift limitation rules for registered persons. (See FINRA Rule 3220.) All such registered persons shall consult with the broker dealer carrying their securities license for further requirements imposed by that broker dealer.

 

- 60 -


    Non-registered persons must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel to receive a gift exceeding $100.

(v) Notification of the Receipt of Unsolicited Gifts or Entertainment

All employees must declare all gifts and any entertainment that is not Reasonable Entertainment received during the calendar year to Compliance using Exhibit X. A. Such reports must be received by January 30 of the subsequent year.

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 

All DoubleLine Personnel must notify the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis regarding the receipt of any unsolicited gift or entertainment.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel

 

 

  3. Giving of Gifts and Entertainment

DoubleLine Personnel are required to obtain the written approval of an Approving Officer 6 prior to giving any Gift, other than “reasonable entertainment costs” (as described below), to any Covered Individual or other person covered by any of the provisions below. Reasonable entertainment costs are construed to mean the costs of meals provided to Covered Persons which would not be deemed to be lavish by a reasonable person. Such reasonable entertainment costs may be approved pursuant to the Companies’ then applicable expense reimbursement policies.

(i) Permitted Entertainment

Approving Officers control decisions regarding permitted entertainment. Receipts from such entertainment shall set forth the date, parties in attendance and their employers, the entertainment provided, the business purpose therefore, and include an itemized list of the costs associated therewith. To be considered and approved as Reasonable Entertainment, both the host and the guest must attend the entertainment together. Moreover, any entertainment shall be appropriate for business entertainment such as, for example, sporting, civic or cultural events. Questions involving sponsorships of events may be considered by a subset of the Code of Ethics Committee at the discretion of the Capital CCO.

(ii) Special Treatment Regarding Foreign Officials, Regulators and Pension Plans

 

 

6   For purposes of the Gift and Entertainment section of the Code of Ethics, “Approving Officers” is construed to include to mean the members of DoubleLine’s Code of Ethics Committee.

 

- 61 -


DoubleLine Personnel may not give any Gift or other thing of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any representative of a governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization, pension plans or any foreign official without the written pre-approval of an Approving Officer. The foregoing restriction shall not include the offering of coffee, tea, a soda or the like, or of a snack or light refreshment to a representative attending a meeting at one of the Companies, any food or drink that is offered generally to other attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the Companies, or other offerings of similar character and intent.

(iii) Special Treatment Regarding Unions and Union Officials

Special reporting rules apply when officers of the Companies furnish gifts or entertainment to labor unions or union officials. These special rules are independent of, and in addition to, any approval procedures otherwise applicable under this Code. The Companies may be required to file Form LM-10 with the Department of Labor by March 31 st of the calendar year following any year in which the Companies or any Personnel made any payments, gave any gifts, or entertained any union officials, including union pension fund trustees. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that all information required to be reported on Form LM-10 related to gifts or entertainment furnished to labor unions or labor officials (as defined under applicable laws and regulations pertaining to Form LM-10) is captured within accounting records.

(iv) Personnel may not give anything of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any union or union representative, including a union pension fund trustee, without the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.

(v) Requirements of Clients and Other Third Parties

Personnel shall not provide a gift or entertainment to a client, potential client or other third party in violation of any policy established by such client, potential client or other third party. Personnel subject to any Code of Ethics or similar policies of any client, issuer, or other third party must comply with such policies as though such policies were set forth herein and made a part hereof.

(vi) Charitable Donations

Nothing within this Code shall be construed to prevent personal charitable contributions by DoubleLine Personnel to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser does not act as investment manager.

Nothing within this Code shall be construed to prevent corporate charitable contributions by Companies to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser does not act as investment manager.

Proposed charitable contributions by DoubleLine Personnel or an Adviser to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser acts as investment manager should be discussed with the applicable Companies’ General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer prior to making the charitable contribution.

 

- 62 -


Personnel wishing to make personal charitable contributions to organizations outside the United States shall consult with the CCO before doing so.

 

  4. Notice and Approval Process

All requests by DoubleLine Personnel with respect to the approval of a Gift or any entertainment, other than permitted reasonable entertainment costs, shall be in writing and provided to the Chief Compliance Officer for consideration.

 

  5. Gift Log

The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a Gift Log, which shall consist of the compilation of each Employee’s Gift Logs, as prepared and presented annually. (See Exhibit X A, (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system).

The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that the Companies’ accounting records capture such additional information as may be necessary in connection with any filing that may be required in connection with Form LM-10 or any other gift and entertainment reporting scheme to which the Companies and/or their Personnel may be subject.

(i) Review of Gift Log

The Chief Compliance Officer or designate is responsible for the review of the Gift Log on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns. The Chief Financial Officer or designate is responsible for the review of Companies’ accounting records on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns.

(ii) Filing of Forms

The Chief Financial Officer or designate is responsible for the timely filing of Form LM-10 and any other gifts and entertainment reports that the Companies may be required to make.

(iii) Documentation

In addition to the Gift Log, the Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Compliance Officer’s (or designate’s) annual review of the Gift Log. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Financial Officer’s (or designate’s) annual review of accounting records and all entertainment notices and any filings as to which the Companies are subject.

The Chief Financial Officer (or designate’s) is responsible for ensuring that accounting records accurately reflect, with sufficient details necessary, any transaction required to be reported on Form LM-10.

 

- 63 -


 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 

Document: Documents related to gifts and entertainment, including the Gift and Entertainment Log and any Forms LM-10 filed

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as described above.

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

 

References:    Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959
   Form LM-10
    

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977

 

B. Political Contributions

In the U.S., both federal and state laws impose limitations, and in some cases restrictions, on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to U.S. citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both U.S. and foreign corporations and other institutions. Accordingly, the Companies have adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state, and local candidates, officials and political parties.

This policy regarding activities and political contributions applies to the Companies and all Personnel. Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Companies and the individuals involved.

These policies are intended solely to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended to interfere with an individual’s right to participate in the political process.    

 

  1. General Prohibition on Contributions to Obtain Business

Both the Companies and DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from making or soliciting political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining adviser contracts with government entities. For purposes hereof, the term political contribution includes contributions to a current office holder, candidate, political party, or party or political committees (including committees supporting or opposing ballot initiatives, e.g. ., referendum).

 

  2. Prohibition and Restrictions on Contributions by the Companies

 

- 64 -


Federal law prohibits political contributions by the Companies or in their name in support of candidates for federal office. Accordingly, such contributions are prohibited. Because restrictions may also apply with respect to contributions to state and local officials, no such contributions may be made by the Companies or in their names except to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.

 

  3. Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel

ALL POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS – REGARDLESS OF SIZE OR RECIPIENT– REQUIRE PREAPPROVAL FROM THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OR DESIGNATE. CERTAIN POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL APPROVALS.

After any person requests preclearance, as a generality, approval likely will be given for $350 or less to any one candidate for whom Personnel may vote (per election), and $150 or less to candidates for whom Personnel may not vote (per election, where primaries and general elections are considered two separate elections). Any contribution in excess of $350 generally will not receive preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer or designate. Payments to a political party of a state or locality where the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity also are covered by this requirement. The CCO or designate has absolute discretion to deny requests to make political contributions for any or no reason. The dollar limitations provided in this paragraph apply to political contributions of any type for any recipient in any election.

a. Political Contributions receiving additional scrutiny

1. Making Contributions to Individuals related to Clients or Prospects

It is the Companies’ policy that Personnel generally are prohibited from making political contributions to a candidate or official that serves or is seeking to serve on the governing board of any of the Companies’ shareholders or clients or to any potential client for which an Adviser has participated in a “Request for Proposal” (RFP) or similar process which could result in an Adviser being awarded an investment mandate, all such political contributions being “Client Related Political Contributions”. Exceptions to the restrictions on Client Related Political Contributions only can be granted by a combination of any three of the following persons who are the Approving Officers in this section of the Code: the Companies’ CEO, President, General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer (in other words, at least three approvals are required). It is presumed that, to the extent possible, these four persons would meet to discuss such approvals if circumstances permit such a meeting to occur.

 

- 65 -


Without limiting the requirement to receive approval for all political contributions, of particular sensitivity are contributions to candidates that currently can or potentially could influence the hiring of DoubleLine for money management mandates. Personnel should expect that requests involving potential contributions 7 to officials 8 of government entities 9 who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser in connection with money management mandates 10 may receive additional scrutiny and may not be approved.

These prohibitions exist whether the government entity seeks an Adviser’s services through a separate account, a covered pooled investment vehicle (such as a hedge fund or other private investment vehicle) or a registered investment company (such as the Funds), if the Funds are an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity that is participant directed.

b. No bundling

Personnel also are prohibited from seeking the assistance of others (including Political Action Committees) to bundle or coordinate the solicitation of such contributions. In sum, Personnel shall not attempt to do indirectly what they may not do directly, including by channeling political contributions through third parties such as spouses or domestic partners. 11

c. Actions to take if Personnel inadvertently make an unapproved contribution

Personnel detecting that they have made a contribution without receiving preclearance should report such contributions to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer immediately. In certain cases, it is possible that seeking (and achieving) the return of the contribution can preclude application of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and penalties. However, because the rule is relatively new, and such procedures have not been widely attempted across the industry, there can be no assurance that any attempt to preclude application of the statutory penalties will be completely successful. Personnel are advised to comply with the requirements at all times, to avoid the potential difficulty of attempting to unwind an impermissible political contribution.

 

 

7   A contribution is defined to include a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money, or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election for a federal, state or local office, including any payments for debts incurred in such an election or payments towards the transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office.
8   An official includes an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity if the office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser or has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser.
9   Government entities include all state and local governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, and all public pension plans and other collective government funds, including participant-directed plans such as 403(b), 457, and 529 plans.
10   See SEC Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act.
11   SEC Rule 206(4)-5(d) makes it unlawful for any investment adviser covered by the rule and its covered associates to do anything indirectly which, if done directly, would result in a violation of that rule.

 

- 66 -


d. Restrictions on Foreign Nationals

Political contributions, expenditures and disbursements, whether directly or indirectly, to U.S. candidates by persons who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited by law. Accordingly, Personnel who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited from making political contributions, expenditures or disbursements with respect to U.S. candidates.

e. Restrictions on Reimbursement of Contributions by Others

Personnel (and the Companies) are prohibited from reimbursing others for political contributions.

f. Solicitations of Political Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel

In soliciting political contributions, Personnel must avoid any confusion that suggests, in any way, that the Companies have approved, supports or is otherwise involved in the solicitation. Without limitation, Personnel involved in soliciting political contributions must not:

 

    use the address or name of the Companies; and

 

    in soliciting other Personnel must clearly state that the contribution is entirely voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.

g. Prohibition on Use of Paid Third Party Solicitors for Government Entity Advisory Business

Personnel of the Companies shall not engage third parties to solicit government entities for advisory business unless such third parties are certain registered broker-dealers or registered investment advisers. Only the Approving Officers may authorize use of a third party (which must be a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser subject to rules prohibiting “pay to play” practices) to solicit government entities for advisory business. Prior to the Approving Officers granting such approval, the Companies shall adopt appropriate policies and procedures to monitor and oversee such activities.

h. Use of Companies’ Facilities for Political Purposes

The Companies’ facilities may only be used for political purposes to the extent such use is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.

i. Use of Companies’ Name and Address of the Companies

No use of the Companies’ names or addresses may be used in connection with explicit political activities unless required by law or permission has been first obtained in writing from the Approving Officers. This includes listing of the Companies’ names in biographical or professional descriptions.

 

- 67 -


j. Recordkeeping

The Advisers are required to retain chronological records of any such contributions made by its Personnel or an Adviser. Any contributions (whether or not subject to the de minimis exclusion) made by Personnel shall be annotated on the quarterly reports submitted to compliance on Exhibit VII A.3 (or a substantially equivalent record).

Records of contributions by the Companies to government officials able to influence the selection of investment advisers for money management mandates and to Political Action Committees and other records related to this requirement shall be maintained by Corporate Accounting.

As part of the Initial Reports, new Access Persons are required to provide information regarding their political contributions for the two-year period prior to becoming an Access Person, to allow the Companies to verify whether any such contributions have the potential to disqualify an Adviser from future or current business opportunities with government entities.

See the Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual for a discussion of how the Companies conform to the requirements under California laws pertaining to state and local public pension plans.

C. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”)

1. Discussion

The purpose of this section of the Code is to ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery laws and to prevent Companies’ employees from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing of any amount of money or anything of value to a Public Official or Private Sector Counterparty Representative (each, as defined below) for the purpose of improperly obtaining, directing or retaining business or securing an improper advantage for the Companies.

“Public Official” includes a “Foreign Official” as defined under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (“FCPA”). U.S. government officials are Public Officials. The definition of “Public Official” includes any person who is employed full- or part-time by a. government, or by regional subdivisions of governments, including states, provinces, districts, counties, cities, towns and villages or by

 

- 68 -


independent agencies, state-owned businesses, state-controlled businesses or public academic institutions. This would include, for example, employees of sovereign wealth funds, government sponsored pension plans (i.e. pension plans for the benefit of government employees), and government sponsored university endowments. For FCPA purposes only, “Public Official,” also includes political party officials and candidates for political office. For example, a campaign contribution is the equivalent of a payment to a Public Official under the FCPA. In certain cases, providing a payment or thing of value to a person actually known to be an immediate family member of a Public Official or a charity associated with a Public Official may be the equivalent of providing a thing of value to the Public Official directly. Under the FCPA, the employees of public international organizations, such as the African and Asian Development Banks, the European Union, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations and the Organization of American States, are considered Public Officials.

A “Private Sector Counterparty Representative” is an owner, employee or representative of a private entity, such as a partnership or corporation, with which an Adviser is conducting or seeking to conduct business.

The FCPA in pertinent part, makes it illegal for a U.S. issuer, domestic concern, or any person other than an issuer or domestic concern while in the territory of the United States, to utilize the mails or any instrumentality of U.S. commerce, corruptly, in furtherance of a payment, or the provision of anything of value, or an offer, promise or authorization thereof directly or indirectly, to a foreign government official, political party or candidate, for the purpose of influencing his or her official actions or securing any improper advantage, or inducing such foreign official to use his or her influence with a foreign government to affect or influence any act or decision of such government in order to assist the U.S. company in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. The statute further prohibits payments or gifts of anything of value to any person while “knowing” that such payment or gift will be given to a foreign official for a business purpose.

Companies’ policy is to prohibit Personnel from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing (in each case, directly or indirectly, including through Third Parties) of any amount of money or anything of value (colloquially termed a “bribe”) to any Public Official, including a person actually known to be an immediate family member of a Public Official and a former Public Official, in order to improperly influence or reward any official action or decision by such person for Companies’ benefit. Neither funds from Companies nor funds from any other source may be used to make any such payment or gift on behalf of or for Companies’ benefit.

Additionally, Companies’ policy provides that Personnel are prohibited from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing of (in each case, directly or indirectly, including through Third Parties) a bribe to a Private Sector Counterparty Representative in order to induce or reward that person’s improper performance of their functions or activity.

 

- 69 -


Generally, offering or authorizing a bribe will trigger liability under the FCPA. There is no minimum threshold – any amount offered or authorized for the purposes described in the paragraphs above creates potential liability under the FCPA.

Such activities by Access Persons are prohibited by Companies. Note, too, that authorizing or tacitly approving of such activities by third parties on behalf of Companies also could create liability for the Access Person and/or the Companies.

2. Actions

(i) Personnel will be required to complete Exhibit XI. D. upon becoming an Access Person or upon any changes in their status regarding non-US government officials. Also, certain persons that are not Access Persons may be required to complete Exhibit XI. D because of the nature of their responsibilities with the Companies or as a result of their contractual relationship with the Companies.

(ii) The CFO or Treasurer (as applicable) shall ensure that any payments made by the Companies to a foreign official are properly recorded in the financial books and records of the Companies.

(iii) Any requests by foreign officials or persons with access to foreign officials for a bribe to be paid by Personnel or engaging in any similar behavior should be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.

D. Annual Attestation

Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI E. )

 

- 70 -


XI. CLIENT COMPLAINTS AND INDICATIONS OF INAPPROPRIATE CONDUCT

A. General Statement of Policy

All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly bring to the Chief Compliance Officer any communication received, whether verbal, electronic, e.g. , email, text message, instant messenger (e. g. , “chat”), or fax, hard copy, or otherwise, that contains (or appears to contain) any form of complaint about impermissible or inappropriate conduct of the Companies. Similarly, and in accordance with Section VI hereof, Personnel should also bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, any communication received that contains a nonpublic or confidential information about a security or issuer that is inappropriate for receipt by the employee. Employees should bring to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention the receipt of any other information that may reasonably be of concern (e. g. , possible illegal activities, allegations of misconduct on the part of any employee, allegations of mistreatment of any client).

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 

All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for bringing to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any client complaints.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY: All Personnel.

B. Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer

 

  1. Review and Reporting

Upon being notified of a complaint or other indications of impermissible or inappropriate conduct, the Chief Compliance Officer shall promptly review the complaint and make a determination as to whether, in light of any such review, the facts underlying the complaint indicate a need to notify the Companies’ legal counsel or otherwise take any immediate action including imposition of restrictions or heightened supervision with respect to any individual or Supervisor and/or is otherwise indicative of a weakness or other shortcoming in the Companies’ procedures or policies.

Upon notification of a matter not involving a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall undertake such review and take such additional action as the Chief Compliance Officer shall think appropriate.

 

  2. Acknowledgement

The Chief Compliance Officer, working with the applicable senior management, will arrange for an acknowledgement to be sent in response to all written complaints.

 

- 71 -


  3. Documentation

For each written complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall create a record, which shall include the complainant’s name and address; the date the complaint was received; the name of any Personnel identified in the complaint and the identification of any Personnel responsible for subject matter of the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; and the disposition of the complaint.    

For each complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall also maintain a narrative (or correspondence) involving any review or investigation and follow up activities, indicating who undertook the investigation, what the findings were and what follow-up steps have been taken.    

 

 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
 

Upon notification of a complaint or certain other matters, Chief Compliance Officer shall make such review and make such filings as are appropriate and cause the Companies to acknowledge any such complaint in writing. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for appropriate documentation regarding the above.

 

RESPONSIBLE PARTY: Chief Compliance Officer

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 

Document: Documents related to all client complaints.

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.

 

Regulatory Reference: Best Practice

XII. ANNUAL REVIEW BY TRUSTEES

No less frequently than annually, the Chief of Compliance and other senior management shall furnish a written report to the Trustees, which shall:

 

    describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or “material compliance matter,” as such term is defined at Rule 38a-1(e)(2) of the Investment Company Act, not previously reported to the Trustees, including any information regarding sanctions and remedial actions taken in response thereto;

 

- 72 -


    list all waivers given by quantity and type and describe any waivers that might be considered material or important by the Trustees;

 

    list all approvals of investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings that were granted;

 

    certify that the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the Code and the compliance and supervisory policies and procedures of the Companies and has found that they are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws and of the Code itself.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide reports similar to those described above (and elsewhere in the Code) to the boards of trustees (or directors) of other registered investment companies for which an Adviser serves as an adviser or sub-adviser.

 

 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
 

Document: Annual Reports to Trustees/Directors

 

Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer

 

Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.

 

Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2 and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1

 

- 73 -


LOGO

New Employee Introduction (as of August 2017)

Exhibit I. A.

 

  Overview of DoubleLine and affiliates

 

  Overview of DoubleLine executive management

 

  Compliance Policies and Procedures

 

    G drive

 

  Code of Ethics

 

    Overview

 

    Securities Account Reporting – Initial/ Quarterly/ Annual

 

    Initial reports-within ten days

 

    Trading Reporting/Preclearance

 

    Sixty Day Holding Period

 

    Trading in closed-end funds managed by an Adviser

 

    Outside Business Activities

 

    Political contributions

 

    Gifts

 

  Overview of Insider Trading Policy

 

    (New Equity, GDC and EMFI members must speak with the CCO or designee)

 

  Anti-Money Laundering-Customer Identification Procedures (AML-CIP)

 

  Briefer to check this box if Anti-Money Laundering Training is required

 

  Overview of Privacy Policy

 

  Overview of Email, Electronic Communications and Social Media Policy

 

  Overview of Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

  Overview of BCP procedures

I have been briefed on DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures and acknowledge that the briefing is not a substitution for reading and referring to DoubleLine’s compliance policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics.

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 74 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD.

(“NORTH ASIA”)

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP, and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, and DoubleLine Capital LP) and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer or other member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 75 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD.

(“NORTH ASIA”)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS (CONSULTANTS)

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I have received and read the Code of Ethics (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP) (collectively, “DoubleLine”). I understand that, as a consultant, I may be exposed to certain information pertaining to DoubleLine’s portfolio management or trading strategies, including securities traded by DoubleLine on behalf of its clients.

If I am exposed to such information, I will notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. I understand that, in such cases, I may be required to conform to the requirements of the Code of Ethics for access persons.

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 76 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD.

(“NORTH ASIA”)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF AMENDED

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the amended Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy, dated as of _______________, and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

 

Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 77 -


Exhibit VII. A1.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

Annual or Initial Holdings Report

Data is complete as of                                     

 

Account    Account    CUSIP    Security    # shares    Total $    Notes
(Brokerage    Number       Name         
firm name)                  
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

(For initial reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within ten days of the date of hire. If the date of this report is more than ten days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

(For annual reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within forty-five days of the date that this report is required to be submitted. If the date of this report is more than forty-five days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

(If I annotate that the Companies have my account statements on file, I have reviewed those files for completeness and accuracy.)

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

DATE

 

VII A-3


Exhibit VII A2

DoubleLine Capital LP

DoubleLine Equity LP

DoubleLine Alternatives LP

DoubleLine Group LP

Sample Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

Date:

[Address of Outside Firm]

 

RE: (NAME OF INDIVIDUAL)

ACCOUNT #

Dear Sir/Madam:

Please be advised that [insert employee name] is an employee of DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP or DoubleLine Group LP (“DoubleLine”) and in compliance with FINRA conduct rule 3050, Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and/or DoubleLine’s employee Code of Ethics, this account is subject to a requirement that duplicate account statements and trade confirmations be sent to our compliance department at the address below:

In connection with the above account, please send duplicate confirmations and account statements to my employer at the following address:

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer

DoubleLine Capital LP/DoubleLine Equity LP/ DoubleLine Alternatives LP /DoubleLine Group LP 333 South Grand Ave, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

If you have established electronic delivery of such duplicate information for other persons to our firm’s automated compliance systems, please establish such delivery for (NAME OF INDIVIDUAL).

If you have any questions or comments relative to the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your kind attention to this matter.

Very truly yours,

 

VII A-3


Exhibit VII A.3. Code of Ethics – version August 2017

QUARTERLY REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS—Quarter ending Month xx, 20xx

A. Trading Activity. Please list all reportable transactions or you may attach current statements and indicate “ no trades other than the trades listed on the attached statements from _____________________” [include name(s) of all brokerage accounts]. If duplicate statements for ALL accounts are being provided to DoubleLine, you may check the box “ No reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance.

If you have not made any reportable transactions, please check the box for “NO TRADES”.

 

Date of    Type    Security Name    Symbol/CUSIP    Quantity    Price    Broker    Account Number
Trans.                                   
                    

 

  “No Reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance.”
  No trades.

B. New Accounts. Have any new brokerage accounts been established in the most recent quarter in which securities were held for your direct or indirect benefit?    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

If yes, please list.

 

Account Name    Brokerage Firm or Bank Name    Account Number    Date Established
        

C. Managed, Non-Discretionary Accounts. Do you maintain a managed, non-discretionary account?     ☐  Yes     ☐  No If yes, Please answer the following:

 

  1 Have you suggested any trades or directed your broker to make any trades on your behalf?    ☐  Yes    ☐  No

 

  2 Have you contacted your broker regarding allocations of investments in your account?     ☐  Yes    ☐  No

If you responded yes to any of these questions, please see a member of the Legal/Compliance Department

D. Political Contributions: Have you made any political contributions in the past quarter?     ☐  Yes     ☐  No If yes, please list:

 

Recipient   

City &

State

(location) of

election

  

Election (year &

type)

Ex: 2010 general

election or 2010

primary election

   Candidate for office of (ex.
President, Governor, Mayor)
  

Were you eligible

to vote in the

election? (Y or

N)

   Date of Political
Contribution
   Total $
                 

 

E. Social Media . Have you used personal social media to conduct DoubleLine business during the past quarter?     ☐   Yes    ☐  No

 

F. Outside Business Activities. Have you requested permission for any new outside business activities during the quarter?    ☐   Yes    ☐  No

If yes, please list the activity____________________

If no, please see the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

G. Gifts . I have not accepted any compensation from any source for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.

 

H. I confirm that the above information is complete and accurate.

 

VII A-3


EXHIBIT VIII

POLICY REGARDING SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES

FOR SECURITIES OF CERTAIN CLOSED-END FUNDS

Effective as of January 1, 2012

(as amended on August 21, 2013)

 

  I. Introduction

The Companies (as defined in the Code) have adopted the Code of Ethics (the “Code”), which contains an Insider Trading Policy and Procedures which, among other things, prohibits inappropriate insider trading in any securities, and prohibits all employees from improperly using or disclosing material, non-public information. These special procedures govern trading by DoubleLine Personnel (other than Disinterested Trustees) in securities of closed-end funds managed by an Adviser.

 

  II. Persons to Whom this Special Trading Policy Applies

This Special Trading Policy applies to all DoubleLine Personnel (other than Disinterested Trustees) as well as to any transactions in securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by DoubleLine Personnel. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

 

    the DoubleLine Personnel’s spouse;

 

    the DoubleLine Personnel’s minor children;

 

    any other relatives living in the DoubleLine Personnel’s household;

 

    a trust in which the DoubleLine Personnel has a beneficial interest, unless such DoubleLine Personnel has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

 

    a trust as to which the DoubleLine Personnel is a trustee;

 

    a revocable trust as to which the DoubleLine Personnel is a settlor;

 

    a corporation of which the DoubleLine Personnel is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or a partnership of which the DoubleLine Personnel is a partner (including investment clubs), unless the DoubleLine Personnel has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

The family members, trust and corporations listed above are referred to as “Related Persons.”

 

  III. Securities to which this Special Trading Policy applies

Unless stated otherwise, this Policy and the following Special Trading Procedures apply to all transactions by DoubleLine Personnel and their Related Persons involving any securities of the closed-end funds for which an Adviser or one of its affiliates acts as an investment manager, investment adviser or sub-adviser (the “Closed-End Funds”). The current list of Closed-End Funds is set forth on Appendix 1 hereto. For purposes of this policy, the securities of the Closed-End Funds themselves are referred to as the “Prohibited Securities.” Exhibit 1 may be revised from time to time; and, therefore, DoubleLine Personnel should contact the CCO prior to executing a personal transaction involving any closed-end fund that is managed, advised or sub-advised by an Adviser or any of its affiliates to determine whether the securities involved in the proposed transaction are Prohibited Securities.

 

  IV. Special trading procedures relating to the prohibited securities

A. Preclearance and conditions for personal trading

All investment transactions in Prohibited Securities in which DoubleLine Personnel and/or a Related Person has or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest must be precleared by the CCO, using a specially designed form which generally will be similar to the form provided as Appendix 2 to these procedures, including any forms present in any automated or electronic preclearance system.


THERE IS NO DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION FOR PERSONAL TRADING IN PROHIBITED SECURITIES. EMAIL MAY NOT BE USED TO REQUEST AUTHORIZATION TO PRECLEAR A TRADE OF PROHIBITED SECURITIES, EXCEPT TO FORWARD A SIGNED COPY OF THE SPECIALLY DESIGNED FORM.

Preclearance shall be requested by completing and submitting a copy of the applicable preclearance request form to the CCO. No investment transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written or electronic authorization of the transaction by the CCO. The authorization and the date of authorization will be reflected on the preclearance request form. Any preclearance granted will only be granted for the remainder of the day on which such preclearance is granted. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not completed that same business day will require a separate preapproval.

The CCO may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to determine that the investment transaction for which preclearance has been sought complies with the terms of the Code and this Special Trading Policy and is consistent with the general principles described at the beginning of the Code. The CCO may consider, and reject a requested trade based on, any matter that he or she believes would make, or would be perceived to make, such trade improper.

In order for DoubleLine Personnel to make an initial purchase of one of the Closed-End Funds, such Closed-End Fund must have completed all of its initial common and preferred shares offerings and not otherwise be engaged in an offering of its shares.

The Advisers reserve the right to impose a minimum purchase amount of Prohibited Securities. Such a limitation may be necessary to assist in controlling potential regulatory risks related to Access Persons’ regulatory filing obligations.

B. Blackout Periods

DoubleLine Personnel may not purchase or sell shares of a Closed-End Fund during the following period:

from the three-week period prior to a quarterly board meeting (or, if earlier, the time when internal dividend discussions regarding the proposed dividends to be declared at that meeting become material) until after the two business days following the issuance of the press release regarding dividends declared at that meeting; and

the CCO may impose additional blackout periods for trading in a Closed-End Fund as necessary.

C. Holding Period

DoubleLine Personnel may only invest in a Closed-End Fund as a long-term investment. The Code enforces a minimum six-month holding period, which means DoubleLine Personnel may not sell shares of a Closed-End Fund within six months of purchasing them, or purchase shares of a Closed-End Fund within six months of selling them. Any violation of this six-month holding period will require disgorgement of any profits. Certain DoubleLine Personnel may be required to file forms promptly with the SEC regarding their transactions in shares of a Fund. For additional details, please review the “Procedures with Respect to Fund Obligations under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” otherwise known as the Section 16 Policy. You may not be able to sell shares of a Closed-End Fund notwithstanding your compliance with the holding period requirement, including, for example, if a blackout period applies. A blackout period may apply for an extended period of time and you may not be able to sell shares of a Closed-End Fund when you wish, if at all.


D. Conditions of Approval/Preclearance

When requesting preclearance to transact in a Prohibited Security, DoubleLine Personnel generally will attest that they:

 

    Are in compliance with the Code in making the request to trade a Prohibited Security

 

    Are not trading on material, non-public information

 

    Will make all necessary regulatory filings

 

    Understand that any preapprovals are only good through the end of the same business day that preapproval is granted and that they must receive a new preapproval to trade on the following business day

 

    Are not purchasing a Prohibited Security within six months of a sale of a Prohibited Security of the same Closed-End Fund

 

    Are not selling a Prohibited Security within six months of a purchase of a Prohibited Security of the same Closed-End Fund and are not creating a short position

 

    Are not entering into a Contrary Transaction (opposite advice given to a Client)

 

    Are meeting any other conditions listed on the form and within the Code.

E. Post-Trade Reporting and Attestations

DoubleLine Personnel shall submit to the CCO a report of every securities transaction in Prohibited Securities in which he or she and any of such DoubleLine Personnel’s Related Persons have participated as soon as practicable following the transaction. Such reports shall conform to the requirements of the Code. In addition, on an annual basis, each DoubleLine Personnel must confirm the amount of Prohibited Securities which such person and his/her Related Persons beneficially own.

DoubleLine Personnel (and not a Fund or an Adviser) are personally responsible for ensuring that their transactions comply fully with any and all applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, the restrictions imposed under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. DoubleLine Personnel have sole responsibility for any and all reports required under the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, such as Forms 3, 4 and 5. DoubleLine Personnel are advised to review carefully the requirements of the Funds’ Section 16 Policy to ensure that any omission by DoubleLine Personnel to make any such report does not inadvertently cause the Adviser or any of the Closed-End Funds to fail to meet applicable reporting requirements.

Each DoubleLine Personnel shall attest, on an annual basis, that he or she has reviewed and understands (i) his or her filing requirements under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as discussed above (including Forms 3, 4 and 5), and (ii) the Advisers’ policy regarding material, non-public information under the Code.

F. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

If you have any doubts or questions as to whether any information that you possess regarding a Fund is material or non-public, or as to the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone. Until these doubts or questions are satisfactorily resolved, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or communicate the information that you possess to anyone.

G. Penalties

Penalties for failing to comply with this Exhibit shall include all penalties described within the Code. By way of example and not limitation, penalties for failing to comply with the requirements of this Exhibit may include required disgorgement, the timing of which may not be advantageous to the tax or other financial considerations of the DoubleLine Personnel, as well as the disgorgement described under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. It is anticipated that DoubleLine Personnel failing to comply with the requirements of this Exhibit could be barred from trading any of the Funds listed on Appendix 1 – or any future closed-end funds to be managed by the Adviser.


H. Modifications and Waivers

The Companies reserve the right to amend or modify this Policy Statement at any time. Waiver of any provision of this Policy Statement in a specific instance only may be authorized in writing as described within the Code.


Appendix 1 to Exhibit VIII:

List of Closed-End Funds Advised by DoubleLine Capital LP

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

List of Closed-End Funds Sub-advised by DoubleLine Capital LP

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.


Appendix 2 to Exhibit VIII

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND (DBL)

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND (DSL)

RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC. (OPP)

REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION — PERSONAL TRADES – CLOSED END FUNDS

Any preapproval with respect to a transaction in shares of DBL, DSL or OPP is only good through the end of the same business day that pre-approval is obtained. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not completed that same business day will require a separate approval.

Date: _____________________________________________

Name: _____________________________________________

 

Name of    Symbol    Price if    Buy or Sell    #of    Brokerage    Account    Check if
Security    CUSIP    limit order         Shares/Units    Firm    Number    Private
                                   Placement
                    

If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security: _______________________________________________

 

    I request pre-approval authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Code of Ethics.

 

    I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above, and I have consulted with the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee if I have any doubts regarding whether information in my possession may be material, non-public information regarding such securities.

 

    If buying, I have not made a sale of a security listed above within SIX MONTHS of this trade date, and I understand that I may not be able to sell the shares I intend to purchase for an extended period of time because of the required holding period and, potentially, an extended blackout period.

 

    If selling, I have not made a purchase of a security listed above within SIX MONTHS of this trade date AND this trade will NOT result in a short position.

 

    Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or private placement.

 

    If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

    I understand that any preapprovals are only good through the end of the same business day that preapproval is granted, and I must receive a new preapproval to trade on the following business day .

 

    I am solely responsible for all regulatory filings related to my trading activity in DBL or DSL, as applicable.

 

    I have read, understand and agree to the terms of the preauthorization to trade DBL or DSL, as applicable, including the Code of Ethics requirements for personal trading.

 

Transaction Authorized

By:

 

             

Date:

 

             

 

 

Signature of Person Requesting

Authorization


Exhibit VIII C

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOULELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION — PERSONAL TRADES

Any transaction as to which pre-approval has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-approval is obtained. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a New Approval. I will apply for an extension if required.

Date: _____________________________________________

Name: _____________________________________________

 

Name of    Symbol    Price if    Buy or Sell    #of Shares/    Brokerage    Account    Private
Security    CUSIP    limit order         Units (or $)    Firm    Number    Placement?
                    
                    
                    

If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security: _______________________________________________

 

    I request pre-approval authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Codes of Ethics.

 

    I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above.

 

    If selling, I have held this security for more than sixty days or I will sustain a loss by selling now.

 

    Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or private placement.

 

    If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)

 

Transaction Authorized

By:

 

         

Date:

 

         

 

 

Signature of Person Requesting

Authorization


Exhibit X. A.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

ANNUAL NON-CASH COMPENSATION — ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION

Instructions: Complete all sections of form. If not applicable, please indicate N/A or None.

 

Name       Date   

I hereby acknowledge and certify that I understand the rules and procedures under the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Group LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP and DoubleLine Capital LP Code of Ethics regarding Non-Cash Compensation and Gifts.

I have not accepted any compensation from any source (other than DoubleLine) for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.

I further certify that during the last twelve months I have not directly or indirectly accepted or made payments or offers of payments of any non-cash compensation, except for the following items unrelated to any registered investment company business conducted by DoubleLine. (None of the following may be accepted by persons involved in portfolio management or trading):

 

  a) usual and customary promotional items, of de minimis value, such as hats, pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo

 

  b) gifts of nominal value (i.e. under $100 to or from any single individual associated with a vendor per year) or;

 

  c) an occasional meal or entertainment such as a sporting event, a show, or comparable events, with the vendor present. If the vendor does not accompany you to such events then the cost of the tickets are subject to the gift and dollar limitations above. All entertainment or meals should be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and may not be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or volume of trades.

Report all gifts given or received below (you are not required to report the usual or customary promotional items such as hats, pins, t-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor’s logo). Also report all entertainment RECEIVED. You need not report entertainment given:

For period January 1, ____ through December 31, ______.

 

Date

  

Gift Description

  

From whom received or to whom
given Name/Organization

  

Est. Value

        
        

Signature:                                                                  


DoubleLine Group LP

DoubleLine Equity LP

DoubleLine Alternatives LP

DoubleLine Group LP

Code of Ethics

Exhibit X.B.

Initial Political Contributions Report

Data is complete as of _________________

Please indicate all political contributions made for the two-year period prior to the date of this report. Contributions to political parties need not indicate election cycle or candidate, unless the contribution to the political party was earmarked for a particular election or candidate. Political contributions to political action committees also must be indicated on this form. All political contributions must be recorded on this form, regardless of the size of the contribution . Please list in chronological order, starting oldest to newest.

☐ None.

 

Recipient    City and State
(location) of
election
   Election (year and
type. Ex. 2011
general election or
2012 primary
election)
   Candidate for
office of (ex.
President,
Governor,
Mayor)
   Were you
eligible to vote in
the election (Yes
or No)
   Date of Political
Contribution
   Total $
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

I certify that the above information is complete and correct. I further certify that I have not paid or otherwise influenced another to make a political contribution.

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

DATE


DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire

Exhibit XI D

In keeping with DoubleLine’s adherence to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), we require that all new Access Persons (and certain other persons) complete this questionnaire. Please respond to questions 1 and 2 below.

1. Are you now or have you ever been a Non-U.S. Government Official?*

Yes ☐                _ No

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:

 

Your Name   
Official Title   
Name of Government Body   
(Agency, Regulator, State Owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)   
Country   
Dates you were (are)Non-U.S. Government Official    From (mm/dd/year)                     To (mm/dd/year)
Describe the Scope of your responsibilities   

Attach additional information if more than one person and /or with more than one government body.

2. Is any member of your family (e.g., Spouse/Partner, Parent, Grandparent, In-laws, Sibling, Child,) a Non-U.S. Government Official, or do you have a close relationship with a Non-U.S. Government Official who has the ability to influence DoubleLine’s Business?

Yes ☐                 No

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:

 

Your Name   
Name of Non-U.S. Government Official   
Official Title   
Name of Government Body   
(Agency, Regulator, State owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)   
Country   
Dates this Individual was (is) Non-U.S. Government Official    From (mm/dd/year)                 To (mm/dd/year)
Describe the scope of this Official’s responsibility   
Did this Non-U.S. Government Official refer you to    Yes ☐                                    No☐
DoubleLine?   

Attach additional information if more than one position and/or with more than one government body.

 

 

Print Name

  

 

Signature

  

 

Date

DoubleLine defines a *Non-U.S. Government Official as:

“Non-U.S. Government Official” is broadly defined and includes any employee, agent or representative of a non-US government, and any non-US political party, party official or candidate. This can include royalty, non-US legislators, representatives of non-US state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds, trade delegations, and employees of public international organizations (including but not limited to the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and many other international agencies), regardless of rank or position, and any individuals acting on behalf of a Non-U.S. Government Official.

This may involve activities done on a paid or unpaid basis.


Exhibit XI E

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

REQUIRED ANNUAL ATTESTATIONS AND DISCLOSURES

DATE:

 

TO: CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

FROM:                                                                                                                   

Please read this form carefully. Answer all questions completely, sign, date and return this form to the Chief Compliance Officer.

REQUIREMENT TO KEEP THIS INFORMATION CURRENT : You are required to promptly provide updated information, in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer in the event any of the information that you report below changes or becomes inaccurate in any way.

 

  1. I have received or have access to the DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP (each an “Adviser”), DoubleLine Group LP, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”), DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”) and DoubleLine Funds Trust (collectively, the “Trust”) (collectively the “Companies”) Code of Ethics (the “Code”).

 

  2. I am aware that the policies and procedures set forth in the Code are designed to assist me, the Companies and the Companies’ employees in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Companies’ own internal standards, and to maintaining the trust and confidence of those individual with whom the Companies conducts business and to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics.

 

  3. I have read and understand the Code and I agree to comply with it fully.

 

  4. I understand that any failure on my part to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, or requirements and the policies and procedures set forth in the Code may have serious adverse consequences for both me and the Companies and can lead to disciplinary actions by the Companies against me up to and including termination.


  5. If at any time I have any doubt, whatsoever, as to the correct policy or procedure to follow in relation to any matter covered by the Code, or if I am unclear as to the meaning or effect of anything contained in the Code, I agree to consult with legal or compliance personnel.

 

  6. If I am a new hire or otherwise new as an Access Person, I will provide records showing any and all political contributions made during the two year period prior to my becoming an Access Person. If this is my annual attestation, I have made all political contributions pursuant to requirements of the Code of Ethics and have made all such reports as are required by the Code of Ethics. If I have made no political contributions during the two-year period prior to my becoming an employee or in the year since my last annual attestation, I have indicated “None” on the following line.

 

 

 

  7. Since my date of employment with any of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on directorships of public or private companies and, except with respect to the Companies, or as otherwise disclosed below, I do not currently serve as a director of any public or private companies. (If none, please indicate “None”.)

 

 

 

  8. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on outside business activities and, except with respect to the Companies, or as otherwise disclosed below, I am not currently engaged in any other business activities, or employed or compensated by any other person or serve as an officer, partner or employee of any business organization. (If none, please indicate “None”.)

 

 

 

  9.

Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on the reporting of accounts and transactions involving securities and other financial products. Without limiting the foregoing, I have notified the Companies with respect to all outside accounts opened for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial products that are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; and (iv) any account as to which I have discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which I act as trustee,


  executor or custodian, but excluding any account for a client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf thereof. I have also notified the Companies with respect to accounts beneficially owned by any Immediate Family Member, as hereinafter defined, that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account. For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Immediate Family Member shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law. In addition, in connection with each account, I have requested that duplicate copies of confirmations and account statements be provided to the Companies and have notified the Companies of all changes thereto.

 

  10. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies policies on the filing of Holdings Report Notification forms with respect to transactions in financial products are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; (iv) an Immediate Family Member that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such transaction.

 

  11. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have not received any third party compensation, except as indicated below. (If none, please indicate “None”.)

 

 

 

  12. I acknowledge the confidential nature of nonpublic information regarding our clients. Consistent with applicable policies and guidelines, I will respect and safeguard the privacy of our clients and the confidential nature of their information. Without limiting the general nature of this commitment, I will not access or seek to gain access to confidential information regarding any past or present client, except in the course of fulfilling my job responsibilities. I understand that in this context, confidential information is considered to include all nonpublic information that can be personally associated with an individual.

I will not use another person’s computer sign-on or computer access code or provide another the use of my sign-on code to gain access to confidential information without proper authorization. I will not disclose confidential information to those who are not authorized to receive it. In addition, I will not, without proper authorization, copy or preserve by paper writing, electronic, or any other means confidential information, nor will I disseminate any such information without proper authorization. If I am in doubt about whether the authorization provided is proper, I will consult the Companies’ Compliance or legal personnel for guidance.


I acknowledge the receipt of my IDs and Passwords. I understand that passwords are the equivalent of my signature. I understand that I will only access information that is required for me to perform my assigned tasks. I acknowledge that if I disclose passwords to any other person, I will be fully accountable and responsible for any use or misuse by that individual to the same extent as if I had performed the act or omission. If I have any reason to believe that the confidentiality of my passwords has been violated, I will notify my supervisor immediately and ensure that the passwords are promptly changed. I further understand that if my Personal Electronic Device is able to connect to DoubleLine’s technology resources and is lost, stolen, sold or otherwise transferred from my possession in any permanent manner, I will notify DoubleLine’s Information Technology Group immediately to allow DoubleLine to mitigate any security breaches that could occur.

 

  13. I have complied fully with the Companies’ insider-trading policy as set forth in the Code, and I have read and understand the Companies’ policy on the use of material, non-public information.

 

  14. I have reviewed and understand my personal obligations regarding the filing requirements under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act as they apply to me, including, but not necessarily limited to, Forms 3, 4 and 5.

 

  15. Authorization is hereby granted to the Companies to open any and all mail and monitor all forms of communication addressed to my attention and delivered to the Companies.

 

  16. Nothing has changed in my disclosures regarding non-US Government Officials and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act since my last report. (Otherwise, I will complete a new form regarding non-US Government Officials and submit it with this attestation.)

 

  17. I understand that a willful misstatement or omission of information requested on this form, or a violation of any applicable federal or state law, regulatory or self-regulatory organization requirement, or any of the Advisers’, DBL’s, DSL’s or the Trust’s policy or procedures, as set forth in the Code, or otherwise, may be considered grounds for termination of my employment and other disciplinary action by the Companies.

 

  18. I have not ever been charged with, pled guilty or nolo contondere (“no contest”) to or been convicted of a felony.

 

  19. I have not ever been charged with, convicted of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere in a domestic, foreign, or military court to a misdemeanor involving: investments or an investment-related business, or any fraud, false statements, or omissions, wrongful taking of property, bribery, perjury, forgery, counterfeiting, extortion, or a conspiracy to commit any of these offenses.

 

  20. I have not ever been named in or subject to any finding or disciplinary action of any kind imposed by any state, U.S.,. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory body with authority over any of the Companies’ lines of business or any aspect of the U.S. financial markets, such as but not limited to: the SEC, FINRA, Commodities Futures Trade Commission (“CFTC”) or National Futures Association (“NFA”).


  21. I have not ever been found by any U.S. Federal regulatory agency, any state regulatory agency, or any foreign financial regulatory authority to have made a false statement or omission, or to have been dishonest, unfair, or unethical; to have been involved in a violation of investment-related regulations or statutes; or to have been the cause of an investment-related business having its authorization to do business denied, suspended, revoked, or restricted. I have not ever had a federal regulatory agency, state regulatory agency, or foreign financial regulatory authority prevent me from associating with an investment-related business, restrict my activity, enter an order against me in connection with an investment related activity, or impose a civil money penalty on me.

 

  22. I have not ever had a license or authorization to serve as a registered person or as someone in a similar capacity be denied, suspended or revoked, nor have I ever had a license or authorization to serve as an attorney, accountant or federal contractor either be suspended or revoked.

 

  23. I have not ever had a court enter any order or make any finding against me related to any investment-related statutes or investment related activities;, dismiss, pursuant to a settlement agreement, an investment related civil action brought against me by a state or foreign financial regulatory authority; enjoin, or otherwise limit, me from engaging in any investment-related activity or from violating any investment-related statute, rule, or order. I am not a party to any proceeding whatsoever that could lead to such a court order.

 

  24. I am not aware of any item that is required to be reported to any employer that hires me. I am not aware of any item related to me that any of the Companies would be required to report to any regulatory entity. I am not the subject of any regulatory or civil proceeding that could result in a change to the responses in this attestation.

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

DATE

Exhibit (p)(4)(K)

LOOMIS, SAYLES & CO., L.P.

Code of Ethics

Policy on Personal Trading and

Related Activities

by Loomis Sayles Personnel

EFFECTIVE:

January 14, 2000

AS AMENDED:

August 9, 2017

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents   

1.

 

INTRODUCTION

     3  

2.

 

STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES

     3  

3.

 

A FEW KEY TERMS

     4  

3.1.

 

Covered Security

     4  

3.2.

 

Beneficial Ownership

     5  

3.3.

 

Investment Control

     6  

3.4.

 

Maintaining Personal Accounts

     7  

4.

 

SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING

     8  

4.1.

 

Pre-clearance

     8  

4.2.

 

Good Until Canceled and Limit Orders

     10  

4.3.

 

Short Term Trading Profits

     10  

4.4.

 

Restrictions on Round Trip Transactions in Loomis Advised Funds

     10  

4.5.

 

Derivatives

     11  

4.6.

 

Short Sales

     11  

4.7.

 

Competing with Client Trades

     11  

4.8.

 

Large Cap/De Minimis Exemption

     12  

4.9.

 

Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule

     12  

4.10.

 

Research Recommendations

     14  

4.11.

 

Initial Public Offerings

     15  

4.12.

 

Private Placement Transactions

     15  

4.13.

 

Insider Trading

     16  

4.14.

 

Restricted and Concentration List

     16  

4.15.

 

Loomis Sayles Hedge Funds

     17  

4.16.

 

Exemptions Granted by the Chief Compliance Officer

     17  

5.

 

PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES

     17  

5.1.

 

Public Company Board Service and Other Affiliations

     17  

5.2.

 

Participation in Investment Clubs and Private Pooled Vehicles

     18  

6.

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     18  

6.1.

 

Initial Holdings Reporting, Account Disclosure and Acknowledgement of Code

     18  

6.2.

 

Brokerage Confirmations and Brokerage Account Statements

     20  

6.3.

 

Quarterly Transaction Reporting and Account Disclosure

     20  

6.4.

 

Annual Reporting

     21  

6.5.

 

Review of Reports by Chief Compliance Officer

     22  

6.6.

 

Internal Reporting of Violations to the Chief Compliance Officer

     22  

7.

 

SANCTIONS

     22  

8.

 

RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

     23  

9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

9.1.

 

Confidentiality

     23  

9.2.

 

Disclosure of Client Trading Knowledge

     24  

9.3.

 

Notice to Access Persons, Investment Persons and Research Analysts as to Code Status

     24  

9.4.

 

Notice to Personal Trading Compliance of Engagement of Independent Contractors

     24  

9.5.

 

Questions and Educational Materials

     25  

 

- 2 -


LOOMIS, SAYLES & CO., L.P.

Code of Ethics

Policy on Personal Trading and

Related Activities

1. INTRODUCTION

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been adopted by Loomis, Sayles & Co., L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) to govern certain conduct of Loomis Sayles’ Supervised Persons and personal trading in securities and related activities of those individuals who have been deemed Access Persons thereunder, and under certain circumstances, those Access Persons’ family members and others in a similar relationship to them.

The policies in this Code reflect Loomis Sayles’ desire to detect and prevent not only situations involving actual or potential conflicts of interest or unethical conduct, but also those situations involving even the appearance of these.

2. STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES

It is the policy of Loomis Sayles that no Access Person or Supervised Person as such terms are defined under the Code, (please note that Loomis Sayles treats all employees as Access Persons) shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the Code, the fiduciary duty owed by Loomis Sayles and its personnel to Loomis Sayles’ clients, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the provisions of Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and Rule 17j-1 there under. It is required that all Access Persons must comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including, but not limited to the Federal Securities Laws. The fundamental position of Loomis Sayles is, and has been, that it must at all times place the interests of its clients first. Accordingly, your personal financial transactions (and in some cases, those of your family members and others in a similar relationship to you) and related activities must be conducted consistently with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.

Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by Loomis Sayles to its clients, it should be noted that Loomis Sayles considers it proper that purchases and sales be made by Access Persons in the marketplace of securities owned by Loomis Sayles’ clients, provided that such securities transactions comply with the spirit of, and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in the Code. In making personal investment decisions, however, you must exercise extreme care to ensure that the provisions of the Code are not violated and under no circumstances, may an Access Person use the knowledge of Covered Securities purchased or sold by any client of Loomis Sayles or Covered Securities being considered for purchase or sale by any client of Loomis Sayles to profit personally, directly or indirectly, by the market effect of such transactions.

Improper trading activity can constitute a violation of the Code. The Code can also be violated by an Access Person’s failure to file required reports, by making inaccurate or misleading reports or statements concerning trading activity, or by opening an account with a non- Select Broker without proper approval as set forth in the Code.

 

- 3 -


It is not intended that these policies will specifically address every situation involving personal trading. These policies will be interpreted and applied, and exceptions and amendments will be made, by Loomis Sayles in a manner considered fair and equitable, but in all cases with the view of placing Loomis Sayles’ clients’ interests paramount. It also bears emphasis that technical compliance with the procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code will not automatically insulate you from scrutiny of, and sanctions for, securities transactions which indicate an abuse of Loomis Sayles’ fiduciary duty to any of its clients.

You are encouraged to bring any questions you may have about the Code to Personal Trading Compliance.

Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the Loomis Sayles Ethics Committee will review the terms and provisions of the Code at least annually, and make amendments as necessary. Any amendments to the Code will be provided to you.

3. A FEW KEY TERMS

Boldfaced terms have special meaning in this Code. The application of a particular Code requirement to you may hinge on the elements of the definition of these terms. See the Glossary at the end of this Code for definitions of these terms. In order to have a basic understanding of the Code, however, you must have an understanding of the terms “Covered Security”, “Beneficial Ownership” and “Investment Control” as used in the Code.

3.1. Covered Security

This Code generally relates to transactions in and ownership of an investment that is a Covered Security. Currently, this means any type of equity or debt security (such as common and preferred stocks, and corporate and government bonds or notes), any equivalent (such as ADRs), any derivative, instrument representing, or any rights relating to, a Covered Security, and any closely related security (such as certificates of participation, depository receipts, collateral–trust certificates, put and call options, warrants, and related convertible or exchangeable securities and securities indices). Shares of closed-end funds, municipal obligations and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government (e.g. GNMA obligations) are also considered

Covered Securities under the Code.

Additionally, the shares of any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act and the shares of any collective investment vehicle (“CIV”), (e.g. SICAVs, OEICs, UCITs, etc.) that is advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles, Natixis, or a Natixis affiliate (“Reportable Funds”) are deemed to be Covered Securities for purposes of certain provisions of the Code. Reportable Funds include open-end and closed-end funds and CIVs that are advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles, Natixis, or a Natixis affiliate, but exclude money market funds. A current list of Reportable Funds is attached as Exhibit One and will be maintained on the firm’s intranet site under the Legal and Compliance page.

 

Explanatory Note: While the definition of Reportable Funds encompasses funds or CIVs that are advised, sub-advised and/or distributed by Natixis and its affiliates, only those funds or CIVs advised or sub-advised by Loomis Sayles (“Loomis Advised Fund”) are subject to certain trading restrictions of the Code (specifically, the Short-Term Trading Profit and Round Trip Transaction

 

- 4 -


  restrictions). Please refer to Section 4.3 and 4.4 of the Code for further explanation of these trading restrictions. Additionally, Exhibit One distinguishes between those funds and CIVs that are only subject to reporting requirements under the Code (all Reportable Funds), and those that are subject to both the reporting requirements and the aforementioned trading restrictions (Loomis Advised Funds).

Shares of exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and closed-end funds are deemed to be Covered Securities for the purposes of certain provisions of the Code. Broad based open-ended ETFs with either a market capitalization exceeding U.S. $1 billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (over a 90 day period); options on such ETFs, options on the indices of such ETFs; and ETFs that invest 80% of their assets in securities that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements of the Code, are exempt from certain provisions of the Code (“ Exempt ETFs”) . A current list of Exempt ETFs is attached as Exhibit Two and will be maintained on the firm’s intranet site under the Legal and Compliance page.

 

  Explanatory Note: Broad based open-ended ETFs are determined by Personal Trading Compliance using Bloomberg data.

All Access Persons are expected to comply with the spirit of the Code, as well as the specific rules contained in the Code. Therefore, while the lists of Reportable Funds and Exempt ETFs are subject to change, it is ultimately the responsibility of all Access Persons to review these lists which can be found in Exhibit(s) One and Two , prior to making an investment in a Reportable Fund or ETF.

It should be noted that private placements, hedge funds and investment pools are deemed to be Covered Securities for purposes of the Code whether or not advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser. Investments in such securities are discussed under sections 4.12 and 5.2.

Please see Exhibit Three for the application of the Code to a specific Covered Security or instrument, including exemptions from pre-clearance.

3.2. Beneficial Ownership

The Code governs any Covered Security in which an Access Person has any direct or indirect “Beneficial Ownership. Beneficial Ownership for purposes of the Code means a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” that is held or shared by you directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a Covered Security. The term “pecuniary interest” in turn generally means your opportunity directly or indirectly to receive or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a Covered Security, whether or not the Covered Security or the relevant account is in your name and regardless of the type of account (i.e. brokerage account, direct account, or retirement plan account). Although this concept is subject to a variety of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and interpretations, you should know that you are presumed under the Code to have an indirect pecuniary interest as a result of:

 

    ownership of a Covered Security by your spouse or minor children;

 

    ownership of a Covered Security by a live-in partner who shares your household and combines his/her financial resources in a manner similar to that of married persons;

 

- 5 -


    ownership of a Covered Security by your other family members sharing your household (including an adult child, a stepchild, a grandchild, a parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, sister- or brother-in-law, and son- or daughter-in-law);

 

    your share ownership, partnership interest or similar interest in Covered Securities held by a corporation, general or limited partnership or similar entity you control;

 

    your right to receive dividends or interest from a Covered Security even if that right is separate or separable from the underlying securities;

 

    your interest in a Covered Security held for the benefit of you alone or for you and others in a trust or similar arrangement (including any present or future right to income or principal); and

 

    your right to acquire a Covered Security through the exercise or conversion of a “derivative Covered Security .”

In addition, life events such as marriage, death of a family member (i.e., inheritance), etc. may result in your acquiring Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control over accounts previously belonging to others. Therefore, any Covered Security, including Reportable Funds, along with any account that holds or can hold a Covered Security, including Reportable Funds, in which you have a Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control, as described in Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 of the Code, resulting from marriage or other life event must be reported to Personal Trading Compliance promptly, and no later than the next applicable quarterly reporting period.

 

Explanatory Note:    All accounts that hold or can hold a Covered Security in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership are subject to the Code (such accounts include, but are not limited to, personal brokerage accounts, mutual fund accounts, accounts of your spouse, accounts of minor children living in your household, Family of Fund accounts, transfer agent accounts holding mutual funds or book entry shares, IRAs, 401Ks, trusts, DRIPs, ESOPs, etc).

Please see Exhibit Four for specific examples of the types of interests and accounts subject to the Code.

3.3. Investment Control

The Code governs any Covered Security in which an Access Person has direct or indirect “Investment Control. ” The term Investment Control encompasses any influence (i.e., power to manage, trade, or give instructions concerning the investment disposition of assets in the account or to approve or disapprove transactions in the account), whether sole or shared, direct or indirect, you exercise over the account or Covered Security.

You should know that you are presumed under the Code to have Investment Control as a result of having:

 

    Investment Control (sole or shared) over your personal brokerage account(s);

 

    Investment Control (sole or shared) over an account(s) in the name of your spouse or minor children, unless, you have renounced an interest in your spouse’s assets (subject to the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer );

 

- 6 -


    Investment Control (sole or shared) over an account(s) in the name of any family member, friend or acquaintance;

 

    Involvement in an Investment Club;

 

    Trustee power over an account(s); and

 

    The existence and/or exercise of a power of attorney over an account.

Please see Exhibit Four for specific examples of the types of interests and accounts subject to the Code.

3.4. Maintaining Personal Accounts

All Access Persons who have personal accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities in which they have direct or indirect Investment Control and Beneficial Ownership are required to maintain such accounts at one of the following firms: Ameriprise, Bank of America/Merrill Lynch, Charles Schwab, Citi Personal Wealth Management, E*TRADE, Fidelity Investments, Interactive Brokers, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, TD Ameritrade, Scottrade, UBS, Vanguard, or Wells Fargo (collectively, the “Select Brokers”) . Additionally, an Access Person may only purchase and hold shares of Reportable Funds through either: a Select Broker; directly from the Reportable Fund through its transfer agent, or through one or more of Loomis Sayles’ retirement plans, unless an exception to the Select Broker requirement, as described below, is granted.

All Access Persons must receive pre-clearance approval from Personal Trading Compliance prior to the opening of any new personal accounts that can hold Covered Securities in which the Access Person has direct or indirect Investment Control or Beneficial Ownership. This includes Select Broker accounts. In addition, the opening of all reportable accounts must also be reported to Personal Trading Compliance as set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 of the Code.

Finally, Access Persons must inform the Select Broker or other financial institution of his/her association with Loomis Sayles during the account opening process.

Accounts in which the Access Person only has either Investment Control or Beneficial Ownership; certain retirement accounts with an Access Person’s prior employer; accounts managed by an outside adviser in which the Access Person exercises no investment discretion; accounts in which the Access Person’s spouse is employed by another investment firm and must abide by that firm’s Code of Ethics; and/or the retirement accounts of an Access Person’s spouse may be maintained with a firm other than the Select Brokers upon the prior written approval of Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer. Access Persons are responsible for ensuring that Personal Trading Compliance receives duplicate confirms as and when transactions are executed in such accounts, and statements on a monthly basis, if available, or at least quarterly for non-Select Brokers. In addition, Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exemptions to the Select Broker requirement for accounts not used for general trading purposes such as ESOPs, DRIPs, securities held physically or in book entry form, family of fund accounts or situations in which the Access Person has a reasonable hardship for maintaining their accounts with a Select Broker.

 

- 7 -


In addition, Access Persons with a residence outside the U.S., while not required to maintain their personal accounts with a Select Broker, must seek approval from Personal Trading Compliance prior to establishing any personal account that holds or can hold Covered Securities in which they have direct or indirect Investment Control or Beneficial Ownership. Such Access Persons are also responsible for ensuring that Personal Trading Compliance receives duplicate confirms as and when transactions are executed in the account, and statements on a monthly basis, if available, or at least quarterly. All of the remaining requirements and restrictions of the Code apply to Access Persons with a residence outside the U.S.

 

Explanatory Note:    While certain accounts may be granted an exemption from certain provisions of the Code, inclusive of the Select Broker requirement, they are still subject to the reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to the pre-clearance requirements of the Code (e.g. joint accounts) as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Code. The terms of a specific exemption will be outlined in an exemption memorandum which is issued to the Access Person by Personal Trading Compliance. An Access Person s failure to abide by the terms and conditions of an account exemption issued by Personal Trading Compliance could result in a violation of the Code.

4. SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING

The following are substantive prohibitions and restrictions on Access Persons’ personal trading and related activities. In general, the prohibitions set forth below relating to trading activities apply to accounts holding Covered Securities in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and Investment Control.

4.1. Pre-clearance

Each Access Person must pre-clear through the PTA Pre-clearance System (“PTA”) all Volitional transactions in Covered Securities (i.e. transactions in which the Access Person has determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale transaction will occur and amount of shares to be purchased or sold) in which he or she has Investment Control and in which he or she has or would acquire Beneficial Ownership. Exceptions to the pre-clearance requirement include, but are not limited to: Open-ended mutual funds and CIVs meeting the criteria described below, Exempt ETFs listed in Exhibit Two , and US Government Agency bonds (i.e. GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC), as set forth in Exhibit(s) Three and Five .

 

Explanatory Note:    A CIV is exempt from pre-clearance under the following conditions: issues shares that shareholders have the right to redeem on demand; calculates an NAV on a daily basis in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act and Rule 2a-4 thereunder; issues and redeems shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of the relevant purchase or redemption order consistent with the “forward pricing” principles of Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act; and there is no secondary market for the shares of the CIV.

 

- 8 -


Explanatory Note:    Futures, options and swap transactions in Covered Securities must be manually pre-cleared by Personal Trading Compliance since PTA cannot handle such transactions. Initial public offerings, private placement
  

transactions, including hedge funds whether or not they are advised, sub-advised, or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser, participation in investment clubs and private pooled vehicles require special pre-clearance as detailed under Sections 4.11, 4.12 and 5.2 of the Code.

 

Explanatory Note:   

Broad based open-ended ETFs with either a market capitalization exceeding $1billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (over a 90 day period); options on such ETFs, options on the indices of such ETFs; and ETFs that invest 80% of their assets in securities that are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements of the Code, are exempt from the pre-clearance and trading restrictions set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.9, and 4.10 of the Code. A list of the Exempt ETFs is provided in Exhibit Two of the Code. All closed end-funds, closed-end ETFs, sector based/narrowly defined ETFs and broad based open-ended ETFs with a market capitalization below U.S. $1 billion AND an average daily trading volume below 1 million shares (over a 90 day period) are subject to the pre-clearance and trading restrictions detailed under Section 4 of the Code.

 

   All closed-end funds and ETFs, including those Exempt ETFs and their associated options as described above, are subject to the reporting requirements detailed in Section 6 of the Code.

Any transaction approved pursuant to the pre-clearance request procedures must be executed by the end of the trading day on which it is approved unless Personal Trading Compliance extends the pre-clearance for an additional trading day. If the Access Person’s trade has not been executed by the end of the same trading day (or the next trading day in the case of an extension), the pre-clearance will lapse and the Access Person may not trade without again seeking and obtaining pre-clearance of the intended trade.

For Access Persons with a U.S. residence, pre-clearance requests can only be submitted through PTA and/or to Personal Trading Compliance Monday – Friday from 9:30am-4:00pm Eastern Standard Time. Access Persons with a residence outside the U.S. will be given separate pre-clearance guidelines instructing them on the availability of PTA and Personal Trading Compliance support hours.

If after pre-clearance is given and before it has lapsed, an Access Person becomes aware that a Covered Security as to which he or she obtained pre-clearance has become the subject of a buy or sell order or is being considered for purchase or sale for a client account, the Access Person who obtained the pre-clearance must consider the pre-clearance revoked and must notify Personal Trading Compliance immediately . If the transaction has already been executed before the Access Person becomes aware of such facts, no violation will be considered to have occurred as a result of the Access Person’s transaction.

If an Access Person has actual knowledge that a requested transaction is nevertheless in violation of this Code or any provision thereof, approval of the request will not protect the Access Person’s transaction from being considered in violation of the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance may deny or revoke pre-clearance for any reason that is deemed to be consistent with the spirit of the Code.

 

- 9 -


4.2. Good Until Canceled and Limit Orders

No Access Person shall place a “good until canceled,” “limit” or equivalent order with his/her broker except that an Access Person may utilize a “day order with a limit” so long as the transaction is consistent with provisions of this Code, including the pre-clearance procedures. All orders must expire at the end of the trading day on which they are pre-cleared unless otherwise extended by Personal Trading Compliance.

4.3. Short Term Trading Profits

No Access Person may profit from the Volitional purchase and sale, or conversely the Volitional sale and purchase, of the same or equivalent Covered Security (including Loomis Advised Funds) within 60 calendar days (unless the sale involved shares of a Covered Security that were acquired more than 60 days prior). Hardship exceptions may be requested (in advance) from Personal Trading Compliance.

An Access Person may sell a Covered Security (including Loomis Advised Funds) or cover an existing short position at a loss within 60 calendar days. Such requests must be submitted through the PTA System and to Personal Trading Compliance for approval because the PTA System does not have the capability to determine whether the Covered Security will be sold at a gain or a loss.

 

Explanatory Note:    For purposes of calculating the 60 day holding period, the trade date of a given purchase or sale is deemed to be day zero. 60 full days must pass before an Access Person can trade that same Covered Security for a profit and therefore, allowing the Access Person to do so on the 61st day.
Explanatory Note:    The Short Term Trading Profits provision is applicable to transactions that are executed across all of an Access Person’s accounts. For example, if an Access Person sold shares of ABC in his/her Fidelity brokerage account today, that Access Person would not be allowed to buy shares of ABC in his/her Charles Schwab IRA account at a lower price within 60 days following the sale.
Explanatory Note:    Please refer to Exhibit One for a current list of Loomis Advised Funds . Please also note that all closed-end funds are subject to the trading restrictions of Section 4.3 of the Code.

4.4. Restrictions on Round Trip Transactions in Loomis Advised Funds

In addition to the 60 day holding period requirement for purchases and sales of Loomis Advised Funds, an Access Person is prohibited from purchasing, selling and then re-purchasing shares of the same Loomis Advised Fund within a 90 day period (“Round Trip Restriction”). The Round Trip Restriction does not limit the number of times an Access Person can purchase a Loomis Advised Fund or sell a Loomis Advised Fund during a 90 day period. In fact, subject to the holding period requirement described above, an Access Person can purchase a Loomis Advised Fund (through one or multiple transactions) and can liquidate their position in that fund (through one or several transactions) during a 90 day period. However, an Access Person cannot then reacquire a position in the same Loomis Advised Fund previously sold within the same 90 day period.

 

- 10 -


The Round Trip Restriction will only apply to Volitional transactions in Loomis Advised Funds. Therefore, shares of Loomis Advised Funds acquired through a dividend reinvestment or dollar cost averaging program, and automatic monthly contributions to the firm’s 401K plan will not be considered when applying the Round Trip Restriction.

Finally, all Volitional purchase and sale transactions of Loomis Advised Funds, in any share class and in any employee account (i.e., direct account with the Loomis Advised Fund, Select Broker account, 401K account, etc.) will be matched for purposes of applying the Round Trip Restriction.

 

Explanatory Note: Only Loomis Advised Funds are subject to Section 4.4 of the Code. Please refer to Exhibit One for a current list of Loomis Advised Funds.

4.5. Derivatives

No Access Person shall use derivatives, including but not limited, to options, futures, swaps or warrants on a Covered Security to evade the restrictions of the Code. In other words, no Access Person may use derivative transactions with respect to a Covered Security if the Code would prohibit the Access Person from taking the same position directly in the underlying Covered Security.

 

Explanatory Note:    When transacting in derivatives, Access Persons must pre-clear the derivative and the underlying security in PTA as well as receive manual approval from Personal Trading Compliance before executing their transaction. Please note that options on Exempt ETFs and the underlying index of the ETF, as well as futures on currencies, commodities, cash instruments (such as loans or deposits), stock indexes and interest rates do not require pre-clearance. For more detailed information, please see Section 4.1 of the Code.

4.6. Short Sales

No Access Person may purchase a put option, sell a call option, sell a Covered Security short or otherwise take a short position in a Covered Security then being held long in a Loomis Sayles client account, unless, in the cases of the purchase of a put or sale of a call option, the option is on a broad based index.

 

Explanatory Note:    If an Access Person seeks pre-clearance to purchase a put option or sell a call option to hedge an existing long position in the same underlying securities, PTC will compare the value of the underlying long position to the option to determine whether the Access Person’s net position would be long or short. If short, the option transaction will be denied.

4.7. Competing with Client Trades

Except as set forth in Section 4.8, an Access Person may not, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell a Covered Security (Reportable Funds are not subject to this rule.) when the Access Person knows, or reasonably should have known, that such Covered Securities transaction competes in the market with any actual or considered Covered Securities transaction for any client of Loomis Sayles, or otherwise acts to harm any Loomis Sayles client’s Covered Securities transactions.

 

- 11 -


Generally pre-clearance will be denied if:

 

    a Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security is the subject of a pending “buy” or “sell” order for a Loomis Sayles client until that buy or sell order is executed or withdrawn.

 

    the Covered Security is being considered for purchase or sale for a Loomis Sayles client, until that security is no longer under consideration for purchase or sale.

The PTA System has the information necessary to deny pre-clearance if any of these situations apply. Therefore, if you receive an approval in PTA, you may assume the Covered Security is not being considered for purchase or sale for a client account unless you have actual knowledge to the contrary, in which case the pre-clearance you received is null and void. For Covered Securities requiring manual pre-clearance (i.e. futures, options and other derivative transactions in Covered Securities), the applicability of such restrictions will be determined by Personal Trading Compliance upon the receipt of the pre-clearance request.

4.8. Large Cap/De Minimis Exemption

An Access Person who wishes to make a trade in a Covered Security that would otherwise be denied pre-clearance solely because the Covered Security is under consideration or pending execution for a client, as provided in Section 4.7, will nevertheless receive approval when submitted for pre-clearance provided that:

 

    the issuer of the Covered Security in which the Access Person wishes to transact has a market capitalization exceeding U.S. $5 billion (a “Large Cap Security”); AND

 

    the aggregate amount of the Access Person’s transactions in that Large Cap Security on that day across all personal accounts does not exceed $10,000 USD.

Such transactions will be subject to all other provisions of the Code.

4.9. Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule

No Investment Person shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell any Covered Security ( Reportable Funds are not subject to this rule) within a period of seven (7) calendar days (trade date being day zero) before and after the date that a Loomis Sayles client, with respect to which he or she has the ability to influence investment decisions or has prior investment knowledge regarding associated client activity, has purchased or sold such Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security. It is ultimately the Investment Person’s responsibility to understand the rules and restrictions of the Code and to know what Covered Securities are being traded in his/her client(s) account(s) or any account(s) with which he/she is associated.

 

Explanatory Note:    The “seven days before” element of this restriction is based on the premise that an Investment Person who has the ability to influence investment decisions or has prior investment knowledge regarding associated client

 

- 12 -


   activity can normally be expected to know, upon execution of his or her personal trade, whether any client as to which he or she is associated, has traded, or will be trading in the same or closely related Covered Security within seven days of his or her personal trade. Furthermore, an Investment Person who has the ability to influence investment decisions has a fiduciary obligation to recommend and/or affect suitable and attractive trades for clients regardless of whether such trades may cause a prior personal trade to be considered an apparent violation of this restriction. It would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty and a violation of this Code to delay or fail to make any such recommendation or transaction in a client account in order to avoid a conflict with this restriction.
   It is understood that there may be particular circumstances (i.e. news on an issuer, a client initiated liquidation, subscription or rebalancing) that may occur after an Investment Person’s personal trade which gives rise to an opportunity or necessity for an associated client to trade in that Covered Security which did not exist or was not anticipated by that person at the time of that person’s personal trade. Personal Trading Compliance will review all extenuating circumstances which may warrant the waiving of any remedial actions in a particular situation involving an inadvertent violation of this restriction. In such cases, an exception to the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule will be granted upon approval by the Chief Compliance Officer .
   The Chief Compliance Officer , or designee thereof, may grant a waiver of the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule if the Investment Person’s proposed transaction is conflicting with client “cash flow” trading in the same security (i.e., purchases of a broad number of portfolio securities in order to invest a capital addition to the account or sales of a broad number of securities in order to generate proceeds to satisfy a capital withdrawal from the account). Such “cash flow” transactions are deemed to be non-volitional at the security level since they do not change the weighting of the security being purchased or sold in the client’s portfolio.
Explanatory Note:    The trade date of an Investment Person ’s purchase or sale is deemed to be day zero. Any associated client trade activity executed, in either that Covered Security or a closely related Covered Security , 7 full calendar days before or after an Access Person ’s trade will be considered a violation of the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule. For example, if a client account purchased shares of company ABC on May 4th, any Access Person who is associated with that client account cannot trade ABC in a personal account until May 12th without causing a potential conflict with the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule.
Explanatory Note:    While the Investment Person Seven-Day Blackout Rule is designed to address conflicts between Investment Persons and their clients, it is the fiduciary obligation of all Access Persons to not affect trades in their personal account if they have prior knowledge of client trading or pending trading activity in the same or equivalent securities. The personal trade activity of all Access Persons is monitored by Personal Trading Compliance for potential conflicts with client trading activity.

 

- 13 -


4.10. Research Recommendations

The Loomis Sayles Fixed Income Research Analysts issue “Buy,” “Sell,” and “Hold” recommendations on the fixed income securities that they cover. The Loomis Sayles Equity Research Analysts issue price targets and other types of recommendations on the companies they cover, and certain Equity products have their own research analysts that provide recommendations to their respective investment teams. Collectively the fixed income and equity recommendations and equity price targets are hereinafter referred to as “Recommendations”.

Recommendations are intended to be used for the benefit of the firm’s clients. It is also understood Access Persons may use Recommendations as a factor in the investment decisions they make in their personal and other brokerage accounts that are covered by the Code. The fact that Recommendations may be used by the firm’s investment teams for client purposes and Access Persons may use them for personal reasons creates a potential for conflicts of interests. Therefore, the following rules apply to Recommendations:

 

    During the three (3) business day period before a Research Analyst issues a recommendation on a Covered Security, that the Research Analyst has reason to believe that his/her Recommendation is likely to result in client trading in the Covered Security, the Research Analyst may not purchase or sell said Covered Security for any of his/her personal brokerage accounts or other accounts covered by the Code.

 

Explanatory Note:    It is understood that there may be particular circumstances such as a news release, change of circumstance or similar event that may occur after a Research Analyst’s personal trade which gives rise to a need, or makes it appropriate, for the Research Analyst to issue a Recommendation on said Covered Security. A Research Analyst has an affirmative duty to make unbiased Recommendations and issue reports, both with respect to their timing and substance, without regard to his or her personal interest in the Covered Security . It would constitute a breach of a Research Analyst’s fiduciary duty and a violation of this Code to delay or fail to issue a Recommendation in order to avoid a conflict with this restriction.
   Personal Trading Compliance will review any extenuating circumstances which may warrant the waiving of any remedial sanctions in a particular situation involving an inadvertent violation of this restriction.

 

    Access Persons are prohibited from using a Recommendation for purposes of transacting in the Covered Security covered by the Recommendation in their personal accounts and other accounts covered by the Code until such time Loomis Sayles’ clients have completed their transactions in said securities in order to give priority to Loomis Sayles’ clients’ best interests.

 

Explanatory Note:    Personal Trading Compliance utilizes various automated reports to monitor Access Persons’ trading in Covered Securities relative to Recommendations and associated client transactions. It also has various tools to determine whether a Recommendation has been reviewed by an Access Person . An Access Person’s trading in a Covered Security following a Recommendation and subsequent client trading in the same security and in the same direction will be deemed a violation of the Code unless Personal Trading Compliance determines otherwise.

 

- 14 -


4.11. Initial Public Offerings

Investing in Initial Public Offerings of Covered Securities is prohibited unless such opportunities are connected with your prior employment compensation (i.e. options, grants, etc.) or your spouse’s employment compensation. No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase any securities sold in an Initial Public Offering without obtaining prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

4.12. Private Placement Transactions

No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase any Covered Security offered and sold pursuant to a Private Placement Transaction, including hedge funds, without obtaining the advance written approval of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management. In addition to addressing potential conflicts of interest between the Access Person’s Private Placement Transaction and the firm’s clients’ best interests, the pre-clearance of Private Placements is designed to determine whether the Access Person may come into possession of material non-public information (“MNPI”) on a publically traded company as a result of the Private Placement.

A Private Placement Transaction approval must be obtained by completing an automated Private Placement Pre-clearance Form which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under ‘Personal Trading Compliance Forms’.

 

Explanatory Note:    If you have been authorized to acquire a Covered Security in a Private Placement Transaction , you must disclose to Personal Trading Compliance if you are involved in a client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer of the Private Placement , even if that investment involves a different type or class of Covered Security . In such circumstances, the decision to purchase securities of the issuer for a client must be independently reviewed by an Investment Person with no personal interest in the issuer.

The purchase of additional shares, (including mandatory capital calls), or the subsequent sale (partial or full) of a previously approved Private Placement , must receive pre-clearance approval from the Chief Compliance Officer . In addition, all transactions in Private Placements must be reported quarterly and annually as detailed in Section 6 of the Code.

Explanatory Note:    To submit a pre-clearance request for subsequent trade activity in a Private Placement , Access Persons must complete the automated Private Placement Pre-clearance Form which will be reviewed by Personal Trading Compliance to ensure there are no conflicts with any underlying Code provisions including the Short-Term Trading Rule.

 

- 15 -


4.13. Insider Trading

At the start of an Access Person’s engagement with Loomis Sayles, and annually thereafter, each Access Person must acknowledge his/her understanding of and compliance with the Loomis Sayles Insider Trading Policies and Procedures. The firm’s policy is to refrain from trading or recommending trading when in the possession of MNPI.

Some examples of MNPI may include:

 

    Earnings estimates or dividend changes

 

    Positive or negative forthcoming news about an issuer

 

    Supplier discontinuances

 

    Mergers or acquisitions

If an Access Person receives or believes that he/she may have received MNPI with respect to a company, the Access Person must contact the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel immediately, and must not :

 

    purchase or sell that security in question, including any derivatives of that security;

 

    recommend the purchase or sale of that security, including any derivatives of that security; or

 

    relate the information to anyone other than the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel of Loomis Sayles.

If it has been determined that an Access Person has obtained MNPI on a particular company, its securities will generally be placed on the firm’s Restricted List thereby restricting trading by the firm’s client accounts and Access Persons. The only exception to this policy is with the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel of the firm, and then only in compliance with the firm’s Firewall Procedures.

Separately, Access Persons must inform Personal Trading Compliance if a spouse, partner and/or immediate family member (“Related Person”) is an officer and/or director of a publicly traded company in order to enable Personal Trading Compliance to implement special pre-clearance procedures for said Access Persons in order to prevent insider trading in the Related Person’s company’s securities.

Access Persons should refer to the Loomis Sayles Insider Trading Policies and Procedures which are available on the Legal and Compliance homepage of the firm’s Intranet, for complete guidance on dealing with MNPI.

4.14. Restricted and Concentration List

The Loomis Sayles Restricted and Concentration List (“Restricted List”) is designed to restrict Loomis Sayles and/or Access Persons from trading in or recommending, the securities of companies on the Restricted List for client and/or Access Persons personal accounts. Companies may be added to the Restricted List if Loomis Sayles comes into possession of MNPI about a company. A company’s securities can also be added to the Restricted List due to the size of the aggregate position Loomis Sayles’ clients may have in the company. Finally, there may be regulatory and/or client contractual restrictions that may prevent Loomis Sayles from purchasing securities of its affiliates, and as a result, the securities of all publicly traded affiliates of Loomis Sayles will be added to the Restricted List. No conclusion should be drawn from the addition of an issuer to the Restricted List. The Restricted List is confidential, proprietary information which must not be distributed outside of the firm.

 

- 16 -


At times, an Access Person may have possession of MNPI on a specific company as a result of his/her being behind a firewall. In such cases, Personal Trading Compliance will create a specialized Restricted List in PTA for the Access Person behind the wall in order to prevent trading in the company’s securities until such time as the Chief Compliance Officer has deemed the information in the Access Person’s possession to be in the public domain or no longer material.

If a security is added to either the Loomis Sayles firm-wide Restricted List or an individual or group Access Person Restricted List, Access Persons will be restricted from purchasing or selling all securities related to that issuer until such time as the security is removed from the applicable Restricted List. The PTA System has the information necessary to deny pre-clearance if these situations apply.

4.15. Loomis Sayles Hedge Funds

From time to time Loomis Sayles may manage hedge funds, and Access Persons of Loomis Sayles, including the hedge fund’s investment team and supervisors thereof may make personal investments in such hedge funds. At times, especially during the early stages of a new hedge fund, there may be a limited outside investors (i.e., clients and non-employee individual investors) in such funds. In order to mitigate the appearance that investing personally in a hedge fund can potentially be used as a way to benefit from certain trading practices that would otherwise be prohibited by the Code if Access Persons engaged in such trading practices in their personal accounts, investment team members of a hedge fund they manage are individually required to limit their personal investments in such funds to no more than 20% of the hedge funds’ total assets. In addition, the supervisor of a hedge fund investment team must limit his/her personal investment in such hedge fund to no more than 25% of the hedge fund’s total assets.

By limiting the personal interests in the hedge fund by their investment teams and their supervisors in this manner, all of the portfolio trading activity of the Loomis Sayles hedge funds is deemed to be exempt from the pre-clearance and trading restrictions of the Code.

4.16. Exemptions Granted by the Chief Compliance Officer

Subject to applicable law, Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer may from time to time grant exemptions, other than or in addition to those described in Exhibit Five , from the trading restrictions, pre-clearance requirements or other provisions of the Code with respect to particular individuals such as non-employee directors, consultants, temporary employees, interns or independent contractors, and types of transactions or Covered Securities, where, in the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer, such an exemption is appropriate in light of all the surrounding circumstances.

5. PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED ACTIVITIES

5.1. Public Company Board Service and Other Affiliations

To avoid conflicts of interest, MNPI and other compliance and business issues, Loomis Sayles prohibits Access Persons from serving as officers or members of the board of any publicly traded entity. This prohibition does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any parent or subsidiary of the firm.

 

- 17 -


In addition, in order to identify potential conflicts of interests, compliance and business issues, before accepting any service, employment, engagement, connection, association, or affiliation in or within any enterprise, business or otherwise, (herein after, collectively Outside Activity(ies)), an Access Person must obtain the advance written approval of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management.

An Outside Activity approval can be obtained by completing an automated Outside Activity Form which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under ‘Personal Trading Compliance Forms’. In determining whether to approve such Outside Activity, Personal Trading Compliance and the Chief Compliance Officer will consider whether such service will involve an actual or perceived conflict of interest with client trading, place impediments on Loomis Sayles’ ability to trade on behalf of clients or otherwise materially interfere with the effective discharge of Loomis Sayles’ or the Access Person’s duties to clients.

 

Explanatory Note:    Examples of Outside Activities include, but are not limited to, family businesses, acting as an officer, partner or trustee of an organization or trust, political positions, second jobs, professional associations, etc. Outside Activities that are not covered by the Code are activities that involve a charity or foundation, as long as you do not provide investment or financial advice to the organization. Examples would include: volunteer work, homeowners’ organizations (such as condos or coop boards), or other civic activities.

5.2. Participation in Investment Clubs and Private Pooled Vehicles

No Access Person shall participate in an investment club or invest in a hedge fund, or similar private organized investment pool (but not an SEC registered open-end mutual fund) without the express permission of Personal Trading Compliance, the Chief Compliance Officer and the applicable Access Person’s supervisor or other appropriate member of senior management, whether or not the investment vehicle is advised, sub-advised or distributed by Loomis Sayles or a Natixis investment adviser.

6. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

6.1. Initial Holdings Reporting, Account Disclosure and Acknowledgement of Code

Within 10 days after becoming an Access Person, each Access Person must file with Personal Trading Compliance, a report of all Covered Securities holdings (including holdings of Reportable Funds) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control. The information contained therein must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the individual becoming an Access Person.

Additionally, within 10 days of becoming an Access Person, such Access Person must report all brokerage or other accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities in which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control. The information must be as of the date the person became an Access Person. An Access Person can satisfy these reporting requirements by providing Personal Trading Compliance with a current copy of his or her brokerage account or other account statements, which hold or can hold Covered Securities. An automated Initial Code of Ethics Certification and Disclosure Form can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet

 

- 18 -


Homepage under ‘Personal Trading Compliance Forms’. This form must be completed and submitted to Personal Trading Compliance by the Access Person within 10 days of becoming an Access Person. The content of the Initial Holdings information must include, at a minimum, the title and type of security, the ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security (including Reportable Funds) and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the securities are held. With the exception of the Access Persons of Loomis Sayles’ London and Singapore offices, newly hired Access Persons must close existing non-Select brokerage accounts and transfer the assets to a Select Broker within 30 days of their start date at Loomis Sayles, unless the Access Person receives written approval from Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer to maintain his/her account(s) at a non-Select Broker.

 

Explanatory Note:    Loomis Sayles treats all of its employees and certain consultants as Access Persons . Therefore, you are deemed to be an Access Person as of the first day you begin working for the firm.
Explanatory Note:    Types of accounts in which Access Persons are required to report include, but are not limited to: personal brokerage accounts, mutual fund accounts, accounts of your spouse, accounts of minor children living in your household, Family of Fund accounts, transfer agent accounts holding mutual funds or book entry shares, IRAs, 401Ks, trusts, DRIPs, ESOPs etc. that either hold or can hold Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds). In addition, physically held shares of Covered Securities must also be reported. An Access Person should contact Personal Trading Compliance if they are unsure as to whether an account or personal investment is subject to reporting under the Code so the account or investment can be properly reviewed.

At the time of the initial disclosure period, each Access Person must also submit information pertaining to:

 

    His/her participation in any Outside Activity as described in Section 5.1 of the Code;

 

    His/her participation in an Investment Club as described in Section 5.2 of the Code;

 

    Holdings in Private Placements including hedge funds; and

 

    A Related Person that is an officer and/or director of a publicly traded company; if any.

Upon becoming an Access Person, each Access Person will receive a copy of the Code, along with the Loomis Sayles Insider Trading Policies and Procedures and Loomis Sayles Gifts, Business Entertainment and Political Contributions Policies and Procedures. Within the 10 day initial disclosure period and annually thereafter, each Access Person must acknowledge that he or she has received, read and understands the aforementioned policies and recognize that he or she is subject hereto, and certify that he or she will comply with the requirements of each.

 

- 19 -


6.2. Brokerage Confirmations and Brokerage Account Statements

Each Access Person must notify Personal Trading Compliance immediately upon the opening of an account that holds or may hold Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds), in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control . In addition, if an account has been granted an exemption to the Select Broker requirement and/or the account is unable to be added to the applicable Select Broker’s daily electronic broker feed, which supplies PTA with daily executed confirms and positions, Personal Trading Compliance will instruct the broker dealer of the account to provide it with duplicate copies of the account’s confirmations and statements. If the broker dealer cannot provide Personal Trading Compliance with confirms and statements, the Access Person is responsible for providing Personal Trading Compliance with copies of such confirms as and when transactions are executed in the account, and statements on a monthly basis, if available, but no less than quarterly. Upon the opening of an account, an automated Personal Account Information Form must be completed and submitted to Personal Trading Compliance. This form can be found on the Legal and Compliance Intranet Homepage under ‘Personal Trading Compliance Forms’.

 

Explanatory Note:    If the opening of an account is not reported immediately to Personal Trading Compliance , but is reported during the corresponding quarterly certification period, and there has not been any trade activity in the account, then the Access Person will be deemed to have not violated its reporting obligations under this Section of the Code.
Explanatory Note:    For those accounts that are maintained at a Select Broker and are eligible for the broker’s daily electronic confirm and position feed, Access Persons do not need to provide duplicate confirms and statements to Personal Trading Compliance . However, it is the Access Person’s responsibility to accurately review and certify their quarterly transactions and annual holdings information in PTA, and to promptly notify Personal Trading Compliance if there are any discrepancies.

6.3. Quarterly Transaction Reporting and Account Disclosure

Utilizing PTA, each Access Person must file a report of all Volitional transactions in Covered Securities (including Volitional transactions in Reportable Funds) made during each calendar quarterly period in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires or disposes of, any Beneficial Ownership of a Covered Security (even if such Access Person has no direct or indirect Investment Control over such Covered Security), or as to which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Investment Control (even if such Access Person has no Beneficial Ownership in such Covered Security) . Non-volitional transactions in Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds) such as automatic monthly payroll deductions, changes to future contributions within the Loomis Sayles Retirement Plans, dividend reinvestment programs, dollar cost averaging programs, and transactions made within the Guided Choice Program are still subject to the Code’s annual reporting requirements. If no transactions in any Covered Securities, required to be reported, were effected during a quarterly period by an Access Person, such Access Person shall nevertheless submit a report through PTA within the time frame specified below stating that no reportable securities transactions were affected. The following information will be available in electronic format for Access Persons to verify on their Quarterly Transaction report:

The date of the transaction, the title of the security, ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security, nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition), the price of the transaction, and the name of the broker, dealer or bank with which the transaction was effected. However, the Access Person is responsible for confirming the accuracy of this information and informing Personal Trading Compliance if his or her reporting information is inaccurate or incomplete.

 

- 20 -


With the exception of those accounts described in Exhibit Four , Access Persons are also required to report each account that may hold or holds Covered Securities (including accounts that hold or may hold Reportable Funds) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership or Investment Control that have been opened or closed during the reporting period. In addition, life events such as marriage, death of a family member (i.e., inheritance), etc. may result in your acquiring Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control over accounts previously belonging to others. Therefore, any Covered Security, including Reportable Funds, along with any account that holds or can hold a Covered Security, including Reportable Funds, in which you have a Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control, as described in Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 of the Code, resulting from marriage or other life event must be reported to Personal Trading Compliance promptly, and no later than the next applicable quarterly reporting period.

Every quarterly report must be submitted no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the close of each calendar quarter.

6.4. Annual Reporting

On an annual basis, as of a date specified by Personal Trading Compliance, each Access Person must file with Personal Trading Compliance a dated annual certification which identifies all holdings in Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds) in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control. This reporting requirement also applies to shares of Covered Securities, including shares of Reportable Funds that were acquired during the year in Non-volitional transactions. Additionally, each Access Person must identify all personal accounts which hold or may hold Covered Securities (including Reportable Funds), in which such Access Person has Beneficial Ownership and/or Investment Control. The information in the Annual Package shall reflect holdings in the Access Person’s account(s) that are current as of a date specified by Personal Trading Compliance. The following information will be available in electronic format for Access Persons to verify on the Annual Holdings report:

The title of the security, the ticker symbol or CUSIP, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security (including Reportable Funds) and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the securities are held. However, the Access Person is responsible for confirming the accuracy of this information and informing Personal Trading Compliance if his or her reporting information is inaccurate or incomplete.

Furthermore, on an annual basis, each Access Person must acknowledge and certify that during the past year he/she has received, read, understood and complied with the Code, Insider Trading Policies and Procedures, and the Policies and Procedures on Gifts, Business Entertainment, and Political Contributions, except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer. Finally, as part of the annual certification, each Access Person must acknowledge and confirm any Outside Activities in which he or she currently participates and any Related Person that is an officer and/or director of a publicly traded company.

All material changes to the Code will be promptly distributed to Access Persons, and also be distributed to Supervised Persons on a quarterly basis. On an annual basis, Supervised Persons will be asked to acknowledge his/her receipt, understanding of and compliance with the Code.

 

- 21 -


Every annual report must be submitted no later than (45) calendar days after the date specified by Personal Trading Compliance.

6.5. Review of Reports by Chief Compliance Officer

The Chief Compliance Officer shall establish procedures as the Chief Compliance Officer may from time to time determine appropriate for the review of the information required to be compiled under this Code regarding transactions by Access Persons and to report any violations thereof to all necessary parties.

6.6. Internal Reporting of Violations to the Chief Compliance Officer

Prompt internal reporting of any violation of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance is required under Rule 204A-1. While the daily monitoring process undertaken by Personal Trading Compliance is designed to identify any violations of the Code and handle any such violations promptly, Access Persons and Supervised Persons are required to promptly report any violations they learn of resulting from either their own conduct or those of other Access Persons or Supervised Persons to the Chief Compliance Officer or Personal Trading Compliance. It is incumbent upon Loomis Sayles to create an environment that encourages and protects Access Persons or Supervised Persons who report violations. In doing so, individuals have the right to remain anonymous in reporting violations. Furthermore, any form of retaliation against an individual who reports a violation could constitute a further violation of the Code, as deemed appropriate by the Chief Compliance Officer. All Access Persons and

Supervised Persons should therefore feel safe to speak freely in reporting any violations.

7. SANCTIONS

Any violation of the substantive or procedural requirements of this Code will result in the imposition of a sanction as set forth in the firm’s then current Sanctions Policy, or as the Ethics Committee may deem appropriate under the circumstances of the particular violation. These sanctions may include, but are not limited to:

 

    a letter of caution or warning (i.e. Procedures Notice);

 

    payment of a fine,

 

    requiring the employee to reverse a trade and realize losses or disgorge any profits;

 

    restitution to an affected client;

 

    suspension of personal trading privileges;

 

    actions affecting employment status, such as suspension of employment without pay, demotion or termination of employment; and

 

    referral to the SEC, other civil authorities or criminal authorities.

Serious violations, including those involving deception, dishonesty or knowing breaches of law or fiduciary duty, will result in one or more of the most severe sanctions regardless of the violator’s history of prior compliance.

 

Explanatory Note: Any violation of the Code, following a “first offense” whether or not for the same type of violation, will be treated as a subsequent offense.

 

- 22 -


Fines, penalties and disgorged profits will be donated to a charity selected by the Loomis Sayles Charitable Giving Committee.

8. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Loomis Sayles shall maintain and preserve records, in an easily accessible place, relating to the Code of the type and in the manner and form and for the time period prescribed from time to time by applicable law. Currently, Loomis Sayles is required by law to maintain and preserve:

 

    in an easily accessible place, a copy of this Code (and any prior Code of Ethics that was in effect at any time during the past five years) for a period of five years;

 

    in an easily accessible place a record of any violation of the Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

    a copy of each report (or information provided in lieu of a report including any manual pre-clearance forms and information relied upon or used for reporting) submitted under the Code for a period of five years, provided that for the first two years such copy must be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

    copies of Access Persons’ and Supervised Persons’ written acknowledgment of initial receipt of the Code and his/her annual acknowledgement;

 

    in an easily accessible place, a record of the names of all Access Persons within the past five years, even if some of them are no longer Access Persons , the holdings and transactions reports made by these Access Persons, and records of all Access Persons’ personal securities reports (and duplicate brokerage confirmations or account statements in lieu of these reports);

 

    a copy of each report provided to any Investment Company as required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act or any successor provision for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which such report is made, provided that for the first two years such record shall be preserved in an easily accessible place; and

 

    a written record of any decision and the reasons supporting any decision, to approve the purchase by an Access Person of any Covered Security in an Initial Public Offering or Private Placement Transaction or other limited offering for a period of five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

Explanatory Note:    Under Rule 204-2, the standard retention period required for all documents and records listed above is five years, in easily accessible place, the first two years in an appropriate office of Personal Trading Compliance .

9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Confidentiality

Loomis Sayles will keep information obtained from any Access Person hereunder in strict

 

- 23 -


confidence. Notwithstanding the forgoing, reports of Covered Securities transactions and violations hereunder will be made available to the SEC or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organizations to the extent required by law rule or regulation, and in certain circumstances, may in Loomis Sayles’ discretion be made available to other civil and criminal authorities. In addition, information regarding violations of the Code may be provided to clients or former clients of Loomis Sayles that have been directly or indirectly affected by such violations.

9.2. Disclosure of Client Trading Knowledge

No Access Person may, directly or indirectly, communicate to any person who is not an Access Person or other approved agent of Loomis Sayles (e.g., legal counsel) any non-public information relating to any client of Loomis Sayles or any issuer of any Covered Security owned by any client of Loomis Sayles, including, without limitation, the purchase or sale or considered purchase or sale of a Covered Security on behalf of any client of Loomis Sayles, except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or to effectuate traditional asset management/operations activities on behalf of the client of Loomis Sayles.

9.3. Notice to Access Persons, Investment Persons and Research Analysts as to Code Status

Personal Trading Compliance will initially determine an employee’s status as an Access Person, Research Analyst or Investment Person and the client accounts to which Investment Persons should be associated, and will inform such persons of their respective reporting and duties under the Code.

All Access Persons and/or the applicable supervisors thereof, have an obligation to inform Personal Trading Compliance if an Access Person’s responsibilities change during the Access Person’s tenure at Loomis Sayles.

9.4. Notice to Personal Trading Compliance of Engagement of Independent Contractors

Any Access Person that engages as a non-employee service provider (“NESP”), such as a consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor shall notify Personal Trading Compliance of this engagement, and provide to Personal Trading Compliance the information necessary to make a determination as to how the Code shall apply to such NESP, if at all.

NESP’s are generally not subject to the pre-clearance, trading restrictions and certain reporting provisions of the Code. However, NESP’s must receive, review and acknowledge a Code of Ethics Compliance Statement that further describes his/her Code requirements and fiduciary duties while engaged with Loomis Sayles.

At times, NESP’s are contracted to various departments at Loomis Sayles where they may be involved or be privy to the investment process for client accounts or the Loomis Sayles recommendation process. Prior to their engagement, the Loomis Sayles Human Resources Department will notify Personal Trading Compliance of these NESP’s and depending on the facts and circumstances, the NESP will be communicated what provisions of the Code will apply to them during their engagement.

 

- 24 -


  9.5. Questions and Educational Materials

Employees are encouraged to bring to Personal Trading Compliance any questions you may have about interpreting or complying with the Code about Covered Securities, accounts that hold or may hold Covered Securities or personal trading activities of you, your family, or household members, your legal and ethical responsibilities, or similar matters that may involve the Code.

Personal Trading Compliance will from time to time circulate educational materials or bulletins or conduct training sessions designed to assist you in understanding and carrying out your duties under the Code. On an annual basis, each Access Person is required to successfully complete the Code of Ethics and Fiduciary Duty Tutorial designed to educate Access Persons on their responsibilities under the Code and other Loomis Sayles policies and procedures that generally apply to all employees.

 

- 25 -


GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The boldface terms used throughout this policy have the following meanings:

 

1. Access Person” means an “access person” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means any director, or officer of Loomis Sayles, or any Advisory Person (as defined below) of Loomis Sayles, but does not include any director who is not an officer or employee of Loomis Sayles or its corporate general partner and who meets all of the following conditions:

 

  a. He or she, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a registered investment company, and whose functions do not relate to the making of recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

 

  b. He or she does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; and

 

  c. He or she is not involved in making securities recommendations to clients, and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

Loomis Sayles treats all employees as Access Persons.

 

2. Advisory Person” means an “advisory person” and “advisory representative” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act, respectively, or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means (i) every employee of Loomis Sayles (or of any company in a Control relationship to Loomis Sayles), who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by Loomis Sayles on behalf of clients, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) every natural person in a Control relationship to Loomis Sayles who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client with regard to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security. Advisory Person also includes: (a) any other employee designated by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as an Advisory Person under this Code; (b) any consultant, temporary employee, intern or independent contractor (or similar person) engaged by Loomis Sayles designated as such by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as a result of such person’s access to information about the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by Loomis Sayles on behalf of clients (by being present in Loomis Sayles offices, having access to computer data or otherwise).

 

3. Beneficial Ownership” is defined in Section 3.2 of the Code.

 

- 1 -


4. Chief Compliance Officer” refers to the officer or employee of Loomis Sayles designated from time to time by Loomis Sayles to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by Access Persons , and to address issues of personal trading. “ Personal Trading Compliance ” means the employee or employees of Loomis Sayles designated from time to time by the General Counsel of Loomis Sayles to receive and review reports of purchases and sales, and to address issues of personal trading, by the Chief Compliance Officer , and to act for the Chief Compliance Officer in the absence of the Chief Compliance Officer .

 

5. Covered Security ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code.

 

6. “Exempt ETF” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code and a list of such funds is found in Exhibit Two.

 

7. Federal Securities Laws ” refers to the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted there under by the SEC or the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and any amendments to the above mentioned statutes.

 

8. Investment Control ” is defined in Section 3.3 of the Code. This means “control” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means the power to directly or indirectly influence, manage, trade, or give instructions concerning the investment disposition of assets in an account or to approve or disapprove transactions in an account.

 

9. Initial Public Offering ” means an “initial public offering” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means any offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 the issuer of which immediately before the offering, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

10. Investment Company ” means any Investment Company registered as such under the 1940 Act and for which Loomis Sayles serves as investment adviser or subadviser or which an affiliate of Loomis Sayles serves as an investment adviser.

 

11. Investment Person ” means all Portfolio Managers of Loomis Sayles and other Advisory Persons who assist the Portfolio Managers in making and implementing investment decisions for an Investment Company or other client of Loomis Sayles, including, but not limited to, designated Research Analysts and traders of Loomis Sayles. A person is considered an Investment Person only as to those client accounts or types of client accounts as to which he or she is designated by Personal Trading Compliance or the Chief Compliance Officer as such. As to other accounts, he or she is simply an Access Person .

 

12. “Loomis Advised Fund” is any Reportable Fund advised or sub-advised by Loomis Sayles. A list of these funds can be found in Exhibit One .

 

- 2 -


13. Non-volitional ” transactions are any transaction in which the employee has not determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale will occur and the amount of shares to be purchased or sold, i.e. changes to future contributions within the Loomis Sayles Retirement Plans, dividend reinvestment programs, dollar cost averaging program, automatic monthly payroll deductions, and any transactions made within the Guided Choice Program. Non-volitional transactions are not subject to the pre-clearance or quarterly reporting requirements under the Code.

 

14. Portfolio Manager ” means any individual employed by Loomis Sayles who has been designated as a Portfolio Manager by Loomis Sayles. A person is considered a Portfolio Manager only as to those client accounts as to which he or she is designated by the Chief Compliance Officer as such. As to other client accounts, he or she is simply an Access Person .

 

15. Private Placement Transaction ” means a “limited offering” as defined from time to time in Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act or any applicable successor provision. Currently, this means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under that Act, including hedge funds.

 

16. Recommendation ” means any change to a security’s price target or other type of recommendation in the case of an equity Covered Security, or any initial rating or rating change in the case of a fixed income Covered Security in either case issued by a Research Analyst .

 

17. Reportable Fund ” is defined in Section 3.1 of the Code, and a list of such funds is found in Exhibit One .

 

18. Research Analyst ” means any individual employed by Loomis Sayles who has been designated as a Research Analyst or Research Associate by Loomis Sayles. A person is considered a Research Analyst only as to those Covered Securities which he or she is assigned to cover and about which he or she issues research reports to other Investment Persons or otherwise makes recommendations to Investment Persons beyond publishing their research. As to other securities, he or she is simply an Access Person .

 

19. Select Broker ” is defined in Section 3.4 of the Code.

 

20. Supervised Person ” is defined in Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act and currently includes any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of Loomis Sayles, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of Loomis Sayles and is subject to the supervision and control of Loomis Sayles.

 

21. Volitional ” transactions are any transactions in which the employee has determined the timing as to when the purchase or sale transaction will occur and amount of shares to be purchased or sold. Volitional transactions are subject to the pre-clearance and reporting requirements under the Code.

 

- 3 -

Effective September 1, 2017

  

Exhibit (p)(4)(M)

CODE OF ETHICS AND PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY

For

Lazard Asset Management LLC

Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC

Lazard Asset Management (Canada), Inc.

And

Certain Registered Investment Companies

This Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy (the “Policy” or this “Code”) has been adopted by Lazard Asset Management LLC, Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, Lazard Asset Management (Canada), Inc. (collectively “LAM”), and the U.S.-registered investment companies advised, managed or sponsored by LAM that have adopted this Policy (“LAM Funds”), to set forth (A) the standards of business conduct expected of Covered Persons (as defined below) and (B) certain procedures designed to minimize conflicts and potential conflicts of interest between LAM employees and LAM’s clients (including the LAM Funds), and between LAM Fund directors or trustees (“Directors”) and the LAM Funds. The Policy is intended to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and NFA Compliance Rule 2-9. Section II of the Policy, in particular, is designed to prevent fraudulent or manipulative practices, including such practices respecting purchases or sales of Securities held or to be acquired by LAM client accounts. It is also designed to prevent such practices, including short-term trading or “market timing,” as they relate to Covered Persons’ investments in open-end mutual funds whether or not managed by LAM.    

All employees of LAM, including employees who serve as Fund officers or directors, are treated as access persons under the Advisers Act. They are herein referred to as “Covered Persons,” and are required to adhere to this Policy as well as all laws and regulations applicable to LAM’s business activities. Consultants to LAM also may be deemed Covered Persons by LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer and his/her designees. Additionally, all Directors of the Funds are subject to this Policy as indicated below.

I. Statement of Principles

LAM is an investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and offers discretionary and non-discretionary asset management services to its clients, including the Funds. Accordingly, LAM and its employees serve as fiduciaries to these clients. This fiduciary relationship requires LAM and Covered Persons to adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. In addition, when acting as fiduciaries LAM and Covered Persons must place the interests of the firm’s clients above their own. (Detailed descriptions of LAM’s fiduciary duties are set forth in Section 1 of the LAM Compliance Manual.)

 

Appendix O-1


Effective September 1, 2017

 

In order to promote compliance with these fiduciary duties, and to manage potential conflicts of interest, LAM has adopted without limitation:

 

    The personal investment procedures set forth in Section II of this Policy;

 

    Restrictions on the provision and receipt of gifts and business entertainment, as set forth in Section 33 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

    The political contribution pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 36 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

    The outside business activity pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 34 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

    The policies promoting best execution and prohibiting directed brokerage consistent with Rule 12b-1(h)(1) under the 1940 Act, as set forth in Section 16 of the Compliance Manual;

 

    The insider trading and Lazard Information Barrier policies set forth in Section 32 of the LAM Compliance Manual; and

 

    Policies requiring adherence to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as set forth in Section 4 of the LAM Compliance Manual.

LAM employees are also bound by the Lazard Ltd Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, a copy of which is published on Lazard.com.

Ensuring compliance with the firm’s policies and applicable laws is the responsibility of every Covered Person. LAM employees are required to report suspected violations to their supervisors or the LAM Legal & Compliance Department. As a matter of policy, LAM will not retaliate against individuals who report suspected violations in good faith.    (Details of LAM’s non-retaliation policy may be found in Section 1 of the LAM Compliance Manual.)

II. Personal Investment Policy & Procedures

A. Overview

All Covered Persons owe a fiduciary duty to LAM’s clients when conducting their personal investment transactions. Covered Persons must place the interest of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Covered Persons and Directors may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

 

Appendix O-2


Effective September 1, 2017

 

Covered Persons are reminded that they also are subject to other policies of LAM, including the policies noted above concerning insider trading and the receipt of gifts and entertainment. It bears noting that Covered Persons must never trade in a security while in possession of material, non-public information about the issuer or the market for those securities, even if the Covered Person has satisfied all other requirements of this policy.

LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for supervising the firm’s implementation of this Code and all record-keeping functions mandated hereunder, including the review of all initial and annual holding reports as well as the quarterly transactions reports described below. The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate certain of the functions under this Policy to others in the Legal & Compliance Department, and shall promptly report to LAM’s General Counsel or the Chief Executive Officer all material violations of, or material deviations from, this Policy. This Policy will be delivered as appropriate to the Directors, who also will be asked to approve any material amendments to the Policy.

B. Definitions

“Investment Personnel” of a LAM Fund or LAM, for purposes of this Policy, includes:

 

  1. Any employee of the LAM Fund or LAM (or of any company in a control relationship to the LAM Fund or LAM) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the LAM Fund.

 

  2. Any natural person who controls the LAM Fund or LAM and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the LAM Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the LAM Fund.

“Personal Securities Accounts,” for purposes of this Policy include any account in or through which a Security can be purchased or sold, which includes, but is not limited to, a brokerage account; a custody account; a bank account; an individual retirement account; a 401(k) plan account that allows investments in Securities beyond open-end mutual funds; and variable annuity accounts or variable life insurance policies that allow investments in Securities beyond open-end mutual funds. Such Personal Securities Accounts include:

 

  1. Accounts in the Covered Person’s or Director’s name or accounts in which the Covered Person or Director has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (a definition of Beneficial Ownership is included in Exhibit A);

 

  2. Accounts in the name of the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse;

 

Appendix O-3


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  3. Accounts in the name of children under the age of 18, whether or not living with the Covered Person or Director, and accounts in the name of relatives or other individuals living with the Covered Person or Director or for whose support the Covered Person or Director is wholly or partially responsible (together with the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse and minor children, “Related Persons”); 1

 

  4. Accounts in which the Covered Person or Director or any Related Person directly or indirectly controls, participates in, or has the right to control or participate in, investment decisions.

For purposes of this Policy, Personal Securities Accounts do not include the following, and each such Account and any transaction in Securities in such Account are not subject to Section II.C through Section II.I of this Policy 2 :

 

  1. Estate or trust accounts in which a Covered Person or Related Person has a beneficial interest, but no power to affect investment decisions, and fully discretionary accounts managed by LAM, another registered investment adviser, a registered representative of a registered broker-dealer or another person/entity approved by the Legal & Compliance Department are permitted to be excepted from the definition if, (i) for Covered Persons and Related Persons, the Covered Person receives permission from the Legal & Compliance Department, and (ii) for all persons covered by this Code, there is no communication between the adviser (or such other approved person/entity) to the account and such person with regard to investment decisions prior to execution;

 

  2. Other accounts over which the Covered Person or Related Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, provided the Covered Person obtains consent to maintain the account, and permission to be excepted from the definition, by the Legal & Compliance Department;

 

  3. 401(k) plan account and similar retirement accounts that permit the participant to invest only in open-end mutual funds and where the Covered Person or Related Person agrees not to invest in any LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds; 3

 

  4. Accounts that may only invest in open-end mutual funds that are not LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds, or similar accounts ( e.g., direct investment accounts at mutual fund sponsor firms, variable annuity/life contracts issued by investment companies registered under the 1940 Act) where the Covered Person or Related Person agrees not to invest in any LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds.

 

  5. Qualified state tuition programs (also known as “529 Programs”) where investment options and frequency of transactions are limited by state or federal laws.

 

 

1   Unless otherwise indicated, all provisions of this Code apply to Related Persons.
2   Except that Investment Personnel of a LAM Fund or LAM are not exempt from Section II.D.1 through Section II.D.5 of this Policy with respect to transactions in Securities through such accounts.
3   In particular, LAM employee 401(k) accounts at Fidelity are not Personal Securities Accounts. However, Fidelity Broker-Link brokerage accounts that are linked to employee 401(k) accounts are Personal Securities Accounts.

 

Appendix O-4


Effective September 1, 2017

 

A “Security” or “Securities,” for purposes of this Policy, generally includes any instrument defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, including the following:

 

  1. stocks

 

  2. bonds

 

  3. shares of closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”), exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) and unit investment trusts

 

  4. shares of open-end mutual funds (including the LAM Funds or any mutual fund for which LAM serves as a sub-adviser (“Sub-Advised Funds”)) 4

 

  5. interests in hedge funds

 

  6. interests in private equity funds

 

  7. limited partnerships

 

  8. private placements or unlisted securities

 

  9. debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness, including senior debt and, subordinated debt

 

  10. investment, commodity or futures contracts

 

  11. all derivative instruments such as swaps, options, warrants and structured securities

For purposes of this Policy, a Security does not include:

 

  1. money market mutual funds

 

  2. U.S. Treasury obligations

 

  3. mortgage pass-throughs (e.g., Ginnie Maes) that are direct obligations of the U.S. government

 

  4. bankers’ acceptances

 

  5. bank certificates of deposit

 

  6. commercial paper

 

  7. high quality short-term debt instruments (meaning any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as S&P or Moody’s), including repurchase agreements.

 

 

4   Aa current list of Sub-Advised Funds is maintained by LAM’s operations group and shared with the Legal & Compliance Department and is available to employees upon request.

 

Appendix O-5


Effective September 1, 2017

 

C. Opening and Maintaining Employee Accounts

All Covered Persons and their Related Persons must generally maintain their Personal Securities Accounts at a broker-dealer approved by the Legal & Compliance Department which will electronically transmit Personal Securities Account information to the Financial Tracking System (the “Approved Broker-Dealers”). Covered Persons and their Related Persons who have Personal Securities Accounts at a broker-dealer that is not capable of transmitting information to the Financial Tracking System electronically generally will be required to transfer such Accounts to an Approved Broker-Dealer (including Fidelity Investments and Charles Schwab). A list of Approved Broker-Dealers is set forth in Exhibit B.

In rare cases, LAM’s Chief Compliance Office or his/her designee may allow Covered Persons or Related Persons to maintain Personal Securities Accounts at firms other than Approved Broker-Dealers where (A) Approved Broker-Dealers do not offer a particular investment product or service desired by the Covered Person or Related Person, or (B) a Related Person must maintain their Accounts at a specific broker-dealer, by reason of their employment, or (C) in other exceptional circumstances. Covered Persons may submit a request for exemption to the Legal & Compliance Department. For any Personal Securities Account not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer, Covered Persons and their Related Persons must arrange to have duplicate copies of trade confirmations and statements provided to the Legal & Compliance Department at the following address: Lazard Asset Management LLC, Attn: Chief Compliance Officer, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 55th Floor, New York, NY 10112-6300. All other provisions of this policy will continue to apply to any Personal Securities Account that is not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer.

It is the responsibility of Covered Persons to disclose all relevant Personal Securities Accounts to LAM’s Legal & Compliance Department. Pursuant to Section H below, new Covered Persons must disclose their Personal Securities Accounts, and those of their Related Persons, through the Financial Tracking System (or directly to the Legal & Compliance Department) within ten (10) calendar days of joining LAM. Existing Covered Persons must disclose new Personal Securities Accounts for which they or their Related Persons have a beneficial interest promptly to the Legal

& Compliance Department, before any trading in Securities takes place.

D. Restrictions

All trades by Covered Persons or Related Persons in Securities through Personal Securities Accounts must be pre-approved through the Financial Tracking System (or directly by the Legal & Compliance Department where access to the System is not possible) pursuant to the procedures and exceptions set forth in Section E below (the “Pre-Clearance Requirement”).

 

  1. Conflicts with Client Activity. Subject to the exceptions below, no Security may be purchased or sold in any Personal Securities Account seven (7) calendar days before or after a LAM client account trades in the same security (the “Blackout Period”).

 

  2. Conflicts with LAM Restricted List. No Security on the LAM Restricted List may be purchased or sold in any Personal Securities Account.

 

Appendix O-6


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  3. 90 Day Holding Period. Securities transactions, including transactions in LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds and any derivatives, must be for investment purposes rather than for speculation. Consequently, subject to Section E below, Covered Persons or their Related Persons may not purchase and sell the same Securities within ninety (90) calendar days (i.e., a security acquired may be sold on the 91st day but not the 89th day after acquisition), calculated on a First In, First Out (FIFO) basis (the “90 Day Hold”). Profits from sales that occur within the 90 Day Hold are subject to disgorgement or other sanctions pursuant to Section J below.

 

  4. Public Offerings. No transaction for a Personal Securities Account may be made in Securities sold in an initial public offering or secondary offering.

 

  5. Private Placements. Securities offered pursuant to a private placement (e.g., hedge funds, private equity funds or any other pooled investment vehicle the interests or shares of which are offered in a private placement) may not be purchased or sold by a Covered Person or Related Person without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. Pre-approval of such investments must be requested by Covered Persons through the Financial Tracking System.    In connection with any decision to approve such a private placement, the Legal & Compliance Department will prepare a report of the decision that explains the reasoning for the decision and an analysis of any potential conflict of interest. Any Covered Person receiving approval to acquire Securities in a private placement must disclose that investment when the Covered Person participates in a subsequent consideration of an investment in such issuer by or for a LAM client and any decision by or made on behalf of the LAM client to invest in such issuer will be subject to an independent review by investment personnel of LAM with no personal interest in the issuer.

 

  6. Hedge Funds. Hedge funds are sold on a private placement basis and as noted above are subject to prior approval by LAM’s Legal & Compliance Department through the Financial Tracking System.    In considering whether or not to approve an investment in a hedge fund, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, will review a copy of the fund’s offering memorandum, subscription documents and other governing documents (“Offering Documents”), along with any side letters, as deemed appropriate in order to ensure that the proposed investment is being made in a manner that does not conflict with LAM’s fiduciary duties.

Upon receipt of a request by a Covered Person to invest in a hedge fund, the Legal & Compliance Department will contact the Fund of Funds Group (the “Team”) and identify the fund in which the Covered Person has requested permission to invest. The Team will advise the Legal & Compliance Department if the fund is on the Team’s approved list or if the Team is otherwise interested in investing client assets in the fund. If the fund is not on the Team’s approved list and the Team is not interested in investing in the fund, the Chief Compliance Officer will generally approve the Covered Person’s investment, unless other considerations warrant denying the investment. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Legal & Compliance Department will determine whether the fund is subject to capacity constraints. If the fund is subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person’s request will be denied and priority will be given to the Team to invest client assets in the fund. If the fund is not subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person will generally be permitted to invest along with the Team. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Covered Person’s investment will be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee as described above.

 

Appendix O-7


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  7. Short Sales. Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging directly in short sales of any security. However, provided the investment is otherwise permitted under this Policy and has received all necessary approvals, an investment in a hedge fund interest or other permitted Security that engages in short selling is permitted. Covered Persons are prohibited from buying or otherwise taking a “long” position in a put option when they do not hold the underlying stock since this can result in a short sale on the expiration date of the contract.

 

  8. Inside Information. No transaction may be made in violation of the Material Non-Public Information Policies and Procedures (“Inside Information”) as outlined in Section 32 of the LAM Compliance Manual; and

 

  9. Lazard Ltd Stock (LAZ). All trading in shares of LAZ by Covered Persons or Related Persons must be pre-cleared pursuant to Section F below, unless such trading is conducted by Lazard on behalf of Covered Persons or Related Persons through company programs. Trading in LAZ shares is subject to special trading prohibitions, the dates and conditions of which are determined by Lazard senior management; typically, LAZ trading will be prohibited beginning two weeks before each calendar quarter end through a date that is two business days after a public earnings announcement. Covered Persons are prohibited from entering into options contracts related to LAZ shares.

 

  10. Levered ETFs and ETNs. Covered Persons and Related Persons are prohibited from trading in securities of levered ETFs or ETNs in their Personal Securities Accounts. These financial instruments are inconsistent with the provisions of this Code, insofar as they generally are designed to be held for short-term periods and can invite speculative trade decisions. Examples of prohibited levered ETFs and ETNs are set forth in Exhibit C.

 

  11. Directorships. Covered Persons may not serve on the board of directors of any corporation or entity (other than a related Lazard entity) without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel, pursuant to Section 34 of the LAM Compliance Manual.

 

  12. Control of Issuer. Covered Persons and Related Persons may not acquire any security, directly or indirectly, for purposes of obtaining control of the issuer.

E. Exemptions

The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee may determine that one of the following exemptions to the Policy applies:

 

Appendix O-8


Effective September 1, 2017

 

1. Exemptions from Pre-Clearance Requirement, Blackout Period and/or 90 Day Hold .

 

  a) Investments in open-end mutual funds other than LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds are exempt from these three requirements. However, Covered Persons and Related Effective September 1, 2017 Persons are required to trade in such fund shares in compliance with the applicable prospectus. For purposes of clarity, investments in LAM Funds and Sub-Advised Funds remain subject to the Blackout Period (to the extent applicable), Pre-Clearance Requirement and 90 Day Hold.

 

  b) Investments in non-levered broad-based ETFs and ETNs to this Policy are also exempt from these three requirements; however, sales of any ETFs or ETNs in response to a margin call are subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement.

 

  c) Sales attributable to tax-loss harvesting by a Covered Person or Related Person are subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement but are not subject to the 90 Day Hold or the Blackout Period.

 

  d) Transactions in connection with corporate actions are also exempt from each of the Pre-Clearance Requirement, the Blackout Period and, as applicable, the 90 Day Hold.

 

  e) Direct investment programs, which allow the purchase of Securities directly from the issuer without the intermediation of a broker-dealer are exempt from the Blackout Period and the 90 Day Hold, provided that: (i) the timing and size of the purchases are established by a pre-arranged schedule (e.g., dividend reinvestment plans); and (ii) the Covered Persons obtains Pre-Clearance prior to participating in such program. Covered Persons also must provide Required Reporting Information relating to such investments in the annual report as specified in Section H.4.

 

  f) The Pre-Clearance Requirement, Blackout Period and/or 90 Day Hold generally shall not apply to transactions for which the Covered Person or Related Person does not have, or has relinquished, control. Examples include trades related to (1) deferred compensation award vestings (exempt from all three); (2) the exercise of Security-related rights on a pro rata basis (exempt from all three); and (3) a commitment to trade predetermined amounts of a Security on a specific future date, pre-arranged with the Legal & Compliance Department (exempt from Blackout Period only).

2. Exceptions to the Pre-Clearance and/or Blackout Period

 

  a) Discretionary Exceptions . Purchases or sales of Securities which receive the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or, in his or her absence, another senior member of the Legal & Compliance Department, may be exempted from the Blackout Period if such purchases or sales are determined to be unlikely to have any material negative economic impact on or give rise to an appearance of impropriety with respect to any client account managed or advised by LAM. For example, the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee may find no conflicts or improprieties where client activity within a Blackout Period is related to non-material inflows or outflows rather than discretionary investment decisions.

 

Appendix O-9


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  b) De Minimis Exemptions . The Blackout Period shall not apply to any transaction in (1) an equity Security which does not exceed an aggregate transaction amount of $50,000 of the security, provided the issuer has a market capitalization greater than US $5 billion; (2) an equity Security which does not exceed an aggregate transaction amount of $25,000 of the security, provided the issuer has a market capitalization between US $500 million and US $5 billion; and (3) fixed income Securities, or series of related transactions, involving up to $25,000 face value of that fixed income security, provided that the issuer has a market capitalization of greater than US $5 billion for its equity Securities.

For purposes of clarity, any Securities subject to an exception above must be included on reports required to be submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department consistent with this Policy. Exceptions are not applicable to trades in any Security on the LAM Restricted List or trades in LAZ when a corporate trading prohibition is applicable.

F. Prohibited Recommendations

No Investment Personnel shall recommend or execute any Securities transaction for any LAM client account under his/her discretionary management, without having disclosed, through the Financial Tracking System or otherwise in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee any direct or indirect interest in such Securities or issuers (including any such interest held by a Related Person). Similarly, no Investment Personnel shall execute any Securities transaction for his/her Personal Securities Account without having disclosed through the Financial Tracking System or otherwise in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/he designee, any direct or indirect interest that LAM client accounts under his/her discretionary management may have.    The interest could be in the form of:

 

  1. Any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Securities of such issuer;

 

  2. Any contemplated transaction by the person in such Securities;

 

  3. Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

 

  4. Any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and the Investment Personnel or any party in which such Investment Personnel have a significant interest.

The Exceptions in Section E(2), above, may apply to the pre-clearance requests subject to this Section F, within the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.

G. Transaction Approval Procedures – Financial Tracking System

All Security transactions by Covered Persons and Related Persons in Personal Securities Accounts must receive prior approval from the LAM Legal & Compliance Department as described below. To pre-clear a transaction, Covered Persons must on behalf of themselves or a Related Person:

 

Appendix O-10


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  1. Electronically complete and “sign” the relevant trade request form in the Financial Tracking system, completing all fields accurately [ https://secure.financial-tracking.com/login ].

 

  2. After the request is processed, the Covered Person will be notified by the Financial Tracking System if the order is approved or not approved. If the order is approved, the Covered Person or Related Person is responsible to transmit the order to the broker-dealer where his or her account is maintained.

Trade approvals from the Financial Tracking System are only valid for the business day in which they are issued . If the approved trade is not executed by the broker-dealer of the Covered Person or Related Person on the business day the approval is received, the proposed trade must be resubmitted to the Financial Tracking System for re-approval.

Pre-clearance requests will be processed though the Financial Tracking System each business day from approximately 8:30 a.m. ET through 3:45 p.m. ET . The Legal & Compliance Department endeavors to preclear transactions promptly; however, transactions may not always be approved on the day in which they are received. This is especially the case where pre-clearance requests are received late in the business day. Certain factors, such as time of day the order is submitted or length of time it takes to confirm client activity, all play a role in the length of time it takes to preclear a transaction.

H. Required Reporting

 

  1. Initial Certification. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person, such Covered Person must submit to the Legal & Compliance Department an acknowledgement that they have received a copy of this Policy, and that they have read and understood its provisions.

 

  2. Initial Holdings Report. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person, the Covered Person must submit to the Legal & Compliance Department a statement of all Securities in which such Covered Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. This statement must include (i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security, (ii) the name of any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank with whom the Covered Person maintained an account in which any Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of such Covered Person and (iii) the date of submission by the Covered Person; (i), (ii) and (iii), together with any other information required by the Financial Tracking System, being the “Required Reporting Information”. The Required Reporting Information provided in this statement must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the Covered Person’s date of employment at LAM.

 

  3. Quarterly Report. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Covered Person must provide a statement including the Required Reporting Information to the Legal & Compliance Department via the Financial Tracking System relating to Securities transactions executed during the previous quarter for all Personal

 

Appendix O-11


Effective September 1, 2017

 

  Securities Accounts and any new Personal Securities Accounts in which any Securities were held established during the previous quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person. Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

 

  4. Annual Report. Each Covered Person shall submit within 45 days after the end of each calendar year an annual report to the Legal & Compliance Department via the Financial Tracking System showing, as of the end of the calendar year the Required Reporting Information for each account in which any Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person or Related Persons. For purposes of clarity, a Covered Person’s investments in any direct investment program must be reported on the Covered Person’s annual report.

 

  5. Annual Certification. All Covered Persons are required to certify annually via the Financial Tracking System that they have (i) read and understand this Policy and recognize that they are subject to its terms and conditions, (ii) complied with the requirements of this policy and (iii) disclosed or reported all Personal Securities Accounts and transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to this Code. LAM will maintain a copy of this Policy on the intranet site accessible to all Covered Persons, and its annual certification request will identify the location of the Policy to all Covered Persons. Amendments to the Policy, if any, will be transmitted to Covered Persons electronically.

I. Fund Directors.

Each Director who is not an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a LAM Fund and who would be required to provide reports pursuant to Section II.H of this Policy solely by reason of being a Director is excepted from such reporting requirements pursuant to Rule 17j-1(d)(2), except that the Director shall make a quarterly report to the Legal & Compliance Department of transactions in Securities if the Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Director should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Director’s transaction a LAM Fund on whose board the Director serves purchased or sold a Security, or the LAM Fund or LAM considered purchasing or selling the Security.

J. Sanctions.

The Legal & Compliance Department shall track all violations of this Policy and may impose appropriate sanctions, including without limitation warnings, disgorgement of trading profits to charity, and suspension of personal trading privileges. The Department shall report all material violations to LAM’s Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel, who may impose such sanctions as deemed appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of censure, fines, or suspension / termination of the violator’s employment.

 

Appendix O-12


Effective September 1, 2017

 

K. Retention of Records.

All records relating to personal Securities transactions hereunder and other records meeting the requirements of applicable law, including a copy of this policy and any other policies covering the subject matter hereof, shall be maintained in the manner and to the extent required by applicable law, including Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The Legal

& Compliance Department shall have the responsibility for maintaining records created under this policy.

L. Board Review.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide to the Board of Directors of each Fund, on a quarterly basis, a written report regarding activity under this policy, and at least annually, a written report and certification meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

M. Other Codes of Ethics.

To the extent that any officer of any Fund is not a Covered Person hereunder, or an investment subadviser of or, for an open-end Fund only, principal underwriter for any Fund and their respective access persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) are not Covered Persons hereunder, those persons must be covered by separate codes of ethics which are approved in accordance with applicable law.

 

Appendix O-13


Effective September 1, 2017

 

Exhibit A

EXPLANATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

You are considered to have “Beneficial Ownership” of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect “Pecuniary Interest” in the Securities.

You have a “Pecuniary Interest” in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

  1. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit. “Immediate family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

  2. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  3. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

 

  4. A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function.

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:

 

  1. Your status as a trustee where either you or a member of your immediate family is a trust beneficiary.

 

  2. Your status as a trust beneficiary and you have or share investment control over trust transactions.

 

  3. Your status as a settler of a trust if you have the right to revoke the trust without the consent of a beneficiary and you have or share investment control over the Securities in the trust.

 

Appendix O-14


Effective September 1, 2017

 

The foregoing is only a summary of the meaning of “beneficial ownership”. For purposes of the attached policy, “beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner, as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Appendix O-15


Effective September 1, 2017

 

Exhibit B

APPROVED BROKER-DEALERS

PREFERRED BROKERS

Fidelity

Charles Schwab

OTHER APPROVED BROKERS

Ameriprise

E Trade

Interactive Brokers

Merrill Lynch

Morgan Stanley

Scottrade

TD Ameritrade

UBS

 

Appendix O-16


Effective September 1, 2017

 

Exhibit C

PROHIBITED LEVERED ETFs AND ETNs (EXAMPLES)

 

Ticker    Name
AGA    DB AGRICULTURE DOUBLE SHORT
AGLS    ADVSHRS ACCUVEST GBL LNG SHR
AGQ    PROSHARES ULTRA SILVER
AMJL    CREDIT SUISSE X-LINKSMP2XLVGALRN
BAR    DIREXION DAILY GOLD BULL 3X
BARS    DIREXION DAILY GOLD BEAR 3X
BDCL    ETRACS 2X WELLS FARGO BDCI
BDD    DB BASE METALS DOUBLE LONG
BGU    DIREXION DAILY LARGE CAP BULL 3X
BGZ    DIREXION DAILY LARGE CAP BEAR 3X
BIB    PROSHARES ULTRA NASD BIOTECH
BIS    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT NAS BIO
BOIL    PROSHARES ULTRA BLOOMBERG NA
BOM    DB BASE METALS DOUBLE SHORT
BRIL    DIREXION DAILY BRIC BULL 3X
BRIS    DIREXION DAILY BRIC BEAR 3X
BRZS    DIREXION DAILY BRAZIL BEAR 3
BRZU    DIREXION DAILY BRAZIL BULL 3
BUNT    DB 3X GERMAN BUND FUTURES
BXDC    BARCLAYS ETN+SHORT C S&P 500
BXDD    BARCLAYS ETN+SHORT D S&P 500
BXUB    BARCLAYS ETN+LONG B S&P 500
BXUC    BARCLAYS ETN+LONG C S&P 500
BZQ    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT MSCI BR
CEFL    ETRACS MONTH PAY 2X LEV C/E
CHAU    DIREXION DAILY CSI 300 CHI A BULL 2X
CLAW    DIREXION DLY HOMEBLD SUP BEAR 3X
CMD    ULTRASHORT DJ-UBS COMMODITY PR
COWL    DIREXION DLY AGRI BULL 3X
COWS    DIREXION DAILY AGRI BEAR 3X
CROC    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT AUD
CSMB    X-LINKS 2XLEVRG MERGER ARB
CURE    DIREXION HEALTHCARE BULL 3X
CZI    DIREXION CHINA BEAR 3X SHARES

 

Appendix O-17


Effective September 1, 2017

 

CZM    DIREXION CHINA BULL 3X SHARES
DAG    DB AGRICULTURE DOUBLE LONG
DDM    PROSHARES ULTRA DOW30
DEE    DB COMMODITY DOUBLE SHORT
DGAZ    VELOCITYSHARES 3X INVERSE NA
DGLD    VELOCITYSHARES 3X INVERSE GO
DGP    DB GOLD DOUBLE LONG ETN
DIG    PROSHARES ULTRA OIL & GAS
DPK    DIREXION DAILY DEV M BEAR 3X
DPST    DIREXION DLY REG BANKS BULL 3X
DRIP    DIREXION DLY SP OIL GAS EXP BEAR 3X
DRN    DIREXION DLY REAL EST BULL3X
DRR    MARKET VECTORS DBL SHORT EUR
DRV    DIREXION DLY REAL EST BEAR3X
DSLV    VELOCITYSHARES 3X INVERSE SI
DSTJ    JPMORGAN 2X SHORT TREASURY
DSXJ    JPMORGAN 2X SHORT 10 YR TREA
DTO    DB CRUDE OIL DOUBLE SHORT
DUG    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT OIL&GAS
DUST    DIREXION DAILY GOLD MINERS I
DVHL    ETRACS MON PAY 2XLEV HI INC
DVYL    ETRACS 2X DJ SEL DVD ETN
DWTIF    VELOCITYSHARES 3X INVERSE CR
DXD    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT DOW30
DXO    POWERSHARES DB CRUDE OIL 2X
DYY    DB COMMODITY DOUBLE LONG
DZK    DIREXION DLY DEV MKT BULL 3X
DZZ    DB GOLD DOUBLE SHORT ETN
EDC    DIREXION DLY EMG MKT BULL 3X
EDZ    DIREXION DLY EMG MKT BEAR 3X
EET    PROSHARES ULT MSCI EMER MKTS
EEV    PROSHARES ULTSHRT MSCI EM
EFO    PROSHARES ULTRA MSCI EAFE
EFU    PROSHARES ULTSHRT MSCI EAFE
EMLB    IPATH LONG ENHANCED MCSI EM IN
EMSA    IPATH SE MSCI EM INDEX ETN
EPV    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT FTSE EU
ERX    DIREXION DAILY ENERGY BUL 3X
ERY    DIREXION DLY ENERGY BEAR 3X
EUO    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT EURO
EURL    DIREXION DAILY FTSE EUROPE B
EURZ    DIREXION DAILY FTSE EUROPE B
EWV    PROSHARES ULTSHRT MSCI JAPAN

 

Appendix O-18


Effective September 1, 2017

 

EZJ    PROSHARES ULTRA MSCI JAPAN
FAS    DIREXION DAILY FIN BULL 3X
FAZ    DIREXION DAILY FINL BEAR 3X
FBG    FI ENHANCED BIG CAP GR ETN
FBGX    FI ENHANCED LARGE CAP GROWTH
FCGL    DIREXION DAILY NATURAL GAS
FEEU    FI ENHANCED EUROPE 50 ETN
FIBG    CS FI ENHANCED BIG CAP GROW
FIEG    FI ENHANCED GLOBAL HI YLD
FIEU    CS FI ENHANCED EUROPE 50 ETN
FIGY    FI ENHANCED GLOBAL HIGH YLD
FINU    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO FINANCIAL
FINZ    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO SHORT FIN
FLGE    FI LARGE CAP GROWTH ENHANCED
FOL    FACTORSHARES 2X: OIL-S&P500
FSA    FACTORSHARES 2X: TBD-S&P500
FSE    FACTORSHARES 2X: S&P500-TBD
FSG    FACTORSHARES 2X: GOLD-S&P500
FSU    FACTORSHARES 2X: S&P500-USD
FXP    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT FTSE CH
GASL    DIREXION DLY NAT GAS BULL 3X
GASX    DIREXION DLY NAT GAS BEAR 3X
GDAY    PROSHARES ULT AUSTRALIAN DOL
GLDL    DIREXION DAILY GOLD BULL 3X
GLDS    DIREXION DAILY GOLD BEAR 3X
GLL    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT GOLD
GUSH    DIREXION DLY SP OIL GAS EXP BULL 3X
HAKD    DIREXION DAILY CYBER SEC BEAR 2X
HAKK    DIREXION DAILY CYBER SEC BULL 2X
HBU    PROSHARES ULTRA HOMEBUILDERS
HBZ    PROSHARES ULTRA SHORT HOMEBLD
HOML    ETRACS MON RESET 2X LEV ISE EHB
HYDD    DIREXION DAILY HIGH YIELD BEAR 2X
IGU    PROSHARES ULTRA INVEST GRADE
INDL    DIREXION DAILY MSCI INDIA BU
INDZ    DIREXION DAILY INDIA BEAR 3X
IPLT    2X INVERSE PLATINUM ETN
ITLT    POWERSHARES DB 3X ITAL TR BD
J10L    GUGGENHEIM INVERSE 2X S&P 50
J10U    GUGGENHEIM 2X S&P 500 ETF
JDST    DIREXION DLY JR GOLD BEAR 3X
JGBD    DB 3X INVERSE JAPANESE GOVT
JGBT    DB 3X JAPANESE GOVT BND FUT

 

Appendix O-19


Effective September 1, 2017

 

JNUG    DIRXN DAILY JR BULL GOLD 3X
JPNL    DIREXION DAILY JAPAN 3X BULL
JPNS    JAPAN DAILY JAPAN 3X BEAR
JPX    PROSHARES U/S MSCI PAC X-JPN
KOLD    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT BLOOMBE
KORU    DIREXION DAILY SK BULL 3X
KORZ    DIREXION DAILY SOUTH KOREA
KRU    PROSHARES ULTRA S&P REGIONAL
LABD    DIREXION DAILY SP BIOTECH BEAR 3X
LABU    DIREXION DAILY SP BIOTECH BULL 3X
LBJ    DIREXION DLY LAT AMER BULL3X
LBND    DB 3X LONG 25+ YEAR TREASURY
LHB    DIREXION DLY LATIN AMER 3X
LMLP    ETRACS MNTH PAY 2XL WF MLP
LPLT    2X LONG PLATINUM ETN
LRET    ETRACS MON PAY 2XLEV MSCI SU REIT
LSKY    ETRACS MONTHLY 2XLEVERAGED ISE
LTL    PROSHARES ULTRA TELECOMMUNIC
MATL    DIREXION DLY BAS MAT BULL 3X
MATS    DIREXION DLY BAS MAT BEAR 3X
MDLL    DIREXION DAILY MID CAP BULL 2X
MFLA    IPATH LE MSCI EAFE INDEX ETN
MFSA    IPATH SE MSCI EAFE INDEX ETN
MIDU    DIREXION DLY MID CAP BULL 3X
MIDZ    DIREXION DLY MID CAP BEAR 3X
MLPL    ETRACS 2X LEV LG ALERIAN MLP
MLPQ    ETRACS 2X MON LEV ALER MLP INFRA
MLPZ    ETRACS 2X MON LEV SP MLP INDEX B
MORL    ETRACS MONTHLY PAY 2XLEVERAG
MVV    PROSHARES ULTRA MIDCAP400
MWJ    DIREXION DAILY MID CAP BULL 3X SHA
MWN    DIREXION DAILY MID CAP BEAR 3X SH
MZZ    PROSHARES ULTSHRT MIDCAP400
NAIL    DIREXION DAILY HOMEBL SUP BULL 3X
NUGT    DIREXION DAILY GOLD MINERS I
PILL    DIREXION DLY PHARMA MED BULL 2X
PILS    DIREXION DLY PHARMA MED BEAR 2X
PST    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT 7-10 YR
QID    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT QQQ
QLD    PROSHARES ULTRA QQQ
REA    RYDEX 2X ENERGY
REC    RYDEX INV 2X S&P ENERGY
RETL    DIREXION DLY RETAIL BULL 3X

 

Appendix O-20


Effective September 1, 2017

 

RETS    DIREXION DLY RETAIL BEAR 3X
REW    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT TECH
RFL    RYDEX 2X FINANCIAL
RFN    RYDEX INV 2X FINANCIAL
RHM    RYDEX 2X HEALTH CARE
RHO    RYDEX INV 2X HEALTH CARE
RMM    RYDEX 2X S&P MIDCAP 400 ETF
RMS    RYDEX INVERSE 2X S&P MIDCAP
ROLA    IPATH LX RUSSELL 1000 ETN
ROM    PROSHARES ULTRA TECHNOLOGY
ROSA    IPATH SX RUSSELL 1000 ETN
RRY    RYDEX 2X RUSSELL 2000 ETF
RRZ    RYDEX INVERSE 2X RUSS 2000
RSU    GUGGENHEIM 2X S&P 500 ETF
RSU    GUGGENHEIM 2X S&P 500 ETF
RSW    GUGGENHEIM INVERSE 2X S&P 50
RSW1    GUGGENHEIM INVERSE 2X S&P 50
RTG    RYDEX 2X TECHNOLOGY
RTLA    IPATH LX RUSSELL 2000 ETN
RTSA    IPATH SX RUSSELL 2000 ETN
RTW    RYDEX INV 2X TECHNOLOGY
RUSL    DIREXION RUSSIA BULL 3X
RUSS    DIREXION DLY RUSSIA BEAR 3X
RWXL    UBS ETRACS M PY 2XLVG DJ INTL RELES
RXD    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT HEALTH
RXL    PROSHARES ULTRA HEALTH CARE
SAA    PROSHARES ULTRA SMALLCAP600
SBND    DB 3X SHORT 25+ YEAR TREAS
SCC    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT CONS SV
SCO    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT BLOOMBE
SDD    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT SC600
SDK    PROSHARES ULTSHRT RUS MC GRW
SDOW    PROSHARES ULTPRO SHRT DOW30
SDP    PROSHARES ULTSHRT UTILITIES
SDS    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT S&P500
SDYL    ETRACS 2X S&P DVD ETN
SFK    PROSHARES ULTSHRT R1000 GRW
SFLA    IPATH LX S&P 500 ETN
SFSA    IPATH SX S&P 500 ETN
SICK    DIREXION DLY HLTHCRE BEAR 3X
SIJ    PROSHARES ULTSHRT INDUSTRIAL
SINF    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO SHORT 10Y
SJF    PROSHARES ULTSHRT R1000 VALU

 

Appendix O-21


Effective September 1, 2017

 

SJH    PROSHARES ULTRASHRT R2000 VA
SJL    PROSHARES ULTSHRT MC VALUE
SKF    PROSHARES ULTSHRT FINANCIALS
SKK    PROSHARES ULTSHRT RUS 2000 G
SMDD    PROSHARES ULTPRO SHRT MC400
SMHD    ETRACS MON PAY 2X LEV US SM CAP H
SMK    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT MSCI ME
SMLL    DIREXION DAILY SM CAP BULL 2X
SMN    PROSHARES ULTSHRT BASIC MAT
SOXL    DIREXION DAILY SEMI BULL 3X
SOXS    DIREXION DAILY SEMICON 3X
SPLX    ETRACS MNTHLY RESET 2XS&P500
SPUU    DIREXION DAILY S&P 500 2X
SPXL    DIREXION DAILY S&P 500 BULL
SPXS    DIREXION DAILY S&P 500 BEAR
SPXU    PROSH ULTRAPRO SHORT S&P 500
SQQQ    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO SHORT QQQ
SRS    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT RE
SRTY    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO SHRT R2K
SSDL    ETRACS MONTHLY 2X LEV ISE SSD IND
SSG    PROSHARES ULTSHRT SEMICONDUC
SSO    PROSHARES ULTRA S&P500
SYTL    DIREXION DAILY 7-10 YR TREA BULL 2X
SZK    PROSHARES ULTSHRT CONS GOODS
TBT    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT 20+Y TR
TBZ    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT 3-7 TSY
TECL    DIREXION DAILY TECH BULL 3X
TECS    DIREXION DAILY TECH BEAR 3X
TLL    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT TELECOM
TMF    DIREXION DLY 20+Y T BULL 3X
TMV    DIREXION DLY 20+Y TR BEAR 3X
TNA    DIREXION DLY SM CAP BULL 3X
TPS    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT TIPS
TQQQ    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO QQQ
TTT    PROSHARES ULT -3X 20+ YR TSY
TVIX    VELOCITYSHARES 2X VIX SH-TRM
TVIZ    VELOCITYSHARES 2X VIX MED-TM
TWM    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT R2000
TWQ    PROSHARES ULTSHRT RUSS 3000
TYD    DIREXION DLY 7-10Y T BULL 3X
TYH    DIREXION DAILY TECHNOLOGY BULL3X
TYO    DIREXION DLY 7-10Y T BEAR 3X
TYP    DIREXION DAILY TECHNOLOGY BEAR3X

 

Appendix O-22


Effective September 1, 2017

 

TZA    DIREXION DLY SM CAP BEAR 3X
UBR    PROSHARES ULTRA MSCI BRAZIL
UBT    PROSHARES ULTRA 20+ YEAR TSY
UCC    PROSHARES ULTRA CONS SERVICE
UCD    PROSHARES ULTRA BLOOMBERG CO
UCO    PROSHARES ULTRA BLOOMBERG CR
UDNT    POWERSHARES DB 3X SHRT USD
UDOW    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO DOW30
UGAZ    VELOCITYSHARES 3X LG NAT GAS
UGE    PROSHARES ULTRA CONSUM GOODS
UGL    PROSHARES ULTRA GOLD
UGLD    VELOCITYSHARES 3X LONG GOLD
UINF    PROSHARES-ULTRAPRO 10 YR TIP
UJB    PROSHARES ULTRA HIGH YIELD
UKF    PROSHARES ULTRA RUS 1000 GR
UKK    PROSHARES ULTRA RUSS 2000 GR
UKW    PROSHARES ULTRA RUSS MC GRWT
ULE    PROSHARES ULTRA EURO
UMDD    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO MIDCAP400
UMX    PROSHARES ULTRA MSCI MEXICO
UPRO    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO S&P 500
UPV    PROSHARES ULTRA FTSE EUROPE
UPW    PROSHARES ULTRA UTILITIES
URE    PROSHARES ULTRA REAL ESTATE
URR    MARKET VECTORS DBLE LNG EURO
URTY    PROSHARES ULTRAPRO RUSS2000
USD    PROSHARES ULTRA SEMICONDUCT
USLV    VELOCITYSHARES 3X LNG SILVER
UST    PROSHARES ULTRA 7-10 YEAR TR
UUPT    POWERSHARES DB 3X LNG USD
UVG    PROSHARES ULTRA RUS 1000 VAL
UVT    PROSHARES ULTRA RUSS2000 VAL
UVU    PROSHARES ULTRA MID CAP VAL
UVXY    PROSHARES ULTRA VIX ST FUTUR
UWC    PROSHARES ULTRA RUSSELL 3000
UWM    PROSHARES ULTRA RUSSELL2000
UWTIF    VELOCITYSHARES 3X LONG CRUDE
UXI    PROSHARES ULTRA INDUSTRIALS
UXJ    PROSHARES ULT MSCI PAC X-JPN
UYG    PROSHARES ULTRA FINANCIALS
UYM    PROSHARES ULTRA BASIC MATERI
VZZ    IPATH LE SP500 VIX M/T FUTUR
VZZB    IPATH LE SP500 VIX M/T FUTURES

 

Appendix O-23


Effective September 1, 2017

 

WDRW    DIREXION DLY REG BANKS BEAR 3X
XPP    PROSHARES ULTRA FTSE CHINA50
YANG    DIREXION DAILY FTSE CHINA BE
YCL    PROSHARES ULTRA YEN
YCS    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT YEN
YINN    DIREXION DAILY FTSE CHINA BU
ZSL    PROSHARES ULTRASHORT SILVER

 

Appendix O-24

Exhibit (p)(4)(Q)

C ODE OF E THICS

 

 

Background

Investment advisers are fiduciaries that owe their undivided loyalty to their clients. Investment advisers are trusted to represent clients’ interests in many matters, and advisers must hold themselves to the highest standard of fairness in all such matters.

Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act requires each registered investment adviser to adopt and implement a written code of ethics that contains provisions regarding:

 

    The adviser’s fiduciary duty to its clients;

 

    Compliance with all applicable Federal Securities Laws;

 

    Reporting and review of personal Securities transactions and holdings;

 

    Reporting of violations of the code; and

 

    The provision of the code to all supervised persons.

Risks

In developing these policies and procedures, DCI considered the material risks associated with administering the Code of Ethics . This analysis includes risks such as:

 

    Employees do not understand the fiduciary duty that they, and DCI, owe to Clients;

 

    Employees and/or DCI fail to identify and comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws;

 

    Employees do not report personal Securities transactions;

 

    Employees trade personal accounts ahead of Client accounts;

 

    Employees allocate profitable trades to personal accounts or unprofitable trades to Client accounts;

 

    Violations of the Federal Securities Laws, the Code of Ethics , or the policies and procedures set forth in this Manual, are not reported to the CCO and/or appropriate supervisory personnel;

 

    DCI does not provide its Code of Ethics and any amendments to all Employees; and

 

    DCI does not retain Employees’ written acknowledgements that they received the Code of Ethics and any amendments.


DCI has established the following guidelines to mitigate these risks.

Policies and Procedures

Code of Conduct, Fiduciary Standards, and Compliance with the Federal Securities Laws

At all times, DCI and its Employees must comply with the spirit and the letter of the Federal Securities Laws and the rules governing the capital markets. The CCO administers the Code of Ethics (or the “ Code ”). All questions regarding the Code should be directed to the CCO. Employees must cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably requested by the CCO to enable (i) DCI to comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws and (ii) the CCO to discharge his duties under the Manual.

All Employees will act with competence, dignity, integrity, and in an ethical manner, when dealing with Clients, the public, prospects, third-party service providers and fellow Employees. Employees must use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment when conducting investment analysis, making investment recommendations, trading, promoting DCI’s services, and engaging in other professional activities.

We expect all Employees to adhere to the highest standards with respect to any potential conflicts of interest with Clients. As a fiduciary, DCI must act in its Clients’ best interests. Neither DCI, nor any Employee should ever benefit at the expense of any Client. Notify the CCO promptly about any practice that creates, or gives the appearance of, a material conflict of interest.

Employees are generally expected to discuss any perceived risks, or concerns about DCI’s business practices, with their direct supervisor. However, if an Employee is uncomfortable discussing an issue with their supervisor, or if they believe that an issue has not been appropriately addressed, they should bring the matter to the CCO’s attention.

Reporting Violations

Improper actions by DCI or its Employees could have severe negative consequences for DCI, its Clients and Investors, and its Employees. Impropriety, or even the appearance of impropriety, could negatively impact all Employees, including people who had no involvement in the problematic activities.

Employees must promptly report any improper or suspicious activities, including any suspected violations of the Code of Ethics, to the CCO. Issues can be reported to the CCO in person, or by telephone, email, or written letter. Reports of potential issues may be made anonymously. Any reports of potential problems will be thoroughly investigated by the CCO, who will report directly to the Compliance Risk Committee and/or Board of Directors on the matter. Any problems identified during the review will be addressed in ways that reflect DCI’s fiduciary duty to its Clients.

An Employee’s identification of a material compliance issue will be viewed favorably by the Company’s senior executives. Retaliation against any Employee who reports a violation of the Code of Ethics in good faith is strictly prohibited and will be cause for corrective action, up to and including dismissal. If an Employee believes that he or she has been retaliated against, he or she should notify the CCO and/or the President directly.

Violations of this Code of Ethics , or the other policies and procedures set forth in the Manual, may warrant sanctions including, without limitation, requiring that personal trades be reversed, requiring the disgorgement of profits or gifts, issuing a letter of caution or warning, reporting to the Employee’s supervisor, suspending personal trading rights, imposing a fine, suspending employment (with or


without compensation), making a civil referral to the SEC, making a criminal referral, terminating employment for cause, and/or a combination of the foregoing. Violations may also subject an Employee to civil, regulatory or criminal sanctions. No Employee will determine whether he or she committed a violation of the Code of Ethics , or impose any sanction against himself or herself. All sanctions and other actions taken will be in accordance with applicable employment laws and regulations.

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Manual prohibits Employees from reporting potential violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the SEC, or any agency’s inspector general, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Employees do not need prior authorization from their supervisor, the CCO, or any other person or entity affiliated with DCI to make any such reports or disclosures and do not need to notify DCI that they have made such reports or disclosures. Additionally, nothing in this Manual prohibits Employees from recovering an award pursuant to a whistleblower program of a government agency or entity.

Distribution of the Code and Acknowledgement of Receipt

DCI will distribute this Manual, which contains the Company’s Code of Ethics , to each Employee upon the commencement of employment, annually, and upon any change to the Code of Ethics or any material change to another portion of the Manual.

All Employees must use MyComplianceOffice to acknowledge that they have received, read, understood, and agree to comply with the Company’s policies and procedures described in this Manual, including this Code of Ethics .

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may exist between various individuals and entities, including DCI, Employees, and current or prospective Clients and Investors. Any failure to identify or properly address a conflict can have severe negative repercussions for DCI, its Employees, and/or Clients and Investors. In some cases the improper handling of a conflict could result in litigation and/or disciplinary action.

DCI’s policies and procedures have been designed to identify and properly disclose, mitigate, and/or eliminate applicable conflicts of interest. However, written policies and procedures cannot address every potential conflict, so Employees must use good judgment in identifying and responding appropriately to actual or apparent conflicts. Conflicts of interest that involve DCI and/or its Employees on one hand, and Clients and/or Investors on the other hand, will generally be fully disclosed and/or resolved in a way that favors the interests of Clients and/or Investors over the interests of DCI and its Employees. If an Employee believes that a conflict of interest has not been identified or appropriately addressed, that Employee should promptly bring the issue to the CCO’s attention.

In some instances conflicts of interest may arise between Clients and/or Investors. Responding appropriately to these types of conflicts can be challenging, and may require robust disclosures if there is any appearance that one or more Clients or Investors have been unfairly disadvantaged. Employees should notify the CCO promptly if it appears that any actual or apparent conflict of interest between Clients and/or Investors has not been appropriately addressed.


Personal Securities Transactions

Employee trades should be executed in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations to our Clients: trades should avoid actual improprieties, as well as the appearance of impropriety. In addition, trading activity should not be so excessive as to conflict with the Employee’s ability to fulfill daily job responsibilities.

Pursuant to Rule 204A-1(e)(1)(ii), the DCI Compliance Risk Committee and CCO will determine the status of individual employees as “Access Persons” subject to this Personal Securities Transactions policy. The CCO will maintain records of any such determinations. Accounts Covered by the Policies and Procedures

DCI’s Personal Securities Transactions policies and procedures apply to all accounts holding any Securities over which Employees have any beneficial ownership interest, which typically includes accounts held by immediate family members sharing the same household. Immediate family members include children, step-children, grandchildren, parents, step-parents, grandparents, spouses, domestic partners, siblings, parents-in-law, and children-in-law, as well as adoptive relationships that meet the above criteria.

Reportable Securities

DCI requires Employees to provide periodic reports regarding transactions and holdings in all “Reportable Securities,” which include any Security, except :

 

    Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

    Shares issued by money market funds;

 

    Shares issued by open-end investment companies registered in the U.S., other than funds advised or underwritten by DCI or an affiliate;

 

    Interests in 529 college savings plans; and

 

    Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end registered investment companies, none of which are advised or underwritten by DCI or an affiliate.

ETFs and ETNs are Reportable Securities and are subject to the reporting requirements contained in DCI’s Personal Securities Transactions policy. Registered Investment Companies advised by DCI are Reportable Securities.

Prohibition on Transactions in Certain Corporate Credit Transactions

DCI employees are generally prohibited from engaging in personal transaction in Credit Default Swap or Corporate Bond transactions, including convertible bonds. Please consult with the CCO if you have any questions. Any exceptions to this prohibition must be approved by the CCO as well as the DCI Risk Committee.


Pre-clearance Procedures

Employees must have written clearance for all transactions involving IPOs or Private Placements before completing the transactions. DCI may disapprove any proposed transaction, particularly if the transaction appears to pose a conflict of interest or otherwise appears improper. If clearance is granted for a specified period of time, the Employee receiving the approval is responsible for ensuring that his or her trading is completed before the clearance’s expiration. Employees should be cautious when submitting good-until-cancelled orders to avoid inadvertent violations of DCI’s pre-clearance procedures.

Employees must use MyComplianceOffice to seek pre-clearance.

DCI may sponsor and/or manage one or more private funds for which certain supervised persons may wish to personally invest. DCI may also advise Registered Investment Companies for which certain supervised persons may wish to personally invest. A supervised person is required to seek pre-clearance prior to any initial investment in the private fund or the DCI advised Registered Investment Company.

Reporting

DCI must collect information regarding the personal trading activities and holdings of all Employees. Employees must submit quarterly reports regarding Securities transactions and newly opened accounts, as well as annual reports regarding holdings and existing accounts.

Quarterly Transaction Reports

Each quarter, Employees must report all Reportable Securities transactions in accounts in which they have a Beneficial Interest. Employees must also report any accounts opened during the quarter that hold any Securities (including Securities excluded from the definition of a Reportable Security). Reports regarding Reportable Securities transactions and newly opened accounts must be submitted to the CCO within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter.

Employees should utilize MyComplianceOffice to fulfill quarterly reporting obligations. Employees may also use the attached Letter to a Broker-Dealer to instruct the institution hosting their accounts to send the CCO duplicate account statements. The CCO must receive all such statements within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter. Any trades that did not occur through a broker-dealer, such as the purchase of a private fund, must be reported using MyComplianceOffice.

Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

Employees must periodically report the existence of any account that holds any Securities (including Securities excluded from the definition of a Reportable Security), as well as all Reportable Securities holdings. Reports regarding accounts and holdings must be submitted to the CCO or MyComplianceOffice on or before February 14 th of each year, and within 10 days of an individual first becoming an Employee. Annual reports must be current as of December 31 st ; initial reports must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date that the person became an Employee. Initial and annual holdings reports should be submitted to the CCO or MyComplianceOffice.

Initial and annual reports must disclose the existence of all accounts that hold any Securities, even if none of those Securities fall within the definition of a “Reportable Security.”


Employees may submit copies of account statements that contain all of the same required information and that are current as of the dates noted above. Any Reportable Securities not appearing on an attached account statement must be reported directly using MyComplianceOffice.

If an Employee does not have any holdings and/or accounts to report, this should be indicated using MyComplianceOffice or by email to the CCO within 10 days of becoming an Employee and by February 14 th of each year.

Exceptions from Reporting Requirements

There are limited exceptions from certain reporting requirements. Specifically, an Employee is not required to submit:

 

    Quarterly reports for any transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan; or

 

    Any reports with respect to Securities held in accounts over which the Employee had no direct or indirect influence or control, such as an account managed by an investment adviser on a discretionary basis.

Any investment plans or accounts that may be eligible for either of these exceptions should be brought to the attention of the CCO who will, on a case-by-case basis, determine whether the plan or account qualifies for an exception. In making this determination, the CCO may ask for supporting documentation, such as a copy of the Automatic Investment Plan or a copy of the discretionary account management agreement, and/or a written certification from an unaffiliated investment adviser. Employees who claim they have no direct or indirect influence or control over an account are also required to complete the Exempt Accounts Certification upon commencement of their employment and on an annual basis thereafter .

Personal Trading and Holdings Reviews

DCI’s Personal Securities Transactions policies and procedures are designed to mitigate any potential material conflicts of interest associated with Employees’ personal trading activities. Accordingly, the CCO will monitor Employees’ investment patterns to detect the following potentially abusive behavior:

 

    Frequent and/or short-term trades in any Security

 

    Personal trading in Securities also held by a fund advised by DCI;

 

    Trading that appears to be based on Material Nonpublic Information.

The CCO will review all reports submitted pursuant to the Personal Securities Transactions policies and procedures for potentially abusive behavior. Any personal trading that appears abusive may result in further inquiry by the CCO and/or sanctions, up to and including dismissal.

The President will monitor the CCO’s personal Securities transactions for compliance with the Personal Securities Transactions policies and procedures.


Disclosure of the Code of Ethics

DCI will describe its Code of Ethics in Part 2 of Form ADV and, upon request, furnish Clients and Investors with a copy of the Code of Ethics . All Client requests for DCI’s Code of Ethics should be directed to the CCO.

Exhibit (p)(4)(R)

CODE OF ETHICS

SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL

10 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE

SUITE 3500

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  
  EXECUTIVE SUMMARY      1  

SECTION I.

  PURPOSE AND DESIGN      3  

SECTION II.

  DEALING WITH CLIENTS      5  

SECTION III.

  TRANSACTIONS & REPORTING      7  

SECTON IV

  INSIDER TRADING      15  

SECTION V.

  OTHER POLICIES      19  

SECTION VI.

  SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES      22  

SECTION VII.

  ENFORCEMENT AND SANCTIONS      24  

SECTION VIII.

  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      27  

SECTION IX

  INVESTMENT COMPANIES      29  

SECTION X.

  DEFINITIONS      32  
  EXHIBIT A      39  
 

SBH Preclearance Form

  
  EXHIBIT B      40  
 

Initial Holdings Report

  
  EXHIBIT C      41  
 

Quarterly Transaction Report

  
  EXHIBIT D      42  
 

Initial and Annual Acknowledgements

  
  EXHIBIT E      47  
 

Outside Broker/Dealer Form

  
  EXHIBIT F      48  
 

Intentionally left blank

  
  EXHIBIT G      49  
 

Outside Business Activity Approval

  
  EXHIBIT H      51  
 

Electronic Communications Agreement

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013


     

As most recently approved on:

July 25, 2013

CODE OF ETHICS

FOR

SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

FOR ALL SUPERVISED PERSONS

 

Administration

   All
Employees
     Access Persons      Portfolio Managers  

Must obtain pre-approval of transactions

        X        X  

Disallowed personal transactions seven days prior to or after a Fund or Managed Account transaction in that same security except as allowed by the De Minimis Exemption

           X  

Prohibited from buying or selling a security the same day a Fund or Managed Account is buying/selling that same security except as allowed by the De Minimis Exemption

        X        X  

Must receive prior approval of Chief Executive Officer or his/her designee to trade private placements

        X        X  

Prohibited from purchasing initial public offerings

     X        X        X  

Must submit quarterly report of transactions

     X        X        X  

Notify Compliance before opening brokerage accounts

     X        X        X  

Have duplicate confirmations and statements sent to Compliance

     X        X        X  

Must report outside business activities

     X        X        X  

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    1   


Administration

   All
Employees
     Access Persons      Portfolio Managers  

Must report related persons in securities business

     X        X        X  

Prohibition on insider trading

     X        X        X  

Prohibited from accepting gifts deemed excessive

     X        X        X  

Prohibited from serving as director of public company without approval of Chief Executive Officer

        X        X  

Prohibited from using the same broker for their personal account as they use for accounts they manage.

           X  

Must provide a report of initial holdings and list of all brokerage accounts.

     X        X        X  

Must provide a report of Annual Holdings and list of all brokerage accounts.

     X        X        X  

Disclose conflicts of interest to Compliance Department.

     X        X        X  

Ensure that gifts given or received, entertainment, political contributions and charitable contributions are in compliance with applicable rules, requirements and business practices.

     X        X        X  

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    2   


I. PURPOSE AND DESIGN

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) is adopted by Segall Bryant & Hamill (the “Company”) in an effort to prevent violations of the Investment Advisers & Investment Company Acts of 1940, and the Rules and Regulations thereunder.

The philosophy of the Code includes:

 

  1. The duty at all times to place the interests of clients first;

 

  2. The requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in such a manner as to be consistent with the Code and to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility;

 

  3. The principle that Company personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions;

 

  4. The principle that information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential;

 

  5. The principle that independence in the investment decision-making process is paramount;

 

  6. Protect the Company’s clients by deterring misconduct;

 

  7. Educate employees regarding the Company’s expectations and the laws governing their conduct;

 

  8. Remind employees that they are in a position of trust and must act with propriety at all times;

 

  9. Protect the reputation of the Company;

 

  10. Guard against violation of the securities laws; and

 

  11. Establish procedures for employees to follow so that the Company may determine whether its employees are complying with the Company’s ethical principles.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    3   


Each employee and Access Person must read and retain a copy of this Code and will be asked to sign an initial acknowledgment form within two weeks of their start date and an annual acknowledgement on at least an annual basis, acknowledging compliance with the Code. See Exhibits D1 and D2, for the Initial and Acknowledgement Forms.

Questions regarding the Code are to be directed to a Managing Director who sits on the Management Committee or the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer of the Company or his or her designee.

This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with each of its specific provisions may not shield personnel from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to clients or Fund shareholders.

It is an obligation of each Employee to report any violations of this Policy to the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or the Adviser’s General Counsel (who will ultimately also report the violation to the Chief Compliance Officer). All reports will be treated confidentially and investigated promptly and appropriately. The Adviser will not tolerate interference or retaliation of any kind against any Employee who in good faith reports a violation of the Policy by another Employee and any retaliation constitutes a further violation of the Policy.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    4   


II. DEALING WITH CLIENTS

Dealing With Clients . Supervised Persons, in connection with the purchase or a sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client are prohibited from:

 

  1. Personally selling or purchasing securities directly or indirectly to or from a client account;

 

  2. Defrauding such client in any manner;

 

  3. Misleading such client, including by making a statement that omits material facts;

 

  4. Engaging in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon such client;

 

  5. Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to such client;

 

  6. Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation;

 

  7. Except as may be disclosed in the Company’s Form ADV, favoring one client over another client (i.e., larger accounts over smaller accounts, accounts compensated by performance fees over accounts not so compensated, accounts in which employees have made material personal investments, accounts of close friends or relatives of supervised persons).

Investment Personnel may not recommend, implement or consider any securities transaction for a client(s) for which the Investment Personnel has a material beneficial ownership, material business or material personal relationship or other material relationship unless the information has been disclosed to the client. Some situations may dictate that the Investment Personnel not participate in any decision making process regarding that particular security. Any such material conflicts must be disclosed to the Chief Compliance Officer. See Exhibit D, conflicts of Interest Inventory. Additionally, Investment Personnel are to notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately if they become the subject of a legal or regulatory proceeding.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    5   


All oral and written statements, including those made to clients, prospective clients, their representatives, or the media, must be professional, accurate, balanced, and not misleading in any material respect.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    6   


III. TRANSACTIONS  & REPORTING

1. Transactions

 

A. Preclearance . Unless an exception applies, all Access Persons must have all Securities transactions, to include transactions in a Fund, of which such Access Person has trading authority, has or will acquire Beneficial Ownership (hereinafter referred to as “Personal Securities Transactions”) preapproved with the designated person(s) See Exhibit A, Preclearance Form.

Following pre-clearance, action must be taken within one (1) business day or another Preclearance will be required.

Specific Preclearance Policies

 

  1. All transactions in bonds, common stocks, convertible securities, stock options and stock index options are to be executed through SBH’S Trading Department. (Specific brokers may be designated if you so choose.)

 

  2. All Access Persons must have all account(s) of which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership, on the client accounting system. This account should consist of all securities in which the Access Person has a controlling interest, regardless of the name under which the securities are held. Securities held under the name of a spouse, minor children, or other dependents residing in the same household should always be recorded on the client accounting system. Rare exceptions to this rule may occur in such securities. These exceptions must be approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer and/or a Managing Director that sits on the Management Committee.

 

  3. If a trade is not done through the SBH trading desk, a Preclearance form must be used before the trade is executed. Because Access Persons are required to have all accounts on the client accounting system, filing out a Preclearance form for trades of Securities done through the SBH trading desk is not required.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    7   


The following transactions do not require Preclearance; they are exceptions to Preclearance:

 

  1. Purchases or sales over which an access person has no direct or indirect ability to influence or control;

 

  D. Purchases or sales pursuant to an automatic investment plan, which includes a dividend reinvestment plan, if amounts are determined well in advance as to what their investments will be;

 

  3. Purchases effected upon exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuers, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

  4. Acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, and other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities;

 

  5. Open-end investment company shares other than shares of Funds.

 

  6. Certain closed-end index funds;

 

  7. Unit investment trusts;

 

  8. Futures and options on currencies or a broad-based securities index;

 

  9. Transactions in certain types of debt securities (e.g., municipal bonds) where the Company is an equity-only adviser or other similar circumstances where conflicts of interest would not arise;

 

  10. Other non-volitional events, such as assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration;

 

  11. Government securities.

 

  12. Non-securities commodities.

Factors to Consider in Preclearance:

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    8   


  (a) Whether any client has a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that security or has completed a purchase or sale of that security that day;

 

  (b) Whether the amount or nature of the Personal Securities Transaction or person making it is likely to affect the price of or market for the Security;

 

  (c) Whether the Personal Securities Transaction would create the appearance of impropriety, whether or not an actual conflict exits;

 

  (d) Whether the Security proposed to be purchased or sold is one that would qualify for purchase or sale by any client;

 

  (e) Whether the Personal Securities Transaction is non-voluntary on the part of the individual, such as the receipt of a stock dividend; and

 

  (f) Whether the Security is currently being considered for purchase or sale by a client or has been so considered in the past seven-(7) days.

 

B. Limitations on Initial and Subsequent Transactions.

 

  1. A Portfolio Manager, or any member of his/her immediate family, shall not purchase/sell securities of an issuer (includes different security of same issuer) for an account of which he or she is a Beneficial Owner within seven (7) calendar days prior to or after a Managed Account or Fund he or she manages purchases/sells that issuer’s same security. There is a D e Minimis Exception for transactions involving a small number of shares of companies with very large market capitalization and high average daily trading volume. However, each trade should be analyzed to help ensure a client trade is not disallowed because of this rule to ensure client’s interests are considered.

 

  2.

Access Persons or any member of their immediate family, shall not purchase or sell a security on the same day there is a pending transaction in a client account (“client account” or “advisory client” includes a Fund advised or subadvised by the Company). After a client account has made an initial purchase of Securities of an issuer, an Access Person of the Companies, or any member of his/her immediate family, shall not purchase or sell Securities of such issuer if the client

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    9   


  account is contemplating an additional purchase or a partial sale of such issuer’s Securities, unless the trade meets the D e Minimis Exception. However, in this case the Portfolio Manager’s trades, to include immediate family trades must not be executed before their own client trades. If a Portfolio Manager violates this policy they may be disallowed from doing de minimis trades in accounts in which they have Beneficial Ownership for 5 days.

 

  3. Short Term Trading . While the Company does not have a specific policy banning short-term trading, except as stated below, or the disgorgement of any short-term profits, short-term trading should not be done on an excessive basis.

Short-term trading is not allowed by Access Persons in any Fund or Reportable Funds. Short term trading is defined for this specific instance as a 60 day period.

An exception to this must be requested in writing to the Compliance Department indicating a reason why a short-term trade is necessary.

 

C. Prohibited Transactions

 

  1. Initial Public Offerings (IPOs) . Employees, Access Persons, and their immediate family members, are prohibited from purchasing IPOs.

 

  2. Limited or Private Offerings . Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing private placements without express prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer or his/her designee. In considering the approval, it should be considered whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client. If a client (which such term includes a Fund) subsequently considers investing in a private placement owned by his or her Portfolio Manager, the Portfolio Manager must disclose their investment to the client. The decision to purchase such securities for the client must be independently reviewed by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in that issuer.

 

  3. Insider Trading (see Section IV.), Front Running, Market Timing, and Short Term Trading . Employees and Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in Insider Trading, front running, market timing in Funds and Reportable Funds, and short term trading in Funds and Reportable Funds as stated in Section 1.B.3 above.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    10   


  4. Outside Brokerage Accounts . It is prohibited for Portfolio Managers to transact for their personal account using a broker they use for Fund or Managed Account transactions. This includes any account in which they have Beneficial Ownership.

 

D. Exemption

Sections A and B above, do not apply to individuals granted an exemption thereto by the Management Committee of the Company, where such individuals may otherwise be deemed an Access Person. Such exemption will be in writing and maintained in the corporate record books of the Company.

 

E. Reporting

 

  A. Holdings Report. Within 10 days of becoming an Access Person or an employee, such Access Person or employee is to provide a report of all their current holdings of Securities, to include Reportable Funds, to the Chief Compliance Officer or her delegate. Employees and Access Persons are also required annually to disclose personal Securities holdings and Reportable Funds, which may be done through the use of a brokerage statement. If there are holdings other than those reflected on a traditional broker/dealer account (i.e. private placements, securities held in bank safe deposit boxes), those must also be disclosed. The holdings report must include:

 

  1. The title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security in which the employee has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;

 

  2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the access person’s direct or indirect benefit and account numbers;

 

  3. The date the report is submitted; and

 

  4. The information supplied must be current of a date no more than 45 days before the annual report is submitted. For new employees or Access Persons, the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the person became an employee or Access Person.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    11   


See Exhibit B, Memorandum on initial holdings, outside business activities, names of related persons in the securities industry.

 

  B. Quarterly Report . All employees and Access Persons are required to submit quarterly reports hereunder to the Chief Compliance Officer or her delegate. Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, each employee and Access Person shall submit a report which includes the following information with respect to transactions during calendar quarter in any Security, including Reportable Funds, in which such employee has, or by reason of such transaction acquired, any Beneficial Ownership in the Security. This is done via duplicate statements and, where reasonably practical, confirmations with follow-up verification by the employees and Access Persons. The term Security includes all securities listed under Section X. hereof, including government securities, etc. even if not specifically included for the purposes of preclearance.

 

  1. The date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, and the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Security involved;

 

  2. The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, gift or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  3. The price at which the transaction was effected; and

 

  4. The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.

 

  5. Interest rate and maturity date, if applicable.

 

  6. Date report was submitted.

With respect to any account established by an Access Person in which any Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, the report must also include:

 

  1. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; and

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    12   


  2. The date the account was established;

If no transactions have occurred during the period, the report shall so indicate.

See Exhibit C, Quarterly Report Pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

 

  C. Annual Report . On an annual basis, employees and Access Persons are required to (a) certify what has been reported to compliance and provide a report of holdings in brokerage accounts if not already reported, (b) certify that he or she has read and understands the Code, has complied with the Code and has disclosed or reported all Personal Securities Transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Code, and (c) certify that he or she is not subject to any disciplinary events listed in Item 11 of Form ADV, Part 1. See Exhibit D, Acknowledgement.

 

  D. Limitation on Reporting Requirements . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section III.A., no employee or Access Person shall be required to make a report:

 

  1. With transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct influence or control; or

 

  2. Where a report made to the Companies would duplicate information recorded pursuant to Rules 204-2(a)(12) or 204-2(a)(13) under the Advisers Act.

 

  3. Government securities or transactions subject to an automatic investment plan.

 

  E. Reports of Violations . In addition to the reports required under this Code, employees and Access Persons shall report promptly, without retaliation, any transaction which is, or might appear to be, in violation of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer and/or to the Managing Director who sits on the Management Committee.

Examples of these could be:

 

  1. Noncompliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations;

 

  2. Fraud or illegal acts involving any aspect of the Company’s business;

 

  3. Material misstatements in regulatory filings, internal books and records, clients records or reports;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    13   


  4. Activity that is harmful to clients, including fund shareholders; and

 

  5. Deviations from required controls and procedures that safeguard clients and the Company.

The Chief Compliance Officer will report to the Management Committee at least annually, regarding any material violations of the Code. In the event the Company advises or subadvises Funds, the Chief Compliance Officer will provide a written report to the Fund Board of Directors in form requested by the Fund, at least annually, that (a) describes any issues arising under the Code or procedures since the last report to the Board of Directors, including but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures or sanctions imposed in response to the material violation and (b) certifying that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

  F. Filing of Reports . All reports prepared pursuant to this Code shall be filed with the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company or his/her designee.

 

  G. Dissemination of Reports . The Company’s General Counsel shall have the right at any time to receive copies of any reports submitted pursuant to this Code. Such General Counsel shall keep all reports confidential except as disclosure thereof to the Management Committee or other appropriate persons as may be reasonably necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Code.

 

  H. Outside Brokerage Accounts . All employees and Access Persons are required to have duplicate confirmations and statements from outside investment accounts sent to the Company’s Compliance Department. See Exhibit E, letter to Broker/Dealer.

It is prohibited for Portfolio Managers to transact for their personal account using a broker they use for Fund or Managed Account transactions. This includes any account in which they have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  I. Related Persons in Securities Business . All employees are required to report to the Compliance Department related persons, either by lineage or marriage, employed in the securities business, namely: spouse, parent, children, or siblings. See Exhibit B.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    14   


IV. INSIDER TRADING

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 requires investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures designed to prevent the misuse of material non-public information by its directors, officers and employees. “ Insider ” means, with respect to a Company, an Associated Person of such Company or any Affiliated Person thereof, who is given access to or obtains material, non-public information.

 

A. Insider Trading. ” means the use of material, non-public information to trade in a Security (whether or not one is an Insider) or the communication of material, non-public information to others.

Given the potential liability related to the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988, it is critical that all employees be familiar with this Act. The Act is very vague. This was done specifically to allow regulators flexibility in dealing with potential abusers.

 

  1. It is unlawful for any person to misuse, directly or indirectly, any material, non-public information (see definition below). Personnel in possession of such information may not be:

 

  (a) Purchasing or selling such securities for their own accounts, for accounts in which they have a beneficial interest, or over which they have the power, directly or indirectly, to make investment decisions;

 

  (b) Issuing research reports, recommendations or comments which could be construed as recommendations; or

 

  (c) Disclosing such information or any conclusions based thereon to any other person.

Individuals needing this information to carry out professional responsibilities (i.e., compliance officer, and legal counsel) must also treat this information confidentially.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    15   


Although there is no intent to violate the law, an off-hand comment to a friend may be used, unbeknownst to you, by your friend to trade in securities and could result in substantial civil and criminal liabilities to you.

Thus, to avoid possible violations, investment advisers must exercise great care in their supervision of employees and in the securities transactions of their personnel. If there is any question as to whether a contemplated purchase or sale would violate the insider trading rules, the employee must consult with the Company’s management prior to executing the transaction.

 

B. Penalties. ” The penalties for insider trading are severe, for both the individual and the controlling persons (supervisors who may be held liable). The penalty, which may be imposed on the person who committed a violation, may be up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided by the transaction. The maximum jail term is ten years per violation. The penalty, which may be imposed on the controlling person, may be up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the profit gained or loss avoided. The maximum criminal fines are $1,000,000 per violation for individuals and $2,500,000 per violation for non-natural persons.

 

C. Material Non-Public Information ” is any information which has not been made public and which a reasonable investor might consider important in making an investment decision. Examples of the types of information that are likely to be deemed “material” include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. Dividend increases or decreases;

 

  2. Earnings estimates or material changes in previously released earnings estimates;

 

  3. Significant expansion or curtailment of operations;

 

  4. Significant increases or declines in revenue;

 

  5. Significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, including tender offers;

 

  6. Significant new products or discoveries;

 

  7. Extraordinary borrowings;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    16   


  8. Major litigation;

 

  9. Liquidity problems;

 

  10. Extraordinary management developments;

 

  11. Purchase and sale of substantial assets;

 

  12. A valuable employee leaving or becoming seriously ill; and

 

  13. Change in pension plans (i.e., removal of assets from an over-funded plan, or an increase or decrease in future contributions).

 

  (a) For “non-public information” to be made public, it must be generally available through non-disclosure in a national business or financial wire service (i.e., Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper (i.e., Wall Street Journal), or a public disseminated disclosure document (prospectus or proxy).

 

D. Firewall. ” By restricting, as much as possible, the number of individuals having access to “material information,” an investment adviser is building a good defense against possible violations. The erection of a “Firewall” controls the flow of material non-public information within a multi-service company. A Firewall prevents disclosure of confidential client information to persons within or without the Company except as necessary to a client. Formalizing all such communications can ensure that any disclosures through the Firewall are proper. An even higher degree of control over communication between departments may require approval of senior management or by the legal department. An excellent procedure for deterring unwanted disclosures and sensitizing employees to the Company’s commitment not to misuse confidential information is the requirement of employees to document and justify each Firewalll communication. Access to files should also be restricted.

 

E. Watch and Restricted Lists. ” Watch lists are maintained to assist in the monitoring of conflicts of interest.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    17   


A restricted list is maintained any time the Company has inside information and prohibitions of any trading (personal or for clients) in securities of issuers.

 

F. Front-Running ” While not necessarily insider trading, front-running is prohibited. Front-running consists of executing a Personal Securities Transaction based on the knowledge of a forthcoming transaction or recommendation in the same or underlying security.

 

G. Prevention of Insider Trading . To prevent Insider Trading, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or his or her designee, shall:

 

  1. Take appropriate measures to familiarize Access Persons with the Code via training;

 

  2. Answer questions regarding the Code;

 

  3. Resolve issues of whether information received by an Insider is material and/or non-public; and

 

  4. Review and update the Code as necessary.

 

  5.     (a) Strive for a physical separation of the trading and research departments from those departments in possession of the sensitive information; and

 

  (b) Take steps to restrict access to the information including computer passwords and the use of code names.

 

H. Detection of Insider Trading . To detect Insider Trading, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or his or her designee(s), shall:

 

  1. Review the trading activity reports filed by each Access Person; and

 

  2. Review the trading activity of the Company, as applicable.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    18   


V. OTHER POLICIES

 

A. Gifts and Entertainment.

General Statement . A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the Company and its clients. The overriding principle is that Supervised Persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or Company. Similarly, Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the Company or the Supervised Person. Investment Personnel are required to complete the Conflict of Interest form as requested by the Chief Compliance Officer. See Exhibit D, Memorandum regarding conflicts of interest. This general principle applies in addition to the more specific guidelines set forth below.

 

  1. Gifts . No Supervised Person may receive any gift, service, or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the adviser. No Supervised Person may give or offer any gift of more than de minimis value to existing clients, prospective clients, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the adviser without preapproval by the Chief Compliance Officer. $100 is the general de minimis guideline. There is a Department of Labor reporting requirement for any gifts greater than $250 to a union official per year.

 

  2. Cash. No Supervised Person may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents to or from a client, prospective client, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the adviser.

 

  3. Entertainment . No Supervised Person may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from a client, prospective client, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of the adviser. Supervised Persons may provide or accept a business entertainment event in the ordinary course of business, such as dinner or a sporting event, of reasonable value, if the person or entity providing the entertainment is present. This provision is also an exception to the prohibition on gifts set forth in Section A.1 above.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    19   


  4. Government Officials . Please note that certain state or other governmental agencies may have regulations which restrict or prohibit gifts or entertainment. Each employee wishing to give or receive a gift or entertainment is responsible for determining whether any such restriction applies when dealing with such agencies or officials thereof.

 

B. Service as a Director . Access Persons are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies, absent prior authorization based upon a determination that the board service would be consistent with the interests of clients, including a Fund and its shareholders. Investment Personnel serving as directors normally should be isolated from those making investment decisions through “Firewall” or other procedures. If an Access Person serves on the board of a private entity that goes public, approval to continue on the board of the public company is required.

 

C. Outside Business Activities . Employees and Access Persons are required to notify the Compliance Department in writing of any outside business activities, whether or not they are securities related. The Compliance Officer will consult with senior management regarding the allowance of such activity. Examples include being a board member of a non-profit organization, outside employment, consulting engagements, serving as executive trustee or power of attorney for non-family members, etc. See Exhibit G, Request to Engage in Outside Business Activity.

 

D. Political Contributions. Supervised Persons should not make or solicit political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities.

 

E. Privacy. Our clients’ trust is important to us. Because they trust us with their financial and other personal information, we take the safeguarding and respect of this information very seriously.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    20   


It is our policy to:

 

    Respond to fraud and activity alerts.

 

    Properly secure client information.

 

    Properly handle notices of identity theft.

 

    Respond to any notifications about identity theft and restrict the refurnishing of blocked information.

 

    If you see altered or suspicious documents, report it to Compliance and your Manager.

 

    Only provide account information to account owner and address of record. Third parties can only be sent information with proper written authorization of the client on file.

 

    If you become aware of a breach within the Firm, notify Compliance and your Manager. The client may need to be made aware of a breach by letter. Certain States may also require notification to them. The client letter will include the information breached. This may include situations such as a document, which includes client information, being sent to the wrong client.

 

F. Electronic Communications. Electronic communications have been interpreted to constitute written communications required to be retained under Rule 204-2 of the Advisers Act and other applicable laws and regulations. They include E-mails, Facsimiles, File Transfer Protocols (FTP’s), Electronic Bulletin Boards, Chat Rooms and Instant Messaging (IM). All employees must adhere to and sign-off on the following policies:

 

    Web Sites – While browsing is permitted, no references to the Firm, its services, the employees’ title, etc. should be made.

 

    E-mail – Employees are required to transact business with clients or potential clients only through SBH systems.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    21   


    Internet tools (Chat Rooms, Bulletin Boards, Blogs, etc.) – Only browsing is permitted. Employees are instructed not to post any company, financial service, stock, performance, economic or other related information on any internet tool. Additionally, employees cannot transact any Firm business, solicit Firm business or do any Firm marketing or advertising through internet tools.

 

    Social Media Sites (Facebook, LinkedIn, etc.) – All postings to a social networking site which includes Firm information, even if just identifying the Firm name, must be pre-approved, utilizing the Adverting/Marketing approval form, by Compliance. Furthermore, employees are prohibited from posting any company, financial service, stock, performance, economic or other related information on any social networking site. Additionally, employees cannot transact any Firm business, solicit Firm business or do any Firm marketing or advertising through any social media site.

See Exhibit H for the Employee Electronic Communications Agreement which is reviewed with each employee as part of their new employee Compliance Training.

VI. SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

The following supervisory procedures shall be implemented:

 

A. The Compliance Department, on a quarterly basis, reviews employee and Access Persons’ transactions (including those accounts for which they have a beneficial interest in or have control over). They also verify the receipt of preclearance forms, duplicate confirmations statements and quarterly forms. This review does not include a comparison with Wrap trades. (The CCO will provide the CEO with his quarterly transactions and holdings report for sign-off.)

 

B. Issues are brought to the appropriate management attention. This may include:

 

  1. An assessment of whether the person followed any required internal procedures, such as preclearance;

 

  2. Comparison of personal trading to any watch/restricted lists;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    22   


  3. An assessment of whether the person is trading for his or her own account in the same securities he or she is trading for clients, and if so, whether the clients are receiving terms as favorable as the person takes for him or herself;

 

  4. Periodically analyzing the person’s trading for patterns that may indicate abuse, including market timing; and

 

  5. An investigation of any substantial disparities between the percentage of trades that are profitable when the person trades for his or her own account and the percentage that are profitable when he or she places trades for clients.

 

C. Formal Code of Ethics training will be provided by Compliance for all new employees; and Annual Code of Ethics training will be provided for all employees. In addition, all employees newly registered as Associated Persons with the National Futures Association, if applicable, will complete ethics training within six months of becoming registered and periodic ethics training will be completed by all Associated Persons.

 

D. The Code will be reviewed on at least an annual basis regarding the adequacy and effectiveness of the Code.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    23   


VII. ENFORCEMENT AND SANCTIONS

 

A. General . Any Affiliated Person of a Company who is found to have violated any provision of this Code including filing false or incomplete or untimely reports may be permanently dismissed, reduced in salary or position, temporarily suspended from employment, or sanctioned in such other manner as may be determined by applicable the Management Committee in their discretion. In determining sanctions to be imposed for violations of this Code, the Management Committee may consider any factors deemed relevant, including without limitation:

 

  1. The degree of willfulness of violation;

 

  2. The severity of the violation;

 

  3. The extent, if any, to which the violator profited or benefited from the violation;

 

  4. The adverse effect, if any, on the client(s);

 

  5. The market value and liquidity of the class of Securities involved in the violation;

 

  6. The prior violations of the Code, if any, by the violator;

 

  7. The circumstances of discovery of the violation; and

 

  8. If the violation involved the purchase or sale of Securities in violation of this Code, (a) the price at which the purchase or sale was made and (b) the violator’s justification for making the purchase or sale, including the violator’s tax situation, the extent of the appreciation or depreciation of the Securities involved, and the period the Securities have been held.

 

B. Rights of Alleged Violator . A person charged with a violation of this Code shall have the opportunity to appear before the Management Committee as it has authority to impose sanctions pursuant to this Code, at which time such person shall have the opportunity, orally or in writing, to deny any and all charges, set forth mitigating circumstances, and set forth reasons why the sanctions for any violations should be more lenient than proposed.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    24   


C. Notification to General Counsel of Funds . The General Counsel of the Fund involved shall be advised promptly of the initiation and outcome of any enforcement actions hereunder if the actions concern any Fund.

 

D. Delegation of Duties . The Management Committee may delegate its enforcement duties under this Article to a special committee of the Management Committee comprised of at least three persons or to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; provided, however, that no director or person shall serve on such committee or participate in the deliberations of the Management Committee hereunder who is at the same time charged with a violation of this Code.

 

E. Non-Exclusivity of Sanctions . The imposition of sanctions hereunder by the Management Committee shall not preclude the imposition of additional sanctions by a Board of Directors of a Fund and shall not be deemed a waiver of any rights by a Fund. In addition to sanctions which may be imposed by the Management Committee or Boards of Directors, persons who violate this Code may be subject to various penalties and sanctions including, for example, (i) injunctions; (ii) treble damages, (iii) disgorgement of profits; (iv) fines to the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, (v) demotion; (vi) termination; and (vii) jail sentences.

The Code adopted by the Company is designed to promote high standards of conduct. The Code gives the Company responsibility for determining sanctions in circumstances where the violation relates to the conduct of an employee of the Company. The Code identifies a number of factors for consideration in determining sanctions including the degree of willfulness of the violation; the severity of the violation and the adverse effect, if any, of the violation. The Code permits the Company to consider mitigating or exculpatory factors regarding such violations.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    25   


F. Potential Fines . The following are potential penalties for violation of the Code .

 

Nature of Violation    Penalty

Late quarterly report filing; or

Failure to notify Compliance of new brokerage account

  

First Violation: written warning

Second: $100.00

Third: $200.00

Thereafter: Disciplinary action

Failure to obtain Preclearance or Preclearance obtained after trade date   

First Violation 1 : written warning

Second: $250.00 2

Third: $500.00 2

Thereafter: Disciplinary action

 

1   The penalties described herein are in addition to the option of disgorgement described in the Code of Ethics.
2   The penalties described in this section are $750.00 and $1,500.00 for Second and Third Violations of Portfolio Managers.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    26   


VIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

A. Identification of Access Persons . The Company shall, identify all Access Persons who are under a duty to make certain reports and shall inform such persons of such duty. Individuals deemed to be Access Persons will receive notice from the compliance department. Any individual who do not receive such notice but consider themselves Access Persons should contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

B. Maintenance of Records . The following records will be maintained in a readily accessible place:

 

  1. A copy of each Code that has been in effect at any time during the past five years;

 

  2. A record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

 

  3. A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code and amendments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a supervised person;

 

  (a) These records must be kept for five years after the individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Company.

 

  4. Holdings and transactions reports made pursuant to the Code, including any brokerage confirmation and account statements made in lieu of these reports;

 

  5. A list of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons;

 

  6. A record of any decision and supporting reasons for approving the acquisition of securities by access persons in limited offerings for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval was granted;

 

  7. Maintain records of any decisions that grant persons a waiver from or exception to the Code.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    27   


  8. Fund advisers will also maintain:

 

  (a) A record of persons responsible for reviewing Access Persons’ reports currently or during the last five years; and

 

  (b) A copy of reports provided to the Fund’s board of directors regarding the Code.

 

C. Effective Date . The effective date of this Code shall be July 25, 2013.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    28   


IX. INVESTMENT COMPANIES

 

A. Violations of Section II. regarding Funds.

 

  1. At its election, a Fund may choose to treat a transaction prohibited under this Code as having been made for its account. Such an election may be made only by a majority vote of the directors of the Fund who are not Affiliated Persons of applicable Company. Notice of an election under this paragraph shall not be effective unless given to applicable Company within sixty (60) days after the Fund is notified of such transaction. In the event of a violation involving more than one Fund, recovery shall be allocated among the affected Funds in proportion to the relative net asset values of the Funds as of the date of the violation. A violator shall be obligated to pay the Fund any sums due to said Fund pursuant to paragraph below due to a violation by a member of the immediate family of such violator.

 

  2. If Securities purchased in violation of this Code have been sold by the violator in a bona fide sale, the Fund shall be entitled to recover the profit made by the violator. If such Securities are still owned by the violator, or have been disposed of by such violator other than by a bone fide sale at the time notice of election is given by the Fund, the Fund shall be entitled to recover the difference between the cost of such Securities to the violator and the fair market value of such Securities on the date the Fund acquired such Securities. If the violation consists of a sale of Securities in violation of this Code, the Fund shall be entitled to recover the difference between the net sale price per share received by the violator and the net sale price per share received by the Fund, multiplied by the number of shares sold by the violator. Each violation shall be treated individually, and no offsetting or netting of violations shall by permitted.

 

  3. Knowledge on the part of the General Counsel of a Fund of a transaction in violation of this Code shall be deemed to be notice to the Fund under paragraph above. Knowledge on the part of a director or officer of a Fund who is an Affiliated Person of the Company of a transaction in violation of this Code shall not be deemed to be notice under this Code.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    29   


  4. If the Board of Directors of a Fund determines that a violation of this Code has caused financial detriment to such Fund, upon reasonable notice to the applicable Company, such Company shall use its best efforts, including such legal action as may be required, to cause a person who has violated this Code to deliver to the Fund such Securities, or to pay to the Fund such sums, as the Fund shall declare to be due under this Code, provided that:

 

  (a) Such Company shall not be required to bring legal action if the amount recoverable would not reasonably be expected to exceed $2,500;

 

  (b) In lieu of bringing a legal action against the violator, such Company may elect to pay to the Fund such sums as the Fund shall declare to be due under this Section; and

 

  (c) Such Company shall have no obligation to bring any legal action if the violator was not an Affiliated Person of Such Company.

In lieu of the steps described in this Section regarding the Funds, if one of the Companies is serving as an investment sub-adviser to the Fund, the Fund may elect to apply the terms of the Code of Ethics of its Investment Adviser.

 

B. Prescribed Activities Under Rule 17j-l(b) . Rule 17j-l(b) under the 1940 Act generally provides: It is unlawful for any Affiliated Person of or principal underwriter for a registered investment company, or any Affiliated Person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a registered investment company in connection with the purchase or sale, directly, or indirectly, by such person of a security held or to be acquired by the registered investment company—

 

  (a) To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

 

  (b) To make to the Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    30   


  (c) To engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any the Fund; or

 

  (d) To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

Any violation of Rule 17j-l(b) shall be deemed to be a violation of the Code.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    31   


X. DEFINITIONS

 

A. Access Person

In the event that the Company does not advise or subadvise Funds, means any of the Company’s Supervised Persons who:

has access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any account the adviser or its control affiliates manage;

or

is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are non-public.

In the event that the Company does advise or subadvises Funds, “Access Persons” means any director, officer or general partner, of the Company or an Advisory Person.

 

B. Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. ' 80b-1 to 80b-21 as amended.

 

C. Advisory Person.

 

  1. any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or of any company in a control relationship of the Fund, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Security, or whose functions or duties relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

 

  2. Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund who obtains information concerning recommendations made with regard to the purchase or sale of a Security. This does not include those individuals who prepare or review public reports and who do not receive information about current recommendations.

An advisory person (i.e., employee) is not an Access Person simply due to his or her position with the adviser. Rather, the employee must actually hold material information about potential Fund transactions.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    32   


D. Natural Person Versus Person. ” A natural person is as an individual. A person can be as an entity such as a corporation, partnership, or individual person.

 

E. Affiliated Person ” of another person means:

 

  1. Any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling, or holding with power to vote, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other person;

 

  2. Any person, five percent (5%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held with power to vote, by such other person;

 

  3. Any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other person;

 

  4. Any officer, director, partner, co-partner, or employee of such other person;

 

  5. If such other person is as an investment company, and investment adviser thereof or any member of as an advisory board thereof; and

 

  6. If such other person is as an unincorporated investment company not having a board of directors, the depositor thereof.

 

F. Associated Person ” with respect to a Company, means any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such Company (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions); any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Company; or any employee of such Company.

 

G. Beneficial Ownership ” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. It means the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly from a transaction or sharing a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. For example, a partnership, trust, corporation, investment club, contract arrangement, and understanding or a relationship are instances where a person may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Here are other examples:

 

  1. Securities held by an Access Person for his or her own benefit, whether such securities are in bearer form, registered in his or her own name, or otherwise;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    33   


  2. Securities held by others for the Access Person’s benefit (regardless of whether or how such securities are registered), such as, for example, securities held for the Access Person by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors or administrators;

 

  3. Securities held by a pledgee for an Access Person’s account;

 

  4. Securities held by a trust in which an Access Person has an income or remainder interest unless the Access Person’s only interest is to receive principal (a) if some other remainderman dies before distribution or (b) if some other person can direct by will a distribution of trust property or income to the Access Person;

 

  5. Securities held by an Access Person as trustee or co-trustee, where whether the Access Person or any member of their immediate family (i.e., spouse, children or their descendants, stepchildren, parents and their ancestors, and stepparents, in each case treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has an income or remainder interest in the trust;

 

  6. Securities held by a trust of which the Access Person is the settler, if the Access Person has the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries;

 

  7. Securities held by a general or limited partnership in which the Access Person is either the general partner of such partnership or the controlling partner of such entity. For these purposes, an Access Person will be considered to be a controlling partner of a partnership of such Access Person owns more than 25% of the partnership’s general or limited partnership interests;

 

  8. Securities held by a personal holding company controlled by the Access Person alone or jointly with others;

 

  9. Securities held in the name of the Access Person’s spouse unless legally separated;

 

  10. Securities held in the name of minor children of the Access Person or in the name of any relative of the Access Person or of their spouse (including an adult child) who is presently sharing the Access Person’s home. This applies even if the Securities were not received from the Access Person and the dividends are not actually used for the maintenance of the Access Person’s home;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    34   


  11. Securities held in the name of any person other than the Access Person and those listed in (9) and (10) above, if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement the Access Person obtains benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership;

 

  12. Securities held in the name of any person other than the Access Person, even though the Access Person does not obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those ownership (as described in (11), above), if the Access Person can vest or re-vest title in himself.

 

H. Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of a company or persons performing similar functions with respect to any organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated.

 

I. Company ” means Segall Bryant & Hamill, the adviser entity for which each director, officer, partner or employee serves. Company is also referred to as the “adviser”.

 

J. Control ” shall have the meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act (power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company unless such power is solely the result of as an official position with such company.)

 

K. De Minimis exception ” is a transaction which is less than one percent (1%) of the daily trading volume of that security using a previous 5 day average. This is calculated on the Portfolio Managers portion of the transaction only.

 

L. Fund ” means each and every registered investment company for which the Company provides advisory or subadvisory services, which includes reportable funds.

 

M. Initial Public Offering ” (IPO) is a corporation’s first offering of a security representing shares of the company to the public. IPO (i.e., initial public offering) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

N. Investment Personnel ” means any employee of the Company who, in connection with his or her regular duties or functions, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a client, to include a Fund, or who help execute and/or implement Portfolio Manager’s decisions. This would include Portfolio Managers, portfolio assistants, securities and research analysts and traders.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    35   


O. Member of Immediate Family ” of a person includes such person’s spouse, children under the age of twenty-five (25) years residing with such person or any relative by blood or marriage living in the employee’s household, and any trust or estate in which such person or any other member of his/her immediate family has a substantial beneficial interest, or controls the investment decision, unless such person or any other member of his/her immediate family cannot control or participate in the investment decisions of such trust or estate.

 

P. Managed Account ” is as an account where continuous advice is given to a client or investments are made for a client based on the clients’ individual needs. This service is provided to clients on both a discretionary and non-discretionary basis. The adviser offers this service to individuals, trusts, estates, corporations, pension and profit-sharing plans and investment companies. Account supervision is guided by the stated objectives of the client (i.e., maximum capital appreciation, growth, income or growth and income).

 

Q. Management Committee ” means the committee deemed the Management Committee of the Company under the Company’s corporate governance structure.

 

R. Portfolio Manager” means an employee of Company whose regular duties or functions include making decisions or recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a client, to include a Fund. In most instances an employee that functions as Portfolio Manager has “Portfolio Manager” in his or her title.

 

S. Purchase or Sale of a Security ” includes among other things, the writing of as an option to purchase or sell a Security.

 

T. Reportable Fund ” means any registered investment company that is advised or subadvised by an affiliate ( i.e. another adviser that is controlled by or under common control with Company). Currently, there are none.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    36   


U. Security ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act or Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act A Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. It does not include direct obligation of the government of the United States, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is in one of the two highest rating categories of a nationally recognized statistical organization) including repurchase agreements, money market funds, shares of registered open-end investment companies unless advised or sub-advised by the Company, shares of unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are advised or sub-advised by the Company, or other securities which may not be purchased by the Fund or Funds of which a person is as an Access Person because of investment limitations set forth in Registration Statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; however, that for purposes of the reporting requirements of Article IV, “Security” shall include securities issued by a Fund, and for purposes of the Insider Trading prohibition of Section II.A., “Security” shall include all securities set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Actor Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act.

 

V. Security Being Considered for Purchase or Sale ” means that a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated in writing or orally and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, that such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

 

W. Supervised Persons ” include:

 

  1. Directors, officers, and partners of the adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);

 

  2. Employees of the adviser;

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    37   


  3. Any other person who provides advice on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the adviser’s supervision and control;

 

  4. Temporary workers will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis;

 

  5. Consultants may be considered supervised persons if they are required to be licensed or have access to investment decisions;

 

  6. Independent contractors will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis;

 

  7. Certain employees of affiliates will be analyzed on a case-by-case basis; or

 

  8. Particular persons designated by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    38   


EXHIBIT A

P R E C L E A R A N C E F O R M

Approvers (primary)

 

Cheryl Woodcock (Equity)      Elisa Brizuela (Equity)     Greg Hosbein (Equity and Fixed Income)

James Dadura (Fixed Income)     Phil Hildebrandt (Private Placements)     Ralph Segall (Private Placements)

 

You must obtain Preclearance from an appropriate approver for equities, municipals, corporates, warrants, rights, options, futures, closed-end mutual funds, ETFs, gifts given, private placements and open-end mutual funds advised/ subadvised by the Company or an affiliated company (Clifton, SAM or SA). Preapproval is not required for government securities transactions, bankers’ acceptance, bank CDs, commercial paper or open-end mutual funds not advised/sub-advised by the Company or an affiliated company.

 

T RANSACTION D ETAILS

     

I would like to:     Purchase

                units of the following security:                                                             

Sell

                                                                                                                              
   Ticker (equity) or Cusip (fixed income):                                                         
  

- or -

  
                  Puts or Calls of the following Option:                                                       
                                                                                      (include expiration and strike price)
   Underlying Ticker:                                                       

Expected Trade Date:                                            

  

I will use the following broker/dealer:                                                                                                                            .

This is a limit order.

     

To my knowledge, neither I nor anyone at the Company possesses material, non-public information about the issuer. To the best of my knowledge, the requested transaction is consistent with the letter and spirit of the Code. To the best of my knowledge, the Company has not purchased or sold the securities on behalf of an Advisory Client within the past 7 days. (Portfolio Managers only) To the best of my knowledge, the Company is not considering purchasing or selling the securities on behalf of an Advisory Client.

  

In the case of a sale of a Fund/Reportable Fund,

 I have not acquired the securities within the last 60 days.

 I have acquired the securities within the last 60 days.

In the case of a sale of a security other than a Fund/Reportable Fund,

 I have not acquired the securities within the last 30 days.

 I have acquired the securities within the last 30 days.

 

 

 

Employee Signature

    

 

Print Name

    

 

Date

  

 

A PPROVAL

You:         Can (Add comments or conditions below, if any)

                 Cannot effect this transaction. Reason (if denied):

                                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                        

        

                                                                                  

Approval

     

                             

Date

  

 

Please note:

    Please make a copy for your files.
    It is the responsibility of the employee to send this form to the Compliance Department after approval is received.
    Preclearance is valid for day of Preclearance and one day following.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    39   


EXHIBIT B

M E M O R A N D U M

 

To: Compliance Department

From:

 

 

In accordance with Code of Ethics and FINRA Rules if applicable, I hereby report the following information:

OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES (includes outside employment, sitting on a board of directors, etc.):

INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS/HOLDINGS (includes D&Co and outside brokerage accounts). Attach a copy of your most recent brokerage account statement(s) or a list of your current holdings (due within 10 days of hire). Also, remember to notify Compliance in writing before you open any new D&Co or outside brokerage accounts.

LIST OF HOLDINGS NOT REFLECTED ON BROKERAGE STATEMENTS (i.e. held physically, not book entry):

NAMES OF RELATED PERSONS (spouses, parents, children or siblings by lineage or marriage) EMPLOYED IN SECURITIES INDUSTRY, EMPLOYING FIRM AND POSITION:

 

 

Signature

     

 

Date

  

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    40   


EXHIBIT C

Quarterly Report Pursuant to the Code of Ethics

for Segall Bryant & Hamill and its Affiliates

Quarter Ended

Instructions:

 

1. Under the Code of Ethics and Conduct (the “Code”), employees must report all Personal Securities Transactions regardless of the size of the transaction, with the exception of certain securities, such as, securities issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, money market instruments, and shares in open-end investment companies not advised or sub-advised by the Company.

 

2. Such reports are due by the 30 th day of the month following the close of each calendar quarter regardless of whether you have had any Personal Securities Transactions, and are to be directed to the Compliance Director.

 

3. With respect to Personal Securities Transactions, each report must cover all accounts in which you have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest, (unless you have no influence or control over such accounts) and all non-client accounts which you manage or with respect to which you give investment or voting advice.

 

4. If no reportable transactions have occurred during the period, put an “X” in the following box. ☐

 

5. If you must file this Report, and transactions have occurred during the period, set forth the following information with respect to the transactions, if not indicated on the attached form.

 

NAME OF

OF ISSUER/TITLE

  

NUMBER OF

SHARES/UNITS

  

NATURE OF

TRANSACTION

(i.e. Buy,

SELL, OTHER)

  

TRANSACTION

DATE

  

PRICE PER SHARE/

UNIT AT WHICH

TRANSACTION

WAS EFFECTED

  

INSTITUTION

THROUGH WHICH

TRANSACTION

WAS EFFECTED

(If you need additional space, please attach additional pages.)

 

6. List below any brokerage accounts opened during the quarter.

 

NAME OF BROKER/DEALER

  

DATE ACCOUNT

WAS ESTABLISHED

  

ACCOUNT NAME

  

ACCOUNT NUMBER

 

7. Questions regarding the completion of this Report may be directed to Paul A. Lythberg at (312) 474-4122 .

The answers to the foregoing are true and correct to the best of my information and belief. By signing, I acknowledge that all transactions are reported in number 5 or on the attached pages.

 

Dated                                              

 

    Signature of Person Filing Report
   

 

Printed Name

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    41   


EXHIBIT D1

Segall Bryant & Hamill

Initial Acknowledgment

 

I acknowledge that I have received, read and understand the following and will comply in all respects with the policies and procedures therein and also with the policies and procedures as further amended from time to time ( documents referred to herein are located on the Segall Bryant  & Hamill shared directory M:\COE ):

Segall Bryant & Hamill Code of Ethics

Segall Bryant & Hamill Compliance Manual

I also acknowledge that I will bring any questions I have about anything contained in these documents to the attention of my supervisor or the Compliance Department.

I further acknowledge that I have received the Segall Bryant & Hamill Compliance Information binder.

 

 

Signature

    

 

Date

  

 

Print Name

       

Please return this form to the Compliance Department. Thank you.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    42   


EXHIBIT D2

SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL (SBH)

A NNUAL C OMPLIANCE F ORM

«Employee»

On a periodic basis, we verify certain personal information and obtain certain acknowledgements. Please complete this form and return it to Paul A. Lythberg in the Compliance Department by                              . Any questions should be directed to Paul A. Lythberg at 312-474-4122.

Personal Brokerage Accounts

Segall Bryant & Hamill’s Code of Ethics requires all employees to disclose all brokerage accounts in their name, as well as any accounts over which they exercise control and any accounts of members of immediate family.

Member of Immediate Family ” of a person includes such person’s spouse, children under the age of twenty-five (25) years residing with such person or any relative by blood or marriage living in the employee’s household, and any trust or estate in which such person or any other member of his/her immediate family has a substantial beneficial interest, or controls the investment decision, unless such person or any other member of his/her immediate family cannot control or participate in the investment decisions of such trust or estate.

If you have a managed account (broker/adviser has sole discretion), a copy of your Managed Account Agreement may be requested.

Attached is a list of your personal brokerage accounts that are identified in our records. Please review the list.

If there are accounts missing:

 

    add them to the list;

 

    attach a copy of the most recent account statement; and

 

    request duplicate confirmations and statements to be sent to Segall Bryant & Hamill, Attn: Compliance, 10 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500, Chicago, IL 60606-7507.

If all accounts are listed, check the “No Changes” box on the sheet.

Securities Held Outside of Brokerage Accounts

Listed below are the previously reported securities you hold that are not reflected on your brokerage account statements (i.e., physically held certificates, private placements, etc.).

Please review and update the list below. If information is missing, please add it to the list. If there are no changes, please check the “No Changes” box below.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    43   


NAME OF

SECURITY

  

TYPE OF

SECURITY

  

HOLDINGS#

OF SHARE / PAR

  

RELATIONSHIP

  

BENEFICIAL
INTEREST

«Outside_Holdings»

 

No Changes.

COE Status / Preclearance / Reporting

According to the SBH Code of Ethics, your current COE Status is: «COE_Status» .

The responsibilities of this status are included in the attached “Executive Summary for all Supervised Persons.”

Have you, during the past 12 months, obtained preclearance for all applicable securities transactions as required?

Yes _____     No _____       N/A _____

Have you filed quarterly reports for all reportable securities transactions?

Yes _____     No _____

Have you disclosed all of personal investment holdings and outside brokerage firms by providing of account confirmations and statements?

Yes _____     No _____

Disclosure Information [check one]

 

                 

I hereby certify that I am not subject to any disciplinary events listed in Item 11 of Form ADV, Part 1. (See Attached)

                 

I hereby certify that I am subject to disciplinary events listed in Item 11 of Form ADV, Part 1. (See Attached)

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    44   


For Portfolio Managers only:
                  I have not recommended any security to clients that is not held in their SBH account.
                  I have recommended securities to clients that were not intended to be held in their SBH account. The securities are:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Conflict of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of an employee interferes or could potentially interfere with his/her responsibilities to the Firm and its clients. The Firm needs to “inventory” potential conflicts of interest that could affect clients, proxy voting, etc.

For example, any key relationships you have with public companies as well as personal relationships with officers and directors or the immediate family of a publicly traded company should be included as a conflict of interest. This is to determine potential material conflicts of interest related to possible proxy voting issues, ADV disclosure items, etc. Examples of relationships are a family, business, or strong personal relationship, such as vacationing with the President of a public company.

The items listed below were previously reported. Please review and update this information. If there are no changes, please check the “No Changes” box.

 

Company Name (symbol)    Conflict/Relationship   

«Conflict_of_Interest»

 

No Changes.

Outside Business Activities

Outside business activities include outside employment, sitting on a board of directors, consulting engagements, etc.

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    45   


The items listed below were previously reported. Please review and update this information. If there are no changes, please check the “No Changes” box below.

«Outside_Bsns_Desc»

 

No Changes.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I acknowledge that I have received, read and understand the following and will comply in all respects with the policies and procedures therein and as amended (documents referred to herein are located on a Segall Bryant  & Hamill shared directory) :

 

    The Segall Bryant & Hamill Compliance Manual; and

 

    The Segall Bryant & Hamill Code of Ethics.

I acknowledge that I will bring any questions I have about anything contained in these documents to the attention of my supervisor or the Compliance Department.

I further acknowledge that the statements made by me on this form are true, complete and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and are made in good faith.

 

SIGNATURE:   

 

   DATE:   

 

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    46   


EXHIBIT E

(Date)

Broker/Dealer

(Address)

 

Re: Account Number(s)

Dear Sir/Madam:

Please furnish to my employer copies of all trade confirmations and account statements with respect to all transactions for the above-stated account(s). Copies of such documents should be sent, as trades are effected, to:

Segall Bryant & Hamill

Attn: Compliance Department

10 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 3500

Chicago, IL 60606-7507

Very truly yours,

cc: Paul A. Lythberg

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    47   


EXHIBIT F

Intentionally Left Blank

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    48   


EXHIBIT G

SEGALL BRYANT & HAMILL

REQUEST TO ENGAGE IN AN OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITY

 

TO: Compliance Department

FROM: _____________________________________

Branch/Department:____________________________

             Yes, I am registered with the FINRA

             No, I am a non-registered associated person

I understand it is required that I obtain prior written approval from my employer to engage in an outside business or activity, or to receive compensation from an outside person or entity. I have familiarized myself with and agree to abide by Segall Bryant & Hamill policy and FINRA rules and hereby submit my request (and applicable attachments) to engage in the following activity.

 

1.  Name of company or entity

                                                                                     

2.  Check appropriate category:

                             Sole proprietorship
                             Family business or enterprise
                             Privately held corporation
                             Publicly held corporation
  

(if yes, where traded?)                                              

                             Partnership
  

(If yes, attach partnership agreement and list of all partners and their business affiliates.)

                             Charitable or non-profit organization
                             Municipal or political entity
                             Bank or financial institution
                             Broker-dealer, investment advisory or other
                           securities-related business
  

(If yes, is the entity registered with the

                   FINRA            SEC            Not registered)
                             Other
  

(please specify)

 

3. Nature of business__________________________________________________________________

 

4. Amount of investments $ ____________________________________________________________

 

5. Degree of ownership ________________________________________________________________%

 

6. Capacity in which I will be involved (check appropriate description)

               Employee

               Officer

               Director or Trustee

               Owner

               Passive

               Active

               Elected official (such as school board or other political office)

               Consultant

               Other

 

7. Term of office or projected period of involvement ____________________________________

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    49   


8. How much time will be devoted to this activity?______________________________________

 

9. Amount of compensation (fees, commissions etc.) if any_______________________________

 

10. Will it be necessary to be absent from Segall Bryant & Hamill during normal business hours on behalf of this activity?

             Yes                       No

If yes, please explain _____________________________________________________________________

 

11. Are you aware of any potential conflicts of interest your involvement in this activity may pose?

             Yes                       No

If yes, please explain _____________________________________________________________________

 

12. Have you ever or do you intend to recommend investment in or the purchase or sale of securities of the entity identified at item #1 above?

             Yes                       No

If yes, please explain _____________________________________________________________________

 

13. Does the entity identified at item #1 above maintain an account at Segall Bryant & Hamill?

             Yes                       No

If yes: Account #________________

 

14. Does the entity identified at item #1 above currently maintain or intend to engage in any relationships with an affiliate of Segall Bryant & Hamill?

             Yes                       No

If yes, please explain________________________________________________

I hereby warrant that the above information (and attachments, if applicable) is current and accurate to the best of my knowledge. In addition, I agree to promptly notify Segall Bryant & Hamill of any material changes by amending this request.

 

 

Employee Signature

    

 

Date

  

 

Branch or Department Manager Signature

    

 

Date

  

 

Compliance Department Signature

    

 

Date

  

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    50   


Exhibit H

Electronic Communications Agreement

 

Employee:    
  (Print Name)
Company:   Segall Bryant & Hamill

Note: Firm refers to Segall Bryant & Hamill and all related companies.)

Web Sites

I understand that only browsing is permitted. I will make no reference to the Firm, its services, my title, etc. on any personal websites.

E-mail

I will only use systems provided by the Firm to transact business with clients or potential clients.

Internet tools such as chat rooms, bulletin boards, and blogs (list is not inclusive)

I understand that only browsing is permitted. I will not post my, company, financial services, stock, performance, economic or related information to internet tools. Further, I will not transact Firm business, solicit Firm business or do any Firm marketing through internet tools.

Social Media Sites (Facebook, LinkedIn, etc.)

I understand that any posting to a social networking site which includes Firm information, even if just identifying the Firm name, must be pre-approved, using the Sales Literature Approval form, by my manager and the Compliance Department. I will not post company, financial services, stock, performance, economic or related information to social networking sites. Further, I will not transact Firm business, solicit Firm business or do any Firm marketing through social networking sites.

I have reviewed, understand, and agree to abide by the Firm’s policy regarding electronic communications. I further agree to conduct electronic business communications ONLY through the means provided by the Firm. I will not use personal e-mail or other non-company products or services for Firm business.

 

 

Date

     

 

Employee Signature

  

 

Date

     

 

Manager Approval

  

 

SBH Code of Ethics – July 2013    51